summaryrefslogtreecommitdiff
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
authorRoger Frank <rfrank@pglaf.org>2025-10-15 05:27:41 -0700
committerRoger Frank <rfrank@pglaf.org>2025-10-15 05:27:41 -0700
commit93eae2631adb78d89866b56d38d0cc40e91e9418 (patch)
tree9e5039cf1474eb4c06f0bba5c1101344c8dd9921
initial commit of ebook 6494HEADmain
-rw-r--r--.gitattributes3
-rw-r--r--6494-0.txt7894
-rw-r--r--6494-0.zipbin0 -> 141385 bytes
-rw-r--r--6494-h.zipbin0 -> 2282916 bytes
-rw-r--r--6494-h/6494-h.html8163
-rw-r--r--6494-h/images/001.jpgbin0 -> 111254 bytes
-rw-r--r--6494-h/images/002.jpgbin0 -> 124758 bytes
-rw-r--r--6494-h/images/003.jpgbin0 -> 100130 bytes
-rw-r--r--6494-h/images/004.jpgbin0 -> 104716 bytes
-rw-r--r--6494-h/images/005.jpgbin0 -> 107916 bytes
-rw-r--r--6494-h/images/006.jpgbin0 -> 106236 bytes
-rw-r--r--6494-h/images/007.jpgbin0 -> 106943 bytes
-rw-r--r--6494-h/images/008.jpgbin0 -> 97459 bytes
-rw-r--r--6494-h/images/009.jpgbin0 -> 106546 bytes
-rw-r--r--6494-h/images/010.jpgbin0 -> 118954 bytes
-rw-r--r--6494-h/images/011.jpgbin0 -> 124958 bytes
-rw-r--r--6494-h/images/012.jpgbin0 -> 114754 bytes
-rw-r--r--6494-h/images/013.jpgbin0 -> 118148 bytes
-rw-r--r--6494-h/images/014.jpgbin0 -> 111518 bytes
-rw-r--r--6494-h/images/015.jpgbin0 -> 105732 bytes
-rw-r--r--6494-h/images/016.jpgbin0 -> 118945 bytes
-rw-r--r--6494-h/images/017.jpgbin0 -> 109737 bytes
-rw-r--r--6494-h/images/018.jpgbin0 -> 92308 bytes
-rw-r--r--6494-h/images/cover.jpgbin0 -> 227861 bytes
-rw-r--r--LICENSE.txt11
-rw-r--r--README.md2
-rw-r--r--old/6494.txt7874
-rw-r--r--old/6494.zipbin0 -> 140265 bytes
28 files changed, 23947 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/.gitattributes b/.gitattributes
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6833f05
--- /dev/null
+++ b/.gitattributes
@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
+* text=auto
+*.txt text
+*.md text
diff --git a/6494-0.txt b/6494-0.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..087b3fc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/6494-0.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,7894 @@
+The Project Gutenberg EBook of Mr. World and Miss Church-Member, by W.
+S. Harris
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States
+and most other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no
+restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it
+under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included with this
+eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org. If you are not located in the
+United States, you will have to check the laws of the country where you
+are located before using this eBook.
+
+
+Title: Mr. World and Miss Church-Member
+
+Author: W. S. Harris
+
+Release Date: September, 2004 [EBook #6494]
+[Last Update: March 14, 2022]
+
+Language: English
+
+Character set encoding: UTF-8
+
+Produced by: Anne Soulard, Joshua Hutchison, Charles Franks
+and the Online Distributed Proofreading Team.
+
+*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK MR. WORLD AND MISS
+CHURCH-MEMBER ***
+
+
+
+
+MR. WORLD AND MISS CHURCH-MEMBER
+A TWENTIETH CENTURY ALLEGORY
+
+BY
+REV. W. S. HARRIS.
+
+
+
+
+to
+
+Edwin L. Bergstreser
+
+ WHOSE TESTED FRIENDSHIP I HAVE
+ ENJOYED FOR NEARLY TEN YEARS AND
+ WHOSE KINDLY INFLUENCE HELPED
+ ME TO PERSEVERE IN WRITING
+ THIS ALLEGORY
+ THIS BOOK IS AFFECTIONATELY
+ DEDICATED.
+
+
+
+
+Preface.
+
+
+After long and careful study we send forth this book to do its work.
+We offer no apology for adding one more volume to the endless library
+of modern times, constantly increasing at the rate of over one hundred
+volumes per week, the great bulk of which is consigned to the debris
+of the passing years. We pray that this book may find a field of
+usefulness rather than an early grave.
+
+We need not tell of the pleasures and difficulties we experienced in
+preparing these twenty-five chapters for the press. Let it be known,
+however, that we were seconded and assisted by several able critics
+who, each one independently of the others, kindly reviewed the
+manuscript. At the suggestions of these critics minor changes were
+made in the several manuscript editions. These critics deserve much
+credit especially for the literary finish there may be to this book.
+
+The illustrations were drawn by Paul J. Krafft, of New York. They
+evince patient study and careful work, and display a creative genius
+well suited to the field of allegory.
+
+The leading moral truths are developed in the memorable journey of
+Miss Church-Member upon the Broad Highway in company with the polite
+and yet fiendish Mr. World. In this lifelike journey the two companions
+come in contact with many of Satan’s up-to-date schemes, and witness
+his far-extended operations in many a wicked realm. In the descriptions
+of all these things we have endeavored to be suggestive rather than
+exhaustive, for we have withheld the almost infinite details and brought
+to light only a mere synopsis of the panorama as seen from the lofty
+summit.
+
+Will not the reader, as he takes one step after another in the progress
+of the story, realize more keenly than ever the unspeakable deceptions
+of Satan, so bewitchingly robed in the garments of subtle treachery?
+The course of Miss Church-Member is a sad comment on the moving masses
+who are so thoroughly led captive by the Devil as to imagine that they
+are traveling on a more convenient way to Heaven while they are actually
+on the Broad Highway to destruction. The logical ending of such a life
+is pictured in the remorseful and tragical experiences of Mr. World
+and Miss Church-Member in the Valley of the Shadow of Death. It is our
+prayer that each reader may be saved from such a terminus of life by
+journeying on the King’s Highway and taking Christ as his all in all.
+Then when he comes to the place made shadowy by the power of sin and
+death, he will be surrounded with a light from the sure city of God,
+and by a convoy of angels whose music will quell his rising fears and
+by whose power he will be transported to his never-ending home.
+
+THE AUTHOR.
+
+
+
+
+Contents
+
+ 1. The Meeting of Mr. World and Miss Church-Member
+ 2. The By-Path
+ 3. The Devil’s Optical College
+ 4. Satan Interpreting Scripture
+ 5. The Devil’s Pawn Shop
+ 6. Satan’s Law Departments, (Underground)
+ 7. The Hill of Remorse
+ 8. The Valley of Temptation
+ 9. The Tower of Temptation
+ 10. Dark Schemes of Satan
+ 11. Schools of Literature,--First and Second Divisions
+ 12. The Theatre
+ 13. Schools of Literature,--Third Division
+ 14. The Devil’s Temperance College
+ 15. Infernal School System
+ 16. Expert Inventors of the Broad Highway
+ 17. The Wizard City
+ 18. The Festival
+ 19. The Missionary College
+ 20. The Rival Churches
+ 21. From the Valley of Conviction to the Devil’s Auction
+ 22. The Devil’s Hospital
+ 23. Satan’s Secret Service
+ 24. The Last Warning
+ 25. The Valley of the Shadow of Death
+
+
+List of Illustrations.
+
+ 1. Looking through the open door of the Twentieth Century
+ 2. Miss Church-Member hurries to the rescue of an unfortunate victim
+ 3. “Let us follow this shining path,” hopefully urged Miss
+ Church-Member
+ 4. Leaving the Optical College
+ 5. A scene in the Devil’s Pawn Shop
+ 6. The Shorter and Broader Way to Heaven
+ 7. The final triumph of right over the black hordes of civil iniquity
+ 8. On the Hill of Remorse
+ 9. The victory of Mrs. Discouraged on the Tower of Temptation
+ 10. The Devil’s substitute for the prayer-meeting
+ 11. A scene in the Devil’s Temperance College
+ 12. The Wizard City
+ 13. The Festival
+ 14. Mr. World and Miss Church-Member entering the Valley of Conviction
+ 15. The Devil’s Auction
+ 16. Miss Church-Member carried to the Devil’s Hospital
+ 17. Struggling with the real and imaginary imps near the Black River
+ 18. The glorious end of the righteous
+
+
+
+
+Introduction
+
+BY BISHOP RUDOLPH DUBS, D. D., LL. D.
+
+
+In response to the earnest request of the author of this book I have
+written these introductory words, after a careful, deliberate reading
+of the allegory. What I have written expresses my own opinion of the
+book, uninfluenced by motives of friendship for the author or any other
+consideration.
+
+The book is a powerful allegory, somewhat after the style of Pilgrim’s
+Progress, but in no sense is it an imitation of any existing work of
+the kind. It is a masterful presentation, wrought out with excellent
+judgment and consummate skill.
+
+The creatures of the author’s vivid imagination are perfectly formed
+and fittingly clothed, living, moving, feeling, talking, in complete
+harmony as the development of the great drama goes on to its
+consummation. The author has evidently made a careful and profound
+study of the manifold dangers which beset the Christian church and
+threaten her spirituality, and consequently her influence and power
+in saving the lost and maintaining the gospel standard of life and
+godliness in the world.
+
+The encroachments of worldings upon the church are truthfully and
+graphically set forth. The manifold forms of temptation and danger are
+clearly exposed, and faithful, tender, earnest warnings and admonitions
+are set over against them. In depicting the various efforts of Satan
+and his agents to lead Christians away from God and duty, the author
+shows an extensive knowledge of the devices of the evil one, as well
+as a clear insight into the drift and tendency of modern forms of
+wickedness.
+
+The final results of compromise with the world are set forth in vivid,
+graphic pictures drawn on the dark shadows as with a pencil of fire.
+The downward course of the deluded soul is followed, step by step; the
+snares and delusions of sin are exposed; the mask of vice is
+relentlessly torn away, and church-members can here see what fellowship
+with the world really means and whither it leads.
+
+The religious tone of the book throughout is excellent. The delusive
+character of sin is plainly pointed out. The devices of Satan are laid
+bare with unsparing hand. The abominations of vice are not concealed.
+All this is done in language well chosen and unexceptionable. The
+Christian life is pictured without cant or exaggeration. The beauty
+and blessedness of a devoted life are eloquently portrayed. True
+religion with its present comforts and its great rewards is presented
+in a most attractive form, and the contrast between the worlding and
+the faithful Christian, here and hereafter, is impressively set forth.
+
+With this favorable opinion of the book, to whose edifying pages I
+introduce the reader, I deem it proper for me also to recommend it
+most heartily as a book worthy of a place on every family table and
+in every Sunday-school library. Let young and old read its fascinating
+and instructive pages. Let it be circulated by hundreds and thousands
+of copies. May the blessing of God attend the book in its mission and
+ministry wherever it is read.
+
+RUDOLPH DUBS.
+
+_Chicago, Ill., March, 1901_.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER I.
+
+THE MEETING OF MR. WORLD AND MISS CHURCH-MEMBER
+
+1. The dying of a century compared to the waning of a day.
+
+2. The allegory opens with a panoramic view of human life, as seen
+through the open door of the twentieth century, on the Broad Highway
+and King’s Highway. Blackana is introduced.
+
+3. Mr. World meets Miss Church-Member at a place called Fellowship.
+From here she journeys with him on the Broad Highway where she witnesses
+several sad endings of human life.
+
+
+In the closing hours of a long day I climbed a rugged path to a high
+eminence whence I overlooked a beautiful valley and watched, with
+increasing delight, the changing hues of earth and sky.
+
+As the shadows of twilight were deepening each moment grew more strange
+and mysterious until the waning day seemed to be transformed into the
+dying of the century. Then I saw, as “through a glass darkly,” the
+whole panorama of human life, with its painful pictures of sadness and
+sin, and its blessed scenes of peace and righteousness. I also heard
+the unmistakable wails of a suffering humanity and the turmoils of
+myriad contentions, all strangely mingling with the songs of glory and
+the shouts of spiritual triumph.
+
+In deep silence I continued looking upon these endless confusions of
+the church and the world as they still played their perplexing parts
+in the fitful drama before me. All of this so preyed upon my mind that
+I involuntarily cried out, in the anguish of my soul: “When will
+confusion come to an end, and sweet peace cover the earth as the waters
+cover the sea?”
+
+“Will you wait for the winds to answer, or shall I?” replied a voice
+so passing strange that I was startled.
+
+I turned to see in whose presence I was and, to my horror, I beheld
+a dark creature unlike any mortal being. He was without definite form
+and not cumbered with any garments. His indescribable face was set
+with two bright eyes, softened in expression until a slight halo
+revealed to me a countenance half beautiful and half terrible. “Who
+are you, and what is your mission?” I finally ventured to ask after
+speech had found my lips, for I was altogether ignorant of his nature
+or purpose.
+
+“I am Blackana, from the lower world of spirits, and am commanded here
+to stay until released.”
+
+[Illustration: Looking through the open door of the Twentieth Century.]
+
+“Until released? What power binds you here, and how long will you
+abide?” I asked in dread suspense. “I must remain, as your companion
+and interpreter, until the vision is past.”
+
+I trembled under these announcements, but I was assured that underneath
+me were “the everlasting arms” and, moreover, I heard a still, small
+voice whispering within me: “Stand still, O mortal man! Neither Blackana
+nor any of his horde shall do thee harm. He hovers before thee at my
+bidding, and will leave thee only at my command. Ask him what thou
+wilt, and he must answer thee, even to the limit of his knowledge.”
+
+At this juncture, and without a moment’s warning, my vision was enlarged
+and an unusual light flashed upon me. Quickly I cast my wondering eyes
+all about me and saw that I was standing at the very threshold of a
+great door. It was of such imposing dimensions and so magnificently
+constructed that only the architects of Heaven could have designed it.
+
+Instinctively I turned to Blackana, whom I could now face without fear:
+“Where are we, and what is the meaning of this great door?” And as I
+spoke unseen hands swung it open upon its hinges.
+
+“We are standing at the open door of the twentieth century. You may
+look out into the coming years as far as you wish,” replied Blackana
+in a cold, indifferent manner.
+
+Thrilled by such an unusual sight, and the thought which his
+interpretation and words suggested, I marveled at his sullenness, for
+Blackana did not so much as lift his head to see the spectacle.
+
+“O, Blackana!” I cried, “why are you so dead to such surroundings?”
+
+“These are mere playthings,” was his gruff reply. “To me the doors of
+the centuries, which open and shut on the cycles of time, are as
+trifles, neither lessening my misery nor adding to my pleasure.”
+
+During a brief, thoughtful silence I continued looking at him, as a
+shudder swept my whole being. I then turned from this creature so
+shrouded in mystery and, stepping forward to look through the open
+door, I was suddenly overawed at the still greater scenes which spread
+in wondrous panorama before my entranced vision.
+
+Under the new light I beheld a marvelous sight, for I could distinctly
+see the myriad millions of humanity moving on the paths of life toward
+a common goal.
+
+In the bright halo of the scene I saw the beautiful King’s Highway,
+on which were marching the hosts of the church militant, led
+triumphantly by the Spirit of God to the very gates of the Celestial
+City, which, though distant, I could yet see under the dazzling light
+radiating from the central throne of glory as from untold suns.
+
+In the darker shadows of this same panorama I saw the Broad Highway
+with its thronging multitudes. Some, with deliberate step, scrutinizing
+the objects along the way; others, in mad haste, rushing on toward an
+awful destruction whose wreck and ruin loomed up dimly in the glare
+of an eternal burning.
+
+Among the happy pilgrims of the King’s Highway was one named Miss
+Church-Member, who had left the Broad Way of death, and entered, through
+Christ, into that marvelous light wherein she was now walking. Her
+tread was in sweet harmony with the footsteps of her Master, and her
+beautiful face was all aglow with the passion of pure love.
+
+A pilgrim’s robe added beauty to her form; a Bible, carried under her
+arm, gave some evidence of her spiritual character; and a religious
+emblem, worn over her heart, told that she was a member of some
+Christian organization.
+
+Miss Church-Member, in traveling her chosen path, tarried at a place
+called Fellowship which occupied a pleasing site close by the King’s
+Highway. Here one could readily speak and associate with the travelers
+who moved in gay companies along the Broad Highway.
+
+At this visiting place she met a certain Mr. World--a good, jolly
+fellow, of corpulent build, who was attired in the fashion of the day,
+and bore himself with more than usual jauntiness in the presence of
+Miss Church-Member.
+
+After a pleasing conversation, in which Mr. World plied his Satanic
+shrewdness and sophistry, he was emboldened to give this brief
+invitation: “Will you journey a short distance with me on this Broader
+Way that I may prepare myself, with more facility, to accompany you
+where you wish, even on a path as narrow as the one you seem to love?”
+
+“Ah, Mr. World,” she said, with a tolerant smile, “do you not know
+that you are walking on the way of danger and death? Why would you
+have me share your folly? It were a thousand times better for you to
+join me at once on a path that leads to everlasting happiness. Here
+you can drink the water of life in abundance, and feed upon angels’
+food. O, come, Mr. World,” she added as she spoke more earnestly,
+“linger no longer, carry out the resolution which you have already
+broken repeatedly, and you will never regret so wise an action.” Thus
+did Miss Church-Member urge upon him a course which, in her inimitable
+missionary spirit, she made really attractive to him. Although he
+appreciated her genuine earnestness, yet he could not be induced to
+heed her words.
+
+“You have covered the whole field of my intention,” he courteously
+replied. “I sincerely wish to mend my ways, but there are certain
+things I must first overcome. How much better I could do this if one
+like you, in whom I have supreme confidence, would but journey at my
+side. Will you not do the work of a good missionary and, like Christ,
+adapt yourself to my level, that I may, by your uplifting influence,
+be drawn into a nobler life, and even have your companionship as I go
+up to the Highway of your King?”
+
+Miss Church-Member, being of a sympathetic nature and of strong
+missionary proclivities, refused to heed her many counselors who feared
+for her safety, and actually stepped still farther from her wonted
+path and journeyed at the side of Mr. World with the desire to compass
+his conversion. But her conscience, at first, troubled her and her
+feet moved with a suspicious tread.
+
+In this nervous, half confiding and half shrinking mood, she leaned
+lightly upon his arm, ever turning a deaf ear to the entreaties of her
+well-meaning friends who still hoped to dissuade her from this
+ill-advised course.
+
+Mr. World was keenly delighted at her concession and loyalty to him.
+He seemed to be willing to go to any sacrifice that might add to her
+comfort or increase her happiness. His many companions could readily
+see that Miss Church-Member felt “out of place.” But she justified her
+own course by what she was aiming to do.
+
+He saw that her dress of righteousness was in wide contrast with the
+filthy rags that covered his own soul, and so he preferred to look
+upon the garments that adorned his outer person, and the gaudy scenes
+on either side of the way.
+
+I beheld this wide path along a great length, and I shuddered as I saw
+the masses thereon who were engaged in the frivolities of life as found
+in the swiftly passing pleasures of sense and sight. The thoughtless
+throngs were seemingly unconscious that underneath the whole length
+and breadth of the path there were strata of fire, and they were
+apparently blind to the sulphurous flames which, here and there, issued
+from openings into which many an unsuspecting traveler fell.
+
+Sad to relate, of all the moving multitudes there were but few, indeed,
+who took warning and fled toward the King’s Highway. Many, like Miss
+Church-Member, were walking on the forbidden path for no other reason
+than some weak apology.
+
+“What mean these lurid openings?” nervously asked Miss Church-Member,
+for their flames excited her terror. Mr. World replied, with a look
+of surprise: “Have you never heard that these are to give light to
+pilgrims, such as we? Without them the way would prove very dark and
+dreary.”
+
+“What a contrast,” she exclaimed, “between these lights and those that
+illumine the King’s Highway! They shine from above, with increasing
+splendor, while these cast forth, from below, their uncertain lights.
+It seems to me that the farther we go the darker becomes the way, and
+its lights the more inconstant,--so fitful is their gruesome glare.”
+
+“Ah! I see what ails you,” responded Mr. World. “Your eyes are at
+fault. We will presently meet the expert who will correct your vision
+ere your eyes are totally ruined.”
+
+The attention of Miss Church-Member was suddenly attracted by seeing
+a man who was just sinking out of sight into the fire of destruction.
+As soon as he disappeared the flames burst forth in fury through the
+newly-made opening. Instantly a servant of Satan covered the breach
+so that observers could no longer hear the wails of the poor man, nor
+smell the fumes from the burning strata.
+
+Then did I look and, behold, I saw such places in countless variety,
+each attended by a servant of the Black Prince. Each opening made by
+an unfortunate victim was promptly sealed so that others, in passing
+along, would the more readily be ensnared in one of these fatal
+fissures.
+
+Miss Church-Member was more than alarmed at these sad endings of human
+life which now came to her attention more vividly than when she traveled
+on the King’s Highway.
+
+She also saw, not far ahead of her, a woman sinking in utter despair,
+and ran to rescue her. But the unfortunate victim fell to her wretched
+ruin before the hands of Miss Church-Member could give assistance.
+
+“Help! help! I sink I know not whither,” was her wailing cry, as she
+was passing out of sight, her arms outstretched beseechingly toward
+her would-be rescuer who arrived in time to see the first greedy flames
+that issued from the fresh opening.
+
+“Oh, horror!” shrieked Miss Church-Member as she turned toward Mr.
+World. “That ought to be enough to keep any one from such a snare of
+wickedness and vice.”
+
+[Illustration: Miss Church-member hurries to the rescue of an
+unfortunate victim.]
+
+Without a moment’s delay a demon rushed to the fiery opening and covered
+it from sight, completing his work so quickly and with such skill that
+neither the opening nor the glare of the flames were any longer
+perceptible. But Miss Church-Member refused to leave the spot, and
+with tears she urged Mr. World to place there a sign of warning so
+that other short-sighted, mortals who came that way might read and
+heed.
+
+“It would be only a waste of time and energy. I have seen hundreds of
+such places where travelers have gone down, even under the sign of the
+Cross.”
+
+“Indeed, Mr. World, I feel as though I should stand here continually
+and speak words of personal warning to any one who might seem determined
+to walk in such a terrible path as this.” Her finger pointed to the
+spot where she had just seen the poor victim fall to rise no more.
+
+“Look yonder,” he hurriedly spoke, as he touched her arm. “Do you see
+that woman with her steps in the same direction? Now try your skill,”
+he added with more sneer than sympathy in his voice.
+
+She did not tarry to resent his attitude, but quickly went to the woman
+and asked her to pause a moment.
+
+“Are you willing to be saved from destruction?” earnestly asked Miss
+Church-Member.
+
+“I am safe enough,” was the indifferent reply.
+
+“You are now walking rapidly toward an awful death,” were her further
+words of warning.
+
+“What right have you to judge me,” she curtly replied, “since you also
+are on this Broad Highway? Have I not heard already the words from
+those who also wear the pilgrim’s robe, but who journey on the King’s
+Highway? Their words brought conviction to my heart and tears to my
+eyes, but your words only stir up my indignation.”
+
+“Why speak so unkindly to a friend? My only intention is to do you
+good. I just saw one who came to a horrible end by continuing a little
+farther in the same course that you are now pursuing.”
+
+Then did the wicked woman fly into a rage. “You need no more concern
+yourself about me. I have two eyes--as many as you have. Look to your
+own future, not mine; at your own steps, and not at another’s!”
+
+“Come,” impatiently spoke Mr. World, as he drew her by the arm, “it
+is just as I expected; let us get away from this sickly atmosphere.”
+But Miss Church-Member lingered only to see the heedless woman step
+to the last extreme and sink hopelessly, while her piteous cries for
+help came too late for any to rescue her.
+
+[Illustration: “Let us follow this shining path.” hopefully urged Miss
+Church-Member. But it is too rough and steep for Mr. World.]
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER II.
+
+THE BY-PATH.
+
+1. In their journey Mr. World and Miss Church-Member come to the By-Path
+leading to the King’s Highway; on this Miss Church-Member urges Mr.
+World to travel. He defers so decisive a step and defends his attitude
+by the use of sophistry.
+
+2. Miss Church-Member, still hoping to win Mr. World to a better path,
+forsakes the King’s Highway and continues in his company.
+
+3. A tilt with Blackana who defends Miss Church-Member for traveling
+on the Broad Highway.
+
+
+The highway of the world was so broad that one could walk thereon as
+loosely as he wished without fear of stepping from it. Along the way
+there were so many things to attract the attention that the farther
+Miss Church-Member journeyed with Mr. World, the less frequently she
+looked toward the King’s Highway. However, her face brightened and her
+hopes waxed strong as they suddenly came to a place where two ways met.
+
+With quick insight Miss Church-Member saw that the By-Path was a blessed
+one and that it led directly to the King’s Highway.
+
+“Let us follow this shining path,” she hopefully suggested. “I know
+it leads to the way of light and glory.”
+
+“Not such a path, my friend,” hastily replied Mr. World. “Do you not
+see the terrible hill to which it leads, and those who are even now
+struggling to climb its arduous heights?”
+
+“I clearly see it all,” she calmly admitted, “but they who struggle
+most are endeavoring to carry many idols with them. If one will forsake
+his idols, he can, with ease and pleasure, mount to the shining summit
+which is but the edge of the King’s glorious Highway. Come, Mr. World,
+hesitate no more. Let procrastination end, and go with me even to the
+hill, and I will help you to the summit--while Another will help you
+more.”
+
+“Very true, very true,” he said, though somewhat irritated, “but we
+have not yet come to the place where I may wisely follow your advice.
+This path turning away to the right leads to a place that may seem
+bright from this point, but nevertheless I know it to be a narrow,
+rugged way, whereon a few of your friends are trudging, eking out a
+miserable existence. Urge me not to go thither. If you leave me, I can
+neither accompany you nor give you my assistance. Surely you have
+learned, ere this, that your needs are of such a nature that you must
+inevitably suffer embarrassment without my little help.”
+
+Miss Church-Member, with eyes but partly open to her own folly, was
+grievously perplexed and not a little disappointed. She fell on her
+knees and wept. Looking up pleadingly into his eyes, she faltered:
+
+“Twice have I yielded to you since we entered into companionship. You
+well remember the solemn promise you made, but at each time you deferred
+its fulfillment, and now I must again hear your vain excuses. I have
+suffered much for your sake, and have now the enmity of many a former
+friend, and even my pilgrim robe is becoming stained with the filth
+of this way.”
+
+“Come, come, my friend, be a woman and not a sickly suppliant. The
+portion of the King’s Highway which we would reach from this point is
+too rough for my feet to travel. We will shortly come to a more
+convenient place; then I can think more seriously of leaving this way.”
+
+“Ah!” sighed Miss Church-Member, “you say that in your folly. I can
+testify, from knowledge, that the way is most delightful and leads to
+mansions incorruptible in the Celestial City.” “Let us cease debating,”
+interrupted Mr. World, with ill-concealed impatience. “If you have
+sacrificed so much through my fellowship and imagine that you can find
+better company, you may leave, but you cannot expect me to accompany
+you on so thorny and rough a path as this which you have so foolishly
+proposed.”
+
+Strengthened by the remnants of Christian virtue yet within her, she
+sprang to her feet and was about to execute her noble purpose of leaving
+him. But a number of Mr. World’s friends quickly rallied and
+complimented Miss Church-Member on the good she had already done. “Mr.
+World is a better man since he has known you,” said one. “If you will
+continue walking with him on his own level, no one can estimate the
+amount of good you will yet do for him,” hopefully spoke another.
+
+These unexpected testimonies aroused anew her missionary spirit and
+changed her thoughts to these yielding sentences:
+
+“No sacrifice is too great, if victory but comes at last. If there is
+hope that Mr. World will cease deceiving me and walk in the path of
+truth, I will consent to be his companion still a little farther.”
+
+“There is every hope of that,” smilingly returned Mr. World as he
+suavely bowed to her and to the little group of companions who had
+given him such timely help.
+
+As I saw Mr. World and Miss Church-Member moving on, in closer
+fellowship than ever, I waxed warm with indignation, and addressed
+Blackana who was still lying at my side as motionless as the strata
+of the rock-ribbed earth:
+
+“Will you explain to me this folly of Miss Church-Member, who has not
+only disgraced her cause before the fiendish Mr. World, but who also
+continues with him in such unseemly intimacy?”
+
+“Miss Church-Member is not walking in folly. She is engaged in a noble
+work, endeavoring to elevate Mr. World to a higher Christian life,”
+was the answer from the lips of Blackana in a low, heavy voice.
+
+“Ah,” said I, with a feeling of suspicion, “she is shining from the
+wrong lighthouse. The rays of truth will never reach him as long as
+she is in that position.
+
+“Perhaps they might in a miraculous way,” suggested Blackana.
+
+“No good miracle is ever done in the steps of the Devil or in his
+dominions,” I answered with boldness.
+
+Then did Blackana enlarge himself, and as he replied he looked down
+upon me significantly. “O puny mortal, instruct me not in the miracles
+of my master. More great things are done under the canopies of Hell
+than mortals ever know.”
+
+At first I was filled with alarm, but under the voice of One invisible
+I rose as with superhuman strength, and I looked at him unflinchingly.
+“O horrible creature! I fear you not in any of your passions. You would
+even destroy me if you could, but you are forever restrained by the
+Power that holds authority over all!”
+
+There was a sudden rustling, unlike anything I had ever heard. The
+uncanny creature dashed toward me in his awful fury. But I moved not,
+neither was I touched. Then I stretched forth my hand and commanded
+him, in the name of One who is supreme, to cease his foolish ragings,
+else would he be instantly flung through the wastes of Hell.
+
+Blackana, knowing his limit, as all foul fiends do, dared to venture
+no further in his rage, but calmed himself and, with unexpected
+civility, he addressed me. He told me, in close detail, how Mr. World,
+by his binding promises to his companion, had played the part of folly
+rather than Miss Church-Member who did nothing more than enter upon
+a more convenient and a Broader Way to heaven, and that, too, in good
+company.
+
+“And what think you,--will Mr. World ever fulfill his binding promises?”
+
+“Do not doubt it, sir. Mr. World is an honorable gentleman. His promises
+are always fulfilled.
+
+“A lie! A lie! Can you not speak the truth?”
+
+Again he was about to rise into terrible proportions when a great hand
+moved the door on its hinges. Blackana, interpreting that movement
+better than I, continued in dread restraint. I looked again upon the
+Broad Highway, and saw how Mr. World had so completely won the
+confidence of Miss Church-Member that she now frequently expressed her
+sense of obligation to him, and declared that he was not so mean a
+fellow as some alleged, and as she had been inclined to believe.
+
+“Pray, tell me who seeks to injure my good reputation?” he courteously
+asked.
+
+“It has long been current talk on the King’s Highway that you are
+deceitful and treacherous, and that you aim to lead people to ruin.
+You well know that I hoped, by mutual association, to win you to a
+better path. I find, even after some painful errors on my part, that
+you are not so much in need of reformation as I imagined. You are a
+very considerate and clever fellow, doubtless under the sway of a moral
+evolution, and whether I stay with you, or you go with me, it is now,
+to my mind, quite evident that you will soon reach a perfect condition.”
+
+The wily Mr. World chuckled. “You are newly endowed with the gift of
+a wisdom whose inward glory has lent its brightness to your eye, and
+has given savor to your very words. If you continue in your present
+state of liberality and broad-mindedness, you will not only share all
+that I possess, but will wear a crown set with gems of truth.”
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER III.
+
+THE DEVIL’S OPTICAL COLLEGE.
+
+1. The college described.
+
+2. Mr. World and Miss Church-Member have their eyes examined, and Miss
+Church-Member is supplied with lenses which warp her spiritual vision.
+
+3. The allegory shows how Satan supplies every conceivable kind of
+lenses to suit the people of the world and the church.
+
+4. Blackana, with deceptive words, attempts to defend Satan’s course.
+
+
+This institution of Satan has been in operation since the creation of
+man, having been remodeled as often as advancement in style or skill
+demanded.
+
+Each one of the fourteen massive buildings was a gem of architectural
+beauty, and was devoted to a special line of study or practice. The
+entire group worked harmoniously toward the same end.
+
+In the course of their journey Mr. World and Miss Church-Member drew
+nigh to this great college, but the shrewd and wicked Mr. World remained
+silent, waiting for the first words of his companion. Miss
+Church-Member, however, as she looked upon the stupendous edifices,
+was so filled with wonder and admiration at the long stretches of
+masonry, and the perfect symmetry of parts, that she offered no comment
+until they were quite near the first building.
+
+“For what purpose is this group of great structures used?” were her
+words that broke the brief silence.
+
+“All for the sake of the eyes,” he carelessly answered, as he called
+her attention to the King’s Highway and the throngs of people that
+were admiring and entering the college from those parts.
+
+“It is indeed wonderful,” she commented, “that so small a thing as the
+eye should demand the service of such great edifices.”
+
+“The buildings are not too large nor too well equipped. Your surprise
+would not be so great were you to witness the large number from the
+two great highways that come here daily for treatment. You can see
+them now moving by thousands to and from the buildings. It might be
+wise for us to enter for consultation. My eyes, at least, may need
+some expert attention.”
+
+She, being anxious to see the interior of at least one of the buildings,
+offered no objection to his shrewd suggestion.
+
+The building was so easy of access that there was not one step to
+climb. An electric elevator served to carry them to the sixty-fourth
+floor which formed a part of the huge dome into which the upper portion
+of the great structure converged. This style of architecture not only
+added to the beauty of the appearance, but also proved to be perfectly
+adapted to the uses of the college.
+
+The confidence of Miss Church-Member was fully won by the appearance
+of the interior and the courteous attention she received from the
+managers.
+
+The consulting physician examined the eyes of Mr. World, then
+congratulated him upon the clear vision he enjoyed, and informed him
+that his eyes required no immediate treatment.
+
+Turning to one side, Mr. World whispered to his companion: “While we
+are here you had better improve this opportunity and also get the
+benefit of an expert opinion.”
+
+“I have not come prepared financially,” she blushingly and faintly
+replied. “I did not even dream of seeking the service of a specialist.”
+
+“That obstacle is easily overcome, for the examination is free, and
+if you should need further attention and would wish to receive it, I
+would deem it only a great pleasure to bear all the expenses.”
+
+After a brief, thoughtful silence she consented to the preliminary
+examination. “Will you examine the eyes of my friend?” requested Mr.
+World as he stepped toward the chief oculist.
+
+The expert accordingly tested her sight. First he held up, at a
+distance, the “Delusion of the New Jerusalem,” but she was totally
+blind to it. Then he submitted the “Deceptions of the Holy Bible” of
+which she could again see nothing.
+
+“Look through these windows to the Broad Highway, far out into the
+distance over rolling stretches of country. Can you see the gates of
+Heaven, at the end of the way?”
+
+Miss Church-Member looked carefully, but declared that she could not
+see anything that appeared like Heaven or the gates thereof.
+
+“Can you see that place called ‘Perfect Peace’ along the Broad Highway,”
+continued the oculist as he pointed to a far-off region.
+
+“I can see nothing that looks like it,” she honestly confessed, quite
+surprised to discover the existence of these apparent defects of her
+vision.
+
+“A very sad and extreme case,” murmured the examiner as he requested
+her to open her Bible.
+
+“Can you see, in that book, that all people shall be saved, and none
+perish?”
+
+“I am surely blind to that and always have been,” she readily admitted
+with a little more boldness.
+
+“Perhaps you can see the justice of God in punishing the sinner?” he
+continued with a touch of sarcasm in his voice.
+
+“Plainly visible.”
+
+“So I expected.”
+
+He then proceeded to a more minute examination, after which he wrote
+a brief diagnosis and commended her to a specialist in the next
+building.
+
+She hesitated somewhat, but Mr. World, handing her, confidentially,
+a handsome sum of yellow coin from his bag of gold, brought words of
+deep thankfulness from her lips, and gave decision to her steps in the
+direction he desired.
+
+From the great dome they were taken in a closed car over the high
+suspension bridge to the adjoining building which was of still greater
+magnitude.
+
+The room into which they entered, at such a dizzy height, surpassed,
+in its unique arrangement, anything of the kind that they had thus far
+seen. In long and high glass cases lay all the modern appliances used
+by the most skillful hands. The furnishings blended harmoniously with
+the general environments. All this won the utter confidence of the new
+and unsuspecting visitor. “With pleasure,” politely began Mr. World,
+“I present my friend, Miss Church-Member, who comes hither with
+defective eyes and a duly subscribed diagnosis from the chief of the
+oculists.”
+
+The specialist whom he thus addressed made an additional examination,
+plying his craft with all the ingenuity he had learned from his master.
+At the conclusion he delivered himself in this wise:
+
+“I find, Miss Church-Member, that your eyes are very much out of order.
+A complex case, indeed. I have discovered ametropia in the particular
+form of irregular astigmatism. The pupil, covered by the unabsorbed
+remains of the pupillary membrane, is occluded by a deposition of
+inflammatory substance, occasioned by inflammation of the ciliary body.
+
+“I have also noticed a severe type of hemianopsia, which, I presume,
+had its origin in congeniture. Minor defects are also apparent, but
+it is unnecessary for me to give further details,”
+
+Miss Church-Member could not refrain from weeping bitterly at this sad
+announcement. “Is it possible to effect a cure?” she sobbed.
+
+“Ah! you need not thus lament,” said the specialist in a tone of
+sympathy. “Millions have been altogether cured whose eyes were more
+diseased than are yours. Forget your tears and be at perfect peace.
+Calmly confide in our skill.”
+
+She consented to their method, and was first subjected to a course of
+preliminary treatment. Many an hour she lay while her eyes were covered
+with cloths saturated with strange liquids. And when her eyes were
+uncovered she was compelled to sit in darkness, for the physician told
+her that her eyes had already suffered much on account of light. At
+times the pain was well nigh intolerable, but she endured it all
+heroically, hoping to gain thereby the boon of a complete cure.
+
+After this preparatory work one who was skilled in the best methods
+of the age performed the operation, and Miss Church-Member was comforted
+by the assurance that her eyes would be fitted with special lenses,
+and soon she could again behold the natural light of day.
+
+Mr. World was busily engaged during the treatment of Miss
+Church-Member, but he came repeatedly to her side and spoke words of
+cheer and urged her strict obedience to all directions.
+
+Finally her new lenses were put to service, and Mr. World proffered
+his compliments profusely until the first impulses of vanity moved
+within her. _To be admired, on account of her appearance, seemed never
+so attractive as now!_
+
+What a new world opened to her view! She looked down upon the Broad
+Highway with a degree of pleasure hitherto unsuspected, and also upon
+the King’s Highway, but only to see that the path was indeed a rough
+one and beset with trials and difficulties which, to her mind, now
+seemed unnecessary to a Christian life.
+
+In the same manner I looked into all the apartments of each building,
+and was astonished at the presence of so large a number from the King’s
+Highway, and a still greater throng from the way of the world.
+
+“O Blackana!” I cried, “how long will this continue? Is there no end
+to deception? With such a changed view of things, how can Miss
+Church-Member crave for the King’s Highway or urge Mr. World thither?”
+
+“Miss Church-Member will be happier where she is,” answered my uncanny
+companion as he grinned horribly. “By the aid of her glasses she can
+both see and enjoy the wonderful scenes along the way.” I knew that
+Blackana was covering the truth, but hesitated to insinuate as much.
+“Can you explain,” I questioned in a half hopeful mood, “how those
+specialists can do their deceptive work so brazenly? Poor Miss
+Church-Member, deluded and defrauded, now stumbles rapidly onward with
+the fiendish Mr. World. Tell me, O agent of the Devil, do those
+creatures find delight in such horrible deeds?”
+
+“It is not a matter of pleasure or delight with them, but rather one
+of loyalty to their king, whom you call ‘Devil.’ To serve him poorly
+means a more bitter hell, but to serve him well brings honor from his
+hand.”
+
+“But such honor!” I exclaimed, and then said: “I observe that Miss
+Church-Member wears colored lenses--tell me the meaning of this; and
+you, Blackana, hereafter deal no more in falsehood with me!” I demanded.
+
+Blackana shifted his position, and with marked reluctance proceeded
+to answer:
+
+“The Devil, my master, uses in his work all imaginable kinds of glasses,
+invented in the Wizard City. Every conceivable shade of color is made,
+each for its particular use. Through his agents Satan selects the lens
+for the patient’s eye, and if it is worn as selected and directed, he
+has won a decisive victory.”
+
+“Foul and fiendish plots of Hell,” I involuntarily muttered; but
+Blackana listened in silence.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER IV.
+
+SATAN INTERPRETING SCRIPTURE.
+
+1. Mr. World and Miss Church-Member now take an easier method of
+traveling, for they ride on a strange vehicle down the gravity road.
+
+2. Miss Church-Member reads her Bible by the aid of her new glasses.
+
+3. She is assisted in understanding it by a minion of Satan who comes
+robed as an angel of light.
+
+4. Her glasses enable her to distinguish between the inspired and the
+uninspired parts of the Bible; for this ability she is highly
+complimented.
+
+
+The Broad Highway, after leaving the Optical College, was especially
+hard to travel. Here Mr. World secured a fashionable vehicle propelled
+by some secret force. Into this carriage he assisted Miss Church-Member,
+and each was delighted with the smooth descent down the gravity road.
+
+“This is delightful traveling,” she said, as she reclined upon the
+luxurious cushions of the conveyance. Aided by her new glasses she
+enjoyed the scenery along the way more than ever. “I am glad you
+appreciate it,” he smilingly returned. “According to my notion, riding
+is indeed preferable to walking. From these elevated carriages one can
+witness so much more of the world, and can also with more distinctness
+see the King’s Highway with its trudging pilgrims seemingly unconscious
+of this better mode of travel.”
+
+Miss Church-Member took a mere casual glance at the Old Path and her
+former associates, and seemed to feel thankful that she had risen from
+bigotry to a more charitable view of things.
+
+Her Bible, although closed altogether too long, had never been
+surrendered. But she had received strict orders not to read it until
+her eyes were fully adjusted to the new lenses.
+
+Now, however, she opened it and was reading it under the new light,
+lifting her eyes at close intervals so as to miss nothing of beauty
+or interest along this way of the world.
+
+Mr. World observed her careless manner,--how she turned from chapter
+to chapter in brief succession and fixed but little attention on any
+particular portion.
+
+“I would urge you,” he kindly advised, “that if you feel aught of
+headache or heartache, through excessive reading, to close the book
+at once.”
+
+[Illustration: Miss Church-member was reading the Bible to her companion
+when there appeared to them an interpreter who was like unto an angel
+of light.]
+
+She made no reply, but to his surprise was now deeply engaged in the
+perusal of the seventh chapter of Matthew.
+
+“I have heard that some parts of that book are very interesting,” he
+said in his good natured way. “Will you not read aloud to me?”
+
+With a return of the old passion for his conversion she gladly complied
+and read the whole chapter while they continued gliding smoothly along.
+
+An interesting discussion ensued, during the course of which there
+joined them one who was like unto an angel of light.
+
+After hearing his smooth sentences of general Bible-knowledge, Miss
+Church-Member exclaimed: “Who art thou, and how didst thou gain so
+great a knowledge of this Book?”
+
+“I am but a harmless creature of the air, going whither I will. I have
+studied that Book through all the changes of time and understand every
+part of it. I would, even now, make any sentence as clear as light to
+thee.”
+
+“And thinkest thou that this part is true?” hopefully asked Miss
+Church-Member as she raised the open Bible and pointed to the chapter
+she had just read.
+
+“Every sentence is true, but in reading it there is grave danger of
+misapprehension. Didst thou have difficulty with any particular part
+of the chapter?”
+
+“With verses thirteen and fourteen,” she replied.
+
+The angelic interpreter then read them in a fine resonant voice.
+
+“‘Enter ye in at the strait gate: for wide is the gate, and broad is
+the way, that leadeth to destruction, and many there be which go in
+hereat: Because strait is the gate, and narrow is the way, which leadeth
+unto life, and few there be that find it.’”
+
+“If these words are really true,” quickly commented Miss Church-Member,
+“we must be traveling in the wrong way. Does it not appear so?” she
+queried, as she looked with increasing interest at the angelic being.
+
+“Naturally it does,” he shrewdly answered, “especially if you look
+merely at the surface of the text; but the pearls of truth lie deeper.”
+
+“I well know that the King’s Highway is called the ‘Narrow Way’ and
+this, whereon we journey, the ‘Broad Way.’ Surely this part of Scripture
+is against us,” insisted Miss Church-Member, as her countenance grew
+more troubled.
+
+“Thou needst not stumble at such easy Scripture; behold, the meaning
+is quite clear! They who travel on the so-called King’s Highway are
+continually exaggerating the _merits_ of the way, thereby making it
+appear greater and broader than it really is. They go so far as to
+claim that the way is broad enough to accommodate all the people of
+the world, were they minded to travel thereon. Therefore those who
+thus make the way broad by their own conceits will meet with
+destruction. This is the meaning of verse thirteen.”
+
+“It is certain, according to verse fourteen, that we have a strait
+gate, and none, on this road, imagine or claim that the way is broader
+than it is; so we are credited with having it called ‘narrow,’ for it
+is as narrow as we claim it to be.”
+
+“Notwithstanding your explanation and the relief these glasses have
+given me, my conscience is still troubled, and methinks I hear a voice
+from this Bible chiding me. This is the chief barrier to my real
+happiness,” she boldly confessed.
+
+“Thou shouldst not dwell in fear,” spoke the shining adviser. “Do not
+allow the errors of any false teaching to mar the peace and happiness
+of this way. Bid farewell to all thy inward doubting, and taste the
+imperishable sweetness of the world, turning a deaf ear to the voice
+that chides thee unkindly.”
+
+“But the voice comes from my Bible,” she tremblingly declared.
+
+“Truly said, Miss Church-Member; it comes far enough _from_ the Bible.
+Why not listen to the voice that is the Bible. Thou art in harmony with
+every part of Scripture. Let not false voices drive thee on to deeper
+grief.”
+
+She then looked at the shining form with more curiosity than ever
+before.
+
+“Who can this be?” she asked Mr. World in a passing whisper. “You have
+seen how he urges me to perfect peace, and so unselfishly.”
+
+“’Tis but a happy friend that comes in the hour of need. Should we not
+give heed to his kindly voice? If the studying of that Bible gives you
+pain, adding to the weight that already wearies your heart, why not
+close the book and, continuing on this way of ease, look more carefully
+on outward things again?”
+
+“Think you, Mr. World, that I would lay down my Bible? This is the
+book that mother loved. It has always been my Book of books. It contains
+the code of laws that controls the whole spiritual world, and it is
+the only lamp that leads to light and to the gates of Heaven. You need
+it as much as I. Why ask me to lay it down?”
+
+“_Nay, nay,_” spoke the angel of light, “_urge her not to discard her
+Bible, but rather to get a true understanding of it._ Perhaps,” he
+continued, turning again to Miss Church-Member, “thou hast met with
+other mysterious verses in this chapter. If so, I will gladly serve
+thee, for I love to give light to an honest heart.”
+
+“I see nothing more now that gives me trouble. These glasses, which
+I got through the kindness of Mr. World, have helped me to understand
+your interpretation so that the rest of the chapter is quite clear to
+me.”
+
+“And how does the whole Bible appear since thy sight is so improved
+by those fortunate lenses?”
+
+“It certainly appears vastly different,” she confessed. “It is so much
+more liberal in its teachings than I ever before imagined.”
+
+“_Hast thou become so far advanced that thou canst, with thy more
+comprehensive view, distinguish between the inspired and the uninspired
+parts?_” asked the shining one with an air of dignity.
+
+“Not clearly so, although I have recently doubted the genuineness of
+some parts which still hold their place in the book.”
+
+“Thou art coming to the true light,” he flatteringly replied. “Blessed
+is the event that ever changed thine eyes to see so great a truth. Oh,
+that all the world might thus drink from the fountain of knowledge!”
+
+“When will the time ever come that the Bible will be rid of its errors?”
+impatiently broke in Mr. World.
+
+“In that happy day when the mists of superstition shall vanish before
+the true light of personal liberty and free thinking,” came the answer
+from the bright-robed angel who was none else than a minion of the
+Devil in disguise.
+
+“How could such a glorious work best be accomplished?” asked Mr. World
+whose interest now was more intensely aroused.
+
+“Only by Christians who ought to appoint a committee from their own
+number,--persons like our friend Miss Church-Member. This committee
+could decide, by a majority vote, what parts of the Bible to expunge.
+Then the church and the world would have a Bible reasonably free from
+errors. Our present Bible has so many objectionable parts which, of
+course, could not have been inspired, and any person who has the courage
+to correct it will be doing the world an incalculable service.”
+
+“Amen and amen!” enthusiastically spoke Mr. World. “The Bible is
+certainly a great book, but it would be vastly improved if once rid
+of its interpolations and errors of translation. Any preacher who would
+use in his pulpit such an abridged Bible would have my profoundest
+respect, and I hereby pledge half my fortune to the first minister who
+will do himself the honor of taking such a step.”
+
+“That will have its desired effect,” smilingly commented Miss
+Church-Member, “for there are some gentlemen of the cloth who would
+quickly sacrifice any conviction for such a sum of money.”
+
+“And here,” added the angel of light, “I hold in my hand a crown of
+fame set with the gems of honor. I hereby engage to place a crown like
+this on the head of each minister who will, in preaching and teaching,
+abridge the Bible and ridicule its weaknesses. Of course he must not
+cast reflection upon the real Word of God. He must only denounce and
+destroy the errors that have crept into it.”
+
+With these words the bright messenger disappeared, and Miss
+Church-Member endeavored again to know more about his identity, but
+Mr. World did not altogether satisfy her curiosity.
+
+Then, as they sped onward in their well-devised vehicle down the gravity
+road to Hell, Miss Church-Member continued reading her Bible quietly.
+
+“How changed the teachings of this book appear,” she soliloquized. “I
+can now see how foolish I once was in taking so narrow a view of its
+truths.”
+
+I took a passing glance at the King’s Highway, and saw a virtuous and
+holy woman on her knees in prayer, with a Bible opened before her.
+
+She read from the Book, doubting not its words, and was pleading
+earnestly with God for a better understanding of them, until flash
+after flash of heavenly light filled her soul, making her face shine
+with more than human glory.
+
+To her the Devil, robed as an angel of light, made no appearance so
+long as I looked.
+
+Then I asked Blackana, and he told me that Satan feared that which was
+sharper than a two-edged sword more than a large number of professing
+Christians not filled with the word of God.
+
+“And what think you of Miss Church-Member?” I continued.
+
+“She is a fine character,” spoke Blackana as a hideous grin spread
+over his face.
+
+Then I was moved with indignation, and I spoke with fire in my voice:
+“Give me no more deceptive words of Hell! Tell the naked truth. What
+is the estimate that Satan places on one who acts like Miss
+Church-Member?”
+
+Blackana moved not a feature at my changed attitude, but spoke calmly
+within the bounds of truth: “Satan considers such a one as a valuable
+ally to his cause, for she is now working against Jesus Christ on her
+imaginary road to Heaven. Nothing is more helpful to Satan than when
+members of the church believe that parts of the Bible are untrue. It
+is indeed gratifying to us,” continued Blackana with a fiendish smile,
+“to see the twentieth century of the so-called Christian era opening
+with the church wrangling over her Bible more desperately than ever,
+and some of the learned leaders, and those of lesser light, laying the
+lash on him who believes that the regularly revised version of Scripture
+is of sufficient authority and approved of God.”
+
+Thus Blackana, in dread reluctant tones, and with his tongue still
+unfriendly to Christ’s cause, was continuing, when a voice from above
+gave this startling and silencing testimony.
+
+“_Such Scripture is an impregnable rock; and they, who by faith stand
+thereon, cannot be poisoned by the fiery darts which are hurled even
+by the latest invented guns from the Wizard City. All Hell secretly
+acknowledges the strength of this foundation, even though part of the
+church on earth refuses to do as much._”
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER V.
+
+THE DEVIL’S PAWN SHOP.
+
+1. Miss Church-Member with her new glasses looks upon her attire and,
+not being satisfied with her pilgrim’s robe, exchanges it for up-to-date
+apparel.
+
+2. The similar action of Mr. Deacon and Mr. Elder described.
+
+
+Miss Church-Member, having closed her Bible, was engaged in a close
+scrutiny of her attire. By the aid of her glasses she realized very
+keenly that her garments were out of harmony with her environments.
+
+“Will you answer a frank question?” she modestly asked Mr. World. “Do
+you think my pilgrim’s robe becomes me as it should?”
+
+“A very delicate question. I should never have ventured a criticism
+without your invitation to do so. Sincerely, your whole attire is
+somewhat antiquated. It is just as faulty as the Bible. So I would
+advise you to wear apparel more suited to your natural charms.”
+
+“But where can such be found?” she blushingly asked, offering no comment
+upon Mr. World’s aspersion upon the Holy Scriptures.
+
+[Illustration: A Scene in the Devil’s Pawn Shop. “Her beautiful pilgrim
+robe was drawn through the dust and relegated to the rear.”]
+
+“At numberless places along the way. In the distance I see an exchange
+store, duly authorized to do business along this Highway. If you so
+desire, we will proceed thither.”
+
+She assented gratefully, and soon the vehicle stopped. The two alighted
+and stepped into the place known along the King’s Highway as the Devil’s
+Pawn Shop.
+
+This establishment was easily accessible from either Highway, and had
+been in operation for thousands of years, carrying on an extensive
+business.
+
+In such a place our parents pawned a glorious inheritance for a taste
+of forbidden fruit, and Esau exchanged a legitimate birth-right for
+a mere mess of pottage.
+
+In another similar place Judas sold his Lord and Master for thirty
+dirty pieces of silver; and Ananias and Sapphira pawned their natural
+and spiritual lives for a little worldly profit which was held but for
+a few hours, and that in guilt and pain.
+
+Satan has a Pawn Shop, or an exchange store, for every phase of desire
+that can enter into an unsatisfied heart, or a soul unduly ambitious.
+This one, into which Mr. World escorted Miss Church-Member, is intended
+for those who become dissatisfied with the dress of righteousness, or
+for any who wish a change in any part of their apparel. It proved
+intensely interesting to Miss Church-Member, with her new-found
+ambitions, to walk through the aisles of this great department store,
+each department being used for a separate kind of apparel.
+
+The entire Pawn Shop was full of old curiosities which had never been
+redeemed. These, and more recent specimens, told the story of many a
+faithless pilgrim. In the footwear department I saw many a “preparation
+of the gospel of peace” which had been pawned for shoes of worldliness,
+and elsewhere I saw the garments of truth which had been girt about
+the loins of the saints, but which had been exchanged for robes of
+vanity.
+
+There were also many antiquated pilgrims’ robes which had been given
+for more fashionable attire.
+
+Miss Church-Member became more and more ashamed of her own robe as she
+saw how many already had effected the exchange which she was now
+contemplating.
+
+One of the shrewd attendants, observing the impatience of Miss
+Church-Member and the significant look of Mr. World, approached her
+and offered to render such assistance as she might desire.
+
+“I am feeling wretchedly out of place and out of style in my present
+condition. Can I not be dressed in a way more consistent with my
+station?”
+
+“We can readily and easily supply all your fancies,” answered the
+attendant with a graceful bow and a smile which gave re-assurance to
+Miss Church-Member.
+
+The sad transformation was effected in a manner well pleasing to the
+Prince of Darkness. Her beautiful pilgrim’s robe was drawn through the
+dust and relegated to the rear.
+
+My own heart saddened as I beheld the changed appearance of Miss
+Church-Member, who had just taken one more step in her downward course,
+and who was still vainly imagining that she was on the road to Heaven.
+
+I saw, with disgust, her fantastically feathered hat of conceit, her
+broad sleeves of self-righteousness, her ruby bracelets and necklace
+of vanity, her flowing garments of personal liberty, and her shoes of
+fashionable infidelity.
+
+Then they made a strong effort to induce her to pawn her Bible, but
+to no purpose, for she had clung to it so long that it had become a
+precious souvenir with which she declared she would never part. Thus
+I saw how some worship the Bible who do not worship God.
+
+Finally they emerged from the Pawn Shop, and glided along in their
+mysterious carriage more rapidly and smoothly than ever. The two happy
+companions, free from their former embarrassment, now enjoyed the
+scenes of life along the way with increasing pleasure. The moving
+masses, in their diversified employments, yielded constant
+entertainment.
+
+Miss Church-Member was soon agreeably surprised to see Mr. Deacon and
+Mr. Elder, who served in the same church to which she belonged. The
+carriage overtook them in a rather isolated place and stopped at their
+side, in obedience to the will of Miss Church-Member.
+
+“Can it possibly be that I meet two of my church officers at this
+unexpected time and place? How came it about that you also have chosen
+this ‘Broader and Better Way’ to Heaven?”
+
+The two men were slightly abashed at first and stood speechless as if
+in doubt what to say, or as if they were unable to recognize her.
+
+“Ho! ho!” cried Mr. Deacon, “here is Miss Church-Member who sits in
+one of our front pews.”
+
+“Her appearance is wonderfully improved however,” added Mr. Elder in
+an undertone.
+
+“How came you to adopt this dress and be in such close fellowship with
+Mr. World?” asked Mr. Deacon.
+
+“I am now in the midst of my missionary work, endeavoring to lead Mr.
+World into church membership,” were her glib words of explanation,
+though, somehow, they were unsatisfying to her ear; but she was rapidly
+learning to stifle such unpleasant qualms of conscience.
+
+“She is doing a grand work,” said Mr. Deacon to Mr. Elder with gestures
+of approbation.
+
+“Are you any better than you were since such an elevating influence
+has been thrown about you?” asked Mr. Elder, as he turned to Mr. World.
+
+“Happy for me that Miss Church-Member ever undertook my case, for I
+am now nearer joining the church than ever before.”
+
+The two church-officials offered their hands to Mr. World in warm
+congratulation, and then praised Miss Church-Member for her timely
+efforts which they felt sure would terminate in his conversion.
+
+“What more is required of me in order that I may join your church?”
+inquired Mr. World in a voice of deepening earnestness.
+
+“Nothing more than to express your willingness,” responded the two.
+Your morality is beyond suspicion, and your fulfillment of the duties
+of citizenship has always been praiseworthy; therefore your religion
+is quite exemplary. It lacks but your admission into the church.”
+
+“I would have joined before now had it not been for a radical element
+potent in the councils of the church, and especially for the narrow
+views entertained by your minister. If you had another pastor, one of
+more liberal cast of mind, it would not only influence me to join, but
+many of my wealthy and honorable friends would do so as well.”
+
+“It certainly is a sad state of affairs,” sighed Miss Church-Member.
+“We are losing heavily by reason of such narrowness. I thought
+differently at one time, but these glasses have given me a wider and
+clearer range of vision.”
+
+“Your words indicate a sound judgment,” commented Mr. World, and the
+two church officials listened eagerly. “Why should the church compel
+a man to journey on a path so narrow that he can scarcely make any
+progress?”
+
+[Illustration: Mr. Elder, unable to push through the narrow pass of
+Consecration, was compelled to take the “Shorter and Broader Way to
+Heaven.”]
+
+“A sensible view of it,” said Mr. Elder, “for I have learned by
+experience that it is impossible to travel far in the way you mention.
+I tried it until recently, when I gave it up in disgust. I patronized
+an old established exchange store, disposed of a part of my outfit,
+and got in exchange something up-to-date, as you see from my appearance.
+I then endeavored to walk on the old path, but soon came to an
+especially narrow place called Consecration. I could not squeeze
+through. I struggled hard and long until one came to me and said: ‘Let
+go what thou hast under thine arms and belted to thine heart, and thou
+shalt go through with ease and rejoicing.’ That was asking too much
+of me, for I paid a high price for these things and was minded to hold
+to them at all cost. I then endeavored more earnestly to push ahead,
+but found that I could not. As I looked around me, in despair, I saw
+a path leading to the left, under a beautiful arch, whereon I read
+this inscription:
+
+A SHORTER AND BROADER WAY TO HEAVEN.
+
+“This path I took and have been traveling comfortably thereon,
+especially since I found this still Broader Way into which it led. If
+only all church-members would know the comforts and advantages of this
+way, they could no longer refuse to travel it.”
+
+“They are finding it out more and more every age,” said Mr. World
+with a complacent smile. “The church and the world ought to be one
+and, according to the teaching of the Bible, how could this be better
+accomplished than by having the church come down to the level of the
+world, and from that point lift the world upward. That was Christ’s
+method and example. The church of to-day should not wish to be greater
+than her Lord.”
+
+The two church-officials looked at each other in surprise. “Without
+doubt that is broad-minded theology,” first spoke Mr. Deacon.
+
+“It is indeed refreshing in contrast with what we must hear repeatedly
+from the troublesome element in the church,” added the other.
+
+“Will you not tell us how you also came to reach this favored place?”
+inquired Miss Church-Member, as she gave her attention momentarily to
+Mr. Deacon.
+
+“It came about in a very odd manner. I had been wearing an old-style
+robe of righteousness, and gradually came to see that it was totally
+out of harmony with the higher thought of the age; so much so that I
+became odious to many liberal-minded people. A sharp struggle ensued
+between my conscience and my judgment. In the midst of this conflict
+I came to a place which offered to accept my old garments in exchange
+for seasonable attire. ‘Anything for peace,’ thought I; so I entered
+the establishment and selected this apparel, and these additional
+advantages. It cost me nothing but the mere willingness to exchange,
+and would I not have been foolish to refuse so much at so small a
+price?”
+
+“Without a doubt,” quickly answered Miss Church-Member. The others
+forcibly confirmed her answer.
+
+“After I had completed my bargain I continued my diligence in the work
+of the church and in traveling on the good old Narrow Way. I came to
+a place called God Praise, and got through with little difficulty; but
+voices from unseen creatures spoke terror to my soul. In this
+unhappiness I trudged along until I came to a narrow pass known as
+Sacrifice. Through it I could not go. I struggled again and again. I
+also heard a voice saying unto me: ‘If thou wilt wear the garments of
+salvation, and cast off these things of earth, then thou mayest pass
+through all thy sacrifice with ease and sweet delight.’
+
+“The voice troubled me much, for I feared it spoke the truth. There
+did I spend a long season in mortal dread and doubt, and thought I
+would rather die than suffer thus. Suddenly, as if blind to it before,
+I saw a sign apparently moving in circles about me. It settled to my
+left and thus it read:
+
+TO HEAVEN WITHOUT SACRIFICE.
+
+“At once a smooth path opened to view, and I chided myself for having
+been blind to it so long. I entered upon it and hastily pursued my
+journey, and soon from thence passed upon this Broad Gauge Road. I
+traveled hereon for a long time when, to my delight, I came across Mr.
+Elder. I assure you we have had companionable seasons. We are on our
+road to Heaven and expect eventually to reach that place. Many persons
+of the Narrow Gauge Road have told us that we are wrong, deceived, and
+would be hopelessly lost if we do not change our course, but methinks
+that those people are disregarding the Bible where it saith, ‘Judge
+not that ye be not judged’; and ‘Thou hypocrite, first cast out the
+beam out of thine own eye; and then shalt thou see clearly.’”
+
+“Ah! Mr. Deacon,” quickly complimented Mr. World, “you must be a
+champion in the use of Bible truth. How can these bigots expect to
+stand when such Scripture condemns them? It will be a joyful time for
+all of us when these self-righteous critics shall have pulled the beams
+out of their eyes and be able to see us in our real innocence.”
+
+While Mr. World was speaking these words he assisted Miss Church-
+Member into their strange vehicle and, when his last sentence was
+ended, they bade a hearty farewell to the two acquaintances and smoothly
+glided on, not tarrying to hear the words of commendation which each
+church-official was speaking simultaneously.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER VI.
+
+SATAN’S LAW DEPARTMENTS
+
+(_Underground._)
+
+1. An allegorical representation of Satan’s underhanded methods in law
+and politics. All seen during a thrilling journey with Blackana through
+this underground regions (level below level) where the laws of Hell
+are hatched.
+
+2. A realistic climax,--ultimate triumph of right in the civil realm.
+
+
+I now saw two mountains so high that their shadows perpetually darkened
+the Broad Highway which covered the wide valley between them.
+
+In this Shadowy Vale many held permanent residence, until the whole
+region swarmed with teeming millions of every tongue and tribe on the
+face of the globe.
+
+At the base of the mountains, on each side of the way, there were
+numerous large openings through which imps of darkness were constantly
+passing. Most of them were habited as angels of light.
+
+“Tell me the mystery of those dismal openings,” I asked as I turned
+to Blackana. “Words are inadequate to tell of the places to which they
+lead. To know aright one must see,” he answered with marked
+indifference.
+
+For a moment I silently looked upon Blackana whose evasive answer had
+so greatly aroused my curiosity.
+
+“Beyond those ominous portals I can discern nothing,” I murmured. “How
+can I be privileged to see what is there hidden?”
+
+“Come with me,” coldly invited Blackana, “I will guide you to the
+nethermost realms now unseen by you. This I do not willingly, but I
+am thus commanded.”
+
+Not wishing to receive my orders from the mouth of a demon, I talked
+to my better Friend who bade me go and be assured that _a body-guard
+of ten thousand would ever be at my side, though I saw them not._
+
+On wings, swifter than the wind, Blackana and I covered the intervening
+space. We stood in the dark valley at one of the openings, now appearing
+ten-fold larger than before, and the mountains reared their imposing
+crests as if to an endless height.
+
+“Follow me,” grimly spoke Blackana as he advanced through the monstrous
+arcade into the deepening darkness.
+
+I remembered the ten thousand, and feared not as I followed. Downward
+and inward we went, with no light but a horrid glare casting its
+uncertain rays athwart our path.
+
+“Is this the passage-way to Destruction?” I cried, as I saw how spectral
+all things were, for more than a thousand grimy faces had already added
+their fitful glances to the glimmering scene.
+
+“The passage-way to Hell is not so smooth; we go to a better place,”
+he answered, without so much as turning his head.
+
+We finally stopped at a line of massive elevators, ever in busy motion,
+carrying the throngs upward or downward.
+
+As we paused, Blackana regarded me silently. I was then able, for the
+first time, to see his face clearly. No light reveals the countenance
+of a demon so well as the light of his own region.
+
+I stood as if paralyzed under his awful eyes. Oh! thought I, can two
+orbs picture such infinite depth of remorse; such absence of tenderness;
+such barrenness of sympathy, far beyond the most care-worn look of
+earth? Then, pervading all these lineaments of despair were the positive
+characteristics of his nature--malice, envy, and hatred. These lent
+their repulsive fires to his eye, already overcharged with insidious
+gleamings. I suddenly thought of my ten thousand, and my fears subsided.
+
+“It were better for you to remain a stranger to the greater depth and
+go no farther,” were the words that finally came from Blackana’s
+scarcely moving lips.
+
+“Fulfill your mission, Blackana! I fear not the deepest depth when I
+am thus equipped.”
+
+“Where is your sword and where is your armor?” he tauntingly asked.
+
+“My steel is hid until I find a foe worthy of its mettle.”
+
+Blackana quivered and resumed his task. He told me that above us, deep
+in the bowels of these mountains, were the more refined legislative
+halls of Satan; while below us, at varying and terrible depths, lay
+scattered many a brooding station where the lowest laws of Hell are
+hatched.
+
+“Let us go downward,” I said, and scarcely had the words escaped my
+lips ere Blackana had ushered me into an elevator, holding me as we
+dropped down and down with increasing velocity, while a cold chill was
+freezing my heart, and my body playing the part of an aspen leaf.
+
+Never before had I been touched by so dreadful a hand, but I thought
+again of the ten thousand, and that lent warmth to my heart and calmness
+to my nerves. “To what great depth are we falling?” I soon ventured
+to ask, as I perceived that we were dashing downward at terrific speed.
+
+“We fall to no great depth; we go only a thousand furlongs to reach
+the first grand level, not stopping at these lesser places of which
+you get a glimpse in passing.”
+
+“A thousand furlongs,” I repeated, “down into the earth! Who ever heard
+of such a descent before?” But I still thought of my ten thousand,
+even though I could not conceive how they could follow me in such
+places.
+
+“At what rate do we now travel?” I nervously asked, for I felt the
+hand of Blackana still pressing me down lest the great elevator would
+fall faster than my body.
+
+“According to earthly reckoning we are falling twenty furlongs a second
+and our speed is still increasing with the descent,” was the startling
+answer.
+
+I spoke no more, but found myself clutching the raised bars of the
+floor. I saw the glimmering light of many a region as we darted by at
+our lightning speed.
+
+In an incredibly short time we reached the first grand level. Blackana
+led me forth from the elevator into an immense cavern whose dimensions
+were apparently as limitless as the space between the earth and sky.
+It was illuminated by infernal lights and all astir with moving
+thousands in fabled dress and shape.
+
+Never before had I imagined or beheld such a scene. Pure gold was as
+plentiful as the water of the earth, and was abundantly used in the
+construction of vast halls whose overarching vaults were encrusted
+with priceless gems that dazzled like jets of crystallized light.
+
+“What weird world is this?” I asked in an awed tone.
+
+“This is one of my master’s legislative centers, devoted to each
+separate government on earth. The many legislators of this whole region
+are ever busily engaged in determining upon their policy and methods
+of operation, and in endeavoring to influence the law-making body of
+each government to create and modify laws in harmony with the
+underground legislation here enacted.”
+
+“Ah!” said I, “but this place is far from the surface where man dwells.
+How can there be such close connection?”
+
+Blackana smiled as he made a wonderful revelation to me. “This strange
+empire is in close touch with the whole human family, for there are
+thousands of wires leading from this dark realm to each government
+centre of earth. Satan thus communicates his wishes to each lawmaker,
+of every land, who will lend a listening ear to his schemes.”
+
+Blackana then conducted me to an immense building divided into many
+sections. “Here is the electric centre of this level,” he said.
+
+As I gazed I learned the secret of Satan’s power in law. Thousands
+were here engaged in conversing with legislators on earth.
+
+I could understand no word of all these communications, for the section
+where I stood was devoted to Asiatic countries and the islands of the
+Pacific Ocean.
+
+“Take me, O Blackana, to the section connecting with the Western world
+that I may see the very wires that run to the United States of America.”
+
+I soon stood in the interior of another large building, and with great
+interest listened to the operators communicating with some who were
+in authority at Washington, and with persons elsewhere who were
+interested in the formulation of laws for the whole country.
+
+“Does this never cease?” I questioned.
+
+“It continues through the days and nights of earth forever,” came the
+reply.
+
+I was looking at the intricate system of wires and the stupendous
+proportions of the place, when suddenly I heard some one mention a
+name with which I was familiar. I was attracted close to the side of
+the operator that I might hear at least the one side of the
+conversation.
+
+“That bill should never become a law,” said the operator, but I could
+not hear the reply.
+
+“Fight hard to defeat it. You will get heaps of gold if you succeed,”
+were the next words I heard at the lower ’phone.
+
+“Never mind them. I’ll take care of that crowd. I will try once more
+to get their ear. I failed the last time, but I hope to succeed at my
+next endeavor.” These words were spoken very plainly, but still I could
+hear no reply.
+
+“Suppose the other element has chances to win. Get ready at once and
+meet the situation. Go and speak to the chairman of the committee and
+early influence his mind in our favor. Offer any bribe you wish, for
+we have unlimited resources at our command.”
+
+“If only I could hear the answer,” thought I.
+
+Then the operator listened a long time, and I almost envied his
+privilege, wishing that I might also hear the human voice from the
+earth’s surface.
+
+Blackana conducted me to other parts of the building, and I saw the
+fiendish program carried out at each point. Thousands of demons were
+in league with the law-makers of the world!
+
+“Oh! that I could cut these wires and restrict Satan’s laws to these
+underground dominions,” I said with rising boldness.
+
+“Silence, puny mortal! Know you not that others can hear you speak?
+Would you here be crushed to death so far from the light of day?”
+
+Superhuman strength moved me to answer thus: “Though all these hosts
+should hear me, I fear nothing. I am invincible, and should you take
+me to the deepest depths, amidst foul crawling imps, not one can harm
+me. Neither can you, Blackana.
+
+“Come on,” he sneered, “cease your senseless sentences and follow me.”
+
+I saw that Blackana endeavored to conceal the counter-currents of his
+heart, but nevertheless his agitation did not escape my notice.
+
+Back to the elevators we went, and with a throng of evil spirits we
+entered the central car and fell another thousand furlongs into the
+depth of the earth.
+
+We stopped at the second grand level into which I was ushered. I looked
+out over what seemed to be a new world with more light and more
+animation than was manifest on the first level.
+
+Boisterous demonstrations were heard on every hand, all made more
+hideous by the variety of evil spirits who added their din to the
+general bedlam. “What furious world is this?” I shouted.
+
+“This is Satan’s political headquarters, and the place where his state
+laws are made. We are here connected with every state or divisional
+government in the world, and with every political movement that can
+be influenced by these underground voices.”
+
+My indignation leaped over all bounds as the vileness of these
+iniquitous schemes pressed upon me. I heard the bands of music from
+those who had prostituted their talent to the second level.
+
+Blackana pushed me on through all the demonstrations, and then led me
+into a great structure more secluded than the electrical stations.
+Here the state laws are hatched, but, thanks to a higher sanctum, not
+all the brood see daylight.
+
+The plotters of Hell sat in this underground legislative centre, and
+I saw, to my horror, some state legislators occupying seats in this
+infamous quarter.
+
+Then said I to Blackana: “It is no more a mystery to me how so much
+of Hell is incorporated into the laws of the states in the country
+where I hold residence, as well as in all other parts of the world.
+How long have these things been?”
+
+“Since the beginning of law,” was his indifferent reply.
+
+“It will not be so forever,” I prophesied under a sudden spell of
+inspiration. “The time must come when the power of this level will be
+blasted forever. The owner of the tree will burn the worms and their
+nests from every branch.”
+
+Then said Blackana tauntingly: “Neither flood, poison, fire, nor knife
+can ever destroy this section.” Just as he spoke these words the whole
+edifice shook, and I heard a noise as if a shower of great stones had
+crashed into the roof and sides of the building. The legislators quaked
+with fear and all looked toward the ceiling. All of this instantly
+reminded me of the thousand lords who looked at the ominous handwriting
+on the wall at the feast of Belshazzar.
+
+“Explain it to me,” I asked as I looked wonderingly at Blackana.
+
+“Urge it not, urge it not! Be content to dwell in ignorance!”
+
+“I am here to learn, and I would know what force or power can so
+well-nigh destroy this wretched center. Tell me the truth. I demand
+it.”
+
+Then did Blackana move himself in his startling attitudes, as if loath
+to speak. He rolled his heavy eyes as his discordant voice yielded the
+unwilling explanation.
+
+“These are the votes that just fell in favor of reform in a campaign
+on earth. Such votes, under the panoply of prayer, strike more terror
+to these kingdoms than all else combined, and the most disastrous
+feature is that they go bounding from the buildings of this level ever
+downward and work their ruin from kingdom to kingdom, until they have
+wrought their havoc even to the lowest level. If we only knew the way
+to break the power of these votes, our comrades would not then dwell
+in constant dread of what might happen.”
+
+“May you never learn that power, and may the votes of good citizenship
+ever increase in number until these legislative halls shall be broken
+to rise no more, and their inmates driven from their secret machinations
+to the abode prepared for the Devil and his angels.”
+
+Blackana sprang at me in great rage.
+
+“Silence, you contemptible mortal! You have not such liberty of speech
+here! Why fling insults into the face of one more powerful than
+yourself?”
+
+“_Ho, ye ten thousand!_” I shouted with all my power, and Blackana
+fell backward at my very words. Sullen, but cowed, he arose to his
+feet and took me to the elevators.
+
+“Where next?” he gruffly asked.
+
+“What is on the next level below?” I inquired.
+
+“Greater proceedings than on this one. It is devoted to the government
+of counties, cities, boroughs, and villages, and their political work.”
+
+“Pass it by and take me to the lowest level.”
+
+“You do not know what you ask. The lowest level is very, very deep,
+and takes us where things have no weight. It is the lowest haunt outside
+of Hell, inhabited by the vilest imps. How can you live or move in
+such a realm?”
+
+“Not by the futile force of human power, but by the strength of Him
+who bids me go. I fear not, O Blackana; conduct me thither.”
+
+What an awful experience followed! I was taken down at an amazing
+speed, held under the great hand of Blackana. We passed region after
+region of infernal lights, each one existing for the purpose of carrying
+out its part of Satan’s fiendish plan.
+
+At length we stopped in the red glare of an awful burning amidst a
+company of hobgoblins out of harmony with all human shape or symmetry.
+
+“This must be the bed of Hell, indeed,” I said, after I had conquered
+my rising fears. “Far from it, far from it!” answered Blackana. “We
+are now in the lowest legislative center _where foul fiends invent the
+horrible laws of personal pollution in the mortal body, and political
+bribery in the civil body._”
+
+Blackana held me by the hand. I seemed not to walk but rather to move
+along without effort, seeing the pictures of lowest life and ill-shaped
+spirits, some of monster size.
+
+Into an immense auditorium I was wafted, a building without foundations
+or floor. Here, amidst uncanny noises, hovered a vast throng of Satan’s
+lowest legislators.
+
+The dreadful suggestions here given, and the terrible debates that
+followed, beggar human description. From all parts of the great hall
+the busy wires were communicating with every section of the earth’s
+surface.
+
+Blackana, still holding me by the hand, spoke! thus in a derisive
+strain:
+
+“O mortal, now comes my glorious revenge I have tasted your insults
+until their galling bitterness grinds me still. I have craved for this
+hour when I might leave you to the mercy of the lowest, and bring you
+under my feet for ever.”
+
+Then, turning to the chairman of the great assemblage, Blackana
+attracted his attention, and at once the attention of all the spectral
+monsters of the place.
+
+“Here,” commenced he, “is a piece of mortal flesh, fresh from the
+surface. I have been forced, by some strange power, to conduct this
+mortal man through these nether levels until he has seen the workings
+of our underground plans and schemes. He must never see the light of
+day, lest the world above may know the true inwardness and source of
+such laws as are called cursed, and rise in hosts against our surface
+operations.”
+
+At this Blackana thrust me forward, and I went straightway to the
+chairman who seized me by the back and held me aloft in his right hand,
+while a deafening roar of strident voices was measuring my doom.
+
+“_Ho, ye ten thousand!_” I cried aloud, at which the horrid chairman
+fell backward, and I dropped unharmed to his own chair as the whole
+host were rushing at me en masse.
+
+The chairman sprang to his feet and waved a wand. “Silence and order!”
+he commanded.
+
+Thousands of brandishing weapons were brought to a stand, and quietness
+reigned in a moment.
+
+“Why say you ‘ten thousand’? What power lives in those words?” asked
+the chairman with a show of boldness, but in secret quaking. “Power
+unlimited, even over death, hell, and the grave. My flesh is not food
+for such as these.”
+
+“Who can you be to talk thus boldly to your superiors?”
+
+“I am one who is sealed by the blood of Jesus, and have no superiors
+outside the gates of Heaven.”
+
+“Why came you here?” he impatiently and furiously demanded. “Tell me
+while yet you have opportunity to speak.”
+
+Then, fully confiding in my unseen Guard, I stood erect and said with
+boldness of speech: “I have come to learn the secrets of this
+underground legislation which is sending its blighting curse throughout
+the world. Having witnessed the wide extent of these secret operations,
+I will now return to the brotherhood of man and sound the alarm of a
+coming reformation. O, beware ye multitudes that now rise against me!
+I am not alone, nor forsaken. By faith I see armies of the living God.
+I declare, at this moment, that earth will not forever receive her
+laws from such a depth. The hour must come when these million wires
+will be broken beyond repair, and all you fiends go groveling under
+penal chains in darkness eternal.”
+
+[Illustration: The armies of righteousness will some day triumph over
+the black hordes of civil iniquity.]
+
+No more could I speak, for the air was thickening all around me with
+a rush of wild demons whose threatening weapons thirsted for my blood.
+
+I stood motionless, glorying in the power of the Unseen, for I saw,
+shining far above me, a beautiful star of hope with peace and purity
+in its rays.
+
+In the same instant I again shouted, “_Ho, ye ten thousand!_” Oh, what
+a transformation took place! Regiment upon regiment of Heaven’s military
+hosts, converging as from infinite depth of space, burst into sudden
+view, revealed by a dazzling light which filled the whole region and
+dazed the infernal hosts as with blindness, while their weapons broke
+and fell beneath them in futile fragments.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER VII.
+
+THE HILL OF REMORSE.
+
+1. While climbing a steep hill Miss Church-Member is touched by Remorse.
+
+2. Satan’s strategy in keeping her away from the Narrow Path.
+
+3. All her trouble is lost in company with Mr. World on the Mountain Top
+of Apathy.
+
+
+Returning to my former post of observation, and looking again through
+the open door, I beheld Mr. World and Miss Church-Member still riding
+on the gravity road. They were approaching the Shadowy Vale, and Mr.
+World was desirous that his friend should close her eyes until they
+had passed through the shadows.
+
+She reclined her head, and soon was resting so comfortably that she
+fell fast asleep and opened not her eyes until they had passed beyond
+the darker scenes of the miserable valley.
+
+Then did Mr. World engage her with artful and pleasant conversation,
+so that she might not fully observe the features that constantly make
+this part of the Broad Highway dark and dreary.
+
+Satan, unseen, hovered around them during their conversation which was
+well pleasing to him. At length, in partial disguise, he made himself
+visible, much to the terror of Miss Church-Member.
+
+“Fear not; no harm will befall you,” said Mr. World re-assuringly as
+he laid his hand upon her shoulder.
+
+Satan smiled complaisantly, and spoke in soft tones: “Tremble not at
+my presence. I have come only to render you such assistance as may be
+especially helpful to you in your journey, and to disabuse your mind
+of such false impressions as you have evidently entertained concerning
+my character.”
+
+So affable was his manner and so pleasing his address that, to her
+mind, he soon lost that shocking hideousness which characterized his
+first appearance, and evoked from Miss Church-Member this apology born
+of her guilty conscience: “You would not have seen me now on this path
+had Mr. World adhered strictly to his promises.”
+
+“Indeed, Miss Church-Member,” replied Satan, “you need have no regret
+for being here. You are to be congratulated upon the good judgment
+which led you into fellowship with Mr. World. It is your happy fortune
+that he has succeeded in preventing you from leaving him. You are an
+exception to a host of cranks, who, without investigation, are
+prejudiced by what they hear. You are broad-minded, independent, and
+will be found wiser and happier than the army of fools you have left.”
+
+These words brought a mixture of pride and shame to her heart, and
+threw her mind into a state of great confusion.
+
+But by this time they had come to a long and steep hill called Remorse
+up which all pilgrims walked. Mr. World assisted his companion in
+alighting, and promised to give her all possible help in her efforts
+to climb the hill.
+
+Satan remained with them, and Miss Church-Member, under deepening
+remorse of conscience, loitered a few steps in the rear. Her bowed
+head indicated the warring of her thoughts. Then I saw that she cast
+a longing glance over the rough hills toward the King’s Highway, and
+looked for some path by which she might go thither.
+
+Her two wily companions endeavored to allay her fears by offering all
+manner of cajolements, none of which either diverted or quieted her
+mind.
+
+“O ye friends of mine!” cried Miss Church-Member, “I can find rest
+only on yonder King’s Highway. Can you show me the shortest path leading
+thereto? I cannot go to the summit of this hill.”
+
+[Illustration: On the Hill of Remorse. Miss Church-Member cast a longing
+glance toward the King’s Highway, and looked for some way by which she
+might go thither.]
+
+“It so happens,” pleasantly replied the Devil, “that there is no way
+of reaching the so-called King’s Highway from this part of our route,
+but, if you will have patience, we will conduct you safely to a point
+a little farther on where you can conveniently leave this way with all
+honor to yourself. In the meantime we will give you all the assistance
+that you may need, and every convenience that science can afford.”
+
+Miss Church-Member wept tears of gratitude at this proffered kindness,
+and began to feel that this dark intruder was a friend with a rough
+exterior but a warm and congenial heart.
+
+“It is quite evident that you have been grossly misrepresented to me,”
+she faltered as her voice trembled with emotion. “I was told that you
+are the embodiment of envy, malice, and hatred, and vigorously opposed
+to everything religious.”
+
+Satan looked at her in well-counterfeited amazement. “How wrongly I
+am judged by my enemies! How can I be opposed to all religion when I
+attend church and prayer-meeting regularly, and sedulously listen to
+the sermons and prayers while many sleep who claim to be better than
+I? You will pardon me, Miss Church-Member,” he continued, “but allow
+me to bear the light burden you are carrying under your arm, and let
+us hasten from this sickly atmosphere to the refreshing air beyond the
+summit of the hill.”
+
+“You are very kind, indeed,” she said. “Please carry these books
+carefully, as I prize them very highly.”
+
+As they pushed their way up the hill, I looked at Blackana who, with
+his eyes fixed upon me, sat as cold and motionless as a statue.
+
+“Tell me,” I asked, “why Satan has falsified so greatly to Miss
+Church-Member.”
+
+Blackana, with a show of uneasiness, answered interrogatively: “Wherein
+has he falsified?”
+
+“Did he not just inform Miss Church-Member that there is no way of
+reaching the King’s Highway from the place where she had been standing?
+He well knew that there is a way opened by the Prince of the House of
+David. Why did he not tell her?”
+
+Blackana again grinned horribly while my indignation waxed stronger.
+Then came his pertinent reply: “My master is about his own business;
+that is why he is so successful in his work. It is not his business
+to point people away from his kingdom; his delight is rather in leading
+them upon his own Highway.”
+
+“Oh! for the voice of a thousand trumpets, that I might reach the ear
+of Miss Church-Member, and break unto her the words of truth and life.
+See how she walks on between those two fiends, ever nearing an awful
+destruction, yet vainly imagining, through the deceitfulness of her
+advisers, that she is nearing the place where she can, with greater
+ease, leave her present course and join her comrades on the Shining
+Path. Oh, that I could send a messenger, good and swift, in her
+pursuit!”
+
+“Rest in ease, anxious mortal; she will get all necessary advice from
+her two friends,” replied Blackana with a sardonic grin.
+
+I could no longer look into his face, for I was filled with contempt.
+I turned my eyes to see poor Miss Church-Member still struggling up
+the Hill of Remorse.
+
+When the top was finally reached I heard Mr. World congratulating her:
+“Well done, noble woman! You have fought Remorse until you have mastered
+it. The pains and pangs incident to this climbing are over, and if you
+should come to another hill you will ascend it with more ease. Look
+about you at these cool mountain resorts called Apathy, and join me
+in a needed recreation as we mingle with the merry multitudes amongst
+these shady bowers.”
+
+She needed no second invitation, being glad to seek relief in
+forgetfulness of her guilt.
+
+As they went to their pleasures, Satan vanished to give attention to
+others who were ascending the same Hill of Remorse, some in a sullen
+mood and some with wails of anguish on their lips.
+
+The delightful resorts of Apathy were now quieting the mind of Miss
+Church-Member, for the attractions on the mountain top were so numerous
+and so ingeniously arranged that, as she gave full attention to them,
+she no longer suffered any pangs of remorse.
+
+On this plateau, so full of charms for every sense, I saw bands of
+music; gardens of shady retreat where one might while away the weary
+hours in gentle dalliance; and cooling fountains throwing forth their
+busy sprays.
+
+Artists were painting the scenes of worldly ease, and poets were writing
+sweet verses for the singers of the place.
+
+Miss Church-Member, who was a lover of the fine arts, asked Mr. World
+to tarry in one of the gardens of the poets where they might hear the
+songs of the season just from the pens of their authors.
+
+This was a novel privilege; so he readily consented and accompanied
+her into a garden near by. They were greeted by sounds of instrumental
+music and charming voices raised in song.
+
+After these harmonies died away a soloist sang a hymn that had been
+composed that same day. Her voice rendered each word distinctly:
+
+ Remorse is but the foe of all,
+ The rich and poor, the slave and free
+ Unfriendly comes its bitter call--
+ Perchance it comes this day to thee.
+
+ Then come, thou troubled seeking peace
+ From this unkind, intruding foe;
+ Let anxious cares no more increase;
+ Go bury all thy pangs of woe.
+
+ Forget the things that wake thy mind
+ To fleeting sorrows of the day;
+ Oh! come and be forever blind
+ To all except this Broader Way.
+
+Then followed a fiendish woman, in guise of a light-crowned angel, who
+delivered an address entitled “The True Peace of the World.” While the
+applause which followed her remarks was dying away, an authoritative
+old gentleman arose. After standing a moment in dignified silence, he
+continued to carry out the program of the Devil by speaking on “False
+Lights from the so-called ‘King’s Highway.’”
+
+Next a quartette beautifully rendered a love song of the world; this
+also had been quite recently composed.
+
+ Sweet world, so bright and fair,
+ We would thy pleasures share
+ While days pass on.
+ Thou art our truest friend,
+ On thee our souls depend
+ Till life is gone.
+
+ In life’s perplexing days,
+ Thou wilt, in every phase,
+ Be ever near.
+ While thy sweet, placid charms
+ Dispel our dread alarms
+ In times of fear.
+
+ Who else can give relief,
+ When bowed in heavy grief?
+ No one like thee.
+ Thou sendest rays of light,
+ Into our darkest night
+ Till shadows flee.
+
+The melody of this song and the sentiment of its words had a very
+decisive effect on Miss Church-Member. She looked into the eyes of Mr.
+World with more than poetry in her glance, for her heart was now
+thrilled with the first touches of true love for him.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER VIII.
+
+THE VALLEY OF TEMPTATION.
+
+1. In this valley the two great Highways run almost parallel.
+
+2. The intervening ground is all alive with Satan’s schemes to entice,
+entrap and discourage Christians.
+
+3. The operation of Christian forces in this valley.
+
+
+After leaving the Hill of Remorse and the pleasure grounds of Apathy,
+Mr. World and Miss Church-Member proceeded on the Broad Highway which
+now gradually sloped toward a deep valley.
+
+“What is the name of the valley which we are now entering?” inquired
+Miss Church-Member.
+
+“’Tis but the Valley of Temptation,” he carelessly answered.
+
+“Ah! I have heard of this valley,” she replied. “Whenever I was tempted
+or tried on the King’s Highway some one would caution: ‘Be courageous,
+for you must go through the Valley of Temptation.’ I am thankful, as I
+come to it, that I am on a Broader Way.”
+
+“Many call this valley ‘Entanglement,’” further continued Mr. World,
+“because of the large numbers who are here caught by the devices all
+along the way.” I saw the whole valley in one view. It was very wide
+and more than a thousand experiences long and, from one end to the
+other, there were constant scenes of activity. The King’s Highway and
+the Broad Highway ran almost parallel throughout the whole length of
+the valley.
+
+The entire space between the two paths was occupied by the agents of
+Satan, and by numerous rescue bands and missionary organizations of
+the King’s Highway Church.
+
+I was informed that no traveler, who knows the experiences of life,
+ever escaped this valley. But the King of Glory gives his children
+assurance of no harm if they will heed his words and step not from the
+path upon any pretence. He has also placed, in plain view, countless
+signs of warning to keep his pilgrims from yielding to temptation, as
+it presents itself, with or without mask; and they who pass these
+testing-places in triumph are counted stable in their ways.
+
+I saw in the first part of the valley some of Satan’s shrewdest agents
+at work. They were stationed along the Narrow Path at close intervals,
+and were endeavoring, by all kinds of schemes, to attract the attention
+of Christians as they journeyed through the valley.
+
+From one point they threw a hook baited with wealth over to the edge
+of the King’s Highway way. I saw an ambitious Christian, contrary to
+the signs of warning and all advice, eagerly grasp this bait. Then did
+the agents of Satan pull gently. The man seeing a clue to wealth in
+his hand would not let it go, and so was drawn slowly and unconsciously
+over into the territory of the World. He did not see the strand that
+drew him, for it was invisible, nor was he conscious of being thus
+drawn, having his mind so fixed upon the object of his earnest pursuit.
+
+Thus do these agents ply their nefarious skill without ceasing, and
+so have drawn large numbers away from their original faith.
+
+Another agent I saw near-by throwing out a hook baited with fame. An
+ambitious youth let go all he had and seized the baited hook with
+singular avidity. It inspired him with inward hope, and he became so
+engaged in thinking of his golden future that he followed whither the
+gentle drawing led him, until he also reached the questionable ground
+of the World. There he became still further entangled until he was
+utterly under the sway of the tempter.
+
+Close by I saw an agent of the Devil fastening a book to a line and
+throwing it to the edge of the King’s Highway. In bold letters it bore
+the title, “Forbidden Fruit,” and under this title there was an impure
+picture.
+
+Many, in passing by, who saw the book would have examined it had it
+not been for their modesty.
+
+But one man, whose curiosity was stronger than his judgment, took the
+book and commenced perusing it. While thus engaged the invisible strands
+of influence drew the captive from the Narrow Way until he found a
+series of books and illustrations to enchain his attention, and Satan
+succeeded in totally winning his heart.
+
+I saw another book thrown to the edge of the Pilgrim’s Path. This was
+taken by a woman who opened its pages and saw its evil tendencies.
+Although drawn by the invisible chord, she did not step from the path,
+but threw the book as far to one side as she could, and proceeded on
+her journey happily singing:
+
+ “Yield not to temptation,
+ For yielding is sin.
+ Each vict’ry will help you
+ Some other to win.”
+
+This only enraged the wily foes, and they became more determined than
+ever to continue their work of deception and ruin.
+
+From one point or another I saw this dreadful work progressing. Each
+station used a different kind of bait, pleasing or attractive to some
+passing pilgrims. Here the enemy reaps a continual harvest
+notwithstanding all the preaching, advice, and influence brought to
+bear upon pilgrims to induce them to eschew all attractions not plainly
+found upon their own pathway.
+
+Some, whom Satan could not attract by a bait, he would catch with
+snares, many of which I saw in operation, each guarded continually by
+trusted servants of the Evil One.
+
+One of the subtlest of these snares consisted of a series of small,
+curiously shaped buildings. They stood as near to the King’s Highway
+as Satan could place them, while glaring signs informed the pilgrims
+that they could here obtain knowledge upon any subject. Each building
+was so constructed that, at the will of a secret operator, it could
+be moved noiselessly from its resting place.
+
+Many an unsuspecting traveler who craved for a solution to some mystery
+would step into one of these neat rooms, and meet with a most cordial
+reception.
+
+I saw a man of more than usual intelligence, who had been faithful to
+his Master, stop and read the sign over these buildings: “Bureau of
+Information: All Mysteries Solved.”
+
+“Here,” thought he, “in this humble place I can perhaps find some
+pearls of thought which more inviting waters never yielded to me.” He
+stepped in, not noticing that he thereby stepped to one side of the
+way.
+
+“Can I have a mystery solved here?” asked the visitor.
+
+“Without doubt, sir,” was the confident response of a dignified
+professor who was in attendance.
+
+“Can you tell me the origin of sin?” asked the visitor.
+
+Just then I saw the building commence to move as the professor commenced
+to explain the difficult question.
+
+The professor talked so interestingly to the visitor that he held his
+attention until the building was moved, by the secret process, to the
+brow of the mountain, and over to the great building known as the
+“Devil’s Theological School.”
+
+“Perchance, my words,” said the speaker, “are insufficient to fully
+satisfy your mind. Go now from the rear door to the College where all
+such perplexing questions are made clear.”
+
+The visitor seizing, as he thought, a golden opportunity, gladly
+consented and, to his great surprise, found a building of magnificent
+proportions into which he entered.
+
+After listening a very short time to Satan’s teaching on the origin
+of sin, he emerged from the school with a heavy bundle of opinions on
+his back, and failed to find the Old Way. After wandering and stumbling
+about on this summit of human learning, he finally found the Broad
+Highway whereon he could carry his vain burden with ease.
+
+These bureaus of information have ensnared so many learned men,
+including ministers and professors, that the King of Glory has here
+placed special signs of warning to all travelers; these have saved
+many men from the snare of “the fowler.”
+
+I saw three young college students about to enter one of the bureaus.
+There stood an aged pilgrim near by who shouted:
+
+“Come! ye young men, out of the snare of the Devil, or ye will be taken
+captive by him at his will!”
+
+The voice sounded so friendly that they hesitated long enough to discern
+that the building did not touch the King’s Highway.
+
+Then they remembered that they had been told long before to go by the
+King’s Highway, and not to turn to the right hand nor to the left, nor
+even to step from the path, lest they should slip and fall to their
+hurt. So they passed on about their Father’s business.
+
+Near the edge of the King’s Highway I saw another device to catch men
+unawares. It was invented in the Wizard City and had been successfully
+used by Satan for many centuries.
+
+It was an _artificial woman_, dressed in modest apparel, and so
+constructed that the arms were uplifted and the heart plainly visible,
+making the curious image just unnatural enough to attract the attention
+of all pilgrims.
+
+Over the head of the image these words were written: “Touch this magic
+heart for the charms that follow.”
+
+It was ridiculous to see how many of the young and old, in passing
+over this way of life, stepped from the path and tried the experiment.
+
+One man I saw who ventured to touch the mystic heart, and ere his eyes
+could look into the face of the image its arms embraced him in a
+tightening grasp.
+
+Away the image moved with graceful ease into Elysian bowers of sensual
+joy. There he remained to breathe its poisoned air and feed upon the
+husks of such a clime.
+
+I also saw a man of riper years who looked curiously at another image
+similar to the one that had just moved away. At first he was doubtful
+whether to test it or not, and as he stood in consideration he raised
+his eyes and saw these words plainly written over the King’s Highway:-To
+ALL DESCENDANTS OF ADAM:
+
+Beware, O pilgrim, of this woman’s heart, Lest you should from the
+Narrow Way depart; For if you touch a secret chord within, You’re borne
+away to wider fields of sin.
+
+He read this sign a few times and also heard the voice of a good friend
+who told him that he had seen thousands go to ruin by not heeding this
+warning. Nevertheless he was urged by curiosity and carnality, and
+being hardened by former acts of disobedience and seeing nothing but
+innocent pleasure before him, he yielded to his baser desires.
+
+“O! rescue me, Mr. Law, I am in the clutches of this woman,” was his
+beseeching cry, not long after. But I saw that no one came to his help.
+
+There were many such places in this valley where men, both young and
+old, were enticed; many of whom could not have been caught by the
+snares of vice at other places along the Broad Highway.
+
+I saw also, farther down the valley, that Satan used all manner of
+traps and nets to catch the silly and the foolish. That which attracted
+my attention the most was a series of stations built close to the
+King’s Highway. At each place Satan employed a company of expert men
+who were trained to use a lasso. I saw certain men and women of the
+King’s Highway who became so inflated with their own vanity and
+imaginations that they rose head and shoulder above their humbler
+comrades, thus enabling the lasso of Pride to get hold of them. Some,
+by heeding advice, escaped; others submitted to the drawing power and
+landed in the kingdoms of the World where they could worship their new
+god with increasing ardor.
+
+There was also a certain young man who doted so much on his own ways
+that his head rose unusually high. He was, therefore, easily caught
+by a lasso called Conceit. Good friends came to his rescue and told
+him to realize at once that he was nothing, and thereby he would
+suddenly become so small that he would drop completely out of his
+trouble.
+
+But he said that he could not believe a lie, whereat the lasso tightened
+still more about his neck, and he succeeded by still further struggling
+to remain a very brief time on the King’s Highway; but being in pain,
+he soon yielded to the inevitable and went to worship before the shrine
+of his own god.
+
+I also saw that the women of the King’s Highway were an exceeding great
+army, mighty in battling against the foe, much to the discomfiture of
+Satan and his allies.
+
+To counteract the influence of this sex Satan has plied his ingenuity
+ever since the beginning. In his Pharaoh fashion he has so manipulated
+the customs of the world that woman is trampled under foot in
+uncivilized lands, and in lands of light she is ostracized by sections
+of the Christian church and despised in the civil realm. And yet, with
+a faithful heart, she suffers this indignity and, looking up from
+underneath this weight, she offers to the powers that crush her down
+the holiest sacrifice that one can give.
+
+O spirit of the age, like flowers of Heaven, Thy fragrance will not
+die, but live eternal; And woman shall, some holier, happier day,
+Attain her highest glory in the world.
+
+Yet notwithstanding all these means wherewith Satan has made the path
+of woman so hard to travel, he has discovered that he can not disgrace
+her by any means so effectually as through the old temptation.
+
+Consequently Satan has kept the seed of the central tree of the garden
+and still raises, on the broad uplands of Hell, _forbidden fruit_
+which, through engrafting processes, has come to many varieties.
+
+This mysterious product of the tree, so suited to the natural palate
+of womankind, is provided abundantly on each side of the King’s Highway
+along the whole length of the Valley of Temptation, and is offered,
+ostensibly, free of charge.
+
+I watched, with chagrin and horror, the subtle influences of this
+fiendish work, seeing young women and those of riper experience go
+down alike under this intoxication of Hell.
+
+As I looked again at the whole Valley, what sad sights of intemperance
+painfully greeted my eyes!
+
+The intervening ground was a veritable bed of iniquity, for it swarmed
+with half-clothed inebriates who patronized the miserable and filthy
+hovels of lowest resort, while inebriates, in finer array, entered the
+apartments which were decorated and finished in all the beauty that
+wealth could afford, and supplied with alcoholic beverages under a
+fashionable bill of fare.
+
+I could see the same Devil controlling all, and the same gutter or the
+same Hell receiving all who did not yield to the agencies of eternal
+life.
+
+Among the many temperance organizations that operated throughout the
+valley I observed a band of women who threatened to overthrow the evil.
+They had, by long persistent effort, discovered the underground
+connections between the distillery and the saloons, and therefore they
+were endeavoring to kill the traffic at the head. This movement at
+first created laughter in the ranks of the foe, but the women have
+continued patiently and have built a thousand batteries from which
+they hurl projectiles of death into the camp of intemperance. Since
+then the agents of darkness have ceased their laughter and instead
+have set to building defences behind which they hope to carry on their
+business with impunity.
+
+But the bands of women have entered into an eternal agreement, pledged
+their faith one to another, and have been calling upon Heaven for help;
+therefore they declare that no flag will be lowered, and no gun will
+be silent until the great wall around the city of their foes shall
+fall, either at a long blast of the horn or a continuous volley from
+their ramparts.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER IX.
+
+THE TOWER OF TEMPTATION.
+
+1. The tower affords the most advantageous view of the world and a
+most discouraging view of the King’s Highway.
+
+2. The triumphant flight of Mrs. Discouraged from the tower’s top to
+a place on the King’s Highway called “Victory by Faith.”
+
+3. Mr. World and Miss Church-Member ride from the tower’s top in Satan’s
+new air ship.
+
+
+Mr. World and Miss Church-Member continuing on the Broad Highway,
+entered the Valley of Temptation with all its gaiety and outward
+happiness. This valley is known by the pilgrims of the King’s Highway
+as the Devil’s Heaven, for here the tinsel of the world, the pomp of
+society, and the wealth of material grandeur are manifested in all
+their glory.
+
+“An exceedingly pleasant valley,” said Mr. World as they drew nearer
+to the scenes of activity on each side of the way.
+
+“Beyond my anticipation, indeed. Our journey is growing more and more
+delightful,” she joyously replied.
+
+As they journeyed on Miss Church-Member came into agreeable fellowship
+with some of her former Christian associates who, by looking over into
+the territory of the World, coveted its ways and were snared by one
+or another of Satan’s devices to catch the unwary. The larger portion
+of these new recruits were firmly convinced that they were still
+traveling on the road to Heaven, even though they had fully left the
+Narrow Way.
+
+Miss Church-Member congratulated her comrades of earlier years on their
+happy choice of a wider and more pleasant path, and they accepted her
+invitation to spend a season together in the valley.
+
+These new associates were welcomed most cordially by Mr. World who
+left nothing undone that might add to their comfort or pleasure.
+
+The merry company passed down the valley and paused at a magnificent
+temperance saloon which occupied nearly the whole space between the
+two Highways. Into this place of attractive rooms I saw many enter
+from the King’s Highway, much to the displeasure of their great Master.
+
+In this infernal guise Satan seduces many an unsuspecting traveler to
+take one more step downward toward the lowest service of his kingdom.
+Mr. World courteously offered refreshments and conducted his friends
+into the “Ladies Parlor” where they drank alleged unfermented wines,
+and admired the sculpture and works of art which adorned the place.
+They were then offered their choice of porter, sweet cider, root beer,
+hot punch (special for a cold), or eggnog for a weak heart. Thus each
+one was enabled to find a beverage directly suited to his need or
+taste, for some had contracted a cold, while others were suffering
+with cardiac troubles.
+
+Not far from this respectable place, and connected secretly therewith,
+stood a group of buildings patronized by the lower order of criminals
+and inebriates. These haunts bore a black reputation.
+
+Mr. World and his joyous companions, by reason of their refined natures
+and good standing in the church, would not so much as look at such
+despicable resorts, but continued their journey until they came to a
+wider section of the valley where they saw numberless rescue bands at
+work, but especially a great army of Endeavorers presenting a formidable
+front.
+
+“Whence came this company so great that it cannot be numbered?” asked
+Mr. World in a state of nervous agitation.
+
+One of the new companions quickly answered: “They come from the King’s
+Highway and are trying to capture the kingdom of this world and bring
+it into subjection to God. I know all about them and can testify that
+they are a mighty and glorious band.” The regiments of this great host
+were marching on, each soldier equipped with the full panoply of his
+station. Many of the pilgrims on the Broad Highway trembled at the
+presence of so powerful an army. It has caused the enemy much concern
+how to meet and, if possible, conquer this foe. This army of Endeavorers
+constantly grows and, according to the claims of the enemy, the most
+successful plans to oppose it are not yet matured. Satan has promised
+his forces that he would utterly rout these daring legions as soon as
+some new inventions of war can be perfected.
+
+The merry companions, not being moved with anger, endured the gigantic
+display of this host without chagrin.
+
+Mr. World quieted his rising fears and urged his comrades onward past
+the Tobacco Station until they reached the centre of the valley where
+the King’s Highway was the roughest, and the Broad Highway the
+smoothest.
+
+Here was built the most remarkable structure of the valley. A high
+tower of imposing strength occupied the whole space between the two
+highways. Its foundations were broad and totally covered the King’s
+Highway with a massive arch.
+
+This was known amongst Christians as the Devil’s Tower, or Tower of
+Temptation. It was built by Satan, and was said to afford the finest
+view of the world to all who would consent to take a ride upward in
+its electric carriage.
+
+The location of the tower was perfectly adapted to the purpose intended.
+Scarcely any pilgrims _en route_ for Heaven passed by without taking
+a view of the sights.
+
+Before this mountain was built, a high mountain-cliff, on one side of
+the valley, was used by the agents of darkness for the same purpose.
+
+Thereon David ascended and saw the prosperity of the wicked until envy
+filled his soul, and his “steps had well-nigh slipped.” Had it not
+been that by faith he looked to a mountain far away, and understood
+the end of the prosperous worldly minded, he might have there fallen
+to his death.
+
+Upon this mountain Satan took Christ, the Son of God, and showed him
+all the kingdoms of the world and the glory of them, and said unto
+him: “All these things will I give thee, if thou wilt fall down and
+worship me.”
+
+From this tower Judas saw the wealth of the world, and there was
+begotten within him an inordinate craving for earthly gain which at
+last dragged him down to a miserable end.
+
+As time rolled on, Satan erected this magnificent tower higher than
+the loftiest crag of the mountain. I saw that Mr. World and his
+companions were looking at the exterior finish of the tower, after
+which they stepped to the base and spent some time in watching the
+many schemes that were employed to induce disheartened Christians to
+take the Broad Highway after descending the tower.
+
+They saw that one of the most successful of these schemes was a series
+of little offices occupied by fortune tellers of reputed ability. In
+one of these they saw an old woman with a mysterious face. She professed
+to be able, by her strange conjuring, to reveal the future of any life.
+
+A certain Mr. Downcast, who was a church-member and had just come from
+the top of the tower, visited this fortune teller, and by her
+descriptions of his happy future on the Broad Highway he was induced
+to travel thereon at once.
+
+Mr. World and his companions decided to get the benefit of the broad
+view which could be had from the top of the tower. They entered a car
+at the base and were delighted by the gentle ascent toward the clouds.
+
+Upon reaching the top of the tower they were approached by an obliging
+attendant and furnished with spy glasses of great power with which
+they could see more distinctly the beauty and greatness of the world,
+and the roughness and inconvenience of traveling the King’s Highway.
+_To each one was also given an ingenious pocket mirror in which could
+be seen, at any time, the inconsistencies of church-members._
+
+I saw throngs of people circling the top of the tower, and many evil
+agents busily engaged in the interest of their master.
+
+There had just come from the King’s Highway a group of church-members
+upon whom the scenery had a doleful effect. Some were filled with
+melancholy, and some were sullen, while despondency sent germs of slow
+death into other minds.
+
+These conditions enabled Satan to destroy more easily all hope within
+them of ever succeeding on a way that appeared more rugged than ever,
+and also made them more desirous to taste the joys of this present
+life which now lay before them in such a winning way.
+
+I then saw one called Mrs. Discouraged who had never before seen so
+much of the world at once. She stood on the edge of the tower not far
+from Mr. World and his companions, and listened to one of the polite
+attendants who had given her also a spy glass.
+
+Mrs. Discouraged looked down upon the natural comforts of life which
+were here seen to best advantage. She saw, with ease, the Broad Highway
+presenting a picture of happiness as far as the glass could reach.
+
+Then did one of the smooth-tongued attendants speak to another group
+of pilgrims who also had just come from the King’s Highway.
+
+“Witness the glory of the Broad Highway and see how it goes down this
+valley ever into finer stretches of country. See on yonder distant
+elevations that magnificent University of the World built at an enormous
+cost and sacrifice for the accommodation of all travelers. Each one
+of you who reaches the lower end of this valley should take the Mountain
+Trolley and spend a season at those schools. They occupy some of the
+grandest buildings in the world. Focus your glasses and behold the
+great sight.”
+
+Continuing he said: “The path you see leading down there, in this other
+part of the valley, is called King’s Highway, very rough indeed, as
+you all can see. Thereon it is hard to travel and difficult to stand
+still. It is so narrow that if a traveler should stand still, he is
+constantly harassed or pushed about by those who wish to pass on. The
+other highway furnishes a marked contrast, for there a person may stand
+still without annoyance to himself or anyone else. The way is so wide
+that he can even sit on an easy chair and yet not be in the way of
+others who wish to hasten on. The one who built this Wider Way kept
+in mind the convenience and comfort of travelers.
+
+“The so-called King’s Highway,” still continued the attendant, “is
+beset with many dangers, and passes through many places similar to the
+one far down the valley.” They all looked through their glasses and
+saw the Meshes of Doubt on each side of the Narrow Way.
+
+“Those are the sorts of places,” concluded the speaker, “that one must
+constantly pass through in the service of an imaginary king.”
+
+Mrs. Discouraged saw all these things and heard all these words. She was
+so disheartened that she knew not what to do.
+
+“Have I served my God in vain?” she questioned inwardly. “Must all my
+testimonies fall to the earth? Surely the way of the world seems to
+be an easy way, and more suited to a person in trouble.”
+
+She suddenly fell on her knees, as she was wont to do in such
+emergencies, and, behold, I saw her, on wings of prayer, fly in triumph
+from the tower’s top, down the valley, over the Meshes of Doubt, and
+land on the King’s Highway in a most glorious place called Victory by
+Faith. She thence went on her way rejoicing.
+
+[Illustration: The great victory of Mrs. Discouraged who, on wings of
+prayer, escaped from he Tower of Temptation to a place called Victory
+by Faith.]
+
+Then did the attendant on the tower speak of her in ridicule. “The
+poor mortal, in her insanity, has descended to a bad level and must,
+of necessity, climb yonder terrible hill which, as your eyes bear
+testimony, is the last part of the Narrow Way visible from this tower.”
+
+“She went, however, in a miraculous way. Those wings were sure and
+steady, and I was pleased with the swiftness of her flight,” said Mrs.
+Diligence who was also a pilgrim from the King’s Highway.
+
+“Without doubt,” answered the attendant, “but she went with heavy labor
+of her wings. Had she told me that she wished to take a flight, I could
+have given her a finer trip in one of the aerial ships lately invented
+by the experts of the Wizard City. I will summon one. Look no more at
+Mrs. Discouraged with wings, but fix your eyes toward the east, and
+you will soon witness the floating car whereon thousands go out daily
+from this tower into pleasant places.”
+
+As he said this he gave a signal, and soon the strangely shaped airship
+came in sight, to the delight of all who saw it.
+
+“It must be far better,” said one of the spectators, “to travel in a
+car like that, than to be working your wings in the air.”
+
+“A thing of beauty.” “The greatest invention of the century.” “It moves
+as easily as a bird,” were some of the various sentences that were
+spoken enthusiastically as the object drew nearer.
+
+“Shall we ride in it?” quickly asked Mr. World as he turned to the
+little group at his side.
+
+The new companions who so recently came from the King’s Highway
+timorously fell back at his abrupt suggestion, but Miss Church-Member
+offered to accompany him.
+
+As the aerial machine was stopping at the tower Mr. World and Miss
+Church-Member speedily exchanged words of farewell and prepared for
+the new ride.
+
+They were soon numbered with a host of expectant passengers on board.
+The lines were loosened and the weird airship cut the wind like a large
+bird on wing, and sped away to the pleasure grounds along the Broad
+Highway where most of the passengers, being blinded by sin, found such
+delightsome fellowship that they refused thereafter to travel on any
+other than the Wider Way.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER X.
+
+DARK SCHEMES OF SATAN.
+
+1. The two companions land far down the valley on “The Midway,” whence
+they take the Mountain Trolley and visit the underground Schools of
+Suicide.
+
+2. Satan’s primitive address on Literature.
+
+
+The aerial car carried Mr. World and Miss Church-Member to the far end
+of the Valley of Temptation where they spent a delightful season in
+the pleasures of sense and sight.
+
+They lingered mostly on the wide intervening space between the two
+paths which was known in this part of the valley as “The Midway.” Here
+they saw a large number of pilgrims from the King’s Highway who were
+engaging in one or another of the endless amusements which can be
+enjoyed without stepping altogether on the Broad Highway.
+
+On this long Midway humanity swarmed by millions. Some, forgetful of
+their vows, or regardless of their honor, stepped into the lower haunts
+of vice, and offered sweet flowers of purity and fragrance in exchange
+for dry and filthy husks from the floor of the stall. But Miss
+Church-Member, in keeping with her moral character, did not surrender
+her chastity, and although she had such continual fellowship with Mr.
+World she yet held the respect of many other church-members; for it
+was quite fashionable to belong to the church and still walk in the
+ways of the world. Satan, under a hellish guise, offered to give, even
+before death, handsome rewards to any church-member who succeeds in
+carrying a certain amount of the world with him on his way to Heaven,
+and multitudes were trying the experiment. Some, in hope of winning
+larger prizes, were verily loaded down with the worrying weights of
+the world.
+
+Looking away from this immediate vicinity of the valley, any traveler
+could see, far above the surrounding scenes, the “University of the
+World,” whose front buildings crested the mountain elevations for many
+miles. This imposing sight had awakened the admiration of Mr. World
+and his friend, and had it not been for the countless attractions of
+the Midway they would have hurriedly pushed their way to the schools,
+immediately after the aerial car had carried them over the proud domes
+of the University and landed them in the vale.
+
+During one of the darker periods which now and then cover the whole
+Midway with its shadows, the two companions caught the flashes of
+variously-colored lights which emanated from every part of the elevated
+structure, making the entire mountain appear as if a vast crown of
+nature were decked with dazzling diamonds rare.
+
+Miss Church-Member was excited by this unusual show of brilliancy, and
+nothing on the lower level could any longer hold her attention.
+
+“How can we best rise to that glorious summit?” she inquired with a
+glow of enthusiasm.
+
+“Ah,” smiled Mr. World, “surely we need not think of walking up this
+mountain. Have you forgotten the obliging attendant who advised us as
+we stood on the beautiful tower? Did he not direct us to take the
+Mountain Trolley?”
+
+Without delay they sought the Midway station, entered one of the
+up-to-date cars, and instead of going directly to the mountain top
+they were surprised to find that they were being carried into the
+bowels of the mountain.
+
+“Whence go we dashing through the dark?” asked the terror-stricken
+Miss Church-Member as she held fast to Mr. World.
+
+But ere her escort could answer they came into an immense cavern dimly
+lighted. The car stopped at a station called Rest, and a voice announced
+in distinct tones: “Come, ye troubled or distressed, and ye who are
+disgraced! Here linger in this underground school and learn of the
+rest that is for the weary.”
+
+“What is your wish?” courteously asked Mr. World.
+
+“I am neither in trouble nor in disgrace. Why should I tarry?”
+
+“Only to see the lower schools before we go to the higher,” was his
+winning answer.
+
+They alighted and walked forth in the dismal light. They could readily
+discern strangely shaped buildings of a costly type. The air was
+stifling, and everything wore a melancholy dress; yet, withal, there
+was a pleasing charm about the place. Some secret touch in the doleful
+music, or some bright tinge to the ominous shadows, awakened a curiosity
+and a hope in the visitors that prevented them from leaving the cavern
+at once.
+
+In a half-decided mood Mr. World and Miss Church-Member meandered
+through this sickly region, and had decided to leave the place when
+they saw this illuminated motto over a massive arch:
+
+TO ALL WHO ARE DISGRACED! THE SHORTEST ROUTE TO REST! (ENTRANCE.)
+
+A genial attendant informed Mr. World that visitors were welcome, but
+Miss Church-Member consented to enter only after some hesitancy. It
+was indeed a dark school, with long narrow halls where one could only
+see the darker side of life. Everything about the place evidenced the
+dark designs of Satan. The teachers in this infamous place, by a series
+of graded instructions, suggested to their pupils that suicide was the
+surest and shortest road to rest. In the darker rooms of the rear I
+saw, to my horror, a scene that neither Mr. World nor Miss Church-Member
+was permitted to see. _It was the daily graduating class of this school
+of suicide._ Each member of the class was instructed by what new method
+he might rend the strand of life with his own hand, in the desperate
+and sickening hope of finding rest “where their worm dieth not, and
+the fire is not quenched.”
+
+I quickly turned from this revolting spectacle, and saw that Mr. World
+and Miss Church-Member had returned to the station called Rest. They
+boarded the first car and were soon speeding on through Dismal Tunnel.
+It was a welcome moment when the car emerged from the darkness into
+the light of day and took its winding course upward toward the microcosm
+of schools, which, as seen from this side of the mountain, also
+presented a picture of imposing magnitude.
+
+When the car reached the University station Mr. World and his friend
+alighted, and at once entered one of the carriages in waiting. They
+were hurried away toward a group of immense structures known as the
+“College of the World’s Literature;” and yet with all the immensity
+of its buildings, it was but a small part of the whole University which
+lay far extended over the distant mountain elevations.
+
+As the noiseless carriage sped along I turned toward Blackana, who,
+in strange muteness still tarried at my side. “I command you, O Black
+Interpreter, to tell me of the origin and management of this College
+of Literature.” As I spoke he turned his face in a manner that made
+me tremble. His sepulchral, husky voice only added to my uneasiness.
+
+“It originated,” he explained, “in simpler form, immediately after
+Satan commenced operations on the face of the earth. Parallel with the
+progress of every age it has increased to its present proportions.
+That which you see is but the central point of this great educational
+enterprise. Its unseen branches extend into every part of the world.
+The whole system is under the control of Satan. His most learned
+disciples have charge of the special departments.”
+
+“And what is the purpose of this limitless scheme?” I further queried.
+The whole organism of Blackana quivered with reluctance as if he would
+not answer. “Refuse me not,” I continued, “you well know that I have
+underneath me the everlasting arms.”
+
+He was restless for a moment, angrily rolling his awful eyes. Suddenly
+his attitude changed and he thus calmly answered my question: “The
+purpose of all these schools is to counteract and, if possible, to
+destroy the influence of the teachings of Him who is called Jesus
+Christ. He was once visible in the flesh and declared that his kingdom
+was everlasting. Of him it was said that he would reign till he put
+all things under his feet.”
+
+Then did Blackana add with fiery emphasis: “_Neither my master nor any
+of his allies will ever be put under his feet._ Satan’s words ran wild
+as he addressed the insulted hosts of Hell on this issue.” Knowing
+that Blackana had a perfect memory, I commanded that he should reproduce
+Satan’s address in my own dialect.
+
+Like a flash of lightning he flung himself to the winds around me,
+thereby transforming himself into the image of Satan. It appeared as
+if a thousand spirits in fitful rage were dancing in mid-air.
+
+Then his voice pealed forth the logic of Hell as Satan had spoken it
+centuries before: “Have ye heard, my noble comrades, how that Heaven
+flings insults into our teeth? Not satisfied that we grovel on these
+remains of empire, we are further threatened with being cast miserably
+under his feet. Whose feet I ask? The feet of our direst foe, whom to
+worship, as he desireth, means serfdom worse than ours. Is there one
+of you who will surrender his native dignity in such a fashion?”
+
+Millions of voices rendered the air hideous with their cries, so
+accurately did Blackana reproduce it all.
+
+“I knew your sentiments,” continued he, triumph ringing in his tones.
+“What can we do but stand unitedly on our rustic frontier, and push
+the conquest on to farther realms. Then all Heaven will learn that we
+are made of grit too fine and true to lie beneath the feet of any foe.”
+
+As Blackana continued, I was struck with shuddering terror at his awful
+gestures; but conscious that no harm could befall me, I continued
+listening to his flaming oratory.
+
+“We must arise and seize our opportunities. Go forth, under cover of
+night, and sow the seed of our own growing; this will flourish in the
+very soil that Christ would bring to highest cultivation. The germs
+of our literature, rooted in human soil and growing secretly beneath
+the surface, shall spread throughout the world and come to fruitage
+in the light of every clime.
+
+“We must build schools of literature, inspire the authors of the world
+with our fine creed, and thereby spread our doctrines to the myriad
+readers of every land and tongue. Who then, amongst our enemies, can
+kill the appetite when once ’tis roused to craving for the carnal?
+Give me the quill and the coming pen and press, and I can create thought
+at my bidding and turn the main streams of human endeavor into
+whatsoever channels I choose; and thus our river shall run full, while
+other streams are drying.
+
+“With such a work how can our cause grow less or we go groveling under
+any foot? Impossible, my heroes! for we will live in glorious triumph
+to the end of time. On to your tasks, listening multitudes, and he who
+most successfully counteracts the so-called ‘Truth’ shall be a ruler
+in my kingdom, and shine more brightly than the radiance of all this
+region.”
+
+Thus was the speech suddenly ended, and I heard the unearthly
+reverberations of the fiendish cheering by the mighty host, while the
+form of Satan vanished; but from his waning shadows Blackana came forth
+and in death-like silence again resumed his sullen attitude at my side.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XI.
+
+SCHOOLS OF LITERATURE. FIRST AND SECOND DIVISIONS.
+
+1. The schools described.
+
+2. The literature of the world tainted by the teachers of darkness.
+
+3. Satan’s rules for the winning author.
+
+
+The College of Literature, in three grand divisions, occupied one of
+the most attractive sites of all the territory covered by the University
+of the World. It was owned and controlled by Satan, and was visited
+by the children of the human family from every portion of the earth.
+
+Mr. World and Miss Church-Member came thither in a conveyance. They
+stood before the massive structure which comprised the first division
+of the College. Around them were the living fountains which, like
+pearls in billows of green, played upon the expansive lawn. While they
+strolled along the pebbled paths they were lost in admiration as they
+continued looking upon the stupendous building which towered far into
+the air and extended as far as the eye could reach. In breathless
+silence they noted first its size, then its durability, and marveled
+most at the splendid symmetry of the parts, each blending into a perfect
+whole.
+
+“Heaven must have inspired so great and beautiful a design,” was the
+first comment of Miss Church-Member. “Those porticos hanging in mid-air,
+those domes and pillars, dreamlike, stand before me more like a hundred
+fabled castles than aught real to sight or touch.”
+
+“Indeed the world affords rich and delightful privileges to all who
+will but walk in her ways,” said Mr. World just as they arrived at one
+of the large entrances, over which these words were written:
+
+DEPOSITORY OF THE WORLD’S LITERATURE, WELCOME TO ALL!
+
+As Miss Church-Member viewed the weighty pillars on each side of the
+entrance, she exclaimed: “This is indeed a rare opportunity. Methinks
+I could revel, with delight, forever in fields of literature. Come,
+Mr. World, let us at once pass through the massive doors and learn
+what we can from so great a source.”
+
+Although the literary tastes of Mr. World were not strongly developed,
+yet he offered no objections to her request. He seemed willing to
+suffer any inconvenience for her sake so long as she traveled on the
+Broad Highway. As they were entering the building I saw that many from
+the church and the world were also pushing their way into the interior
+that they might get a glimpse of the inner halls, and visit the ones
+that were best suited to their fancies.
+
+Miss Church-Member was surprised when she saw the unique arrangement
+of the interior. There were twenty-eight magnificent halls so
+constructed that they converged toward a large central office into
+which I saw Mr. World and his companion enter, profoundly impressed
+with the smallness of the single human mind.
+
+After answering the stipulated questions, they registered under the
+rules and regulations and were given certificates entitling them to
+all the privileges which this first division of the College accorded
+to visitors.
+
+In the commodious office they learned that each of the twenty-eight
+halls contained a distinctive line of literature, systematically
+arranged in numerous sub-departments; and that competent librarians
+superintended the literature of each hall and of each department.
+
+Miss Church-Member ascertained also that each hall was centrally
+supplied with a lecture room having an immense seating capacity, and
+that learned professors, each in their turn, occupied the platform and
+constantly gave lectures which were intended to describe and illustrate
+the class of literature represented in their faculties.
+
+After considerable time spent in the office, they passed through the
+long and wide circular lobby, reading the beautifully emblazoned
+inscriptions over each entrance door, but they could not immediately
+decide into which hall they would first enter.
+
+At length after a pleasant loitering, Mr. World led his charming comrade
+into the fourth hall, over whose entrance, in plain words, this
+inscription appeared:
+
+ALL THAT WAS EVER WRITTEN CONCERNING JESUS CHRIST.
+
+They first chose to enter a sub-department where ancient scrolls,
+parchments, and papyri could be seen in tiresome variety. Miss
+Church-Member scanned most carefully some of the manuscripts which had
+never been published.
+
+In other sections of the hall there were books and pamphlets of all
+descriptions, each one referring to Jesus Christ in a favorable or an
+unfavorable manner.
+
+During these visitations the attendants extended unusual courtesies
+to Mr. World and his faithful friend, and also to the endless procession
+of visitors and students who were constantly moving through these
+departments. Finally the two companions proceeded to the lecture room
+of this hall and listened to an address entitled: “The Divinity of
+Christ,” by one of Satan’s ablest advocates a professor with
+ecclesiastical titles. His gestures were unique and his style altogether
+persuasive.
+
+I heard his words with great displeasure, for they taught the philosophy
+of Hell, with Heaven on the face of it.
+
+“I must congratulate myself,” commenced he, “on having the privilege
+of addressing so intelligent a class of people. I only hope that I may
+be helpful to you in your quest of knowledge.
+
+“The central theme of this hall is ‘Jesus Christ’ and I shall now
+proceed to speak of his so-called ‘Divinity.’ I cannot question that
+there is a supreme hand in the works of nature, but after careful
+research I am compelled to doubt the genuineness of the Divinity which
+is ascribed to Christ. True enough, his childhood was blameless, and
+he possessed exceptional wisdom so that many of his countrymen believed
+him to be more than human. In this manner the idea of his Divinity
+originated, and this fallacy grew as the man grew.
+
+“He was shrewd, and possessed a great amount of magnetic force which
+was trained and used with remarkable skill, all of which made him pose
+as a god before a credulous and unsuspecting public. The ignorance and
+gross superstition of that age made a fit soil for the spread of
+Christ’s doctrine and the idea that he was Divine.
+
+“When Jesus discerned that his claims were more readily accepted by
+the poorer and more ignorant class of people, he lauded them in his
+teachings, while the learned and more respectable classes were subjected
+to his abuse and sarcasm.
+
+“By his unusual tactics overcame the prejudices of his enemies and,
+for a long time, escaped punishment. But finally he was arrested and
+convicted and, notwithstanding his so-called Divine power, he came to
+an inglorious end by death on a cross. His friends, unable to prevent
+his cursed death, quickly formed a plot to perpetuate his doctrines.
+They carried out their plot by stealthily robbing Christ’s body from
+the grave and secretly burying it elsewhere, and then spreading the
+news that he, of his own power, came forth from the grave. To complete
+the fraud they also claimed, a little later, that he had ascended into
+Heaven. What was the purpose of all this? It was to prove that Christ
+was Divine and thereby to make his teachings authoritative and eternal.
+
+“I wish to inform you that the manuscripts and parchments, in sub-
+department number six of this hall, all point to the fact that Jesus
+Christ was born like any other babe and that his father was Joseph.
+Dishonest, indeed, is any one who would rob Joseph of this honor.
+‘Honor to whom honor is due.’ While Christ was a great man, he never
+had in him the elements of Divinity. Let millions in the world glory
+in their imaginary theology, yet that is no reason why scholarly
+research should be put to naught, or why it should be sacrificed. We
+are living in the morning twilight of a better day when God shall be
+worshiped and Jesus Christ ignored when all thought of Divinity will
+center at the true focus and a man will no longer receive the glory
+that belongs to God.”
+
+The vigorous applause which followed the remarks of this speaker fell
+with grating horror on my ears. “Can it be possible,” thought I, “that
+any one can publicly teach such doctrines of Hell, and be thus
+applauded? Whither are so many of the church and the world drifting
+that they should give ear to such theology as it comes from the mouth
+of the Devil?”
+
+Miss Church-Member and her escort left the lecture room and visited
+a few more of the sub-departments where they saw many objects of
+literary interest and, with the aid of experts, examined some of the
+old manuscripts dating back to the time of Christ. They left the hall
+and were next attracted by the words over the entrance of Hall No. 9
+appearing thus:
+
+LITERATURE ON LIFE.
+
+1. Vegetable Life. 2. Animal Life. 3. Mental Life. 4. Spiritual Life.
+
+At the suggestion of Miss Church-Member they entered, and could readily
+see that the attendants and lecturers of this hall were also of a very
+high class. One of the speakers elaborated on the theory that life is
+the result of spontaneous generation.
+
+Another, in speaking on spiritual life, made special reference to the
+fact that Jesus Christ claimed to be the “Life,” and then proceeded
+to refute this claim by a series of arguments which were altogether
+too philosophical to be understood by the two companions.
+
+Finding no pleasure in this metaphysical atmosphere, Mr. World conducted
+his companion to the adjoining hall devoted to the “Literature of
+Fiction.”
+
+Here they spent a season delightfully, perusing works of fiction and
+listening to addresses, all of which advocated the views of Satan.
+
+I heard one of the lecturers, in a discussion on “The License of Pure
+Fiction” make these dangerous remarks: “The highest fiction of the
+world is that in which human life is pictured in ideal colors, even
+though it be done at the expense of truth.
+
+“There can be no harm if the reader should gain a false view of life.
+The very charm of such a view will act as a stimulus to a wider
+experience and to a higher culture.
+
+“In our real life, as we come in daily contact with the world, we see
+and suffer enough. Therefore it cannot be harmful if fiction carries
+us into strange worlds of morality or into any mythical realm. I give
+you but the result of long and careful study, and I advise you to read
+the wildest and most exciting forms of fiction, and thereby get the
+healthful and exhilarating effect that comes from total mental
+absorption. All this will tend to the development of your nature so
+that you will, by contrast, better appreciate the substantial things
+of life.”
+
+I saw that Mr. World and Miss Church-Member next visited the hall
+devoted to the “Literature of the Passions.” After they had entered,
+Miss Church-Member, at first, felt embarrassed, and her sense of modesty
+would not have allowed her to remain had it not been that her conscience
+was eased by these conditions:
+
+1. She saw that among the moving thousands that were present in the
+massive hall many belonged to the higher classes of society.
+
+2. She was also informed that not a few of the throng held good
+membership in various branches of the visible church.
+
+3. She readily observed that Mr. World was so much delighted that she
+offered no protest, and that he seemed to take an interest in the
+endless program as carried out in one department or another.
+
+In this poisonous hall Miss Church-Member stultified herself more than
+in any other place which she had ever before visited, and thereby added
+one more decisive step in her downward course. She tarried longest in
+one of the sub-departments where Satan’s expert doctors of literature
+delivered their special lectures on the writings of each author as far
+as they related directly or indirectly to the passions.
+
+These avowed experts carried on their fiendish work under the cover
+of a pleasing dignity. After their crafty manner they quoted or read
+the fine sentences of an author, preferably those of a sensual cast,
+and then placed a premium on the passionate by describing the fine
+style of the author and showing how true to nature was the language
+he employed.
+
+Thus I saw that the leaders of this department were using the choicest
+and the foulest productions of the pen, gathered from the authors of
+all lands, languages and ages, and Miss Church-Member, by degrees
+almost imperceptible, voluntarily sacrificed her finer moral taste on
+a popular and polluted altar.
+
+To a pure heart there was an unclean cast and a withering effect
+prevalent throughout all the departments of this hall, and my heart
+burned as I continued observing how the agents of Satan plied their
+subtle influences so as to popularize this cosmopolitan resort. So
+effectually has Satan entrenched his views that some of the strong
+defenders of this hall of literature are connected with the church,
+and types of this same teaching have found their way into some of the
+Christian schools of the world.
+
+After this protracted visit Mr. World and Miss Church-Member left this
+hall and continued their studies in hall after hall, until more than
+one half of the twenty-eight halls were visited. Their next objective
+point was the second grand division of this College devoted to “_The
+Elements of Success in Authorship._”
+
+My heart trembled at what my eyes saw. The great army of writers who
+studied in this department came from all countries of the earth. “Can
+it be true,” thought I, “that so large a portion of our authors get
+at least a part of their training in the schools of the Devil?”
+
+“O Blackana!” I sighed, “how long have these things been?”
+
+“Since the beginning of literature,” was his cold and brief reply.
+
+“Always so large a percentage of the world’s authors found at that
+school?”
+
+“It has never been on the decrease,” he continued. “So many have visited
+these halls that it has been a veritable meeting-place of almost all
+authors of all lands and all ages at some stage in their careers. Some
+who came tarried long; others, not satisfied, foolishly drifted to the
+schools of the King’s Highway which ever carry on their work in
+opposition to the University of the World.”
+
+Here also, in this second grand division, the subtlest kind of teaching
+was prevalent. In one sub-division Mr. World and Miss Church-Member
+read these general laws written in bold letters where all who desired
+could read:
+
+RULES FOR THE WINNING AUTHOR.
+
+1. Give quality rather than quantity.
+
+2. If you will not compose your best, compose nothing. The world is
+heavily overstocked with inferior compositions.
+
+3. Write nothing that will cause regret on your death-bed.
+
+4. Do not follow in the rut. Go by some path untraveled before, over
+land or sea, and tell the world of your new discoveries.
+
+5. To be acceptable, in the highest sense, you must teach differently
+than others, even though it be at the expense of what is commonly
+called “truth.” Novelty is the winning feature.
+
+6. In any one composition strive first to arouse the curiosity of your
+intended readers; then keep the curiosity suspended and finally give
+it satisfaction in accordance with the aim in view.
+
+7. You may be influenced by religion, but not by religious nonsense.
+If your writings win, you are a teacher of millions. So, in order to
+reach the public ear, you may cater to the tastes and wishes of the
+majority.
+
+8. If you see some vile conditions of humanity, send out, in your
+writings, vials of vileness. “Like cures like.” If any part of the
+church cries, “poison, poison!” you may justify yourself by the fact
+that the so-called “poison” in your productions will only neutralize
+the poison so prevalent in society, on the same principle that poison
+is administered to a sickly body in order to effect a cure.
+
+9. You are always safest when you are true to nature, even though some
+sentimental people may charge you with being vulgar.
+
+10. Words of profanity are not allowable if they are the mere expression
+of the author, but any foul or profane expression may be quoted. An
+author should not be charged with the impropriety of his characters
+who are merely taken from actual life.
+
+The above ten commandments, if properly interpreted and obeyed, will
+surely lead to literary success.
+
+Then Mr. World escorted his confiding friend from hall to hall of this
+second grand division, and at many intervals they could be seen spending
+a quiet season on the lawns which surrounded the entire structure.
+
+Their tastes were now more in harmony than ever, and their friendship
+was fast reaching that intimacy where each one was searching for pearls
+in the deep ocean of the other’s love.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XII.
+
+THE THEATRE.
+
+1. Mr. World and his friend tarry at Satan’s Theatres which lay in
+seven grades, one below the other.
+
+2. A description of the “Century Session” held by the demons having
+in charge the Theatre interests of Satan.
+
+
+The College of Theatres lay between the second and third divisions of
+the Schools of Literature. The numerous structures were built on so
+large a scale, and after such winning designs, that the attention of
+many travelers was attracted to them and thereby to the performances
+given within their walls.
+
+Here could be found some of the graduates of the Schools of Literature
+who were constantly engaged on one or another of the stages.
+
+All these theatrical attractions belonged to the first grade and formed
+a part of a great system of Theatres which lay in seven grades, one
+below the other, each serving its part to engross the human mind with
+the carnal and sensual things of life.
+
+The performances of the first grade were practically free from the
+vulgar touches found, with increasing intensity, as one goes downward
+toward the seventh grade which lay beneath the Midway in the Valley
+of Temptation.
+
+In these Satanic Theatres of the first grade respectability is
+maintained purposely so as to ensnare as many professing Christians
+as possible, for there are many in the ranks of the church who are
+building with nothing but wood, hay, and stubble. The scheme works so
+well that the Devil is trying to form a “Stage Trust,” and get all the
+talent of the King’s Highway to unite. Thus Satan seems to encourage
+morality in order to carry out his deeply laid schemes of moral
+pollution.
+
+I looked into the inward workings of this terrible system. I saw
+multitudes descending downward from the first grade, many of whom
+ceased not until they had passed through all the seven grades. The
+scenes and revelations that came to my eyes beggar all description.
+My heart sickened as I beheld the millions wallowing in the mire of
+fleshly lusts, apparently living for no higher purpose than to see the
+latest novelties of expressing lewdness and sensuality.
+
+“This is brute life, indeed,” I soliloquized, “for it can be easily
+seen that the hearts of these people are so seared and their ears so
+dull that they have no desire for the music of celestial choirs, or
+the ecstacies that rise from heart-communion with God.”
+
+I also saw that there were numberless underground connections between
+the lower Theatres and the Schools of Suicide, and with the varied
+haunts of Prostitution that infested the whole region.
+
+This startling fact also forced its way to my attention:--_the money
+flowing from the entire seven grades fell into one treasury_, so that
+they who moved in the supposed moral atmosphere of the first and second
+grades were, nevertheless, patrons of the whole iniquitous business.
+At once I thought of the churches that were in sympathy, or league,
+with this part of the work along the Broad Highway. And I inwardly
+uttered these sad sentences:
+
+“_It is no more a mystery why such churches have lost their holy
+influence and their warmth of spiritual life, while worldliness
+flourishes from the pew to the pulpit_.”
+
+[Illustration: The Devil’s Substitute to the Prayer-Meeting (The
+Christians left their Bibles at home.)]
+
+Mr. World and Miss Church-Member spent several seasons of leisure in
+the Theatres of the first and second grades. Finally he invited her
+to accompany him to a Refined Vaudeville in the third grade Theatre
+district. It happened to be on the same day of the week that she had
+formerly been accustomed to attend prayer meeting. This fact awakened
+memories of bygone days, and brought feelings of sadness to her heart.
+Mr. World, by an artful diversity of language, arrested her mind and
+calmed her conscience as he playfully remarked: “This will be a good
+substitute for the prayer-meeting.”
+
+I saw the two enter the Vaudeville with many other church-members that
+mingled with the jostling crowds. These Christians left their Bibles
+at home, while some took as a substitute their opera glasses. They can
+see through these better than they can through their Bibles.
+
+While Mr. World and Miss Church-Member tarried at the Theatres, I was
+permitted to see a conference of the evil spirits that had in charge
+the Theatre interests of Satan. The conference met at the opening of
+the year 1901 what was called “The Century Session.”
+
+For the time I was lost to all other surroundings, and I could hear
+all and see all as if I occupied the best seat. The unusual parliament
+seemed to be held underground, and yet one could enter directly from
+the surface of the earth.
+
+The assemblage was controlled by a highly honored chief, cool and
+deliberate in manner. Every kind of imp imaginable could be found in
+the number that constituted the many committees.
+
+I witnessed every part of the diabolical proceedings, and will here
+disclose a portion of these doubly sealed secrets.
+
+After all preliminaries were brushed away, I heard seven ominous clangs,
+and silence reigned supreme. The chairman rose to speak. What a mingling
+of light and darkness! How truly Satanic his every feature and every
+move! How earnest his brief address, every word in the interest of
+Satan’s blasting work.
+
+“Give heed, oh, ye co-workers, bound under oath to give a true
+report! Our cause has made advances, and our work calls for the
+ripest service we can give. _The theatre modernized is fast winning
+the church. All honor, ye spirits who played your parts so well!_ The
+century has just closed, but not our opportunity. Let coming years
+be one of mightier conquest. Down with the narrow truth and morbid
+righteousness, and all things else that check our onward marching!”
+For a moment the chairman was silent. Then, as he raised his hand, I
+heard a hideous clang which proved to be the signal for the report
+of “The-Moral-Effect-of-the-Theatre” committee. Forthwith the whole
+committee stood _en masse_ before the chairman. “Our work goes on with
+speed,” cried the leader of the gang. “In every district we are gaining
+ground.”
+
+“I have watched your progress with joyful pride,” answered the chairman,
+as he smiled in hellish glee. “But I noted the sharp conflicts you had
+with certain reformers in the churches.”
+
+“Some of them we cannot conquer,” despairingly admitted the leader.
+
+“Grieve not over forts you cannot take, but make good use of those
+that have surrendered.”
+
+“They are firing our guns splendidly,” quickly intercepted the leader,
+as he rose and read the following report:
+
+1. “We have labored earnestly in the ranks of the church until many
+more of her members now believe that the moral effect of our Theatres
+is helpful.
+
+2. “We have succeeded in dividing the members of many churches on this
+question, and have witnessed, with pleasure, the many kinds of quarrels
+that have resulted therefrom.
+
+3. “We have succeeded in turning the tide of many periodicals, so that
+the defense of the Theatre, as a moral stimulant, is more general than
+ever.”
+
+As the leader closed his brief report, the chairman offered his
+compliments, and the host cheered with vigor.
+
+The committee retired. The chairman again lifted his hand and two
+clangs were heard. This was the signal for the appearance of the
+“Park-Theatre” committee.
+
+“Good tidings, or ill?” tersely asked the chairman.
+
+“Good tidings of the first degree,” cheerily replied the leader of the
+committee as he proceeded to read his document:
+
+1. “We labored, with all zeal, to carry out the schemes concocted
+previously.
+
+2. “We have succeeded in locating a series of free Theatres at every
+summer park where we could possibly induce the management to admit
+them.
+
+3. “These Theatres, even though they be of a third or fourth class,
+are doing a great service for us by implanting a taste for other grades.
+
+4. “By this happy medium we are winning young people and church-members
+by the thousand, for they can attend these Park exhibitions without
+being severely criticised.
+
+5. “We are careful to give them enough immoral and sensual bait to
+draw them further. (Wild applause.)
+
+6. “These innocent Park Theatres must not be abandoned, for they are
+a sure training school. We hereby pledge ourselves anew to go forth
+more earnestly to our tasks.” (Furious applause over the whole
+assembly.)
+
+“Have you met with any hindrances to your work?” queried the chairman
+of the meeting.
+
+“Many indeed. Some Parks refuse our class of Theatres, while others
+are closed to every class. But our committee is determined to push
+ahead.”
+
+“Onward, ye comrades,” urged the chairman. “Buy up the stock of every
+Park, if possible, and furnish recreation for the church. Do not become
+too bold at first in the introduction of lewd and foolish plays, or
+you may be fought by the popular churches.”
+
+“Hardly possible,” replied the leader. “So many in the church are glad
+to wink at these incongruities, for they are thereby given a chance
+to satisfy their carnal appetites without being classed with the regular
+Theatre crowd.”
+
+“This is one of our happiest modern hits,” chuckled the chairman, as
+the committee turned away, amidst the mad-like cheering.
+
+Next I saw that the chairman raised his hand, and at once I heard three
+sharp clangs which were the signal for the “Church-Choir” committee.
+“What has the church-choir to do with the Theatre,” thought I, as I
+saw the obedient host answering to their call.
+
+“What tidings, good or ill?” asked the chairman in a tone of confidence.
+
+“Progress slow, but sure,” briefly answered the leader of the committee
+as he stepped a little nearer to the chairman to give his report.
+
+“Ours is a difficult task. Some choirs are hedged about that we cannot
+so much as reach them with suggestions. Nevertheless, we have succeeded
+in many sections, notably in certain large cities. We report, with
+pride, that some churches have engaged genuine theatrical singers to
+render special selections during the regular Sunday services. Is it
+not an evidence of our success when the opera-stage singer of Saturday
+night furnishes the chief solo for church-goers on Sunday morning?
+This is winning certain people to the Theatre, for in many instances
+they cannot wait until the next Sunday; so they visit several theatres
+during the week to keep their spiritual strength renewed.”
+
+Then the demons cheered to the echo, and I listened with a sad, heavy
+heart.
+
+The leader continued:
+
+“We are also endeavoring to get the regular church-choirs to imitate
+the popular theatrical stars. Of course, we do not oppose the use of
+religious words, if we cannot induce them to sing our selections. We
+are aiming to create a taste for the up-to-date novelties in music,
+in contrast to the old dry singing in certain churches of the King’s
+Highway.” (Prolonged applause.)
+
+As this tall, wiry demon continued to unfold his deep-laid plans, I
+well understood why Satan has selected the church-choir as an objective
+point, and has delegated so large a number of imps to do work in that
+special direction. I then cried within me: “Oh, that these churches
+would not use their choir-corners as an advertising medium for the
+Theatre! And that choirs, in their musical devotions, may be led by
+the Spirit of God rather than by the imps of Hell!”
+
+This committee retired with special encomiums.
+
+The chairman rose and I heard four sonorous clangs which summoned the
+“Ministerial” committee. At once its members, in their sedate and
+portly attitudes, surged down the massive aisles.
+
+I shuddered as I saw the variety of these mean Satanic faces, portraying
+a depth of vileness, mingled with shrewd and scholarly insight. With
+great care I studied this pack of Hell-hounds, gathered from the ends
+of the earth, now standing in sullen mood, ready to give their report.
+
+“What tidings, good or ill?” asked the chairman.
+
+“The tidings are good,” replied the famous leader. “By our efforts we
+have silenced many a voice which formerly thundered against us. To-day
+many more ministers are in sympathy with the modern Theatre of the
+higher grades, although not a few of these must hold their views in
+secret. Others speak apologetically, and still more come out in bold
+defense of what they term the ‘Select Theatre.’”
+
+“What do you consider the most hopeful line of your work?” further
+asked the chairman.
+
+“Our work in the theological schools,” quickly responded the leader.
+“Special sections of our committee have labored with stealthy vigor
+to capture the preacher before he reaches the pulpit. The last years
+of the century have witnessed phenomenal gains for our cause. By winning
+the theological student early to our Theatrical theories we are likely
+to gain his heart and sympathy in after years. Our success along these
+lines is the most hopeful sign of the times, and bespeaks the ushering
+in of more sensible conditions. (Furious applause.)
+
+“Before retiring,” continued the leader, “let me quote the utterances
+of a certain broad-minded clergyman: ‘The clean Theatre of the twentieth
+century will be, and ought to be, the moral prayer-meeting for
+Christians, while the spiritual prayer-meeting will be held in the
+church as usual.’”
+
+The whole army of devils cheered like madmen. I was so aroused that
+I felt that ecclesiastical lynch law should be applied to any minister
+whose utterances caused such jubilee among the legions of Hell.
+
+I could not remain to hear the report of:
+
+“The Moral Play” committee,
+
+“The Variant Dance” committee,
+
+“The Sacred Concert” committee and other committees whose names I could
+not learn.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XIII.
+
+SCHOOLS OF LITERATURE. THIRD DIVISION
+
+1. Seven separate halls described.
+
+2. The far-reaching schemes of Satan to pollute the Press and the Pen.
+
+
+Mr. World and Miss Church-Member, after spending several hours at the
+Theatres, moved toward the vast groups of buildings comprising the
+third division of the College of Literature. The structures lay in a
+semi-circle facing a magnificent court, in the center of which there
+was a park of surpassing loveliness. On an immense arch, over the
+center of the park, these words were hung in shining letters:
+
+THIRD DIVISION:
+
+TRUE CHRISTIANITY AND LITERATURE.
+
+As Mr. World and his charming companion entered this great central
+court, they were quite overcome by the size and beauty of the three
+score halls, each one widening as its depth increased. Some towered
+one thousand feet in the air while others sent their proud domes, as
+it were, into the clouds.
+
+The two companions mingled with the multitudes, engaged in the common
+pleasures of this open court, and watched with poetic delight the
+sparkling fountains, while sweet strains of music from scattered
+orchestras lent their charms to the soul. The shrubbery, flowers and
+plants, as well as the works of sculpture and pictorial art, all
+appeared as if angel fingers had been employed in their production and
+arrangement.
+
+The season here spent by Miss Church-Member was the happiest that she
+had yet experienced since she had left the King’s Highway. To think
+that she was now living in the threshold of True Christianity, in its
+relation to literature, was at once novel and refreshing to her mind,
+for she now claimed to be a more faithful Christian than ever before.
+
+During their protracted stay at this division they visited the following
+halls, each one devoted to a specific purpose:
+
+Hall No. 3. “The Bible from a Literary Standpoint.”
+
+Hall No. 8. “The Best Literature for a Sunday School Class.”
+
+Hall No. 9. “The Best Literature for Sunday school Libraries.”
+
+Hall No. 13. “The Best Literature for a True Christian to Read.”
+
+Hall No. 16. “Literature for a Christian’s ‘Grip’ when on a Vacation.”
+
+Hall No. 27. “The Sunday Newspaper and Other Publications.”
+
+Hall No. 38. “The Best Way of Conducting a Religious Newspaper.”
+
+Mr. World spent a day with his appreciative friend under the teaching
+of Hall No. 3. The professors were exceptionally brilliant, and so won
+the confidence of their many hearers that what they said seemed to
+have more weight than even the Bible. They tried to demonstrate that
+the literary style of the Bible was far below par.
+
+When they entered Hall No. 8 they were surprised to see how large a
+number of Sunday school workers and teachers were already there. The
+meeting that day was held largely in the form of an open parliament,
+and a discussion was in progress concerning the use of the Bible in
+the class during the study of the lesson.
+
+“Would it not be preferable,” asked an interested visitor, “to use the
+Bible in the class during the study of the lesson, and use the special
+helps only for preparation?”
+
+“Don’t think of it, don’t think of it!” abruptly answered the teacher.
+“It would only be a step backward.”
+
+“It appears to me,” continued the visitor, “that our young people ought
+to become more familiar in using and handling the Bible, and if it
+were used in connection with the study of the lesson it would surely
+prove to be a valuable help, even beyond what the present system
+affords.”
+
+“And would you throw aside all the very valuable side lights to the
+lesson that are being produced in such rich variety and abundance?’
+hurriedly asked a Sunday school teacher who was present on a furlough.
+
+“Nay, nay,” earnestly spoke the visitor, “let the press go on, but let
+not its fruit be substituted for the bread of life. Fruit is good,
+delicious and healthful, but we need the staff of life. _Let the real
+actual Bible be handled and used in the teaching of the lesson. Then
+whatever else is wise to use as an auxiliary help may be brought into
+service_. That is my platform, pure and simple.”
+
+The leader of the meeting was agitated. He impatiently rose to his
+feet before the last words had fallen from the visitor’s lips.
+
+“Let us use reason,” he said, with a light vein of sarcasm in his
+voice. “Is it not true that the average child sees enough of the Bible
+in his home and in the public schools, and that he greatly relishes
+a change when he comes to the Sunday school?”
+
+“That’s only too true,” spoke up the worldly element who were there
+in large numbers.
+
+“Let me assure you,” continued the speaker as he was warming to his
+theme under false fires of devilish sophistry, “in the day when the
+Bible was used in the Sunday school classes, spiritual ignorance
+abounded more than now.”
+
+“Why not be satisfied with rapid advancement, instead of inviting
+retrogression in knowledge, and a double decimation in Sunday school
+attendance, by compelling scholars to go searching through a book as
+uninteresting and unfathomable to them as the Bible?”
+
+“One great hindrance to Sunday school work is its pious and
+sanctimonious tendency. If the schools of the twentieth century are
+to be successful, we must have less of that Bible stiffness in them,
+and still more of an open sociability.”
+
+The worldly element and some of the Sunday school teachers were now
+cheering heartily. But the speaker continued:
+
+“Instead of going to an extreme that means death to the Sunday school
+by advocating that an army of cold Bibles should go walking into the
+service, I should rather advocate a change in the other direction, for
+I am even opposed to the tons of cheap literature filled with cloudy
+opinions that are now being scattered throughout our schools. We need
+lesson helps that are interspersed with incidents of adventure, and
+startling stories that have fire and life in them. Let some publisher
+take the hint.
+
+“Then the boy or girl whose daily reading may consist of that style
+of writing will find the Sunday school more congenial to his nature,
+and he will go there with a bound. In that manner you are certain to
+win the boy’s heart, after which you can, with tact, send the spiritual
+truth deeper into his soul. From such a scholar keep the Bible as far
+away as possible It is not even necessary to lay stress on the fact
+that the lesson text is, taken from the Bible.
+
+“If the teacher can succeed in holding his respect for the Sunday
+school, then, in after years, when he is more matured and is better
+able to reason, you may bring the Bible itself more directly to his
+attention, and you will secure better results than are prevalent to-day
+in the Sunday school world.”
+
+The audience cheered lustily. In this cheering Mr. World and his
+companion joined. The visitor, who was deeply grieved at the warm
+reception of such destructive doctrines, arose to speak, but the
+intolerant cried out: “Away with him! We want no more bigotry and
+one-hundred-years-behind-the time speeches!” At the suggestion of the
+chairman he was hurried from the room to appear before a commission
+on lunacy.
+
+The speech had its desired effect. The great majority of the audience
+were convinced that the Bible was not a “drawing card,” and that it
+should not be introduced into the class study if it could possibly be
+avoided. A few pledged that they would do all in their power to effect
+a revolution in the present system of lesson helps.
+
+Mr. World and Miss Church-Member left this hall and entered Hall No.
+9. It was a rare privilege for them to walk through the largest Sunday
+school library in the world, where many committees were at work
+selecting books for their respective Sunday schools.
+
+Satan had so ingeniously managed the composition of these books, and
+so artfully arranged them on the endless shelves, that one could
+scarcely discern the good parts of a book from the bad, or determine
+in which section of the hall the largest percentage of good books could
+be found. In this way committees almost invariably picked up
+considerable chaff with the wheat.
+
+I looked at Blackana and sighed: “Oh! Blackana, how long will these
+things be? If only a conflagration would reduce the contents of that
+hall to ashes!”
+
+“Ah! mortal,” he coldly replied, “these things will never be destroyed,
+for the building is fire proof. Surely the Sunday school should get
+as much of its library as possible from a source so well protected.”
+
+“For what fiendish reason?” I asked as I was moved with indignation.
+
+“Nothing fiendish about it. Satan can furnish books at less cost, and
+thereby be of material financial help to the Sunday school. Furthermore,
+he is able to furnish a larger variety and a more inviting class of
+books, with more spicy fiction, and less of that deadness so generally
+characteristic of the books coming from the hand of a narrow-minded
+Christian.”
+
+“Silence, thou agent of the Devil! Thou art again dealing in falsehood.
+When thou speakest to me, speak truthfully or hold thy tongue in
+quietness.”
+
+He rolled his eyes at me, but spoke no more.
+
+In the early hours of the following day I saw the same two companions
+enter Hall No. 13 devoted to “The Best Literature for a True Christian
+to Read.” They moved leisurely from table to table scanning and reading
+the books and booklets which, in great variety, lay before them.
+
+Weariness urged them to a seat in the lecture department where they
+were entertained by a scholarly address on “_Choice Literature for a
+Christian._”
+
+“It must not be forgotten.” said the speaker in one part of his address,
+“that the mind can be ruined by lack of vigorous exercise. In the
+physical body the stomach would become weak and sickly were it not
+compelled, quite frequently, to digest strong foods or a great variety
+of them. So also the mind, in order to reach its true development,
+needs a wide variety of thought-food. Not alone that of a
+sickly-sentimental or sanctimonious kind which in its place is all
+right, but such a variety as will best stimulate the mind in a
+well-rounded, liberal education. In particular, a good Christian should
+peruse such literature as will inform him thoroughly concerning the
+enemies of Christianity. He should not spurn, but rather study
+infidelity, skepticism and every other hostile movement, so that he
+may be able the better to appreciate his own position. The Bible is
+not so much a book for reading, as a book of reference, and therefore
+a Christian’s loyalty to Christ must not be measured by his reading
+and studying the Bible, but by his success in locating the enemies of
+the cross and studying their designs, looking over their encampments,
+and estimating the strength of their weapons. If he becomes thus
+acquainted with the foe, he is in better position to order an advance,
+or to effect a treaty whereby much strife may be avoided.”
+
+Hall No. 16 was next visited. It offered to its patrons a happy time.
+Here the work of the artist was in pleasing evidence. On beautiful
+walls were pictured retreats of all kinds. The games and sports, in
+endless variety, which make merry the park, field and glen, were the
+subjects of some of the paintings.
+
+These were the titles of some of the larger wall paintings:
+
+“A restful day under the oak.”
+
+“The campers at the midday meal.”
+
+“An hour of idle reading.” “Around the camp-fire at night.”
+
+“At rest beside the bounding brook.”
+
+“Along the beach at bathing time.”
+
+“The cottage by the sea.”
+
+Nothing was said about the paintings on the wall; they were merely
+suggestive of the refreshment that came after toil.
+
+The lecturer of this hall was a jolly man, an athlete of fine
+proportions, whose splendid appearance attracted the attention of the
+throng of listeners.
+
+“We are not here to discuss the good or evil which comes from various
+kinds of recreation, but to tell you, from experience, what kind of
+reading to take with you when you go on a vacation, or a pleasure trip.
+As you are seeking rest for the body so let your religious books have
+a rest. Leave them all at home, except the Bible, and prayer book,--you
+might take them along to be used in case of sickness or accident. Then
+put in your ‘grip’ some humorous books, such as will make you merry.
+Besides these place therein some other very light reading, such as
+will rest the mind from the more serious things of life.
+
+“As a father delighteth to see his children roam and romp in glee over
+the meadows after the time of faithful toil, so the Heavenly Father
+delighteth to see _his_ true children lay aside the seriousness of
+prayer and Bible study, and go forth in joyful rest to the seashore,
+or to the quiet glen in the fastnesses of the woods. If you follow
+these directions, you will get the cream of pleasure and profit, and
+return to your secular or religious work with renewed vigor.”
+
+I saw many ministers, of the gospel in the audience, but not all
+seconded the words of the speaker. Mr. World and his confiding companion
+were surprised after entering Hall No. 27 to find on exhibition a copy
+of all the periodical publications of the world. This was a large hall
+and had sub-divisions, each devoted to a distinct class of literature.
+One department contained all non-sectarian religious publications;
+another the sectarian; still a third was devoted to daily newspapers,
+partisan and non-partisan; yet another contained all trade journals;
+another all the scientific periodicals, and thus the plan was continued
+throughout.
+
+This was the busiest place of all, for some of the periodicals had
+their offices in this hall, while others had representatives there,
+so that countless thousands thronged the sub-departments daily. Each
+sub-department had its own corps of lecturers.
+
+Many editors, before entering into active service, take the entire
+series of courses offered by this hall, and are thus taught to
+prevaricate, abbreviate, and exaggerate, or do ought else to attain
+the end in view.
+
+I saw Mr. World and Miss Church-Member pass by one sub-department after
+another. They were not pleased with the excitement that prevailed.
+They had intended however to pause at the department devoted especially
+to the Sunday newspaper question, and tarried at the door long enough
+merely to catch these few words from one of the speakers:
+
+“I am a member of the church myself, and bear an honorable name therein;
+but I am unwilling to be classed with a set of bigots who would rob
+us of our personal liberties and, if possible, place all kinds of
+restrictive measures about our inalienable rights. I stand for liberty
+first of all, and tyranny never. Why should one dictate to me what I
+shall read on Sunday? I look at my Bible more than one hundred times
+a year, and read a Sunday newspaper only fifty-two times. It was a
+happy change that started the regular press of the country to yield
+seven issues a week, and thereby send forth additional rays of
+enlightenment to a people who are in sad need of all that they can get
+to increase their intelligence.
+
+“According to my opinion there are so many practices that are worse
+than reading a Sunday newspaper that Satan must surely be annoyed to
+see a man engaged in such a harmless pursuit. Happy, indeed, would we
+all be if the---”
+
+The two companions passed on and heard no more, until they left this
+hall and paid a brief visit to Hall No. 38 devoted to “_The Best Way
+of Conducting a Religious Newspaper_.”
+
+There were very few editors present, but the debate amongst them was
+vigorous and, at times, very contentious, much to the interest and
+enjoyment of the spectators.
+
+The question being discussed was: “_How Can We Best Increase the
+Circulation of the Church Paper?_”
+
+After a few exchanges of opinions, the chairman of the meeting
+advocated, with grave dignity, that all religious newspapers should
+be more conformed to the tastes and the level of a hungry world. “There
+is too great a contrast,” said he, “between the mental condition of
+the laymen and the high, cold tone of the average religious paper. Let
+the editor of a church paper do as did his Master Jesus Christ,--come
+down to the level of the world, where he can reach the heart and the
+ear of the common people of whom the masses are composed. No paper
+should be so holy that it cannot adapt itself to the development of
+the natural as well as the spiritual part of man.”
+
+These remarks were warmly applauded.
+
+Next an editor of a religious paper arose, and spoke with decision:
+
+“I want to be as liberal and broad-minded as God would have me be. I
+came to this hall with doubtful steps. I cannot say that I have profited
+thereby. My mind is at variance with the chairman of this meeting. He
+says: ‘All religious papers should be more conformed to the tastes of
+the hungry world.’ Let me ask, with all honesty, what is the taste of
+the hungry world? Is it not a terribly perverted taste, a hungering
+for the black sins of death? I contend that it is the work of a good
+paper to be a beacon light, even though it shines from a lofty
+light-house. It may thereby shine out farther and wider. Away with the
+doctrine of devils that would pervert the truth and send with merciless
+fling----”
+
+At this juncture the speaker was seized by an officer who came running
+in at the ringing of a bell and arrested the editor on the charge of
+“disturbing the peace,” which, the chairman declared, was due to a
+diseased state of his mind.
+
+Miss Church-Member was freightened from the hall by this episode, and
+was followed by her less fearful companion.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XIV.
+
+THE DEVIL’S TEMPERANCE COLLEGE.
+
+1. Mr. World and his companion visit this immense college, with many
+wings, all devoted to teaching every phase of the temperance question
+in accordance with Satan’s views.
+
+2. A view of the millions who attend this college.
+
+
+Automobiles are used by the agents of Satan to convey students and
+visitors from one college to another of the great University of the
+World.
+
+I saw Miss Church-Member and her cherished escort leave the College of
+Literature in one of these up-to-date carriages.
+
+“Shall we tarry at the athletic field?” asked Mr. World as they came
+to a famous sporting ground.
+
+“Let us rather hasten to the Temperance College,” she suggested. But
+her manner indicated that she did not wish to urge him away from the
+place of his heart’s desire.
+
+“Altogether at your pleasure,” he smiled, as he sank back into the
+comfortable cushions of the conveyance.
+
+They soon reached the desired locality, saw the moving millions from
+all portions of the earth, and heard the ceaseless babble of their
+voices harmonizing with the work of this college which was known among
+the pilgrims of the King’s Highway as _The Devil’s Temperance College._
+It covered many acres of ground, and consisted of many immense
+buildings, around which clustered many smaller structures serving for
+auxiliary purposes.
+
+When Mr. World and Miss Church-Member walked about the college grounds,
+and saw more closely the magnitude and beauty of the edifices, they
+were so overawed that their tongues offered no comment.
+
+They mingled a while with the merry multitude, and then at one corner
+of the group entered the gigantic building devoted to the subject of
+Temperance and the Bible. They hoped thereby to get the consensus of
+opinion on one of the complex questions of the day.
+
+At the bureau of information the two companions were directed to the
+Public Hall of Debate, which was reached by the aid of one of the
+numerous electric elevators. The Great Hall had an auditorium of one
+hundred feet in height and a seating capacity fully capable of
+accommodating the visiting multitudes. The acoustics were so perfect
+that one, at the farther end of the room, could easily hear the speaker
+on the stage. When Mr. World and his friend had entered the hall they
+were surprised to learn that many of the auditors were members of the
+more radical churches along the King’s Highway.
+
+The corps of high titled professors who occupied the stage spoke at
+intervals, or answered questions which were propounded by persons in
+the audience.
+
+Over the stage I saw in illuminated letters: TEMPERANCE AND THE BIBLE.
+
+An aged man was speaking when the two comrades took seats near the
+center of the room.
+
+“We are not here,” explained the venerable man, “to prove that the
+Bible is either false or true. We leave that question for other schools
+to decide. It is our province to show what the Bible teaches on this
+important theme. Temperance is a word so misused and so abused that
+it becomes people of sound judgment to go to the rock bottom of the
+question as viewed in the light of Scripture.”
+
+Then, adjusting his green spectacles, the speaker opened the Bible and
+offered to explain, or to have explained, any part of it that bore on
+the subject of “Temperance from a Bible Standpoint.”
+
+A breathless silence followed until a moderate-drinking church-member
+arose with Bible in hand. “Did Christians, during the life of Christ,
+drink wine?” he asked, in a self-righteous manner.
+
+The speaker called upon Mr. Wine Expert who quickly stepped forward
+from his chair on the stage.
+
+“There can be no doubt,” he affirmed, “but that they drank wine freely.
+They knew enough in that day not to discard a good thing.”
+
+Hundreds of people sprang to their feet, but Mr. Venerable ordered
+that one should speak at a time and that they all should be seated and
+first listen to the questioner.
+
+“Was that wine the same, in kind, that Noah drank, as related in Gen.
+9:21?”
+
+“Identical.”
+
+“And the same that is used to-day in the commercial world?”
+
+“It is the same as the good wine that is used to-day. There are many
+modern adulterations.”
+
+The questioner took his seat. A man from London then obtained the
+floor. He also held a Bible as he spoke.
+
+“I am a temperance worker in one of the districts of London, and would
+like to know whether you conclude by your former assertion concerning
+the early Christians that the Bible does not speak against wine
+drinking?”
+
+“Not in a single place. How could it do so consistently?” answered the
+Devil’s expert.
+
+“Will you please turn to Prov. 20:1. ‘Wine is a mocker, strong drink
+is raging: and whosoever is deceived thereby is not wise.’ How do you
+harmonize this passage with what you have just asserted?” The man from
+London sat down.
+
+“Quite an easy task for one who has given honest study to the question,”
+said Mr. Wine Expert. “Wine is a mocker. Just as wisdom mocks at the
+calamity of those who reject it in Prov. 1:26. So, wine, personified
+in a similar manner, mocks at the folly of those who refuse it.
+(Applause.) Strong drink is raging. Just as in Jonah 1:15, the sea was
+raging in protest against Jonah because he refused to preach the truth
+to the people. So in this passage, ‘strong drink is raging,’ because
+so many church-members and ministers refuse to preach the real truth
+to the people on the subject of strong drink. (Prolonged applause.)
+If there were as much said against me falsely, as has been spoken
+against strong drink, I would not only rage, but would go raging and
+foaming over this stage in protest. (Tremendous applause and shouting
+from the people of the world.) I tell you more, my friends, strong
+drink will keep on raging as long as old Voices and ‘The New Voice’
+of cranks and idiots are heard to squeak out their childish nonsense
+to an enlightened people.” (Furious applause and demonstrations.)
+
+“The last part of the passage is easily to be understood,” continued
+the speaker. “‘Whosoever is deceived thereby is not wise.’ How could
+a person be wise who allows himself to be deceived and hoodwinked
+concerning as good a thing as wine or strong drink?”
+
+“Nobody, we need not fear,” cried out a brewer from one side of the
+room.
+
+“There is however a host,” continued Mr. Wine Expert, “who are woefully
+deceived, and who are endeavoring to force their deceptions upon the
+state.”
+
+“And I am one of them,” shouted a tall man from Kansas, U. S. A., as
+he violently jumped to his feet, and remained standing.
+
+“I would suggest,” calmly interrupted the venerable leader, “that our
+special photographer take a snap shot of this man. We are always glad
+to keep a record of such monstrosities. He looks like a fair specimen
+of a deceived man. (Laughter.) He is lean and bony, and if any one of
+you never before saw such a man, take a full view of him now. Suppose
+you,” he said, as he continued pointing at the Kansas man, “slowly
+make a full revolution on your feet so that each one can here see all
+sides of you,--if you have more than one side.” (Great applause amongst
+the people of the world.)
+
+The man from Kansas stood still till the voice of the insulting outcry
+died away.
+
+“I can stand abuse; I can stand irony and sarcasm; but I thank God
+that where I live I need no longer endure the insults of the Rum Devil.
+(Suppressed applause.) If Mr. Venerable thinks I am the only man present
+who comes under his classification of ‘deceived persons,’ I will
+demonstrate to him his folly, for there are many thousands here who
+have not yet bowed the knee to Baal.”
+
+“Out of order!” “Put him out!” “Away with him!” came from the audience.
+
+“If there is a person here opposed to the Rum Traffic, let him rise,”
+fearlessly continued the tall man.
+
+Up sprang a W. C. T. U. leader; then another person; then a hundred
+from Maine; yea, a thousand more until over seven thousand, from all
+parts of the world, stood on their feet.
+
+“Remain standing, I ask you! Let not one of you act the coward! There
+are others here today, who came in, as I did, to visit. Stand up! Show
+your colors! If you remain seated you will be classed with the enemy.
+The time to honor your cause is at hand. I ask you seventy thousand
+church-members present to choose this day whom you will serve.”
+
+Mr. Venerable, who was an experienced man in these uprisings, whispered
+to an excited saloon-keeper: “Let them proceed. A house divided against
+itself can not stand.”
+
+“I demand order,” shouted a high-license advocate who owned a brewery,
+but the agitated fellow was soon calmed by these personal words from
+the venerable chairman: “_Let these people go. They will soon get into
+factional contention and thereby break the point of their steel more
+effectually than we could do it._”
+
+“Remain standing, ye noble band of men and women!” shouted the Kansas
+man with increasing earnestness. “You, who are too cowardly or
+indifferent to rise from your seats, are throwing your influence this
+day on the side of the enemy, thereby casting a reflection on the
+church of our Lord Jesus Christ, and--”
+
+This was more than a certain minister could bear. So, before the Kansas
+man had finished his last sentence, he sprang excitedly to his feet
+and shook his fist defiantly: “I want it distinctly understood that
+I am just as good as the man from Kansas, and just as much of a
+temperance man, but I don’t believe in this way of showing my colors.
+I would not be standing now had I not been insulted more by that crank
+of one idea, standing there, than by Mr. Wine Expert who so contemptibly
+perverted Scripture.”
+
+Mr. Wine Expert sprang to the edge of the stage to defend his position,
+but Mr. Venerable was instantly at his side. “_Come, come, don’t spoil
+that fight; suffer rather than have them combine against you,_” were
+the quiet words of logic that brought him to his seat without uttering
+a word.
+
+Then up jumped a few prominent church-members to express their
+indignation at the adverse criticism of the Kansas man.
+
+“Those are exactly my sentiments, and I here offer my protest against
+this manner of procedure,” said one as he looked approvingly at the
+minister.
+
+“And so do I.” “I am most emphatically of the same opinion.” “I stand
+here, a true temperance man, to express my indignation at that Kansas
+prodigy,” were some of the expressions which came from temperance men
+who were not willing to be classed with the seven thousand.
+
+Then upwards of one hundred women rose to their feet and indignantly
+rebuked the Kansas man for his misjudgment in starting this factional
+display. This provoked some radical leaders of the W. C. T. U. who
+chanced to be there as detectives or visitors. They also arose in
+defense of the Kansas man.
+
+I saw the tumult rising. Disorder was pre-dominant. Hundreds tried to
+speak at once. Saloon-keepers, brewers, whiskey politicians, and the
+professors on the stage were smiling in ghoulish glee. They enjoyed
+it more than a prize fight, and the results were at once more disastrous
+and more deplorable.
+
+As the conflict waxed hotter some men and women were screaming, and
+some fainting, and some resorted to blows. Others scrambled to get
+from the room. The elevators were put in quick service, and I saw Mr.
+World and Miss Church-Member, with thousands of others, running from
+the scene of the fight.
+
+“Let us go to another building,” suggested Miss Church-Member.
+
+A very short time after this I saw them enter the largest building of
+all the Temperance College. It stood centrally amongst the great group,
+and was devoted to “_Hygiene and Temperance._”
+
+[Illustration: A Scene in the Devils Temperance College The fight
+between the temperence factions was greatly enjoyed by the saloon-
+keepers, brewers, and whisky politicians.]
+
+After learning that they came as visitors, a director advised them to
+pass the many medical wings on separate flats and go to the great
+auditorium on one of the higher floors. Proceeding, in obedience to
+the advice given, they soon beheld a room of greater size and
+magnificence than the one which they had just left, and as they were
+taking seats they fixed their attention on the lecturer who had already
+been speaking for an hour. He was discoursing on the relation of strong
+drink to the stomach.
+
+“It must be remembered,” affirmed he, “that the stomach was made to
+serve man. The appetite is the true criterion by which he may know
+what his body needs. If he feels a thirst for alcoholic drink, it is
+akin to a hunger for any special class of foods. He is not to ask his
+servant, the stomach, whether it is willing to do the work of
+transformation. He is to give it the work to do. The stomach will do
+it, unless that particular digestive function is lost. It is claimed
+by some who know more about ditch-digging than about physiology, that
+alcoholic beverages ruin the lining of the stomach, creating ulcers,
+and other disorders. This kind of teaching reminds me of a conundrum.
+‘Why is a scientific temperance man like a dead man in his coffin?’
+Who can answer it?”
+
+“Because each one ought to be buried,” guessed a liquor-merchant from
+Paris. (Laughter.)
+
+“A good guess,” said the speaker, but you have not yet hit the mark.”
+
+“Because needer von dem is vert any ding,” said the proprietor of a
+beer-saloon from Germany. (Increased laughter.)
+
+“You are still away from my idea,” spoke the lecturer.
+
+“I know it,” said a rum-lawyer. “It is because they both lie.”
+(Applause.)
+
+“That’s exactly the truth of the matter. These so-called ‘scientific
+temperance men’ are accountable for more lies imposed on a credulous
+public than can be corrected for many years to come. Any sensible man
+knows that moderate drinking is healthful to the stomach. If a man
+drinks too much, he is liable to trouble, just like a man who eats too
+much, or sleeps too much, or even talks too much about temperance.
+(Applause and laughter.) I tell you, my good friends, a little of that
+elixir of life is just as good for my stomach as it was for Timothy’s,
+and the good man Paul would say the same thing if he were here to-day.
+(Cries from the world of “that’s so!” and “hurrah for Paul!”) I am
+satisfied to have a great man like Paul on my side, even if I must
+know that some of his pigmy disciples are against me.” (Increased
+applause.)
+
+This speech was especially enjoyed by Mr. World who himself was addicted
+to a moderate use of alcoholic beverages. An announcement came from
+the platform that in an hour the eminent Dr. Strauss of Europe would
+discourse on “The Effect of Malt Liquors on the Heart,” and those who
+wished to remain might spend the interim in social intercourse.
+
+In consequence of this announcement the major part of the audience
+dispersed in varying groups, and discussed the merits of the lecture
+just ended.
+
+Every creed was there represented by a few or more of its members,
+many of whom were favorably and deeply impressed by the argument of
+the Devil as it was given in the address.
+
+Others I saw, not a few, who laid bare this iniquitous scheme of
+presenting the untruth, and declared that they would no more give ear
+to any teaching that came from that source.
+
+This gave rise to endless quibblings and contentions between
+church-members of the same faith and those of separate creeds. These
+disputes continued with increasing bitterness until the hour had passed.
+
+All eyes were fixed upon the stage as the portly Dr. Strauss arose to
+speak. His voice at first was slow and deep, and in all he was the
+personification of dignity. The first part of his lecture was a very
+convincing argument in favor of what is called the “_Normal Use of
+Malt Liquors_.” He declared that moderate drinking could have no evil
+effect on the action of the heart, except in rare cases. To prove his
+general statement and to win the confidence of his hearers, he quoted
+over forty printed and written extracts from eminent physicians of the
+world.
+
+After this general survey of his argument, he entered into details and
+illustrated the second division of his lecture by the use of pictorial
+charts. In this manner the construction and action of the heart were
+concretely shown.
+
+In the third division of the lecture the Prince of Darkness showed his
+skill in manipulating the utterances of the speaker. By a second series
+of illustrated charts the lecturer intended to show how alcoholic
+beverages, in coursing through the human system, benefited the heart
+rather than injured it. In trying to establish this point he used the
+subtlest sophistry of Satan.
+
+Through the three divisions of the discourse I heard vigorous applause,
+and when, in the smooth language of his final climax, he uttered the
+last word and was returning to his seat, there was a deafening roar
+from all parts of the vast hall. To the mind of Miss Church-Member the
+argument of Dr. Strauss was unanswerable, and consequently she was
+obliged to revise her radical opinions on the temperance question; and
+not only she, but a host of others from the ranks of the Christian
+church were influenced similarly.
+
+After leaving this hall the happy pair spent a long time in passing
+through some of the other buildings of the group. _Miss Church-Member
+was so filled with the doctrines of the Devil that she thought of going
+as a missionary to the pilgrims of the Narrow Way._
+
+During their visit at the Temperance College Mr. World conducted his
+ever-faithful friend through some of the fashionable temperance-saloons
+connected with the institution.
+
+Miss Church-Member would not have entered and much less indulged in
+the questionable beverages, had she not been so strongly influenced
+by the prolonged visit at the section of the group devoted to the study
+of “_Temperate and Intemperate Drinks._”
+
+I was sorely vexed at the operations of this whole college and, looking
+at Blackana, I said impatiently:
+
+“How can your comrades find delight in such an impish work--covering
+truth and scattering hellish sophistry abroad?”
+
+“Delight?” repeated Blackana. “This world is but the Devil’s Heaven,
+and those in his kingdom find chiefest delight in thorns, and not in
+flowers; in spinning sophistry, and not in dead things like truth and
+logic.”
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XV.
+
+INFERNAL SCHOOL SYSTEM.
+
+1. A general view of the vast University of the World with all its
+subordinate operations. All working in harmony to destroy the good
+that God would do in the world.
+
+
+The University of the World is so extensive that one could not visit
+all its parts during the course of a life-time, but there is a place
+called the Magic Observatory whence an observer can have a bird’s-eye
+view of all the principal scholastic operations of the Broad Highway.
+
+The Observatory is owned and controlled by careful agents of Satan who
+will allow only certain persons to get the benefit of so extensive a
+view.
+
+Mr. World and Miss Church-Member left the ground of the Temperance
+College and proceeded to get permission to rise to the glorious heights
+of the Observatory. Mr. World secured permission, but his companion,
+not having had sufficient experience in the service of Satan, was
+refused a pass. The difficulty was settled by a happy thought. Miss
+Church-Member suggested that while he should improve the opportunity
+and rise to see the sights, she would visit the College of Fashions,
+for which privilege she had been yearning.
+
+I saw that Mr. World spent a long time in viewing the endless
+proportions of the noted Observatory, and finally stood on the lofty
+viewpoint with an interpreter at his side.
+
+He was then directed to a seat on a mechanical device that moved in
+a circle; and as he sat there he looked through the powerful glasses
+of the immense telescope.
+
+He first beheld the Schools of the Fine Arts, with their myriad students
+who swarmed through a group of buildings so large that it covered the
+first sweep of the telescope.
+
+At the next turn of the magic device Mr. World saw the Special Schools
+of Mathematics whose prevalent tendency was to destroy faith. Here the
+mind of each student was taught to submit everything to the tests of
+proof, so that by the time one’s training was finished he would believe
+only what could be scientifically demonstrated. In this way Satan
+induced many a student to disregard the Bible because he could not
+reduce all its teachings to the cold and rigid rules of human reasoning.
+
+Thus does Satan manipulate affairs so that many of the Christian schools
+of the earth have imbibed a similar course:--first exalting Reason,
+and doing nothing to correspondingly develop in the student the
+functions of Faith.
+
+When the telescope again turned Mr. World saw the Schools of Metaphysics
+where Satan operated in harmony with the limitless scheme of the whole
+University.
+
+Next the College of Theology came within the range of vision. Here the
+clergymen of the Broad Highway are prepared to teach the doctrines of
+Hell under the guise of “Broad-Minded Theology.” I envied not Mr.
+World’s position, for I could also see what his wondering eyes beheld.
+As I took a transient view of this vast group of Theological Halls,
+and saw how many human beings resorted hither for information, I could
+the better understand why the world is kept so full of perverted truth.
+There is a daily inflow of ecclesiastics into this College, even such
+as become dissatisfied with the Theology as taught on the Highway of
+the King.
+
+At the next turn of the telescope Mr. World saw the extensive Business
+College whither so large a number of merchants go to learn how to
+advertise, and also how to get rich quickly. One hall alone is set
+apart for the purpose of teaching a merchant how to practice fraud
+without injuring his good standing in the church; another hall teaches
+how far a business man may venture into prevarication without lying;
+while a still larger hall is devoted to the wholesale trade, and is
+intended to teach the best methods of adulterating foods while yet
+allowing them to be sold for genuine goods.
+
+Mr. World was deeply interested in the view afforded by the next turn
+of the telescope, for the magnificent groups of buildings comprising
+the College of Fashions now lay before his admiring vision. He knew
+that his beloved friend was somewhere amongst the moving throngs that
+ever kept the College astir.
+
+I looked in wonderment upon the far-reaching operations of this Satanic
+center. The teachings of this College were so far-reaching that the
+seeds of endless follies were planted in the generations yet unborn.
+
+In one of the larger halls of this imposing group I saw an endless and
+popular variety of the gods of Fashion. They were worshiped by the
+slavish legions who were willing to sacrifice their all rather than
+forsake their chosen idols.
+
+Mr. World plainly saw the connection between this College of Fashions
+and the Devil’s Pawn Shop. The next item in the weird program was the
+Devil’s Optical College which Mr. World and Miss Church-Member had
+visited in the earlier days of their companionship. Satan’s Medical
+Schools also lay in the same line of vision, and were intimately
+connected with the Devil’s Hospital which had numberless branches in
+all parts of the world.
+
+And next the vast College of Literature flashed before the admiring
+eyes of Mr. World. As seen through the telescope this section presented
+a most beautiful picture.
+
+The surface Schools of Law next attracted the attention of the spectator
+who was surprised to get so large a view of these operations.
+
+Mr. World still moved in the magic circle, and saw the whole program
+as revealed at the angle at which the telescope was inclined. When the
+first circle was completed, the telescope dropped to a new angle and
+started on its second revolution, disclosing to the observer a new
+world of schools, all of which were also comprehended in the University
+of the World.
+
+The Missionary College proved to be an interesting sight, as did also
+the Devil’s Temperance College.
+
+One of the most surprising sights that greeted Mr. World in this second
+revolution was Satan’s Modern College of Narcotics which is a series
+of schools built and operated with great care, intended to counteract
+the special efforts ever being put forth by the devotees of the King’s
+Highway to teach the relations of narcotics to the nervous system.
+Formerly Satan did this branch of work in one of the wings of the
+Temperance College, but on account of the great stress put on this
+subject by the Surpassing Schools of the Christ, Satan has built this
+modern institution, and now the church is in confusion because _so
+many of its members have such an indistinct vision that they cannot
+discern between the wool of the sheep and the hair of the wolf, even
+when each animal is wearing its own hide._
+
+The most mysterious schools revealed by this second revolution were
+called the Schools of Emergency. These required the skill of the
+interpreters to give Mr. World an idea of their work.
+
+This is also a modern idea of the Evil One, and since their erection
+the schools have been patronized by an astonishingly large number of
+disappointed church-members who receive instruction more readily from
+the modern methods here in vogue than from the old-time system.
+
+Then did Mr. World behold a new line of schools in course of erection,
+but the interpreter refused to give him satisfaction when he asked the
+purpose of these new schools.
+
+When the great telescope had finished the second revolution, Mr. World
+was surprised to see that it commenced on the third round as the outer
+end of the telescope pointed more directly toward the base of the
+Observatory.
+
+Startling scenes were now laid bare. The underground schools of this
+Great University seemed to be greater than the surface operations.
+
+Mr. World first saw the Opium Schools, built in the form of large dens.
+After this came the Schools of Iniquity, operated in darkness. Here
+all forms of evil are taught and made to appear justifiable under
+certain conditions. Many of these underground schools could not be
+clearly seen by Mr. World, but ere the telescope completed its third
+revolution he saw the Schools of Suicide more distinctly than during
+his visit, and got a glimpse of the limitless Law Departments
+Underground, and the terrible pictures of sadness and sin as seen
+beneath the Devil’s Hospital.
+
+Mr. World raised his eyes from the telescope and looked towards the
+interpreter. “What lies beyond those vast elevations?” he asked as he
+pointed to a rugged mountain range farther down the Broad Highway.
+
+“Back of those mountains lies the beautiful Wizard City, shut in from
+all the world. Ask nothing more about it.”
+
+“But may I not enter it?”
+
+“Not unless you are fortunate enough to discover one of the paths that
+lead to the Summit. From thence one can see the City.”
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XVI.
+
+EXPERT INVENTORS OF THE BROAD HIGHWAY.
+
+1. Mr. World and Miss Church-Member fail to see the Ways and Means
+Committee at work.
+
+2. They are directed to the city where expert inventors are constantly
+employed in devising weapons and all kinds of devices.
+
+3. They see a few inventions which are just being perfected to
+facilitate the services of the churches along the King’s Highway.
+
+
+After Mr. World’s remarkable experiences on the Observatory, he gladly
+called for his friend, Miss Church-Member, who accompanied him on
+another branch of the Mountain Trolley.
+
+They alighted at a station called Progress, and proceeded on the Broad
+Highway. Neither of them became wearied in listening to the experiences
+of the other during their brief separation.
+
+Ere long they came to a large hall which was used by the Ways and Means
+Committee of the Broad Highway.
+
+They obtained permission to visit the interior of the hall, hoping
+thereby to see the famous committee in session. But, after being
+escorted from room to room by a guide, they were informed, upon reaching
+the main auditorium, that the committee was holding a secret session,
+and that no visitors would be allowed to enter during that day.
+
+“How soon will visitors be admitted?’ asked Mr. World, with a shade
+of disappointment in his tone.
+
+“Not until the matter now under consideration is settled. It may be
+two hours, perhaps two days,” was the indefinite reply.
+
+“And where can we spend the interim with most profit and interest?”
+further interrogated Mr. World.
+
+The guide, looking through a window, described a path leading to a
+lofty summit. “When you reach that elevation,” explained he, “you will
+see, in the busy vale beyond, the Wizard City.
+
+“Most of the experiments performed in that wondrous vale are closed
+forever from the view of mortal man; but so much of the work as you
+are allowed to see will interest you for many days.”
+
+“In my opinion such a privilege is greater than the one we are here
+denied,” smilingly spoke Miss Church-Member.
+
+“True indeed, my friend, unless the climbing of the hill should prove
+to be a more arduous task than you imagine,” cautioned Mr. World.
+
+“Each of you will be pleasantly surprised,” promptly affirmed the
+guide, “for they only can climb to that summit who do so willingly,
+and by them it is easily accomplished.”
+
+“Is there no shorter way thither than by that winding path?” slowly
+asked Mr. World.
+
+“There is but one shorter route, and that is underground. No one is
+permitted to go that way until he has passed the summit and has reached
+the seventh degree in the secret service of our Master.”
+
+“Ah! so there is an underground connection between this place and the
+Expert Inventors?” said Miss Church-Member in a low tone, and with a
+look of suspicion.
+
+“Be not in the least alarmed. The Ways and Means Committee and the
+Expert Inventors work in harmony, each supplementing the work of the
+other. It is therefore essential that between them there be as close
+connection as possible, not only for convenience of travel, but for
+insuring secrecy.”
+
+“Then why are the two places so far apart?” queried Miss Church-Member.
+
+“Everything is perfectly arranged. If you could see the underground
+world between the two sites you would readily observe the logical
+relation of all parts. But the bell rings; I must go,” continued the
+guide. “If you wish further information you may obtain it at the
+office,” and with a courteous bow he withdrew.
+
+That same day I saw the two travelers climb with ease to the summit
+from whence they beheld the most curious sight that had yet met their
+gaze since their fellowship had begun.
+
+Down in the long and deep sloping vale before them, shut in from all
+the world, lay a large city of fantastic structures.
+
+The weird outlines of this marvelous city extended downward into the
+darkness of the earth, while the height of its buildings varied from
+the common even unto the amazing.
+
+The form of the city, and the shape of its buildings, were the most
+bizarre features of all. Only a few of the edifices bore resemblance
+to any which the travelers had ever before seen.
+
+Toward one end of the city they saw a cluster of buildings which, taken
+as a whole, resembled a gigantic tree towering to a great height and
+covered with strange foliage.
+
+[Illustration: In the “Wizard City” Satan devises novelties, such as
+“Angelette” for choir singing the “Service Regulator” for taking the
+Holy Spirit’s place in worship, etc.]
+
+At the other end of the city the structures were divided into more
+than a hundred groups, resembling somewhat variously-shaped balloons
+of monstrous size.
+
+The sides of the city were constructed somewhat after the manner of
+immense Ferris wheels, of amazing diameter. The compartments therein
+actually moved up or down according to the range of vision desired by
+the Inventors in their experimenting.
+
+The central part of the city was the most notable of all. Here, with
+an average diameter of ten hundred feet, rose a circular structure
+tapering irregularly until it settled to a point six thousand feet in
+the air. Around this, as a center, ranged terraces, hanging gardens,
+aerial boulevards, and spiral electric railways.
+
+After viewing this wonderful valley for many hours, the companions
+took one of the perfected automobiles and covered the long gradual
+descent to a depth of ten thousand feet perpendicular.
+
+As they neared the base, I looked at Blackana, and asked: “How long
+have those Schools of Invention been in operation?”
+
+“Since the creation of man.”
+
+“What is the real purpose of their existence?”
+
+“To invent devices and weapons helpful to our cause in peace or war,
+and more particularly to concoct new schemes for the use of the churches
+along the King’s Highway and the Way of the World.”
+
+“Oh! that the earth might see all this foul inwardness, and discern
+aright the bland deception with which those subtle plots are executed!”
+
+A Satanic smile covered the features of Blackana as he assured me that
+the earth does know of these things, and has known of them for ages,
+but is too well pleased with them to offer serious opposition.
+
+In disgust I turned from Blackana and saw that Mr. World and Miss
+Church-Member had reached the suburbs of the Wizard City where they
+read this unexpected notice over a large brazen gate:
+
+NONE ADMITTED EXCEPT THEY TO WHOM THE PORTER OPENETH.
+
+“Ah! all our toil may be in vain,” sighed Miss Church-Member.
+
+They stood for a brief time in a quandary, discussing how one may know
+whether or not the Porter will open the gate. Finally the stalwart
+Porter approached them and spoke: “With what motive and for what purpose
+would ye enter?”
+
+Mr. World, with native tact, was ready with an answer: “I am in full
+sympathy with the work done in this city and have with me my friend
+who is still a member of a church standing along the King’s Highway.”
+
+The Porter advanced with graceful bearing and bowed to Miss
+Church-Member. “Perchance,” said he, “you have come to receive some
+new ideas for the benefit of the church?”
+
+“You have surmised it,” she blushingly replied. “The church to which
+I belong is sadly behind the age in its methods of work. I am hoping
+that the inventive genius of this city can give me some features new
+and attractive, that I may, in my missionary work, help to introduce
+them into antiquated churches.”
+
+“Yours is a worthy mission,” politely said the Porter, “and I herewith
+hand you a card which will admit both of you into the department of
+the city, number seven hundred and seventy-seven.”
+
+Instantly the gate flew wide open, and the happy couple passed through
+joyfully. They walked by the many fairy-like buildings, closing their
+eyes to all the special scenes so that they might give their first
+attention to the department indicated by the Porter.
+
+With little difficulty they found the place desired, and handed the
+card to a curator who conducted them to the general manager.
+
+“I infer, by this card,” said the manager, “that you are hoping to
+find some new schemes to facilitate the work and service of the church.”
+
+“That is our aim,” answered Miss Church-Member.
+
+“I am glad that you are so ambitious to keep apace with the times. In
+this marvelous age of mechanism all things are done by devices and
+machinery, and the church that would keep step with the spirit of
+progress must also be run by mechanism. The services of such a
+congregation should be controlled by a rigid methodical law, so that
+everything will move like clock-work. The church of to-day, in its
+movement towards form and ceremony, is approaching the highest laws
+of universal harmony. This hopeful tendency is most helpful to the
+soul of man and most pleasing to God.”
+
+“Just my idea exactly,” chimed in Mr. World. “The churches along the
+King’s Highway are stubbornly fighting these modern improvements. They
+are very slow in catching up with the spirit of the age. Does that not
+seem true, Miss Church-Member?”
+
+“I must confess I see it more clearly now than ever. Nature is run by
+unerring, unchangeable law; why should not all spiritual operations
+come under the same principle? Formality, after all, is the highest
+point to be reached.”
+
+“Your mind easily grasps the truth, I perceive,” responded the manager.
+“What can bring things into better form than to get as much machinery
+as possible into church worship? In this building a thousand experts
+are constantly employed in devising and perfecting mechanical
+arrangements to facilitate the services of the church. Perhaps you
+would be pleased to see some of the results of our work by passing
+through some of the sub-departments?”
+
+“For my part,” replied Miss Church-Member, “I am more than passingly
+interested in these things, and if Mr. World does not object to
+accompany us, I will be grateful to improve this opportunity to look
+upon your work.”
+
+After completing preliminary arrangements I saw the manager conduct
+his two visitors on the easy running elevator to the floor which was
+devoted especially to singing.
+
+“As it is your wish,” said the manager “to see the latest, we will not
+tarry at these lesser rooms, but proceed immediately to the corner of
+the chief experts where I will be pleased to show to you the best
+novelty on the floor.” They walked down the long room, passing on each
+side of the aisle one set of busy workers after another. They stopped
+at one of the far corners and beheld, in advance, the latest novelty
+to be used for singing in church service.
+
+It was an artificial woman, neatly attired and filled with a complicated
+mechanism so constructed that when certain electric keys were touched
+by the unseen operator, articulate sounds like unto a human voice
+issued forth, while the expression of the whole face, and the
+natural-like heaving of the breast, all moved in harmony with the
+artificial sounds. The invention so much resembled a living creature
+of beauty that Miss Church-Member at first thought it was really human.
+
+Mr. World was so well pleased with the novelty that he unconsciously
+seated himself upon a couch and looked on in amazement. The beauty of
+the female form attracted his attention as much as the voice that
+pealed forth bewitchingly from the lips.
+
+“The greatest thing in the world!” he said after a period of ecstatic
+silence. “The church that gets such a singer into its choir will have
+a packed house at every service.”
+
+“I never so much as dreamed of such a thing before. Have any of the
+churches yet tried the experiment?” wonderingly asked Miss
+Church-Member.
+
+“The time has not yet come,” replied the manager. “Our experts have
+been perfecting this fine piece of mechanism for many years, but it
+is not yet quite satisfactory. We shall continue until it is well-nigh
+perfect. In the meantime we are trying to prepare the way so that the
+people will gladly receive such an addition to their church machinery.
+It is our intention to be able to supply _angelettes_, (for that is
+the name by which this invention will be known) of any size, and with
+apparel suitable for any special or ordinary occasion of church worship.
+The angelette is to be so perfected that it will render vocal music
+without a break. That will be a happy day when people can worship God
+without aging themselves hoarse or without being annoyed by the discords
+so prevalent in congregational and choir singing and, moreover, have
+none of the evil effects that come from choir quarrels.”
+
+“I can plainly see,” commented Miss Church-Member as they moved toward
+another floor, “that the church is only in the morning twilight of its
+progress. The wonders of today will pale into insignificance at the
+coming of the greater things.” They dropped to a lower floor and stepped
+from the elevator.
+
+“This floor is devoted to the ‘_Order of Church Service_’” explained
+the manager. “It is indeed surprising to see what a variety of devices
+are here suggested to get the churches to pin themselves down to a
+fixed law of service in such a way that all else must bend to it or
+appear ridiculous. Some churches, claiming to be led by the Spirit,
+are constantly out of order. One cannot even imagine what is coming
+next. That is a foolish, haphazard way of conducting a religious
+service. We are doing all we can to correct these errors. I will take
+you at once to the expert’s room and let you see the latest piece of
+mechanism which we hope very soon to offer for public use.”
+
+Far out in one end of the building I saw the three enter a room where
+men were busily engaged at work.
+
+“Will you kindly show these two visitors the workings of your new
+invention called the ‘Service Regulator,’” requested the manager as
+he looked at the chief inventor.
+
+A large curtain was raised and there it hung. No larger than a family
+clock. The inventor opened a door of the Regulator, and carefully
+explained its works. He called their attention especially to a roll
+of blackboard canvas that passed from an upper to a lower cylinder
+when the Regulator was running.
+
+I heard the inventor, in explaining, use these words: “The minister
+arranges the program in advance and then marks the whole order of
+service on the canvas roll, allowing as much time for each part of the
+service as he thinks proper. The canvas is then replaced and the
+Regulator hung on the wall. When the minute comes to commence services,
+the Regulator is wound with a key and it starts to run. The canvas,
+in passing down at a fixed rate, informs the congregation of every
+change in the service, just as it had been previously planned.”
+
+“What think you of it?” asked the manager, after the partial
+explanation.
+
+“I do not believe that the church of the King’s Highway to which I
+belong could use it. It would tend only to confusion,” said Miss
+Church-Member.
+
+“Only till they become accustomed to it,” explained the inventor.
+“After a few weeks of use its value would be demonstrated. Then the
+congregation would not part with it under any consideration. You see,
+Miss Church-Member,” he continued as he offered them easy chairs,
+“there would be a definite time to close the service. The Regulator
+would move with the precision of a clock, and nobody would complain
+about the preacher speaking too long, for he would stop at a fixed
+time. It is so arranged that a little bell rings five minutes in advance
+of the time to stop preaching. It is sometimes a great satisfaction
+for the hearer to know when the sermon is nearly ended, and the
+Regulator would be a blessed boon to some preachers who find it
+difficult to stop talking after they get ‘warmed up,’ as they call it.”
+
+“How beautiful the thought that the bells of the Regulator would call
+the congregation to prayer, and a bell bid the time to change the
+devotion from prayer to song. You must not forget that this device is
+intended to educate the minister, choir, and congregation to a fine
+degree of accuracy in all their public devotions. See what opportunity
+this device offers for the display of ingenuity and tact on the part
+of a minister! He can, on the blank spaces, have a few pictures drawn.
+These will be interesting to children who cannot comprehend his sermon,
+or to an adult who loses the thread of the discourse. Does it not seem
+like a good thing for the church?” he asked, as he turned his gaze
+upon Miss Church-Member.
+
+“It seems more and more that way, and no doubt it will prove helpful
+if it gets a fair trial. How does it suit _your_ fancy?” she inquired
+of Mr. World.
+
+“It seems to me that all churches who know a good thing when they see
+it will get it at any cost. It just meets my idea exactly. I like to
+see things done decently and in order in the church. It always makes
+me nervous to get into a church where enthusiasm runs away with the
+meeting. It makes me feel somewhat as if I were in a trolley car that
+is running down grade while the motor-man has lost control of the
+brakes. It makes it uncomfortable to stay or to run.”
+
+“Have any of the churches introduced this novelty yet?” inquired Miss
+Church-Member.
+
+“None as yet. We are waiting for certain developments before placing
+this device on the market. The agents of our Secret Service will inform
+us when the time is ripe.”
+
+The manager then offered to conduct them to another floor which was
+devoted to the interests of the Prayer Meeting, but Miss Church-Member,
+having lost her interest in such kind of services, expressed a desire
+to visit some other part of the city.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XVII.
+
+THE WIZARD CITY.
+
+1. The weird city of inventors described.
+
+2. Its ultimate overthrow predicted in a realistic climax.
+
+
+I saw that Miss Church-Member was anxious to visit the vast tower in
+the central part of the city. So Mr. World, in deference to her wishes,
+and agreeably to his own desires, escorted her in that direction.
+
+Standing away at some distance, they were soon gazing upward at the
+awe-inspiring spectacle. Its grandeur and proportions now appeared to
+be greatly increased.
+
+They could see, with more distinctness, circling around the massive
+wizard cone, the aerial boulevards, ever alive with private conveyances,
+and the trolley cars each carrying a variety of passengers.
+
+“Will you accompany me on the trolley to the first series of hangings
+gardens?” cheerily invited Mr. World.
+
+“If we are permitted, and you think it safe to ascend,” she answered
+in a tremulous voice. He calmed her fears and led her to the central
+passenger room at the base of the tower. Here they saw a system of
+interior elevators carrying throngs of people to the numerous stations
+between the base and the highest dizzy view-point.
+
+Leading off to the right ran the double trolley system, and to the
+left the equally wide boulevard, each on the exterior of the massive
+tower.
+
+I saw the obliging Mr. World, with more than usual courtesy, conduct
+his friend to a seat on a trolley car bound for the aerial gardens.
+
+The ascent was smooth and afforded delightful opportunities to view,
+at every desirable angle, the surrounding city and its suburbs.
+
+“This is the most exhilarating ride of my life!” triumphantly cried
+Miss Church-Member as they circled higher and higher so gradually that
+more than ten miles were traveled ere the objective point was reached
+one thousand feet from the base.
+
+Here lay the variety gardens, suspended from the rigid side of the
+tower by a feat of architectural engineering surpassing anything in
+the natural world.
+
+Around the gardens the boulevards and the trolley lines circled
+horizontally, and also passed through some of the huge corridors which,
+on this level, diverge from the interior elevators toward the exterior
+gardens.
+
+When the trolley car reached this height Miss Church-Member at once
+fixed her eyes on the ponderous pillars on each side of the converging
+corridors, for she knew that more than four thousand feet of the tower’s
+amazing weight rested on these defiant granites.
+
+Mr. World and his pleasing friend meandered amongst the multitude from
+one to another of the hanging gardens, drinking in all the vain glories
+that this aerial world afforded. At last, wearied by the endless
+succession of extraordinary sights, they stole away to a quiet retreat
+on the outer edge of a garden farthest from the tower’s center.
+Reclining in hammocks, they conversed of all the greatness of the
+world.
+
+Looking upward they saw, fifteen hundred feet above them, the next
+series of hanging gardens; and during the lull in the music near by,
+they caught the strains falling from the upper orchestras like music
+from Heaven.
+
+“Will you go with me still higher to taste the sweetness of a more
+ethereal level?”
+
+Intoxicated with the charms already felt, Miss Church-Member was ready
+for any height. Upward they went on the venturesome trolley, admiring
+the phenomenal ride and the scenery it opened to their view in panoramic
+splendor. Their course wound round and round until they came to the
+horizontal circle twenty-five hundred feet above the base.
+
+This was a place of more refinement and beauty. The touch of the finer
+artists was seen in all the arrangement and style of the terraces and
+hanging gardens, but especially in the rich variety of flowers and
+plants that added their wealth to the novel combinations.
+
+Mr. World carefully guarded his much esteemed friend during their
+sight-seeing from garden to garden, for at times they encountered
+throngs of people.
+
+I saw them eventually seek rest on rustic chairs where their
+conversation deepened into the relations they sustained one to the
+other, succeeded at last by a tender, thoughtful silence.
+
+In the midst of their reveries they noticed a little spider, swinging
+on its silken thread, floating in the air between them.
+
+“You rude little creature! Why do you come, at such a time, between
+my friend and me?” said Miss Church-Member in a half humorous mood.
+
+“It may be for a purpose, dear. Perhaps the little insect poses here
+to remind us that we can never escape the foe that seeks to separate
+us.”
+
+“Quite an ingenious explanation,” she said with deepening seriousness.
+“But who is that lurking foe who seeks our separation?”
+
+“’Tis better to learn to know your enemies than to be told of them.
+Hence look through your eyes askance.”
+
+Just at this instant Miss Church-Member raised her hand and caught the
+little intruder, placing it alive into a locket which she had secretly
+carried ever since she had visited the Pawn Shop.
+
+“What can be the meaning of that?” queried Mr. World as he saw, through
+the glass of the little lid, the struggling insect.
+
+“So may it be to any foe that seeks to separate us,” she explained.
+
+“Then let me carry the locket,” he suggested. “You have captured the
+foe; allow me to keep him imprisoned.”
+
+There was a happy exchange of glances as she pressed the little prison
+into his hand. “It is yours forever,” she pledged under the sway of
+her rising emotions.
+
+And he, accepting it with a warm heart, spoke thus in glowing words:
+“I accept the endless task and also pledge to the utmost of my power
+to keep any foe imprisoned that seeks to rob your life of any passing
+happiness.”
+
+“Shall we go still higher?” he soon asked as he fixed his eyes on the
+dizzy terraces two thousand feet above them.
+
+“In your presence I fear no height,” was her confiding response.
+
+The trolley cars ascended no higher, so they proceeded to the interior
+elevators. But they were told that no visitors were allowed above that
+point that privilege being reserved alone for the inventors.
+
+“Are we permitted to visit the interior apartments of this tower, even
+below us?” asked Mr. World wistfully.
+
+“They are all doubly sealed. No one but an expert inventor, true and
+tried in our master’s service, ever passes through these secret
+chambers.”
+
+“May we know what particular branch of work is done in this tower?”
+
+“It is devoted alone to the invention and testing of weapons of warfare
+for the armies of our master, especially for the sharp-shooters
+stationed along the so-called King’s Highway.”
+
+Miss Church-Member trembled at this announcement and urged Mr. World
+to conduct her to the base of the tower that they might visit other
+parts of the city.
+
+As I was looking at all these things, a flash of light, coming from
+one side, blinded my vision, and as I turned I saw a heavenly messenger
+in a blaze of glory.
+
+“Hither, hither!” beckoned the sweet-faced angel.
+
+I was instantly at his side without effort, except an act of volition.
+He transported me almost instantaneously to the apex of the great tower
+in the Wizard City.
+
+There I stood without fear under the sweet charms of my angel guide
+who floated gently about me in the air.
+
+“O mortal man,” calmly spoke the angel, “thou shalt now be privileged,
+for a brief space of time, to gaze upon this Wizard City as angels do.
+Thy memory shall be strengthened so that thou shalt not forget the
+vision of these carnal things.”
+
+Then, in a manner surpassing all things human, scales fell from my
+eyes, and I was struck with horror at the awful sight that lay before
+me.
+
+“Look thou first into the interior of this tower,” bade the angel, as
+he pointed downward. All things were open to my view, and I saw many
+of the bright geniuses of the world in league with the imps of darkness,
+all busily engaged in the secret service of Satan.
+
+I saw how Satan used the ingenuity of man to carry forward his infamous
+schemes. Instead of the old rifles used in the earlier days of
+Christianity I saw in this tower almost numberless kinds of fatal
+weapons which send forth their poisonous and deadly discharges without
+smoke or sound, so that the wounded, not knowing whence the missiles
+come, might imagine that they were smitten of God.
+
+The angel informed me that every year this fiendish tower puts out
+into the hands of its agents many new devices, either for poisoning
+or wounding the disciples who travel on the King’s Highway, and who
+by any kind of negligence come within reach of Satan’s forces.
+
+“Seest thou,” continued my guide, “with what cunning Satan hath builded
+this tower? By its exterior beauty he gaineth the confidence of the
+unwary, and thus winneth countless thousands to his cause. And seest
+thou the depth to which it reaches, not six thousand feet below us, but
+ten times six thousand feet, into the bowels of the earth?”
+
+Then could I see, at a glance, the whole under-ground dominions
+stretching their borders far, wide, and deep. There was a small empire
+of groveling imps, each bent on the work of his particular branch.
+
+“Look thou now into the apartments of those ponderous wheels,” directed
+my glorious guide.
+
+Neither metal nor granite obstructed my vision. I saw delicate and
+complex machinery, and half-human creatures in league with mortal man,
+all bending to their tasks.
+
+“They all work in league with the Devil’s Optical College. The inventive
+genius of Hell hath contrived, in these graded departments, all the
+modern lenses that are so terribly warping the vision of an alarming
+number in the church and the world.
+
+“And seest thou,” continued the angel, as he pointed to a far section
+of the city, “those inventors plying their ingenuity in behalf of
+Satan’s Medical Colleges and Hospitals?
+
+“And also witness, in that nearer section, the viler groups at work
+inventing snares and traps for Satan’s allies to use in catching
+Heaven-bound pilgrims.
+
+“Also behold,” he continued, turning to another part of the city, “that
+special class of geniuses who work for Satan’s general emissaries as
+they journey far and wide to do exploits. How terribly they influence
+the weaker servants of our King!”
+
+Then I stood gazing, as the angel continued his interpreting, until
+I had seen the foul workings of this whole city.
+
+I was so filled with a mixture of grief and indignation that I cried
+out in painful anguish: “Why does not God send thunderbolts from his
+eternal throne, and smite this city to fragments?”
+
+Then the sweet angel calmly answered: “Not until the worm ceaseth to
+crawl, and thistles no more infest the ground. Till then the patience
+of God endureth and his sunshine falleth on the temples of Virtue and
+of Vice.”
+
+“And what comes at the end of patience?”
+
+“Then shall the taint of sin be purged from the earth, for every temple
+and pest-hole of Satan, including this whole Wizard City, will be
+consumed by an awful fire whose lurid light will glimmer long after
+the metals and granites of this great Tower shall have been reduced
+to ashes amidst the general ruin.”
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XVIII.
+
+THE FESTIVAL.
+
+1. The whole scheme of merchandising in the church is laid bare as
+Satan explains the origin of the word “Festival.”
+
+
+Looking once again through the open door, I saw that Mr. World and
+Miss Church-Member, after leaving the Wizard City, had gained admission
+to the auditorium where the Ways and Means Committee was in session.
+
+Miss Church-Member at once retired to the waiting-room in the rear,
+and sat quietly perusing a book while her companion remained in the
+large hall and listened to the proceedings.
+
+An agent of Satan occupied the chair. He was dressed in pleasing
+costume, and controlled the assemblage with parliamentary dignity.
+
+When Mr. World took a seat the large committee was engaged in a warm
+debate over a certain piece of ground occupying a space midway between
+the King’s Highway and the Broad Highway. This eligible site had been
+used for holding church-festivals to raise funds for the maintenance
+of gospel work. A few wealthy friends of Satan wanted this location
+to erect on it a club-house wherein they might revel and carouse as
+they wished.
+
+The question arose among the members of the committee as to which of
+the two uses would best subserve the purpose of their master who held
+a claim on the land.
+
+The chairman arose, after listening to the arguments at length, and
+addressed the audience with great coolness and deliberation: “Most
+worthy members of this committee,” commenced he, “you have spoken many
+words of truth this day. Your interest in this matter only shows your
+loyalty to our cause. ‘Club-House or Festival?’ that is the question.
+Surely we cannot dispense with either, but rather must we maintain
+both at any cost. As for this place in question, I am decidedly in
+favor of holding it for the use of the church. The Club-House will
+find a location elsewhere, but this ground is so favorably situated
+for church-merchandising that I urge you to hold it for such purposes.
+Have we not seen how eagerly the two classes mingle here? This place,
+being so accessible to all parties, makes it possible for the church
+to gather larger numbers and thereby reap greater financial results--
+which is the principal object of the church in holding these delightful
+affairs. Since the church is well supplied with everything it needs
+except money, let us do it a favor by rendering some assistance in
+that direction. Then we may reasonably expect that the church will,
+in return, do us a favor by being less hostile to our methods of
+operation, which, as you will admit, are highly honorable.”
+
+This speech had the desired effect. A resolution was quickly passed
+in harmony with the opinion of the chairman.
+
+The curiosity of Mr. World was now satisfied, for he had seen this
+famous committee in session. Therefore he repaired to the waiting-
+room, and while conducting Miss Church-Member from the building their
+attention was arrested by this announcement written in bold letters
+near the exit:
+
+ANY ONE WISHING REFRESHMENTS CAN FIND THEM AT THE FESTIVAL ON THE
+CHURCH GROUNDS.
+
+“How does that announcement suit you?” interrogated Mr. World.
+
+“It comes at an opportune time,” she answered, her face brightening,
+“I had been hoping that we might soon have lunch.”
+
+They had gone but a few steps from the door when they heard cheery
+voices and strains.
+
+Here the Church receives money for souls from the Devil, while the
+Devil gets souls for money from the Church of music lending attractive
+life to the festival. Urged on by the thought of a pleasant hour, they
+quickened their pace unconsciously and were soon within sight of the
+grounds.
+
+I saw the multitude gathering in the grove. The mingling of the church
+and the world was so complete that one could scarcely tell from which
+path many had come.
+
+[Illustration: The Festival. Here the Church receives money for souls
+from the Devil, while the Devil gets souls for money from the Church.]
+
+On this intervening ground everything appealed to the appetite, and
+the patrons knew that the more they ate or purchased the greater would
+be the success of the festival. Therefore some ate even unto gluttony
+for the benefit of the church, while the agents of Satan with skillful
+aim were sending poisoned arrows into the heart of true benevolence,
+and also endeavoring to arrest the minds of Christians so that they
+might pursue the Broader Path after their routine at the festival was
+ended.
+
+Thus I saw, falling into the coffers of the church, filthy lucre not
+sanctified by prayer or sacrifice, and from this seed the church hoped
+to reap a holy harvest.
+
+Mr. World and his companion spent a delightful season with the company
+and, thanks to Mr. World’s plethoric purse, proved themselves pleasingly
+generous in their patronage. Finally Miss Church-Member excused herself
+from Mr. World and joined a company of young ladies who were engaged
+in joyous pleasures.
+
+Mr. World, now alone, was walking leisurely about the grounds when
+Satan appeared and sauntered at his side “Are you not fearful,” asked
+Mr. World in the midst of a conversation, “that many of your subjects
+will be led into the Narrow Path by tarrying at this place and
+associating with so many Christians?”
+
+“Not in the least,” he replied, “for at such places as this I gain
+more subjects than I lose. So I expect to encourage forever
+sacred-merchandising all along my route. The churches are glad to use
+this ground even though it belongs to me, for I concede to them all
+the money. Naturally I prefer souls to money.”
+
+“How did this word ‘festival’ originate?” queried Mr. World after a
+brief pause in the conversation.
+
+“With pleasure I will explain. Once upon a time I called together my
+generals to determine upon new methods of winning converts to our
+cause, and promised to confer upon the one who should suggest the best
+plan, the honorable title ‘Fast Devil.’
+
+“A long intermission was granted to give my aids time to use their
+ingenuity in planning. All Hell was filled with students, each one
+striving to win the title.
+
+“At a given signal my cohorts re-assembled. Thus before me lay a vast
+army of anxious faces. I gave each one, who desired, an opportunity
+to speak. The sun revolved on his axis seven times ere the argument
+was finished. During this debate there was comparative peace on earth.”
+
+“Pray tell me,” further asked Mr. World, “What was the trend of their
+suggestions?”
+
+“I could relate it all, for I have every word recorded, but I shall
+not weary you.”
+
+“But at least give me a general idea.”
+
+“Willingly. One of my generals arose and said: ‘We can change some of
+our tactics without loss to our cause. The sword and torture only
+strengthen our enemies. We should resort more to the ‘wolf-
+in-sheep’s-clothing method.’
+
+“He could speak no more. A thundering sound of voices drowned his
+utterances. Thousands of my loyal leaders seconded his plans.
+
+“At last one of the speakers, who indeed won the prize, earnestly
+proposed a grand scheme, and the vast multitudes listened with rapt
+attention. His speech was short but fiery, and, rising to the occasion,
+he demanded that all his comrades should unite to destroy the simple
+voluntary spirit of Christian benevolence so that the church might go
+begging before the world and even resort to all manner of mercantile
+business for its support. The speaker declared that if the church could
+be induced to adopt such measures it would tend to divert her mind
+from interfering with the work to which he and his auditors were all
+loyally pledged.
+
+“This speech had a marvelous effect, and there was a deafening roar
+of voices in the applause which continued for a long space of time.
+
+“Then followed an animated discussion in which a host of trusted leaders
+engaged. Each one commented on the winning speech and offered
+suggestions how to awaken a trading interest in the church. It was
+conceded that first of all the church must feel the necessity of
+resorting to business. Accordingly a large committee was appointed to
+work systematically amongst the churches on earth, inducing their
+members to depart from the customs of the early church.
+
+“This committee did yeoman service and shrewdly prepared the way for
+the more complete work in harmony with the views of Fast Devil. Through
+the ages it succeeded in gradually influencing the church to engage
+in all manner of performances and trading schemes to gain support. The
+work of this committee is not yet at an end, for nearly every week we
+hear of some innovation which has crept into the church, or some new
+form of merchandising into which it has fortunately entered.
+
+“It is indeed gratifying that the church is casting off her unsightly
+spiritual robe and putting on the costume of merriment and trade. I
+hope the day will soon come when the church will have still less of
+the spiritual nonsense and more of these up-to-date methods to secure
+funds for its support.”
+
+As Satan spoke his last words he bid a brief adieu to Mr. World and
+hastened away to the side of a young man who was almost persuaded to
+yield to some elevating influence. I suddenly looked at Blackana whose
+presence I had well-nigh forgotten.
+
+“Have you been taking your ease in sleep?” I asked as an involuntary
+shudder shook my frame.
+
+“I never sleep. Suns may wax and wane, nations rise and fall, peoples
+live and die, but I am awake forever.”
+
+“Did you hear the conversation between Satan and Mr. World?”
+
+“Every word of it.”
+
+“Were you present when Satan held that great convocation to devise
+plans for more efficient work against the church of Jesus Christ on
+earth?”
+
+“I attended every session.”
+
+“And did you hear the speech of Fast Devil?”
+
+“I heard every word.”
+
+“And did Satan give to Mr. World a true account of the address?”
+
+“He gave only a condensed and garbled rendering of it.”
+
+“Then I command you, O Blackana, to give me a full reproduction of
+Fast Devil’s speech as far as you are able to translate the language
+of Hell into words that are intelligible to me. Can you remember each
+thought?”
+
+“I must remember, for I have not the power to forget,” and Blackana
+groaned aloud. “Oh, that I could bury in oblivion the myriad thoughts
+that sting me with remorse!” He paused a moment. “Am I to give you the
+whole--speech as Fast Devil delivered it originally?”
+
+“Thought for thought, and gesture for gesture,” I answered with
+authority.
+
+Ere the last syllable fell from my lips Blackana was suddenly
+transformed into a more terrifying creature than he was himself. I was
+paralyzed at the sight of the weird monster which I learned was the
+image of Fast Devil.
+
+There he stood, tall and erect, seven times the height of man, with
+sinews like iron-rope and with a face defying human description. His
+eyes were fiery with life, and determination marked every movement as
+he stepped forward to speak.
+
+Notwithstanding my consciousness of being sustained by supernatural
+power, I trembled as Blackana reproduced this noted speech of Fast
+Devil:
+
+“Most honored chief and glorious master,” he commenced, “be thou
+indulgent as I speak to thee and unto these my comrades who lie in
+anxious posture over this vast expanse of Hell. I am here to state an
+issue of which we have heard murmurings for many an age. To prepare
+for this hour I have taxed my ingenuity to its utmost.”
+
+Then with striking gestures of his awful arms he passionately continued:
+“Hope is no more crushed within me as I view the wide and measureless
+field of our possibilities, for I see empires within our reach if we
+but cease brooding over our dismal past and let this bright prospect
+kindle its flames within us. What spur need we to move us on but to
+look up and see the resplendent regions whence we fell, till hatred
+starts afresh within our beings and our every passion moves to its
+control.”
+
+With an outward swing of his great right arm he asked in strong
+appealing tones: “How can we best succeed against the church in which
+our enemy glories so unceasingly? What inroads can we make? In what
+manner shall we advance?”
+
+He vigorously seized a book. “Here is a Bible, borrowed from a saint.
+I turned its pages over and over that I might learn what pained the
+heart of Christ most grievously, vexing his inmost soul with
+indignation. What was it?” vociferously interrogated Fast Devil as he
+flung the book to the scorching winds of Hell. “’Twas that which
+hindered the cause of Christ most efficiently--_prostituting the house
+of God to worldly purposes_. Have we forgotten the vehemence with which
+this arch-enemy drove the money kings from His sacred abode, saying
+unto them: ‘My house is a house of prayer, but ye have made it a den
+of thieves,’ and how we like sneaking cowards crawled away, and thus
+our glorious scheme went by default?”
+
+Then Blackana uttered his final appeal with all the swing of his mighty
+body and the low vibrant thunder of his voice. “Back to your forts!
+Oh, back! ye dormant hosts around me! Not in the strength of arms, but
+with the subtlest webs that Hell can weave, and with the snares of
+silent treachery. We need no stronger weapons, and for our dress we
+will don sheep’s clothing of the finest wool. Thus who amongst the
+church can tell that we are not seeking her highest good? _Then as we
+strike at the heart of voluntary offering in the church, so shall we
+kill the spirit that gives it birth. The carcass of this dead spirit
+unburied we shall drag through the church for ages, and the germs of
+disease arising therefrom will bring more death into the ranks of our
+foes than all our weapons of warfare ever did.”_
+
+Blackana instantly resumed his former shape, and “while I was musing
+the fire burned.” I then looked out toward the festival ground and saw
+that Satan had returned to Mr. World and was explaining to him how
+helpful these festivals were to Christians.
+
+“Aside from the moral and religious influence,” he remarked, “how could
+the church defray her expenses if she did not engage in some innocent
+forms of merchandising, or use some novel scheme to decoy money from
+her admirers. Surely there can be no better way,” continued the Devil
+with an unholy grin. “If the church would maintain her honor before
+the world, she must not do differently. I _am satisfied if wily thee
+old way of voluntary giving is more and more discarded by the church.”_
+
+“But you began your former recital,” reminded Mr. World, “to inform
+me how the word ‘Festival’ originated. You have not yet succeeded in
+making it clear to me.”
+
+“It originated from the phrase of honor which was given the prize-
+winner, Fast Devil, but we changed the wording somewhat so that it
+might not seem obnoxious to the church.”
+
+Then, by a peculiar method of concrete marking, Satan continued: “The
+following is the process of development from the phrase to the word:
+‘Fast Devil;’ ‘_Fest Evil_;’ ‘FESTIVAL.’”
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XIX.
+
+THE MISSIONARY COLLEGE.
+
+1. Mr. World and Miss Church-Member visit the great college and are
+strongly influenced in favor of Satan’s teachings concerning missionary
+work.
+
+
+The fellowship of Mr. World and Miss Church-Member grew increasingly
+delightful as they journeyed forth from the Festival. In their company
+were a few church-members who had also enjoyed the physical pleasures
+of the Festival and who preferred to reach Heaven by the most convenient
+path.
+
+The merry band of companions soon reached a certain Missionary Station
+which was controlled by pilgrims from the King’s Highway. The travelers
+were all very much amused at seeing tracts and other pieces of
+literature scattered over the Highway in front of the station.
+
+“How much one can get for nothing!” sneeringly remarked Mr. Bigot, as
+he pointed to the literature strewn across the way.
+
+“Surely there can be no harm in looking at such pieces of paper,” said
+Mrs. Lucre-Love as she lifted a booklet from the path and commenced
+a quiet perusal of it. “And what is it all about?” queried another who
+saw the eyes of Mrs. Lucre-Love fixed intently on the pamphlet.
+
+“Oh, it is nothing new! Only the old monotonous story of the heathen,
+followed by the usual appeal for funds. Evidently it is some sharper’s
+scheme to rob the people of their money.”
+
+Mr. World was near enough to hear her answer and with evident disgust
+he asked: “Where can one get reliable information on this subject,
+anyhow?”
+
+“At one of the Missionary Colleges, of course,” answered two or three
+in unison. “Yes, and I know from past experience that you will soon
+be at one. This station and this literature is all the evidence we
+need,” added Mrs. Lucre-Love.
+
+Mr. World and Miss Church-Member thence walked alone and soon beheld
+the great Missionary College whose higher domes kissed the lower clouds
+of heaven.
+
+“Surely some great missionary enthusiast must have erected these
+edifices,” said Miss Church-Member as they were turning to enter the
+section devoted to Home Missionary Work.
+
+The entrance ways were so crowded with students and visitors that Mr.
+World escorted his companion with difficulty to the plaza toward which
+the twenty-one halls of this section converged.
+
+The view of this part of the College from the plaza was at once
+beautiful and inspiring.
+
+Hall No. 4 was the first place they decided to enter. Over the door
+these words were hung:
+
+HOME MISSION WORK FINANCIALLY CONSIDERED.
+
+Having reached the interior, Miss Church-Member, in particular, was
+surprised to see the many busy thousands in the large rooms of the
+hall, and to note with what carefulness every item of expense was kept
+of all the Home Mission Work of the world.
+
+Then they sought the main lecture-room whose large seating capacity
+was already well taken with a motley crowd of students and visitors.
+
+The lecturer was a woman of shrewd appearance. Her face was void of
+sympathy and her voice somewhat masculine. Her address was over one-half
+finished when the two companions entered, They listened carefully to
+her words which were in part as follows:
+
+“We are not to worship money, yet we are to guard against squandering
+it. The person who wastes one dollar sets a bad example to others and
+brings injury to himself. Woman is criticized for wastefulness in
+dress. I stand here to defend her, not because she is altogether
+innocent, but because her accusers are equally guilty in the same and
+in other directions. The money wasted in Home Missionary Work would
+feed the starving of all the world. Where does this money come from?
+The greater part of it comes from the purses of those who are burdened
+with all manner of financial obligations. What right have such people
+to rob others of their dues in order to support Home Mission Work? O,
+that the time may soon come when consistency will be manifested, and
+so much money no longer wasted in this sentimental manner!”
+
+The speaker proceeded, but the interest of the two listeners was
+flagging; so they quietly left the room.
+
+They next entered Hall No. 17, devoted to “_The Results of Home
+Missionary Work_.” But after remaining a very short time Miss
+Church-Member declared that she was interested more directly in
+Foreign Missionary Work.
+
+In deference to her wishes he at once accompanied her to the second
+section of the Missionary College, which was much larger than the
+first. Miss Church-Member led the way into one of the large halls where
+Satan, through his agents, gave special instruction concerning “_The
+Condition of the Heathen._” They listened to four speakers from whose
+brief addresses they received food for thought.
+
+The first speaker expounded the theory that “_Ignorance is Bliss_,”
+and declared that the heathen were happy and comfortable in their
+present condition.
+
+The second lecturer argued, at greater length, that the heathen were
+free from all responsibility as long as they were left alone, and that
+if God held them accountable, then their vague worship answered for
+a good conscience, and therefore they would reach Heaven by a simpler
+path.
+
+The third speaker declared that the heathen were now as God had made
+them, and therefore just as they should be. To establish this theory
+he used garbled arguments of predestination.
+
+The fourth assured the audience that the heathen, in due order, would
+rise to loftier conceptions by the same natural processes as the
+civilized peoples of to-day have risen from their rude primitive
+conditions.
+
+After examining some heathen relics the two companions spent some time
+near-by in a hall of the same section devoted to “_The Effects of the
+Gospel on the Heathen._”
+
+Its teachers were very emphatic in their utterances. They affirmed
+that the Gospel did not benefit the heathen, except that it brought
+to them civilization with all its attendant responsibilities and vices.
+
+One lecturer to whom they listened was very fiery. In a scathing manner
+the speaker pronounced censure on the Christian church for her
+ill-advised policy in Foreign Missionary Work.
+
+Mr. World and his close friend left the second section of the College
+without pausing to visit the recitation rooms where Satan’s Missionary
+Experts were constantly teaching graded classes. In a few moments they
+entered the largest edifice of the Missionary College which was erected
+for the special purpose of teaching “_The Comparative Need of Home and
+Foreign Missionary Work._”
+
+Upon entering, Miss Church-Member was surprised at the interior
+arrangements of the rooms and the exceptional beauty of their finish.
+
+After a much needed rest in one of the sub-departments, they went to
+one of the higher floors, hoping to hear another lecture on some
+missionary theme.
+
+Mr. World smiled as they entered the room and saw that a woman occupied
+the platform. In a jovial manner he remarked that “women must be the
+best missionary orators.”
+
+The speaker was keen-eyed and shrewd, and well knew how to use sophistry
+in pathos and wit. She expounded to the audience the doctrine of Satan
+under whose service she was pledged to loyalty.
+
+“We are all missionaries,” she commenced, “and cannot escape the
+responsibility which is imposed upon us. Our duty is imperative. We
+stand at the open door of opportunity and enter so slowly into the
+fields of work all around us. When one sees rank bigotry and
+narrow-mindedness on every hand, he feels like blushing that he ever
+sent money to convert the heathen in far-away lands. The heathen at
+our own doors are more blood-thirsty than the cannibals of distant
+climes. I appeal to you all, noble women especially, to rid your minds
+of the fallacy of foreign work and do the foreign work at home, even
+inside your own doors. (Applause, principally among the men, in which
+Mr. World heartily joined.) I must confess that, at one time, I was
+almost overcome by this craze of evangelizing the world. My delusion
+went so far that I could see visions of China, Africa, or the remote
+islands of the sea, and even imagine that I heard voices calling me
+thither. One night I dreamed a dream, the kindest of them all. I saw
+a woman standing on the shore of a river, her children drowning at her
+side. But she, unmindful of her own blood, was hastening to launch a
+boat into the stream that she might rescue a sinking dog on the farther
+shore. “Ungrateful wretch,” I cried aloud on my bed so that I was
+awakened by my own voice. I was so moved by the dream that I could
+sleep no more that night, but sought for some one to make known unto
+me the interpretation thereof. I soon learned, to my personal shame,
+that I was that woman. I then and there vowed that I would no more be
+guilty of so great a crime. (Great applause, with cries of “noble
+decision!” “common sense!”) From that hour I assure you that I have
+been trying to evangelize the world--not the one across the river,
+(applause) but the one on this side. (Applause.)
+
+“I have been working at my own home and find a task almost too great
+for me to do. If I should ever see the day when I get through with my
+own family, including my husband, (great applause among the women) I
+can then commence busying myself with my neighbors’ affairs and tell
+them also how to become perfect. (Laughter and applause.)
+
+“God never made a greater world than when he instituted the home. The
+woman who becomes inspired with international evangelization would do
+well if she would learn how to season victuals and cook them aright
+(shouting and applause among the men) and to give proper care to her
+home and her children. This is home missionary work.” (Continued
+applause.) The speaker was about to be seated, but the applause was
+rising, so she stepped forward again. “If this kind of missionary work
+be adopted, then the church will no longer be drained by repeated
+collections for missionary work, and that money will flow into better
+channels and prove an impetus to trade.” She stepped quickly from the
+stage while the final burst of applause rang loud and prolonged.
+
+“That was the greatest and most sensible missionary speech to which
+I have ever listened in my life,” chuckled Mr. World as he was moving
+toward the door with his companion.
+
+I learned from Blackana that this Missionary College of the Devil has
+wrought great mischief in the missionary operations of the church, ad
+that Satan glories in the fact that he has succeeded in sending these
+nefarious doctrines to the hearts of so many church-members and thereby
+kept a large part of the world in spiritual darkness.
+
+Then I took a passing glance at the King’s Highway and saw a shining
+pilgrim communing with God and casting his eyes over the hills of Time,
+looking for the coming of his Redeemer. From his lips this prayer
+arose, like sweet incense to Heaven: “O God, hasten the day when thy
+church will unite and go forth into all the world to preach the Gospel,
+instead of so large a part of it giving ear to the teaching of Satan’s
+missionary schools, thereby delaying the coming of thy dear Son!”
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XX.
+
+THE RIVAL CHURCHES.
+
+1. The two companions visit a church on the By-Path and are disgusted.
+
+2. Then they are delighted with the services of the Church of the World
+whose minister they visit.
+
+
+I saw the two happy companions leaving the Missionary College and
+proceeding on the Broad Highway. They were engaged in censuring the
+church for what they conceived to be its waste of time, talent, and
+mean in trying to convert the heathen.
+
+This harmony of opinions was most pleasing to Mr. World. It was in
+sweet contrast to what he had previously experienced in his earlier
+acquaintance with Miss Church-Member. Her likeness to him and her love
+for him were becoming more noticeable as their fellowship continued,
+for she observed _through her faithful lenses_ that his moral purity
+and refinement were above par.
+
+While they were yet criticising the church, Mr. World espied, not far
+ahead of them, another path leading to the right. “Behold the narrow
+path yonder,” he exclaimed in a somewhat surprised manner. “If it were
+not for a happy change in you, I would now be subjected to a score of
+sickly sentiments as to leaving this way and going with you to a harder
+one. Have I conjectured rightly?” he asked in a cheerful vein.
+
+“It is all too true,” she confessed. “If people could but see their
+folly before placing it on exhibition, what a blessing it would be to
+all around them!”
+
+On the By-Path stood a small church within easy reach of the Broad
+Highway. As they came nearer to the place of worship they heard music
+which attracted them to the very door of the church.
+
+“Let us enter,” she suggested.
+
+“I shall enjoy your pleasure,” he courteously replied. “Only see to
+it carefully that your glasses are properly adjusted, lest some strange
+glimmerings of light should bring pain or ruin to your eyes.”
+
+I saw Miss Church-Member re-adjusting her lenses while they were
+entering the church and taking seats in the rear of the room.
+
+The minister led the congregation in a fervent prayer which seemed to
+be altogether too Puritanical in the estimation of Mr. World and his
+friend. The preacher began his sermon. As he proceeded his countenance
+became more radiant. His clear eyes sparkled aright, and as he preached
+Christ and Him crucified even his raiment seemed bright and shining.
+
+It proved to be a memorable meeting. A few who evidently intended to
+ridicule were pricked in their hearts and, much to the disgust of some,
+cried out: “What must I do to be saved?”
+
+“Fools who came to scoff remained to pray.”
+
+“This is affectation in the extreme,” whispered Mr. World scornfully.
+
+“Quite enough of it, indeed,” she returned.
+
+The whole affair seemed to her so unreal that her mind could scarcely
+believe that she was ever connected seriously with such a method of
+worship.
+
+Still worse than all, through her warped vision and the aid of her
+eye-glasses well adjusted, she was led to discern a wicked motive in
+the mind of the minister. His utterances also appeared miserably narrow.
+
+At the request of Miss Church-Member they left the room, congratulating
+themselves that they were not compelled to remain longer.
+
+“All this reminds me of how simple and foolish I once was,” she said
+plaintively as they descended the front steps. “Is it possible that
+I was ever seriously connected with such a kind of worship? Yet
+ignorance is the mother of endless follies. Can we find no better place
+of worship than this?”
+
+“Better by far! I can easily lead you to a church where great varieties
+of truthful and yet comfortable doctrines are preached, pleasing to
+the ear, and fascinating to the senses. No blunt fellow stands in its
+pulpit, but rather a cultured and highly refined gentleman of modern
+type who delights to keep apace with the customs of the age. If you
+desire, I will gladly accompany you thither. It would be sad indeed
+were you to be turned away from religion altogether just because your
+own church is so unsuited to your advanced ideas.”
+
+The face of Miss Church-Member brightened, and she quickly expressed
+her desire to accompany him to such a church. Therefore Mr. World
+improved the first opportunity and conducted her to a large and
+beautiful edifice.
+
+“Here,” he said, “is the kind of church to which I am inclined. I give
+very liberally to the support of the Gospel as here preached. I like
+the broad-mindedness and liberal spirit which is manifested within the
+domain of this denomination.”
+
+“In what else does this church differ from the one to which I belong?”
+she asked. “In this denomination your conscience is not always pricked
+and you can do many innocent things without being called a sinner. You
+may also consult your personal feelings relative to church duties. One
+is not bound down by a galling yoke of ecclesiastical tyranny. Best
+of all, this is an up-to-date church. You can learn something about
+science, philosophy, and civil government. In your church one must
+listen to the thread-bare doctrines of the Bible, much to his personal
+discomfort. Your minister exercises a censorship over the consciences
+of his members from which I prefer to be excused. In fine, I can say
+that nothing is developed there but a long face and a sanctimonious
+soberness.”
+
+They entered the church, and were conducted to a front pew.
+
+The opening services were enrapturing to Miss Church-Member, and seemed
+unlike anything she had ever heard. The operatic rendition of the
+music, the ritualistic cast of the prayer and the soothing effect of
+the rhetorical essay which took the place of a sermon, all exercised
+a fascinating influence.
+
+As the minister neared the close of his essay, he said: “Christ intended
+that man should enjoy liberty in this life, and that he should educate
+himself in the best schools of art, science, and literature. Therefore
+one has a right to seek, in this infinitely great world of ours, for
+such things as will best educate his natural and spiritual being. If
+the theatre can supply part of this demand, let him go, as a student,
+and drink into his soul through the senses of sight and hearing. If
+the dance can elevate him somewhat in demeanor and classical grace,
+let him go there as a student. If some milder types of indulgence can
+bring him into a more thorough knowledge of the weaknesses of human
+nature, let him indulge, but only as a student with sincerest motives.
+In general, I would say, that your conscience is a reasonably safe
+guide and you cannot go far wrong by obeying its dictates. Be a student
+all the days of your life; familiarize yourself with both the virtues
+and the vices of human kind that you may be better qualified to defend
+the right and resist the wrong.”
+
+At the conclusion of the services I heard the minister announce that
+the church would hold a “razzle-dazzle” party on Friday evening, at
+which he hoped there would be a good attendance, as the church treasury
+was in sad need of replenishment. He also announced that all the
+prayer-meetings would be discontinued for two weeks, so as to permit
+a thorough practice for the coming Cantata. After the dismissal of the
+congregation the two continued on their journey, which was ever opening
+to them new avenues of delight.
+
+Miss Church-Member expressed supreme satisfaction regarding the
+scholarly sermon to which she had listened, and confessed that she had
+never heard a preacher in her own church take such advanced positions
+concerning the nature of human liberty.
+
+Mr. World felt elated because his companion had found such exquisite
+delight in the worship of the same church to which he adhered. He also
+remembered, with pleasure, that they had safely passed the little
+church on the By-Way, which represented the same doctrines as the
+church to which his now confiding friend belonged.
+
+“Would it not be more in keeping with your advanced Christianity if
+you were to withdraw your membership from your present connection and
+join a church more fitting to your degree?” were his suave words of
+invitation.
+
+“That would be a natural question to consider after I know the rules
+and regulations of the church to which I intend to go.”
+
+“That only indicates your wisdom,” said Mr. World insinuatingly. “Since
+you desire more congenial Christian fellowship, why not give your
+attention to the church toward which I lean?”
+
+“An agreeable suggestion,” she said. “Where can I get the desired
+information?”
+
+He answered the question by taking her to the home of the minister,
+and there introducing the subject.
+
+She was very favorably impressed by the courteous reception accorded
+her by so great and dignified a person.
+
+“You come seeking knowledge of the church. I assure you, my young
+friend, that I will gladly answer any questions. May I take the
+privilege of asking you whether you have ever belonged to any church?”
+
+She flushed with shame. “I will be true and tell you all. I had a great
+experience some years ago, when I was seeking Christ. In answer to my
+earnest petitions, I saw the most welcome beams of light that ever
+touched my poor soul. I knew I was converted to Christ and continued
+in his service ever since, although somewhat differently since I came
+into fellowship with Mr. World. I joined the church in which I was
+converted and still hold my membership there.”
+
+“How did you get so well acquainted with the happy Mr. World?”
+
+Miss Church-Member answered half in quaint humor and half in pathos:
+“I, at one time, thought he was a very wicked fellow, and in a prayerful
+mood I endeavored to rescue him. I knew he would not come by his own
+effort to my way of thinking, so I entered into an alliance with him
+for the purpose of quietly leading him unto the King’s Highway. I soon
+saw the bigotry of my former self, and through the kindness of Mr.
+World I have already been aided in my vision and improved in dress,
+and, better than all, I have enjoyed the privilege of worshiping my
+God in a more fitting temple, where true freedom is preached and
+practiced.”
+
+“Then it is your purpose to continue being a Christian, although you
+have left the King’s Highway?” asked the delighted clergyman.
+
+“As long as I live I will hold to my religion,” she said emphatically.
+
+“Then you are sound indeed both in purpose and doctrine. Did you wish
+to be visibly connected with our church?”
+
+“I wish to know first its rules and conditions of entrance.”
+
+The minister opened his Guide Book and, duly adjusting his spectacles,
+read in a pleasing manner: “Anyone wishing to unite with this church
+must comply with the following rules and regulations:
+
+“RULE I.--He must reach a reasonable degree of respectability, or
+endeavor to do so.
+
+“RULE II.--He must not wear clothing so plain as to attract undue
+attention.
+
+“RULE III.--He must not tolerate or countenance the common nuisances
+so prevalent in the churches of the King’s Highway.
+
+“RULE IV.--He must ever manifest a liberal spirit so as to keep in
+touch with the progress of the world.
+
+“RULE V.--He may engage in any practice that will give enlightenment
+on either the dark or the bright side of life. Members of this church
+ought to have a well-rounded education.
+
+“RULE VI.--He must never take advantage in buying or selling, except
+in such cases like Jacob’s, where he can bring good to himself or
+profit to the church.
+
+“RULE VII.--He must never give way to his temper, except in such cases
+where his personal liberty or his church is attacked.
+
+“RULE VIII.--He is to cultivate grace and etiquette through whatever
+channel possible.
+
+“RULE IX.--He is to be faithful in attending the services of his own
+church, except in cases of sickness or disinclination.
+
+“RULE X.--It must be his constant aim to reach Heaven by traveling
+diligently on a way wide enough to hold the attention and respect of
+an enlightened age.
+
+“These are our general rules. We have several thousand regulations
+covering every phase or avenue of life.”
+
+“What I have just now heard are certainly not as iron-clad as the rules
+of my church. Nothing is said of conversion, or spirituality, or of
+the Holy Spirit, or of the other Persons of the Trinity,” commented
+Miss Church-Member.
+
+“No, not of anything that is antiquated or, in other words, ‘out of
+date.’ The main church on earth must deal with practical things.”
+
+“What do you call ‘conversion’ in your church, or do you not believe
+in it?”
+
+“Beyond any doubt we believe in conversion. Just as soon as a person
+confesses his faith in our general rules he is converted, and is at
+once a good Christian. The Bible says that if one will only believe
+he is safe: or ‘saved already’ as the true Greek rendering has it.”
+
+“Then you hold to the Bible strictly?”
+
+“We are the only church that does really and truly hold to the Bible.
+We believe and teach it as it is preserved for the ages in the original
+Hebrew and Greek.”
+
+“But I notice that many of your rules seem to be at variance with
+certain parts of the Bible,” she boldly declared.
+
+“True enough, but those certain parts of the Bible do not belong to
+the genuine Scriptures. Whatever you find in the Bible contrary to our
+rules and regulations you can safely conclude is an interpolation and
+does not form a part of the inspired Word. Let me assure you, Miss
+Church-Member, that our discipline was written with great care by
+eminent scholars of the Hebrew and Greek; therefore how could there
+have been any error in it?”
+
+Miss Church-Member was slightly confused, and evidenced by her manner
+that she was ready to depart.
+
+“May I ask before you go,” continued the minister, “whether you are
+willing to join our church?”
+
+“I have been thinking,” she replied, “that I could do more good in my
+own church, not by fighting it, but by using _my_ influence quietly
+in trying to get some of its members to be more like I am. I have
+always had a missionary spirit. In that way I might satisfy my earlier
+ambitions and lead some one out of the mist into a better light.”
+
+“A very bright idea,” testified Mr. World, advancing with Miss
+Church-Member toward the door.
+
+“And may you succeed in your plans,” added the minister as they were
+stepping from the room. “There are millions who belong to my church
+in spirit, but who hold visible connection with some radical church
+of the King’s Highway. They are doing great service in eradicating
+old-time methods and planting the banners of a new liberty such as we
+three enjoy.”
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXI.
+
+FROM THE VALLEY OF CONVICTION TO THE DEVIL’S AUCTION.
+
+1. Depression of Miss Church-Member
+
+2. The Merry Village.
+
+3. The Famous Cross Roads.
+
+4. The Devil’s Auction.
+
+
+As Mr. World and Miss Church-Member proceeded on their journey they
+were frightened by a man who, with his hands uplifted and agony pictured
+on his face, came running toward them, shouting: “Let good sense control
+you and go no farther! Enchantment, spirits, witches, and unnamed
+hobgoblins dwell in every part of this hideous valley!”
+
+“Oh, terror! What can this mean?” nervously asked Mr. World, as the
+stranger stood panting for breath.
+
+“All a mystery! Even the air is filled with poison and weird music.
+I am thankful that I have escaped with my life.”
+
+“Come, come, Mr. Sin-Sick, tell us more about it. We may thereby profit
+greatly,” said Mr. World with more composure.
+
+[Illustration: As Mr. World and his companion were entering the valley
+of Conviction a terrified man came running towards them. He ran away
+from the preaching of the gospel.]
+
+“I had just been traveling farther down the valley of Thoughtfulness
+and Conviction when I heard multitudes shouting praises to One whom
+they called their Redeemer, each waving aloft a banner bearing the
+imprint of a cross. On the cross I saw these words: ‘For God so loved
+the world that he gave his only begotten Son, that whosoever believeth
+in him should not perish, but have everlasting life.’ When I came
+nearer to the confusion I was suddenly seized with a peculiar conviction
+which brought grief to my soul; and, had I not made this timely retreat,
+I might have been brought under the power of those strange creatures.
+Oh, take heed and go with me some other way.”
+
+Mr. World readily consented, but Miss Church-Member was inclined to
+continue, confessing that she had once been a singer in such a valley,
+and surely no harm could befall them there. Mr. World thought it was
+the part of wisdom not to oppose her at this time, although he feared
+that she might be induced to leave him. He consented to go, pretending
+that it made no difference to him which way he traveled; but, as they
+walked on, the wary fellow was very careful not to step from the Broad
+Path.
+
+When they came in sight of the valley Miss Church-Member lifted her
+glasses to test the strength of her eyes. Memory brought stinging grief
+to her heart. She commenced sighing for the old paths and also wept
+that she had for so long a time abetted her former enemies.
+
+Her companion became alarmed at the new turn. “Be not so fool-hardy,”
+he warned. “Your eyes are being needlessly ruined. Quickly replace
+those glasses lest you become totally blind.”
+
+She obeyed promptly and thus the intensity of conviction passed. Had
+her spiritual ears been open, she might have heard an angel sadly
+singing:
+
+ “Oh, hear the song of love that fills the air!
+ Oh, heed the voice that pleads in touching prayer!
+ Both fall upon your conscience now in vain,
+ Through vile deceit your nobler self is slain.”
+
+In this vale she heard the word of God preached powerfully, and the
+calling of the Holy Spirit in unmistakable sweetness, but how could
+it affect one who wore such treacherous glasses and who considered her
+condition so favorable?
+
+She passed through the valley with her faithful friend without being
+lured from the Broad Highway.
+
+On the verge of the valley I saw a curiously shaped building and read
+these words over it:
+
+TONS OF LAUGHTER: CHEAP ADMISSION.
+
+A man with a strong voice stood along the path and cried out: “Whoa!
+Whoa! Ye travelers of this way! Come hither and drive away your cruel
+cares. Here is the greatest exhibition in the world. Smile and walk
+lightly, laugh and grow fat!”
+
+Mr. World and his associate, however, did not enter this place, but
+passed on through the entire Merry Village. On each side of the way
+they saw an endless variety of gaudy advertisements, each one setting
+forth some leading feature of some frivolous, indecent, or gay
+performance.
+
+Miss Church-Member was not tempted as was her companion to spend time
+at such places. So he, in order to hold her company, sacrificed his
+desires and passed on without complaint.
+
+I now turned and spoke to Blackana who still mutely sat at his appointed
+post. “Tell me the meaning of the Merry Village being located so near
+the Valley of Conviction.”
+
+Without the faintest murmur he replied: “Many of the millions who pass
+through the valley are strangely affected with a sad countenance and
+a heavy heart, which indeed drive them into a frenzy so that they go
+toward the King’s Highway. Satan intends by the attractions of the
+Merry Village to divert the thought of all such travelers and hold
+them in the bounds of the Broad Highway. You will soon come to the
+path on which more people go to the narrow, rugged way than on all
+other paths combined. Were it not for this happy village, and the
+places beyond, many more would drop out of our ranks.”
+
+I doubted not the words of Blackana, and as I looked out again upon
+the Broad Highway, I saw that the two companions had just left the
+Merry Village and had come to the well beaten road leading to the
+right.
+
+Here stood a preacher who, in tearful earnestness, urged all travelers
+to go the right way. I saw many heeding his words and go running on
+the new way after throwing away many cumbrous things.
+
+At this place I saw some parting with their friends. One, in particular,
+I noticed who was pleading with another not to go, and ever clinging
+to him in bodily strength. Many who desired to leave the Broad Highway
+were similarly prevented.
+
+In the fork of the road stood a number of large churches in each of
+which services were held every hour of the day. These were the Devil’s
+churches, and were supplied by a courteous and shrewd class of
+ministers. On the left side of the way was a large garden and a series
+of groves, each filled with a merry throng of pleasure-seekers. Bands
+of music made the air resonant, and every device known to the world
+of sport could be found in full fling in these varied resorts where
+intoxicating drink was the main beverage, and dancing and gambling
+were the chief delights.
+
+The Broad Highway was especially wide at this junction. It led onward
+between the Devil’s churches and the pleasure grounds.
+
+The greatest confusion prevailed on this wide area. Many missionaries
+from the King’s Highway were busily engaged in speaking to the throngs
+that had come through the Valley of Conviction.
+
+There were also many friends of the Devil, in vulgar attire, persuading
+the multitudes to rest in the joyful grove, while other agents of
+Satan, in more saintly manner, urged attendance upon the church
+services.
+
+Thus I observed the heedless throng from the Valley of Conviction being
+attracted by the music and passing through the pleasure grounds, while
+an alarmingly large number attended the churches in the fork of the
+roads. A few stoics, without pausing, passed on along the Broad Highway.
+
+Only a few, comparatively, could be persuaded to turn their steps
+toward the King’s Highway.
+
+Mr. World and Miss Church-Member stood for a long time watching the
+ever-changing panorama of the surging crowds. He was desirous of
+visiting the groves, but Miss Church-Member was too piously inclined.
+So they were halting between these two desires when a saintly looking
+person approached them.
+
+“To what place are you journeying?” the beautiful stranger asked.
+
+“We are journeying to a place called Heaven,” promptly answered Miss
+Church-Member.
+
+“Congratulations, indeed,” spoke the stranger as he smiled. “You belong
+to the better class of travelers. Some, I fear, who go this way will
+miss Heaven. They are too much attracted by the frivolities of life
+and never have a desire to go to church.”
+
+“But we love the church,” spoke up Mr. World. “However we have had
+little time and no opportunity to enter one for some time.”
+
+“You are welcome to the services in one of yonder buildings,” said the
+stranger as he pointed toward the group of the Devil’s churches. “There
+you can listen with pleasure and profit to the latest style of
+preaching, and the special music will prove entertaining. You should,
+without fail, attend church, or you will never increase in spiritual
+knowledge.”
+
+Without further hesitation the two pushed their way through the crowd
+and entered one of the churches where they were greeted warmly and
+ushered to a prominent seat.
+
+The minister had already begun to speak and was growing eloquent as
+he warmed to his theme. They listened with absorbing interest to every
+word that fell from his lips.
+
+“Into this church,” the minister said, “come the wearied of heart,
+troubled perchance with inward fears resulting from the weird
+occurrences along the pathway through the Valley of Conviction. We bid
+you cast aside your thoughts of trouble and be at peace. There is a
+calmness you should covet untouched by such conviction.
+
+“They who sing and preach in that valley are low subjects of ignorance
+and folly, and happy for you if you succeed in totally forgetting all
+you saw or heard while passing through. Why should you worry about
+your condition? Are you not good enough? You have come hither from
+respectable parents, perhaps received Christian baptism, and can easily
+distinguish between right and wrong. Why should cruel daggers now
+pierce your heart? What you have done or expect to do is surely pleasing
+to your God. If you belong to the church, you are doubly safe. Let
+time change, or worlds fall, the church will stand forever. If you
+continue faithful here, you will have a glorious end; only be not
+influenced by the contemptible advocates of the Narrow Way, who show
+their vanity by their professions of superior sanctity. Be satisfied
+with the good, old, staid principles of this church, and be not swept
+away by every wind of doctrine that is blasting the earth with its
+sulphurous breath. Rejoice in your pilgrimage and let conviction no
+longer sadden your life.”
+
+After continuing at some length in this strain, the minister announced
+that a quartette would render an appropriate selection just received
+from the mountain-tops of Apathy.
+
+[Illustration: The Devil’s Auction Here many church members, and others,
+pay their all for a few baubles of worldly pleasure.] The congregation
+seemed to be greatly pleased as these words were sung with a show of
+sentiment:
+
+ “Come, ye that struggle
+ With thoughts of conviction;
+ Continue no longer
+ Such burdens to bear.
+ Throw off forever
+ This needless affliction;
+ And taste of the pleasures
+ That wisdom would share.
+ “There’s rest for the soul
+ In blissful forgetting;
+ ’Tis bought by the prudent
+ At moderate cost.
+ Then cast to the winds
+ Thy worry and fretting,
+ And live in the sunshine
+ Where shadows are lost.”
+
+At the conclusion of the services Mr. World conducted his friend from
+the church, and as they were moving again toward the surging crowds
+they heard the voice of an auctioneer.
+
+“Let us tarry a moment,” he urged as he turned his footsteps to that
+part of the Broad Highway known as the Devil’s Auction.
+
+A large company of men, women, and children were giving earnest heed
+to the auction which had been in progress all day.
+
+The auctioneer held in his hand a gaudy bauble of worldly pleasure.
+He cried in the full strength of his voice that such beautiful specimens
+of pleasure were very rare. At once the bidding for it grew lively.
+It was soon thrown out to a reckless mortal who seized it with unusual
+avidity.
+
+Then a door was opened in the rear, and lo, I beheld a series of rooms
+filled with baubles of every conceivable kind, enough to satisfy all
+who came for such lightsome things. One of extraordinary beauty was
+next offered. “What do I hear for it?” lustily shouted the auctioneer.
+
+The whole host bent forward eagerly to get a nearer view of the new
+attraction.
+
+“I’ll give one hour of time!” said an aged man.
+
+“An hour of time is bid, an hour of time! Who’ll give more?”
+
+“I’ll give one day!” joyously bid a thoughtless youth. He received it,
+and walked off in high glee.
+
+“Here is another! A novelty just out!” boldly cried the auctioneer.
+
+How anxiously all stepped forward, each one wishing to scrutinize the
+latest kind of pleasure offered.
+
+The highest bidder was a restless youth who offered his all for the
+coveted prize.
+
+Miss Church-Member was but little interested in these proceedings and
+urged her companion to the next auction-stand where certain rights and
+privileges were sold.
+
+On the stand stood a glib-tongued fellow who announced that he would
+first offer for sale the _Right to Sell Intoxicating Drink_. “How much
+do I hear?” shouted the auctioneer as the cosmopolitan crowd looked on.
+
+“Hundred dollars per annum!” cried the people of one state.
+
+“One hundred, one hundred, going at one hundred!”
+
+“Two hundred dollars!” bid the representatives of another state.
+
+“Three hundred dollars!” was another offer that immediately came in.
+
+“That is far below the value!” shouted the auctioneer. “Remember, all
+this money we get for licensing the saloon will go for charity or to
+help educate and civilise the people!”
+
+Thousands upon thousands cheered to the echo, while the wicked
+auctioneer and his allies were highly pleased at the spectacle.
+
+“Three hundred, three hundred! Altogether too low a sum for so great
+a privilege!”
+
+“Five hundred dollars!” cried the authorities of another state.
+
+“Going at five hundred, five hundred, five hundred!” rapidly and
+hilariously yelled the auctioneer, and the crowd cheered lustily.
+
+“Still going at five hundred, five hundred! Who’ll give six hundred?
+First, second, and last warning, and sold at five hundred dollars to
+the state represented by yonder group of delegates!”
+
+Thus the program continued, and the right to sell liquor under
+respectability was sold at varying prices. Mr. World and Miss
+Church-Member left long before the auction was ended. They paused not
+at the other centers where Satan’s agents were selling their worthless
+and death-dealing merchandize to the children of men.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXII.
+
+THE DEVIL’S HOSPITAL.
+
+1. Miss Church-Member, suddenly attacked with heart trouble, is hurried
+away to the Hospital.
+
+2. She receives the attention of Satan’s fiendish surgical operators.
+
+3. A visit through the various wings of the Hospital and sub-offices.
+The horrifying work described.
+
+
+The travelers of the Broad Highway pushed onward by millions, seemingly
+unconscious of their end. Miss Church-Member had become so well
+accustomed to the ways of the world that she could now adapt herself
+with more ease to all the exigencies of the journey.
+
+In the midst of her favorable circumstances she was nursing the germs
+of an insidious disease which rendered her heart weaker and weaker.
+At times short, but sharp pains were felt; and more than once her hand
+flew to her breast in evidence of the inward struggle.
+
+Her disease reached a climax after she had gone not far beyond the
+Valley of Conviction. She was walking along in a happy mood, when she
+suddenly felt a pang in her heart and mentioned the circumstance to
+Mr. World who was still her faithful companion.
+
+“What can it be that has been giving you this trouble for so long a
+time?” he asked.
+
+“I know not,” she faintly replied as she stood still and pressed both
+hands to her heart.
+
+Thoroughly alarmed, Mr. World called for help while he supported her
+with his arm.
+
+“It seems strange,” gasped Miss Church-Member in a brief interval of
+relief, “that, with all the pure air along this way and the variety
+of things to engage my attention, I should be seized, at shortening
+intervals, with these cruel and unbearable heart-pangs. Oh, that I
+might be free from this intruder’s grasp! What shall I do? Where shall
+I go? I feel again the edge of the invisible blade!”
+
+At this she threw her arms upward and, shrieking in agony, was about
+to fall as she was caught by Mr. World.
+
+“Let us hurry her off to the nearest hospital,” promptly suggested one
+of the bystanders who had responded to the call for help. An ambulance
+carried the fainting Miss Church-Member to one of Satan’s hospitals
+near by.
+
+[Illustration: An ambulance carried the fainting Miss Church-Member to
+one of Satan’s hospitals near by.]
+
+The chief physician ordered the apparently lifeless form to be taken
+at once to an examination room, granting Mr. World the privilege of
+remaining by the side of his suffering friend. A quick investigation
+disclosed the fact that Miss Church-Member had been overcome by a
+partial paralysis of the heart, induced by intense mental anxiety
+dating from the time when she had passed through the Valley of
+Conviction.
+
+“Not a serious case,” said the suave doctor in reply to a question
+from the anxious Mr. World. “An operation will take away, almost
+entirely, the cause of this trouble.”
+
+“Will you not explain to me the trouble, and the nature of the
+operation?” nervously asked Mr. World.
+
+“Certain nerves which ramify through the human heart have been affected
+emotionally by the nonsensical teachings of the King’s Highway. These
+teachings are commonly known us ‘Narrow-Gauge Ideas.’ If these nerves
+are rendered insensible, there is scarcely any trouble of that kind
+again. We can, by an intricate operation, paralyze the mother-nerve
+leading to the heart, and thereafter you may expect to find the heart
+of this woman almost dead to the foolish influences that needlessly
+send conviction and remorse into so many lives.”
+
+While the physician was rapidly speaking these words, the surgeon had
+arrived, and they forthwith proceeded to the operating room.
+
+Mr. World watched the attendants as they carried Miss Church-Member
+away. He saw her no more that day, but heard that the operation was
+successful, and that the patient was resting quietly.
+
+One of the managers of the institution, knowing that Mr. World was
+companionless, offered to escort him through the various departments
+of the Hospital. To this he gave his hearty consent.
+
+They first went to the tower which proved to be a magnificent point
+of view. Here he could see far and wide, for the building itself was
+situated on elevated ground, and the tower rose far into the air.
+
+On one side of the Hospital stretched away the Broad Highway more
+pleasing at this point of the route than at many others, and far away
+it seemed to lead into pleasant woodland realms.
+
+On the other side of the building passed the King’s Highway, which,
+at this point, was exceedingly rough and uninviting to the view.
+
+Thus I saw how the shrewdness of Hell was exercised in locating
+hospitals at such places.
+
+“Ignorance is the mother of all that folly,” said Mr. World with a
+feeling of self-satisfaction, “I see a long line of separate buildings
+just below us--there along the King’s Highway. What purpose do they
+serve?”
+
+“Those are medical offices under the supervision of this hospital-
+staff. Any one traveling on the Narrow Path, and falling sick there,
+may enter for help and restoration. If the case be difficult, or
+requiring an operation, or even special nursing, the patient is brought
+to the hospital.”
+
+“Are you successful in most of your operations, especially with those
+patients who come from such a rugged path?”
+
+“Fortunately we succeed in effecting a cure in almost every case. We
+can only deal with those who voluntarily come to our medical staff.
+Many, in sad need of our help, pass by all our special offices without
+ever seeking advice.”
+
+“Are your patients foolish enough, after having been treated, to go
+back to that jolting road, and thus again invite their ills?”
+
+“Most of our patients go hence on the more delightful way which you
+see, and on which you have come hither.”
+
+“What diseases most commonly affect those who come to your physicians
+and hospitals for help?”
+
+“Let me answer your question by taking you down to those offices. You
+may there observe for yourself.”
+
+I saw Mr. World and his escort enter a physician’s office which stood
+as near the King’s Highway as Satan could build it.
+
+The doctor was examining a church deacon who, by reason of his disease,
+found it hard to travel on a way so narrow and rugged. He was given
+a vial of medicine with specific directions.
+
+After the patient had left, the doctor smiled derisively and pocketed
+his fee with ghoulish delight.
+
+“What ailed that man asked?” Mr. World. “Can you tell me the cause of
+his malady?” “He has been eating and eating sermons, exhortations, and
+pious literature, and has done scarcely any work for his so-called
+Master. Eating much and working little generally results in gout or
+rheumatic diseases. There are large numbers in the church coming here
+for treatment who are similarly affected. I suppose such Christians
+enjoy eating better than they enjoy working.”
+
+“Do you prepare them for better service on the King’s Highway?”
+
+“Never! My business is to give them such medicine as will make all
+kinds of spiritual food repulsive to them. Then, rather than starve,
+they go to the fat lands on the Broad Highway for which my medicine
+prepares them. There they eat of the fruit forbidden by their former
+Master, for it is sweet-tasting withal. Some go on in the forbidden
+kingdoms until death, and hold an honorable place in their first church.
+Others are dealt with more summarily on account of the radical views
+entertained by certain bigots who wage warfare against a man who finds
+delight in gardens other than his own.”
+
+The electric bell summoned the doctor to the door. He opened it, and
+there stood a pilgrim from the King’s Highway.
+
+She entered and, fully exhausted, sank into a chair.
+
+“What is the difficulty?” asked the physician in a cool manner.
+
+“Something terrible indeed, or else my comrades accuse me unjustly.”
+
+“With what do they charge you, Miss Goodly-Minded?” he questioned, as
+he felt her pulse.
+
+“I am accused of being out of order just because I do not run all the
+time to prayer-meeting and to other services of the church. They say
+I am not fit to travel this way, and therefore I have found it very
+difficult to get over some of the obstacles. Weariness and fatigue
+have almost dragged me to the earth. My persecution will prove to be
+my death unless you can give me some medicine to relieve me.”
+
+“Let me see your tongue,” the physician requested. This done, he
+continued: “Ah! I can easily see, by your coated tongue, that you have
+already eaten more good things than you could digest. If there is any
+error, it is because you have already gone to church too much. I have
+medicine to cure you.”
+
+At that he walked into another room and opened a secret door. I saw
+him pour a liquid from a large bottle labeled, “Satan’s Malaria Cure.”
+It contained a mixture of unbelief, ridicule, and self-righteousness.
+He filled a small vial with sugar pellets and saturated them with the
+mixture from the large bottle.
+
+“Take four globules every hour,” he directed, as he gave her the
+medicine, “and I would further advise that you travel for your health.”
+
+“What climate would be most helpful to me?” she asked, for she was a
+lady of considerable means and could go where she wished.
+
+“A colder climate where you will be free from the noonday sun, and
+breathe in a new atmosphere. This medicine will do the rest.”
+
+She passed out of the door just as a feeble man was entering. He was
+an old pilgrim and evidently suffering much.
+
+The doctor seized him by the hand with a strange vigor not even
+understood by Mr. World.
+
+“So you are under the power of ‘La Grippe,’” saluted the doctor.
+
+“Under the power of something, I am sure, for everything is wrong with
+me, and everything seems wrong to me,” was the slow answer.
+
+The doctor soon diagnosed his case, and gave him powders with
+directions.
+
+“It did not take you very long to attend to him,” said Mr. World, after
+the aged man left the office.
+
+“I deal with so many of that class that I keep the medicine ready. La
+Grippe is a splendid thing for my trade. It is affecting more pilgrims
+just now than any other disease. Some churches are more than decimated
+by the ravages of this plague.”
+
+The manager then conducted Mr. World into another office where the
+doctor was just giving medical attention to a young lady who was
+suffering with spiritual quinsy. It was so severe that she could not
+testify for Christ, and she wilfully passed by the “Great Physician”
+who could have healed her blessedly. She also passed by all the angels
+of mercy who throng the King’s Highway. She turned a deaf ear to all
+the singers who sang, “Then why will ye die?” Finally she was heavily
+pressed by her disease and, seeing a physician’s office which she could
+enter without climbing a step, she went in and chose rather to be
+treated by a doctor of the Devil, as if dead to all the offers of mercy
+which she had rejected.
+
+She accepted his treatment without question, and even felt at ease in
+conscience, thinking that the easy, bland method of this physician was
+in every way preferable to the searching methods adopted by the Healer
+Divine.
+
+She regained her voice, but it lost that sweet accent of heaven which
+once had characterized it. It was now difficult and embarrassing for
+her to pronounce the name of Jesus.
+
+All this proved painful and intolerable, so she took a by-path to the
+left called “Unchastity” where she found a whole vocabulary of speech
+more suited to her utterance.
+
+She spent the rest of her days in the habitations of immorality along
+the Broad Highway, unmindful of the tears and kindly solicitude of her
+entreating friends.
+
+Into the third medical wing the two went only to see the fiendish
+program carried on there as in the other offices. The first patient
+they saw was a young man who, through the misguidance of a weakling,
+was persuaded to enter the office.
+
+This physician, with a smile on his face, but vile purpose in his
+heart, administered wilfully the very medicine that gave a transient
+gratification to the patient’s craving for narcotics, and which would
+finally cause the appetite to break out anew into an inward burning
+and gnawing, swinging a master’s sash over him.
+
+The physician told him that his taste was inherited, and it would
+consequently require much patience ere he could be cured. He gave him
+the devilish medicine, and urged him to continue using it until the
+bottle was drained to its dregs.
+
+At first it gave the promised relief, but the young man, now more
+deeply contaminated by this concoction of Hell, raged in wilder passion
+than ever, and verily ran to his utmost on the By-Path of intemperance
+until the flower of his youth and manhood was blasted to the blackest,
+and his sense of honor lost in the hovels of vice and corruption which,
+in great variety, stood along the Broad Highway.
+
+The book-keepers of Hell placed an additional mark to the credit of
+this doctor, while the church looked on the young man’s fall somewhat
+indifferently, having been hardened by the frequency of similar
+occurrences.
+
+At the request of Mr. World the manager conducted him back to the
+hospital building and proceeded to show the various departments to him.
+
+There was some commotion in one of the operating rooms just as Mr.
+World entered. It proved to be the preliminary work necessary for
+dressing a severe scalp wound.
+
+It happened that a certain woman, named Mrs. Criticiser, who belonged
+to an active church, attempted to injure a good and holy man by hurling
+stones at him.
+
+She noticed that the little stones did him no harm, so she seized one
+of larger size and hurled it at him with great force. He, being a pure
+man, and standing on a rock, was not even touched by the missile. But
+it struck the great rock on which he was standing, rebounded with
+unexpected force, and struck the head of Mrs. Criticiser with stunning
+effect.
+
+It was seen that the stone had made an ugly gash on her head, more
+severe and painful than she intended to inflict on the good Mr. Class
+Leader. Her friends, being acquainted with the Devil’s Hospital,
+naturally carried her there for necessary attention.
+
+Mr. World saw Mrs. Criticiser brought into the room in a semi-conscious
+condition and watched the whole operation.
+
+The surgeon declared that a scar would be carried on her head all
+through life. Indeed there is no balm in Hell to cure the wounded head
+or heart so as not to leave a scar. Had she gone to the “Great
+Physician,” and asked Him aright to apply the “Balm of Gilead,” her
+head would have been healed aright.
+
+The manager then escorted Mr. World into one of the wards which was
+crowded to overflowing.
+
+They tarried at the bedside of a man whose left arm and right leg were
+bandaged. There lay the poor fellow awaiting the slow processes of
+healing for his fractured bones.
+
+It was on this wise that this man, a certain Mr. Treacherous, came to
+this sorry plight.
+
+He was an ambitious member of the church, and aimed to be elected to
+an office therein. His admirers were too few, so the majority vote was
+given for another, named Mr. Wisdom.
+
+This so aroused the jealousy of Mr. Treacherous that he was moved to
+seek amends for what he considered a stinging and crushing defeat.
+
+“This will I do,” said he, “I will dig a deep ditch across Mr. Wisdom’s
+path of success, and will shrewdly cover it from view, and as he chances
+along that way, in the course of his service, he will surely fall into
+this ditch to his hurt. Then will I glory in his downfall, so that the
+stings of this, my defeat, will not prick me so sharply.”
+
+So Mr. Treacherous, in the blackness of the night, digged the ditch
+and covered it ingeniously. Then he waited day after day to hear of
+Mr. Wisdom’s injury or death, that he might have cause for rejoicing.
+
+Now Mr. Treacherous, since his defeat, was so heavily weighed down
+with envy and a desire for revenge that he could not sleep soundly,
+and was wont to walk about the house in a somnambulistic manner.
+
+One night, under the influence of one of these strange spells, he went
+from the house and walked over the path that led to the ditch.
+
+To his great dismay and double disgrace he waked not until his body
+struck the bottom of the ditch. He was bruised and some of his bones
+were broken. Thus he lay there in agony and cried all night long for
+help.
+
+Ere the morning broke he wished a thousand times that he had not dug
+the ditch so deep, or rather, had not dug it at all.
+
+A band of searchers found him and, lifting him from his disgrace, they
+hurried him to this hospital, for he was not minded to humble himself
+still more by going to another place where Mr. Wisdom and his kind
+found relief in time of trouble.
+
+It is likely that Mr. Treacherous will never be able to walk again as
+perfectly as he did before, for it is the reputation of surgeons and
+physicians of this hospital, in dealing with cases of such extreme
+folly, that they so manipulate an operation as to render the patient
+incapable of complete recovery.
+
+Mr. World and his congenial escort moved on from patient to patient,
+passing many hundreds who had met with accidents on the Broad Highway.
+
+Many had been wounded by the “sword of the Spirit” and were now hoping
+to be cured by the processes here in vogue.
+
+In passing on through another ward their attention was called to a
+woman who lay on a couch and seemed to be suffering more than she was
+able to bear.
+
+Mr. World inquired concerning her, and was told that she was one Miss
+Busy-Body, a member in good standing of a radical church. She came to
+her grief in this strange manner: she had a special aptitude for
+sweeping before other people’s doors, and could always find dirt, even
+if she could not find anything better.
+
+She had been told repeatedly to sweep before her own door, but she did
+not heed this wise counsel, for she often said that there was no dirt
+visible about her own home.
+
+One day she went forth as usually, broom in hand, and swept the dirt
+from other doors than her own, much to the annoyance and provocation
+of her neighbors, for she always raised the dust incontinently.
+
+Now by her continual neglect at home the filth had accumulated to such
+an extent that when she returned home and attempted to enter the door,
+her foot slipped on the greasy step, and she fell, breaking her collar
+bone, two of her ribs, and otherwise injuring herself.
+
+The manager told Mr. World that many such cases came to them for help
+every day--some from the King’s Highway and still more from the Broad
+Highway.
+
+They soon came to the bedside of one named Mr. Jealousy who occupied
+a private room. He was somewhat convalescent when Mr. World saw him.
+
+Mr. Jealousy at one time was an active member of the church, but he
+undertook to stab Mr. Stability in the back. But Mr. Stability had a
+good back-bone so strong that no knife that Mr. Jealousy could handle
+was able to penetrate it.
+
+One time in desperation Mr. Jealousy flung himself violently upon his
+imaginary foe. But his blade broke, and he himself fell upon it, cutting
+a terrible gash in his side. He was taken to this hospital for help.
+
+Thus did Mr. Jealousy bring upon himself the disfavor of his church
+and he was forthwith expelled, for he refused to give the required
+promise of reformation.
+
+Mr. World and the manager now came to a large door.
+
+“In this room,” said the manager, “we keep all our cancer patients.
+We have a large number of them and, since they require special
+treatment, we keep them separate to facilitate the work of the
+physicians and nurses.”
+
+I saw them enter the room, and heard the words of surprise that fell
+from the lips of Mr. World as he saw the magnitude of this department.
+
+“These are they,” explained the chief of the division, “who came here
+through ‘profane and vain babblings.’”
+
+Mr. World then passed through the leprosy ward where he saw quite a
+few who were once cleansed by the Divine Healer, but who, failing to
+give thanks for their recovery, suffered fatal relapse and were now
+in the last stages of this dread disease.
+
+This place was so loathsome to him that he was hastened into the General
+Department where he saw all manner of patients, each in his particular
+dilemma.
+
+A great number of this section were suffering from disordered livers,
+and of these not a few came from the church.
+
+One such, who was a wealthy man, had so far protruded his
+disagreeableness upon the community that the church officials
+voluntarily gave him medicine for his liver. This was of no avail. He
+still grew more irritable and complained about the preacher, the sexton,
+the choir, and even his own wife. The weather never suited him, and
+when he gave any testimony about religion it was always a partial
+outline of the supposed or real sorrows and troubles of the Christian
+pilgrimage.
+
+While suffering from one of his morbid spells, he listened to the voice
+of the tempter who persuaded him to seek help at the hands of the
+physicians under the control of this Hospital. These doctors dosed him
+until they persuaded him to submit to an operation, and the wicked
+surgeon knew how to render him still more liable to trouble after his
+imaginary restoration toward which he was looking when Mr. World saw
+him.
+
+When he leaves this Hospital he can never be cured from the fiercer
+subsequent attacks unless he be born again, and such an event Satan
+knows is very unlikely to occur.
+
+Mr. World, in passing, spoke to quite a few who were suffering from
+spiritual dyspepsia, consumption, and a great number of other ailments
+which had developed into chronic form, or had made necessary the
+surgeon’s cruel knife, and then, turning to his obliging friend, asked
+if he could not now see Miss Church-Member.
+
+He was taken into a special department arranged for those who were
+convalescent.
+
+When she saw her faithful and loving friend, Miss Church-Member smiled
+for the first time since the operation.
+
+The pleasant interview soon ended at the behest of the nurse, and Mr.
+World was asked if he wished to enter the secret departments
+underground. This question aroused his curiosity and led to a lengthy
+conversation after which he expressed a desire to visit the secret
+chambers.
+
+He was conducted into a dark office and asked to sign a pledge that
+lay on a desk.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXIII.
+
+SATAN’S SECRET SERVICE.
+
+1. While Miss Church-Member is convalescent, Mr. World alone visits
+the underground apartments where secret sins are taught.
+
+2. The last horrible stages of vice represented.
+
+
+I saw Mr. World standing in a shadowy room and reading the conditions
+of entering “Satan’s Secret Service.” He was soon surprised by hearing
+a voice from a gloomy corner: “You cannot gain entrance to these secret
+abodes unless you sign that pledge.”
+
+“The meaning of the pledge is not clear to me. Who will explain it?”
+asked Mr. World somewhat tremulously.
+
+“You can read between those lines all you wish. Those sentences must
+be their own interpreters, and you must choose to sign or withdraw
+from this room, just as you prefer,” came the firm answer from the
+dark corner.
+
+Before Mr. World could decide what particular course to take, a hand
+gently touched his shoulder. He turned to see who stood in the rear.
+
+“O, Mr. World, thou needst not fear to sign the pledge and enter the
+secret service of our great and glorious master,” were the words that
+greeted him in a friendly tone.
+
+“Who art thou, and how camest thou here?” asked Mr. World in suspense.
+
+“I came here from ‘going to and fro in the earth, and from walking up
+and down in it.’” Then, without uttering another word, the strange
+visitor lifted the pledge from the desk and read it audibly:
+
+ “Into these darker chambers let me go,
+ I promise to conceal its scenes of woe,
+ And solemnly declare, as here I stand,
+ That I will aid this secret working band.”
+
+“What can there be about that pledge not suited to your wish? It means
+that you are to have your eyes opened to behold new things, and also
+to learn the secret laws of life, healthful to your marrow and your
+bones.”
+
+Mr. World hesitated no longer. He signed the document forthwith, and
+a pass-word was whispered into his ear.
+
+Suddenly a door opened at one end of the room, through which Mr. World
+walked into a large cavern which was illuminated only by faint
+glimmerings of light.
+
+He could discern faintly that many creatures were there whose uncanny
+noises, freighted with oaths and blasphemies, sent their sulphurous
+fumes around. Although Mr. World was accustomed to foul scenes and
+profanity, yet he was sickened at this deeper touch of Hell.
+
+“Where am I and how came I here?” he cried out excitedly. A woman came
+quickly in response to his outcry.
+
+“You are in a place of liberty and personal license,” she answered.
+“Here you are free from the annoyances of narrow-minded pilgrims from
+the King’s Highway, and you may spend a season in pure delight in these
+secret abodes which you will find more and more suited to the cravings
+of your natural heart and mind.”
+
+Now Mr. World was a somewhat judicious man, and although he would not
+sanction what he called church fanaticism, yet he had some self-respect,
+and had never allowed himself to reach the slum-level of society.
+
+“Here I cannot and will not stay. Are there no other apartments to
+which I can go?” he asked, as the woman offered him a glass of wine,
+and in a sensual way entreated him to remain.
+
+Mr. World was a lover of wine, but was suspicious of the place, and
+so he moved to go and found great difficulty in getting to another
+door, which, at last, he reached only by determination, and, giving
+a pass-word, he went into the first regular department of Satan’s
+Secret Service.
+
+This place, which was secretly connected with the Wizard City, was one
+of Satan’s centers from which originated schemes and devices to commit
+and practice embryonic murder.
+
+I saw in this dark cavern the sons and daughters of earth, high and
+low, noble and ignoble, and my heart bled within at what I further
+witnessed.
+
+Mr. World passed through from one section to another, studying carefully
+the secret processes in vogue, while illustrations, drawn by the artists
+of the Devil, instead of sending the blush of shame to his cheek, only
+fed his inner curiosity and verily aroused his baser passions.
+
+Having finished, he gave the pass-word and was admitted to a
+sub-department called Foeticide.
+
+This section, and the one he had just left, were located directly under
+the physicians’ offices along the King’s Highway. It could be seen
+that there was direct connection between these offices and the horrible
+subterraneous apartments through which Mr. World was now passing.
+
+So many unnatural and horrible things were practiced in this sub-
+department that Mr. World was shocked beyond measure, for he had never
+dreamed of the extent of the malpractice to which his eyes here bore
+testimony.
+
+All these things, while at first revolting, were only hardening his
+own heart to such an extent that, before he had passed through the
+last wing of the department, and heard the apologetic words of those
+who were in charge, he concluded that these agencies conduced to much
+good.
+
+“Oh!” thought I, “how the light of Hell casts a strange coloring over
+the things of earth, thereby creating false theories of mortal life.”
+
+By means of the pass-word Mr. World was enabled to visit the next
+department where he witnessed sights more revolting than in any place
+previously entered. Here groveled the youth under the power of so-called
+stimulating medicaments.
+
+Mr. World, with all his wickedness, was chilled with horror at these
+underground spectacles.
+
+Noticing his evident disgust, one came to him and offered soothing
+explanations to which he listened very attentively.
+
+“This is a blessed place,” spoke the newcomer. “We, who are skilled
+in crime, give the youthful an expert training in the ways of pollution
+and kindred types of immorality. It is far better to teach the young
+to sin aright and with least damage to themselves, than to place them
+under all restraint and see them fall more wretchedly than these.”
+
+With all the moral turpitude of Mr. World he was scarcely ready, at
+first hearing, to accept this grinding sophistry of Hell.
+
+“Are you quite sure, my friend, doubted Mr. World, that you are speaking
+words of soberness to me? Do you feel proud of the results of the work
+here accomplished?”
+
+“Proud indeed, for our master has given us encomiums for the splendid
+work accomplished. You see, Mr. World, it is a settled fact that young
+people will sin, notwithstanding all the influence exerted to the
+contrary. Such as we can persuade we take under our direction, and
+try, as soon as possible, to harden them in personal crime. Our
+physicians have special medicines to inflame their propensities, so
+that they may, by continual burning, consume themselves and spare the
+youth from otherwise being tormented day and night in these flames of
+passion. Are you so dull, Mr. World, that you cannot grasp such
+self-evident truth?”
+
+“It seems now somewhat clearer to my mind, but still my eyes behold
+such horrid scenes around me.”
+
+“I cannot question that,” continued the smooth-tongued agent of
+darkness, “yet what you see are but the lower stages. If you could
+look beyond these dark corridors and see the types of womanhood which
+grow out of this under-soil, you would no longer breathe in doubt or
+look with shuddering frame on scenes around you. All good things come
+forth through putrefaction. Then why should you despise the
+putrefaction? Be content, Mr. World, and as you walk along the path
+of life, remember this great College underground, and recommend its
+salient features to the rising generation. You have signed the pledge
+and promised to aid this secret working band. So do it with a vim,
+keeping in view the blossoms and the fruit of after-growth.”
+
+Mr. World was completely won by this false and devilish reasoning, and
+looked on the whole program of shame quite philosophically.
+
+He took full cognizance of the far-reaching effects of this section
+and, after an interview with one of the head physicians, he proceeded
+to visit the next section.
+
+But what he saw there will not be told. No pen can describe and no
+tongue relate the loathsome filth of this last stage of immorality.
+An awful stench filled the air arising from medicines of last resort
+and from the putrefying flesh that clothed the living skeletons.
+
+It was by mistake that Mr. World got into this place. The door opened
+to admit a few “Unfortunates,” as they were called by the attendants,
+and Mr. World, standing near by, entered without permission.
+
+He was no sooner inside the door than he was frantically seized by a
+sunken-eyed creature.
+
+“O man of health, deliver me from this inner eating and from the grave
+that opens to me its mouldy mouth!” was the heart-rending cry that
+grated on the ears of Mr. World.
+
+Another, hearing this pleading cry, came rushing toward the same spot
+and sobbed piteously:
+
+“Oh! Mr. World, have pity on me! I had help when I had means and
+vitality. Oh! give me some relief now.”
+
+Mr. World was so terror-stricken that he could not speak, but struggled
+with all his might to escape from the place.
+
+He gained double strength, but of no use. These two men imagined that
+they had a claim on him by reason of his name, and therefore held on
+with tightening grasp. For a moment Mr. World ceased his struggling
+and looked at his two pitiable beseechers.
+
+“I can give you nothing. Why torment me thus?” he tremblingly gasped
+with abated breath.
+
+“In our better days we gave all we had to the world and now we need
+help. Surely you can give it.” They became furious and ranted the more
+at the thought of their past folly.
+
+“Why come to me? Go to Mr. Flesh, or ask the Devil for help,” pleaded
+Mr. World.
+
+“We have served the World, the Flesh, and the Devil. All have failed
+us miserably. To whom else can we go but to anyone within our reach?
+Oh! forsake us not in this awful plight!”
+
+Poor Mr. World, unable longer to bear the sickening and threatening
+attack, sank to the filth-covered floor and groaned aloud.
+
+At once a fierce and powerful being came to the rescue and, flinging
+the two unfortunates aside, lifted Mr. World to his feet and looked
+down upon him with his awful eyes.
+
+Mr. Intemperance lay crouching near the side of Mr. Lust, each smarting
+under the pain of his fall.
+
+“How came you to this place?” sternly asked the monster.
+
+“By walking in at the door,” answered the terrified Mr. World.
+
+“Without permission?” he further asked.
+
+“There was no one there to ask, and I, being out sight-seeing, thought
+I might also enter in here.”
+
+The monster seized Mr. World by the arms and looked at him in a still
+more frightful manner.
+
+“You are not yet ready to come into this region, and if you will
+solemnly pledge me that you will never reveal what you have seen here,
+I will conduct you safely to the door; if not, you must remain here
+without a ray of hope until death gives relief.”
+
+Mr. World humbled himself and gave double assurance of secrecy. Then
+the grim creature conducted him a little to one side and bade him look
+down into a deep and dark yawning chasm.
+
+“Down there,” commenced the Old Monster, “runs the Black River deep
+and wide. The stream, coming from its distant source, drains the filthy
+realm of human society, and not far hence it enters into the boundless
+ocean of eternal death. The wild sounds which you hear are the unseen
+dashings of its never-ceasing waves, and the moans of those who have
+fallen victims to its merciless currents.”
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXIV.
+
+THE LAST WARNING.
+
+1. Miss Church-Member is now induced to frequent the haunts of vice
+in the “Wicked Valley.”
+
+2. The blessed work of Warning as given by rescue bands from the King’s
+Highway.
+
+3. The heedless throngs passing by.
+
+4. The experiences at this place of Mr. World and Miss Church-Member.
+
+
+There was a joyful meeting in the reception room of the Hospital when
+Mr. World, returning from his underground experiences, met his beloved
+friend Miss Church-Member who had recovered sufficiently to resume the
+journey.
+
+In joyful spirits they sauntered forth on the wide and pleasant path,
+away from the Hospital and toward their imaginary Heaven.
+
+Miss Church-Member’s face was more cheerful and her footsteps more
+buoyant than at any time since she left the Valley of Conviction.
+
+Mr. World, observing her favorable condition, complimented her with
+these words: “Blessed be the memory of that Hospital, for I can see
+that your face is no more covered with the cloud of care that once
+robbed you of so many joys. The unkind intruder has drifted away, and
+now the light radiates from your every feature. It is also plainly
+evident that you are no more tormented by a troubled conscience.”
+
+“I am glad that my sufferings have not been in vain,” she modestly
+declared. “May the new light which you so readily notice in my face
+add to the pleasantness of our journey and the profit of our lives.”
+Their conversation grew more and more pleasant as they passed through
+a long stretch of woodland. They could see beyond, them, and in the
+rear, the legions that were traveling the same path and in the same
+direction.
+
+Emerging from the woodland they saw that their path came again in close
+proximity to the King’s Highway.
+
+The intervening space between the two paths, called the Wicked Valley,
+was all astir with every form of evil as practiced in the world of
+sin. In this vale nearly every traveler on the Broad Highway tarries
+awhile, and many are lured away from the Highway of the King here to
+mingle with the servants of Mammon.
+
+Mr. World and his friend paused opposite a cluster of magnificent
+buildings with frontage toward the Heavenly Way. Some were used by
+vulgar theatricals; some devoted to the sensual dance; some were
+occupied by the Devil’s maid-servants in prostitution, and many others
+were used as haunts of intemperance and personal pollution.
+
+All along the road to perdition at thousands of places stand such
+clusters of buildings, each under the command of one of Satan’s most
+efficient leaders.
+
+“Here,” said Mr. World, “let us take a long rest. If you have your
+glasses properly adjusted you can see new beauty behind magnificent
+walls.”
+
+She looked at first doubtfully. “Ah! I never frequented such places
+before. I would not as much as look at them.”
+
+“I doubt not your word, Miss Church-Member, but remember you are growing
+older and wiser. You are no more a narrow-minded creature influenced
+by prejudice and sophistry.”
+
+She was now in a condition to imagine that much of her earlier
+instruction was erroneous. She had not forgotten the teaching of the
+sermon in Mr. World’s church. Subsequently she reasoned that the only
+way to learn the taste of forbidden fruit was to eat of it.
+
+“I will enter these buildings as a student,” she soliloquized. “I will
+be cautious. Surely I have sufficiently clear judgment to discern
+between good and evil.”
+
+The crafty Mr. World, having won her confidence, escorted her all
+through the Wicked Valley. By a continual palliation she yielded one
+point after another until her virtue was sacrificed on a cursed altar.
+
+Satan assisted her in solving many perplexing problems when she reeled
+in the realm of doubt.
+
+At the conclusion of their protracted visit I heard the wicked Mr.
+World say to his beloved friend: “Your eyes are completely cured. You
+may now with safety lay aside the glasses. I hope you will never have
+occasion to use them again.”
+
+Of the multitudes that tarried here from the Narrow Way very few went
+out at the front door. Having stultified themselves, they passed from
+the rooms at the rear, and thenceforth traveled on the other path more
+suited to their changed natures.
+
+The two congenial companions, proceeding on their way, soon overtook
+a company of church-members.
+
+In the social intercourse which ensued each one resented the criticisms
+of those who refused to leave the Old Path.
+
+“Verily,” said one, “I now enjoy more liberty. I believe the road to
+Heaven should be as broad-gauged as possible.”
+
+“Certainly it should,” said another. “Those who want to climb hills
+and continually suffer inconveniences may do so. As for me, I want to
+reach Heaven on the easiest road. I believe this course leads to
+Paradise just as directly as the other.”
+
+These utterances were highly complimented by Mr. World, and he said
+that he was to be congratulated on meeting and associating with such
+congenial people. “On the way on which we are now traveling one can
+reach his reward as certainly and as speedily as on any other route.
+In addition, one can here enjoy natural and graceful pleasures which
+of course are not tolerated under the eyes of selfish and narrow-minded
+bigots.”
+
+I saw Mr. World and Miss Church-Member, now more intimate than ever,
+pass on alone, ever walking more hastily. Satan had told them, during
+their stay in the Wicked Valley, that the faster they journeyed the
+sooner and the more certainly would they reach their reward.
+
+Not far from the Wicked Valley there is a section called the Place of
+Warning. It has been maintained for thousands of years by virtuous
+workers from the King’s Highway. It is the last warning-station that
+travelers pass before reaching the Valley of the Shadow of Death, and
+here with tearful earnestness do the Shining Pilgrims of the cross
+speak their words of last caution, sing their sweet hymns of warning,
+and put forth every other loving endeavor in the hope of snatching
+some from the thoughtless throngs that go rushing by toward the Dark
+Valley.
+
+I listened and heard a voice from the Place of Warning speak to a
+motley crowd that were passing.
+
+“Whither go ye, whither go ye?”
+
+“We go to a better place called Heaven,” answered one of the company.
+
+“Then come hither and go on the Path of Life. The way on which ye are
+now traveling leadeth unto everlasting death.”
+
+“Aha! Aha! Aha!” cried they all. “We are well informed about the way
+and need no foreign voice to give direction.”
+
+Then came the solemn hymn of warning in words so tender and clear that
+each one could hear every sentence:
+
+ “There’s a sad day coming,
+ A sad day coming.
+ There’s a sad coming by and by;
+ When the sinner shall hear his doom:
+ ‘Depart, I know you not.’
+ Are you ready for that day to come?”
+
+CHORUS:
+
+“Are you ready? Are you ready? Are you ready for the judgment day?”
+
+The words had not yet died on the air when a young man ran hastily
+from the company toward the Way of Life. His companions then gave vent
+to their ridicule, some even going after him and endeavoring to pull
+him back, but without avail.
+
+Some sang an idle song to drown the hymn of warning that still rang
+in their ears. Others engaged in boisterous conversation, and still
+others mocked with foul profanity. They passed on, and as far as I
+could see them they were pushing on to the Valley of Death.
+
+I saw another man who was heavily burdened with pieces of timber on
+which was written: “Faults of Church-Members.” He also came to the
+Place of Warning.
+
+“Throw off the cumbersome weight you are carrying on your back, and
+travel on the way where your burden will be light,” came a friendly
+voice from the Rescue Station.
+
+“I am not so foolish as to throw away my only hope,” he answered with
+unthankfulness in his tone.
+
+“‘Your only hope,’” repeated the voice of warning, “how can you explain
+such foolish words?”
+
+“With passing ease. I will soon come to the River of Death and with
+these boards I can make myself a raft whereon I can pass over safely.”
+
+Then spoke the voice of warning clearer than before:
+
+“O, foolish man! Knowest thou not that the River of Death, toward which
+thou art rapidly moving, cannot be crossed in a bark so frail? I have
+seen millions who tried in vain to ride its angry currents, but they
+sank beneath its dark waters. Come, O mortal man, if thou hast nothing
+better on which to depend, listen to the voice of wisdom and come,
+without delay, to the Path of Glory.”
+
+But the man passed on. I watched him till he reached the river, and
+saw him go from the shore in his self-constructed raft.
+
+“I sink! I sink! Save me!” he, cried in utmost agony of terror as his
+little raft whirled about, leaving the poor self-deceived fellow to
+the mercy of the waves.
+
+I saw others as they passed the Place of Warning. Thousands and tens
+of thousands, some now totally deaf to every voice of warning, some
+with cotton-filled ears, and others with instruments of music with
+which they drowned the calls of warning.
+
+Many more passed by who carried little balloons of self-righteousness
+with which they expected to rise above the murky River of Death.
+
+A young woman, who moved more cautiously, stopped at the Place of
+Warning and listened attentively.
+
+Directly a voice spoke to her: “Not far hence, O mortal woman, there
+is a wide river. It surges on forever. No one who goes this way can
+escape its waters. Listen now to the voice of Wisdom. Leave this
+blood-marked way of misery and woe, and come to these happier dominions
+where ‘her ways are ways of pleasantness, and all her paths are peace.’”
+
+“Surely I will not be lost,” she replied. “I am depending on the mercy
+of God who is too kind to be unjust. I will come out all right in the
+end.”
+
+“Take heed, my friend,” pleaded the warning voice. “You are hoping for
+mercy at the dividing line between time and eternity. Better forget
+not what the Scripture saith. ‘He that is unjust, let him be unjust
+still: and he which is filthy let him be filthy still.’ So thou canst
+not wilfully neglect so great salvation and hope that God will cover
+at last all thy folly. ‘Now is the accepted time; behold, now is the
+day of salvation.’ ‘To-day, if ye hear his voice, harden not your
+hearts’”
+
+“You have said nothing new to me. They are the old thread-bare passages
+that I have heard from my youth up, and I am minded to accept a broader
+view of these statements than you seem to take of them.”
+
+At this she tossed her head haughtily and continued her journey,
+resolving more firmly than ever that she would not spend eternity
+outside the Gates of Heaven.
+
+When she came to the Dark Valley and to the angry swelling currents,
+her pitiful prayer broke out from the long-covered depth of her soul.
+“Mercy, O mercy, to a wretch like me!” But no hand came to her rescue.
+
+I saw Mr. World and Miss Church-Member as they approached the Place
+of Warning. They heard the sweet music, rendered so excellently, but
+gave no attention to the sentiment expressed by the words. They listened
+only to the harmony of sounds.
+
+“O, Miss Church-Member!” pleaded a voice, “you who were once so
+earnestly engaged on the King’s Highway, will you not, before you reach
+the River of Death, forsake your perilous course and walk on the path
+of life eternal?”
+
+These words, which would have once brought conviction to her heart,
+only brought vanity to her head. “‘Judge not, that ye be not judged,’
+and go speak to the lost, not to me so well equipped to meet the direst
+foe. Turn your words to those on the other path, who go hobbling along
+in misery, not fit to live or die.”
+
+“Come, come!” put in Mr. World, “your pearls before swine are only
+trampled under foot. Forget not so quickly the teachings of our Lord.”
+
+As they passed on, in a self-righteous manner, she cheerily looked
+into his face and said: “It was kind in you to come so promptly to my
+rescue. I might have prattled there a whole day and yet not have shown
+them half their folly.”
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXV.
+
+THE VALLEY OF THE SHADOW OF DEATH.
+
+1. Mr. World and Miss Church-Member getting farther from the light.
+
+2. They drift into the deepening shadows where the path could be
+traveled only one way.
+
+3. The terrible experience of the two companions contending with the
+imps of the dark valley.
+
+4. Their sad and tragic end as they catch a glimpse of what they might
+have been.
+
+
+After leaving the place of the Last Warning, the Broad Highway grew
+darker and darker as it steadily diverged from the King’s Highway.
+
+The little light that Satan’s pilgrims do enjoy is borrowed from “the
+path of the just that shineth more and more unto the perfect day.”
+
+Mr. World saw the deepening shadows and endeavored to be as cheerful
+as usually, hoping thereby to prevent any alarm in the mind of his
+faithful friend.
+
+The path, though wide, was now steeply descending, and travelers often
+slipped on the steeper inclines.
+
+I saw that the two companions descended with difficulty, cautiously
+watching every footstop, lest they, like many others, should fall to
+their hurt. They now gave but little attention to the things along the
+way, and when they did pause for rest on the easier grades, they found
+the meadows more barren and everything more dark and dank.
+
+Miss Church-Member had been painfully conscious of these unhappy
+contrasts, and asked repeatedly the meaning of all that her eyes beheld
+and her heart realized, but Mr. World, true to his nature, partly
+allayed her fears with words of hope and glowing promises.
+
+But I heard her again ask with a quivering voice: “Where is the light
+that so lately lent its blessed cheer, and whither go we stumbling
+downward in the dark?”
+
+“We only go in the darkest hour that comes before the dawn,” he said
+with a firm voice but a trembling heart. “Be hopeful, my dear, I will
+not forsake you.”
+
+Her heart was not calmed, for she could see his distress which he had
+hoped to conceal, and no one could minimize the surrounding scenes
+which now seemed like omens of death.
+
+They stood still, and learned, upon inquiry, that they were standing
+in the Shadows of Premonition.
+
+Mr. World could no longer endure the strain. His bold attitude gave
+way to his rising fears, for he saw that his wasted life was ending
+with no opportunity of redeeming its days. His whole body quivered as
+they walked still farther in a desperate effort to find relief.
+
+Miss Church-Member was almost overcome as she continued looking upon
+the ominous darkness around. She soon realized that her only refuge
+whom she had seized by the arm proved miserably weak in this hour of
+great need.
+
+“Oh! Mr. World,” she cried, in utmost agony of mind, “where have you
+led me? Save me ere I perish!”
+
+He spoke not, but with his aspen fingers he pointed backward toward
+the sloping Highway. Then with all eagerness they endeavored to retrace
+their steps, but somehow they could do no more than stumble and fall,
+and when they were making their most desperate effort to return they
+heard a voice from someone invisible. This voice announced to them
+that here the path could be traveled only one way. The same voice urged
+them to push through the shadows and face their end like heroes. At
+this their hope died within them, and they had no more courage to
+struggle up the hill. They stood again in their wretched dilemma and
+heard the sound of distant waters, doleful to their ears, and from
+this they could distinguish the bitter wails of those who also found
+that they could not return.
+
+Mr. World and Miss Church-Member cast their eyes heavenward and
+discerned that they were standing in a very deep valley. _They saw the
+dim outlines of all their past evil life. Their deeds stretched away
+at interminable length, and in the aggregate they were piled, like
+ledge upon ledge, until they verily shut out the mercy of a just God._
+
+Here they stood in the first shadow of their self-constructed Hell.
+
+“Oh, what a valley!” shrieked Miss Church-Member, as her consciousness
+now revealed to her more in one second than all the fanciful dreams
+of a life-time evolved.
+
+And Mr. World was undone. He knew not which way to turn. He was
+speechless as he saw so clearly the worthless product of his life’s
+work almost overarching him.
+
+Finally Mr. World cried out excitedly: “If we cannot go back, neither
+will we go forward!”
+
+Then a grim monster spoke in a slow, dead tone: “No one remaineth here;
+away, away from this place!”
+
+Miss Church-Member was terrorized at the presence of so cold a creature
+and frantically cried out: “I cannot and will not endure it! Can I not
+go back to the Voice of Warning?”
+
+“Back? Never! No one who comes thus far ever goes back. During the
+earthly life of one called Jesus there was but one snatched from these
+lowlands, and he was the thief on the cross.”
+
+“If there was chance for a thief, there might be hope for me,” she
+sighed as her wretched face brightened.
+
+“Hope for you?” repeated the cold-hearted monster. “None whatever, and
+for none of your kind who come thus far. Pass on, make room for the
+thousands coming this way, the sound of whose tread you already hear.”
+
+Looking at Mr. World she pitifully sobbed: “Why do you not help me?
+You have brought me here; plead my cause.”
+
+“Alas, I cannot even plead my own!” He could say no more, for he took
+a longing glance backward, over the hills of time, where he could truly
+see, for the first time, the horrible depth of his folly.
+
+Then came the monstrous creature again and sternly commanded them:
+“Tarry no more on this side of the river’s brink.”
+
+[Illustration: Struggling with the real and imaginary imps near the
+Black River in the Valley of the Shadow of Death.]
+
+They tasted the bitter fruits of opportunities lost, and felt the awful
+pangs of a soul without hope as their reluctant footsteps carried them
+on through the valley made dark by the shadow of their own deeds.
+
+I then heard the discordant and agonizing wails of poor Miss
+Church-Member and her wretched companion; but the sounds fell
+harmoniously on the ears of Satan who listened to them chiming with
+the music of Hell, in its deathlike rhythm, as it reverberated forever
+from the depth beyond them, and from the throngs passing by.
+
+Miss Church-Member could no longer hold fast to Mr. World. It took
+both arms to contend with the real and imaginary imps who stood grinning
+at her folly, and grievously tormented her from all sides.
+
+“O mercy! mercy! Where am I?” she shrieked. “How can you be so
+heartless, Mr. World? Why not rid me of these fiends?”
+
+“Cry to me no more!” he groaned out in anguish. “I am also overwhelmed
+with foes and fears that verily drag me down with infernal and
+relentless grasp.”
+
+This only deepened her pathetic cry, for she saw that she was lost
+forever, and realized anew that Mr. World was unable to give help,
+contrary to all his promises of the past.
+
+Then did, they look forth, and beheld afar off the Valley of the Shadow
+of Death through which the King’s Highway passed. They saw that its
+foot-sore pilgrims leaned upon a rod and staff, and that they were
+supported by the pierced hands of a Friend that sticketh closer than
+a brother.
+
+Neither did the pilgrims fear any evil nor tremble at any foe, for
+Christ was their all in all, and his lovely light lit the whole valley
+until it was all aglow with heavenly radiance.
+
+This vision revealed to Mr. World and Miss Church-Member the place
+where _they_ might have been, and pierced their hearts as with a
+thousand daggers.
+
+They soon stood on the verge of the Awful River which was filled with
+the filth and slimy putrefaction of the world, the fungus growth of
+society, and the scum of all nationalities. From these currents came
+unearthly sounds, doleful lamentations, melancholy and hopeless.
+
+Not far down the stream they saw the fitful light of an eternal burning
+whose ghastly glare lit the water crests of the Black River.
+
+I saw a relentless monster, in deep silence, stretching forth his bony
+arm, and with his icy fingers he pushed the two companions from the
+brink of the river, thus bringing them face to face with the last enemy
+whose sharp sting they felt as they were being overwhelmed by the
+merciless waves.
+
+[Illustration: When they who journey on the King’s Highway reach the
+River of Death, they are met by a convoy of angels and borne aloft to
+the gates of the Celestial City.]
+
+Their heart-rending cries for mercy brought no relief. They had sinned
+against all light, and had even spurned the last kindly warning. The
+Door of Hope was shut forever.
+
+As they were sinking to rise no more they caught another vision of the
+Shining Pilgrims of the King’s Highway, and saw that when they reached
+the brink of the River of Death they were met by a convoy of angels,
+on whose snowy pinions they were borne aloft to the very gates of the
+Celestial City which apparently stood on white clouds.
+
+THE END
+
+
+
+
+*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK MR. WORLD AND MISS
+CHURCH-MEMBER ***
+
+This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:
+http://www.gutenberg.org/6/4/9/6494/
+
+
+Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions will
+be renamed.
+
+Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no
+one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation
+(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without
+permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules,
+set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply
+to copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
+to protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project
+Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you charge
+for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you do not
+charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the rules
+is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose such as
+creation of derivative works, reports, performances and research. They
+may be modified and printed and given away--you may do practically
+ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is subject to the
+trademark license, especially commercial redistribution.
+
+
+
+*** START: FULL LICENSE ***
+
+THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU
+DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
+
+To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
+distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
+(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase “Project
+Gutenberg”), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full
+Project Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at
+http://gutenberg.org/license).
+
+
+Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic works
+
+1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree
+to and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
+(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all
+the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy
+all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession.
+If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the
+terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or
+entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.
+
+1.B. “Project Gutenberg” is a registered trademark. It may only be used
+on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who agree
+to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few things that
+you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works even without
+complying with the full terms of this agreement. See paragraph 1.C
+below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement and help
+preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works.
+See paragraph 1.E below.
+
+1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation (“the
+Foundation” or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection
+of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual
+works in the collection are in the public domain in the United States.
+If an individual work is in the public domain in the United States
+and you are located in the United States, we do not claim a right to
+prevent you from copying, distributing, performing, displaying or
+creating derivative works based on the work as long as all references
+to Project Gutenberg are removed. Of course, we hope that you will
+support the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access
+to electronic works by freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in
+compliance with the terms of this agreement for keeping the Project
+Gutenberg-tm name associated with the work. You can easily comply with
+the terms of this agreement by keeping this work in the same format
+with its attached full Project Gutenberg-tm License when you share it
+without charge with others.
+
+1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
+what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in
+a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check
+the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement
+before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or
+creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project
+Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning
+the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United
+States.
+
+1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
+
+1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other
+immediate access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear
+prominently whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any
+work on which the phrase “Project Gutenberg” appears, or with which
+the phrase “Project Gutenberg” is associated) is accessed, displayed,
+performed, viewed, copied or distributed:
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with almost
+no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it
+under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included with this
+eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org/license
+
+1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived
+from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it
+is posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be
+copied and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying
+any fees or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a
+work with the phrase “Project Gutenberg” associated with or appearing
+on the work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs
+1.E.1 through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and
+the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or
+1.E.9.
+
+1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
+with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
+must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional
+terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked
+to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the
+permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work.
+
+1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
+work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
+
+1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute
+this electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
+prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
+active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm License.
+
+1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
+compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including
+any word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide
+access to or distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a
+format other than “Plain Vanilla ASCII” or other format used in the
+official version posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site
+(www.gutenberg.org), you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense
+to the user, provide a copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means
+of obtaining a copy upon request, of the work in its original “Plain
+Vanilla ASCII” or other form. Any alternate format must include the
+full Project Gutenberg-tm License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
+
+1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
+performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
+unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
+
+1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
+access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
+provided that
+
+- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
+ the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
+ you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is
+ owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he
+ has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the
+ Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments
+ must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you
+ prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax
+ returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and
+ sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the
+ address specified in Section 4, “Information about donations to
+ the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation.”
+
+- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
+ you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
+ does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+ License. You must require such a user to return or
+ destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium
+ and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of
+ Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any
+ money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
+ electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days
+ of receipt of the work.
+
+- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
+ distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set forth
+in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from both the
+Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael Hart, the
+owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the Foundation as
+set forth in Section 3 below.
+
+1.F.
+
+1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
+effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
+public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm collection.
+Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works, and the
+medium on which they may be stored, may contain “Defects,” such as, but
+not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or corrupt data, transcription
+errors, a copyright or other intellectual property infringement,
+a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a computer virus, or
+computer codes that damage or cannot be read by your equipment.
+
+1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the “Right
+of Replacement or Refund” described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
+liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal fees.
+YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT LIABILITY,
+BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE PROVIDED IN
+PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE TRADEMARK OWNER,
+AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR
+ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES
+EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+
+1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
+defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
+receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
+written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you
+received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with
+your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with
+the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a
+refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity
+providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to
+receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy
+is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further
+opportunities to fix the problem.
+
+1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
+in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you ‘AS-IS’ WITH NO OTHER
+WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED
+TO WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
+
+1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
+warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages.
+If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates
+the law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall
+be interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted
+by the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any
+provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions.
+
+1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation,
+the trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
+providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance
+with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production,
+promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works,
+harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees,
+that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which
+you do or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project
+Gutenberg-tm work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or
+deletions to any Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you
+cause.
+
+
+Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
+electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers
+including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists
+because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from
+people in all walks of life.
+
+Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
+assistance they need, are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm’s
+goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
+remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
+and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations.
+To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
+and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4 and
+the Foundation web page at http://www.pglaf.org.
+
+
+Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
+Foundation
+
+The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
+501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of
+the state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the
+Internal Revenue Service. The Foundation’s EIN or federal tax
+identification number is 64-6221541. Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at
+http://pglaf.org/fundraising. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent
+permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state’s laws.
+
+The Foundation’s principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S.
+Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered
+throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at 809
+North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email
+business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact
+information can be found at the Foundation’s web site and official page
+at http://pglaf.org
+
+For additional contact information:
+ Dr. Gregory B. Newby
+ Chief Executive and Director
+ gbnewby@pglaf.org
+
+
+Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide
+spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
+increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
+freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest
+array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations
+($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
+status with the IRS.
+
+The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
+charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
+States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
+considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep
+up with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations
+where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To SEND
+DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any particular
+state visit http://pglaf.org
+
+While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
+have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
+against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
+approach us with offers to donate.
+
+International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make any
+statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from outside
+the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
+
+Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation
+methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other ways
+including checks, online payments and credit card donations. To donate,
+please visit: http://pglaf.org/donate
+
+
+Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.
+
+Professor Michael S. Hart is the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm
+concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared
+with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project
+Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support.
+
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
+editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S.
+unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily keep
+eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition.
+
+
+Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility:
+
+ http://www.gutenberg.org
+
+This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
+including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
+Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
+subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.
diff --git a/6494-0.zip b/6494-0.zip
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7e5922a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/6494-0.zip
Binary files differ
diff --git a/6494-h.zip b/6494-h.zip
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e83445f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/6494-h.zip
Binary files differ
diff --git a/6494-h/6494-h.html b/6494-h/6494-h.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..95bc5ea
--- /dev/null
+++ b/6494-h/6494-h.html
@@ -0,0 +1,8163 @@
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN"
+ "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xml:lang="en" lang="en">
+ <head>
+ <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html;charset=utf-8" />
+ <meta http-equiv="Content-Style-Type" content="text/css" />
+ <title>
+ Mr. World and Miss Church-member, by Rev. W. S. Harris.&mdash;A Project Gutenberg eBook
+ </title>
+ <link rel="coverpage" href="images/cover.jpg" />
+ <style type="text/css">
+
+body {
+ margin-left: 10%;
+ margin-right: 10%;
+}
+
+ h1,h2,h3,h4,h5,h6 {
+ text-align: center; /* all headings centered */
+ clear: both;
+}
+
+p {
+ margin-top: .51em;
+ text-align: justify;
+ margin-bottom: .49em;
+ text-indent: 1em;
+}
+
+.p2 {margin-top: 2em;}
+.p0 {text-indent: 0em;}
+
+hr {
+ width: 33%;
+ margin-top: 2em;
+ margin-bottom: 2em;
+ margin-left: 33.5%;
+ margin-right: 33.5%;
+ clear: both;
+}
+
+hr.tb {width: 45%; margin-left: 27.5%; margin-right: 27.5%;}
+hr.chap {width: 65%; margin-left: 17.5%; margin-right: 17.5%;}
+@media print { hr.chap {display: none; visibility: hidden;} }
+hr.full {width: 95%; margin-left: 2.5%; margin-right: 2.5%;}
+
+hr.r5 {width: 5%; margin-top: 1em; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-left: 47.5%; margin-right: 47.5%;}
+hr.r65 {width: 65%; margin-top: 3em; margin-bottom: 3em; margin-left: 17.5%; margin-right: 17.5%;}
+
+div.chapter {page-break-before: always;}
+h2.nobreak {page-break-before: avoid;}
+
+.center {text-align: center; text-indent: 0em;}
+
+.right {text-align: right; text-indent: 0em;}
+
+.caption {font-weight: bold;}
+
+/* Images */
+
+img {
+ max-width: 100%;
+ height: auto;
+}
+img.w50 {width: 50%;}
+.x-ebookmaker .w50 {width: 75%;}
+img.w75 {width: 75%;}
+.x-ebookmaker .w75 {width: 100%;}
+
+.figcenter {
+ margin: auto;
+ text-align: center;
+ page-break-inside: avoid;
+ max-width: 100%;
+}
+
+.small {font-size: 0.8em;}
+.big {font-size: 1.2em;}
+
+ </style>
+ </head>
+<body>
+
+<div style='text-align:center; font-size:1.2em; font-weight:bold'>The Project Gutenberg EBook of Mr. World and Miss Church-Member, by W.
+S. Harris</div>
+<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and
+most other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no restrictions
+whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it under the terms
+of the Project Gutenberg License included with this eBook or online
+at <a href="https://www.gutenberg.org">www.gutenberg.org</a>. If you
+are not located in the United States, you will have to check the laws of the
+country where you are located before using this eBook.
+</div>
+<div style='display:block; margin-top:1em; margin-bottom:1em; margin-left:2em; text-indent:-2em'>Title: Mr. World and Miss Church-Member</div>
+<div style='display:block; margin-top:1em; margin-bottom:1em; margin-left:2em; text-indent:-2em'>Author: W. S. Harris</div>
+<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>September, 2004 [EBook #6494]
+[Last Updated: March 14, 2022</div>
+<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>Language: English</div>
+<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>Character set encoding: UTF-8</div>
+<div style='display:block; margin-left:2em; text-indent:-2em'>Produced by: Anne Soulard, Joshua Hutchison, Charles Franks
+and the Online Distributed Proofreading Team.</div>
+<div style='margin-top:2em; margin-bottom:4em'>*** START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK MR. WORLD AND MISS
+CHURCH-MEMBER ***</div>
+
+
+<h1 class="nobreak" id="MR_WORLD_AND_MISS_CHURCH-MEMBER">MR. WORLD AND MISS CHURCH-MEMBER</h1>
+
+<p class="center">A TWENTIETH CENTURY ALLEGORY</p>
+<p class="center"><span class="small">BY</span><br />
+<span class="big">REV. W. S. HARRIS.</span></p>
+
+
+<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop" />
+
+<div class="chapter">
+
+<p class="center">to<br />
+<span class="big">Edwin L. Bergstreser</span></p>
+
+<p class="center small">WHOSE TESTED FRIENDSHIP I HAVE<br />
+ENJOYED FOR NEARLY TEN YEARS AND<br />
+WHOSE KINDLY INFLUENCE HELPED<br />
+ME TO PERSEVERE IN WRITING<br />
+THIS ALLEGORY<br />
+THIS BOOK IS AFFECTIONATELY<br />
+<span class="big">DEDICATED.</span></p>
+
+
+
+</div>
+<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop" />
+
+<div class="chapter">
+<h2 class="nobreak" id="Preface">Preface.</h2>
+</div>
+
+
+<p>After long and careful study we send forth this book to do its work.
+We offer no apology for adding one more volume to the endless library
+of modern times, constantly increasing at the rate of over one hundred
+volumes per week, the great bulk of which is consigned to the debris
+of the passing years. We pray that this book may find a field of
+usefulness rather than an early grave.</p>
+
+<p>We need not tell of the pleasures and difficulties we experienced in
+preparing these twenty-five chapters for the press. Let it be known,
+however, that we were seconded and assisted by several able critics
+who, each one independently of the others, kindly reviewed the
+manuscript. At the suggestions of these critics minor changes were
+made in the several manuscript editions. These critics deserve much
+credit especially for the literary finish there may be to this book.</p>
+
+<p>The illustrations were drawn by Paul J. Krafft, of New York. They
+evince patient study and careful work, and display a creative genius
+well suited to the field of allegory.</p>
+
+<p>The leading moral truths are developed in the memorable journey of
+Miss Church-Member upon the Broad Highway in company with the polite
+and yet fiendish Mr. World. In this lifelike journey the two companions
+come in contact with many of Satan’s up-to-date schemes, and witness
+his far-extended operations in many a wicked realm. In the descriptions
+of all these things we have endeavored to be suggestive rather than
+exhaustive, for we have withheld the almost infinite details and brought
+to light only a mere synopsis of the panorama as seen from the lofty
+summit.</p>
+
+<p>Will not the reader, as he takes one step after another in the progress
+of the story, realize more keenly than ever the unspeakable deceptions
+of Satan, so bewitchingly robed in the garments of subtle treachery?
+The course of Miss Church-Member is a sad comment on the moving masses
+who are so thoroughly led captive by the Devil as to imagine that they
+are traveling on a more convenient way to Heaven while they are actually
+on the Broad Highway to destruction. The logical ending of such a life
+is pictured in the remorseful and tragical experiences of Mr. World
+and Miss Church-Member in the Valley of the Shadow of Death. It is our
+prayer that each reader may be saved from such a terminus of life by
+journeying on the King’s Highway and taking Christ as his all in all.
+Then when he comes to the place made shadowy by the power of sin and
+death, he will be surrounded with a light from the sure city of God,
+and by a convoy of angels whose music will quell his rising fears and
+by whose power he will be transported to his never-ending home.</p>
+
+<p class="right">THE AUTHOR.</p>
+
+
+<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop" />
+
+<div class="chapter">
+<h2 class="nobreak" id="Contents">Contents</h2>
+</div>
+<p class="p0">
+<a href="#CHAPTER_I">1. The Meeting of Mr. World and Miss Church-Member</a><br />
+<a href="#CHAPTER_II">2. The By-Path</a><br />
+<a href="#CHAPTER_III">3. The Devil’s Optical College</a><br />
+<a href="#CHAPTER_IV">4. Satan Interpreting Scripture</a><br />
+<a href="#CHAPTER_V">5. The Devil’s Pawn Shop</a><br />
+<a href="#CHAPTER_VI">6. Satan’s Law Departments, (Underground)</a><br />
+<a href="#CHAPTER_VII">7. The Hill of Remorse</a><br />
+<a href="#CHAPTER_VIII">8. The Valley of Temptation</a><br />
+<a href="#CHAPTER_IX">9. The Tower of Temptation</a><br />
+<a href="#CHAPTER_X">10. Dark Schemes of Satan</a><br />
+<a href="#CHAPTER_XI">11. Schools of Literature,&mdash;First and Second Divisions</a><br />
+<a href="#CHAPTER_XII">12. The Theatre</a><br />
+<a href="#CHAPTER_XIII">13. Schools of Literature,&mdash;Third Division</a><br />
+<a href="#CHAPTER_XIV">14. The Devil’s Temperance College</a><br />
+<a href="#CHAPTER_XV">15. Infernal School System</a><br />
+<a href="#CHAPTER_XVI">16. Expert Inventors of the Broad Highway</a><br />
+<a href="#CHAPTER_XVII">17. The Wizard City</a><br />
+<a href="#CHAPTER_XVIII">18. The Festival</a><br />
+<a href="#CHAPTER_XIX">19. The Missionary College</a><br />
+<a href="#CHAPTER_XX">20. The Rival Churches</a><br />
+<a href="#CHAPTER_XXI">21. From the Valley of Conviction to the Devil’s Auction</a><br />
+<a href="#CHAPTER_XXII">22. The Devil’s Hospital</a><br />
+<a href="#CHAPTER_XXIII">23. Satan’s Secret Service</a><br />
+<a href="#CHAPTER_XXIV">24. The Last Warning</a><br />
+<a href="#CHAPTER_XXV">25. The Valley of the Shadow of Death</a><br />
+</p>
+
+<h2 class="nobreak" id="Illustrations">List of Illustrations.</h2>
+<p class="p0">
+<a href="#img001">1. Looking through the open door of the Twentieth Century</a><br />
+<a href="#img002">2. Miss Church-Member hurries to the rescue of an unfortunate victim</a><br />
+<a href="#img003">3. “Let us follow this shining path,” hopefully urged Miss Church-Member</a><br />
+<a href="#img004">4. Leaving the Optical College</a><br />
+<a href="#img005">5. A scene in the Devil’s Pawn Shop</a><br />
+<a href="#img006">6. The Shorter and Broader Way to Heaven</a><br />
+<a href="#img007">7. The final triumph of right over the black hordes of civil iniquity</a><br />
+<a href="#img008">8. On the Hill of Remorse</a><br />
+<a href="#img009">9. The victory of Mrs. Discouraged on the Tower of Temptation</a><br />
+<a href="#img010">10. The Devil’s substitute for the prayer-meeting</a><br />
+<a href="#img011">11. A scene in the Devil’s Temperance College</a><br />
+<a href="#img012">12. The Wizard City</a><br />
+<a href="#img013">13. The Festival</a><br />
+<a href="#img014">14. Mr. World and Miss Church-Member entering the Valley of Conviction</a><br />
+<a href="#img015">15. The Devil’s Auction</a><br />
+<a href="#img016">16. Miss Church-Member carried to the Devil’s Hospital</a><br />
+<a href="#img017">17. Struggling with the real and imaginary imps near the Black River</a><br />
+<a href="#img018">18. The glorious end of the righteous</a><br />
+</p>
+
+<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop" />
+
+<div class="chapter">
+<h2 class="nobreak" id="Introduction">Introduction</h2>
+</div>
+
+<p class="center">BY BISHOP RUDOLPH DUBS, D. D., LL. D.</p>
+
+
+<p>In response to the earnest request of the author of this book I have
+written these introductory words, after a careful, deliberate reading
+of the allegory. What I have written expresses my own opinion of the
+book, uninfluenced by motives of friendship for the author or any other
+consideration.</p>
+
+<p>The book is a powerful allegory, somewhat after the style of Pilgrim’s
+Progress, but in no sense is it an imitation of any existing work of
+the kind. It is a masterful presentation, wrought out with excellent
+judgment and consummate skill.</p>
+
+<p>The creatures of the author’s vivid imagination are perfectly formed
+and fittingly clothed, living, moving, feeling, talking, in complete
+harmony as the development of the great drama goes on to its
+consummation. The author has evidently made a careful and profound
+study of the manifold dangers which beset the Christian church and
+threaten her spirituality, and consequently her influence and power
+in saving the lost and maintaining the gospel standard of life and
+godliness in the world.</p>
+
+<p>The encroachments of worldings upon the church are truthfully and
+graphically set forth. The manifold forms of temptation and danger are
+clearly exposed, and faithful, tender, earnest warnings and admonitions
+are set over against them. In depicting the various efforts of Satan
+and his agents to lead Christians away from God and duty, the author
+shows an extensive knowledge of the devices of the evil one, as well
+as a clear insight into the drift and tendency of modern forms of
+wickedness.</p>
+
+<p>The final results of compromise with the world are set forth in vivid,
+graphic pictures drawn on the dark shadows as with a pencil of fire.
+The downward course of the deluded soul is followed, step by step; the
+snares and delusions of sin are exposed; the mask of vice is
+relentlessly torn away, and church-members can here see what fellowship
+with the world really means and whither it leads.</p>
+
+<p>The religious tone of the book throughout is excellent. The delusive
+character of sin is plainly pointed out. The devices of Satan are laid
+bare with unsparing hand. The abominations of vice are not concealed.
+All this is done in language well chosen and unexceptionable. The
+Christian life is pictured without cant or exaggeration. The beauty
+and blessedness of a devoted life are eloquently portrayed. True
+religion with its present comforts and its great rewards is presented
+in a most attractive form, and the contrast between the worlding and
+the faithful Christian, here and hereafter, is impressively set forth.</p>
+
+<p>With this favorable opinion of the book, to whose edifying pages I
+introduce the reader, I deem it proper for me also to recommend it
+most heartily as a book worthy of a place on every family table and
+in every Sunday-school library. Let young and old read its fascinating
+and instructive pages. Let it be circulated by hundreds and thousands
+of copies. May the blessing of God attend the book in its mission and
+ministry wherever it is read.</p>
+
+<p class="right">RUDOLPH DUBS.</p>
+
+<p><i>Chicago, Ill., March, 1901</i>.</p>
+
+
+<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop" />
+
+<div class="chapter">
+<h2 class="nobreak" id="CHAPTER_I">CHAPTER I.<br />THE MEETING OF MR. WORLD AND MISS CHURCH-MEMBER</h2>
+</div>
+
+
+<p>1. The dying of a century compared to the waning of a day.</p>
+
+<p>2. The allegory opens with a panoramic view of human life, as seen
+through the open door of the twentieth century, on the Broad Highway
+and King’s Highway. Blackana is introduced.</p>
+
+<p>3. Mr. World meets Miss Church-Member at a place called Fellowship.
+From here she journeys with him on the Broad Highway where she witnesses
+several sad endings of human life.</p>
+
+
+<p>In the closing hours of a long day I climbed a rugged path to a high
+eminence whence I overlooked a beautiful valley and watched, with
+increasing delight, the changing hues of earth and sky.</p>
+
+<p>As the shadows of twilight were deepening each moment grew more strange
+and mysterious until the waning day seemed to be transformed into the
+dying of the century. Then I saw, as “through a glass darkly,” the
+whole panorama of human life, with its painful pictures of sadness and
+sin, and its blessed scenes of peace and righteousness. I also heard
+the unmistakable wails of a suffering humanity and the turmoils of
+myriad contentions, all strangely mingling with the songs of glory and
+the shouts of spiritual triumph.</p>
+
+<p>In deep silence I continued looking upon these endless confusions of
+the church and the world as they still played their perplexing parts
+in the fitful drama before me. All of this so preyed upon my mind that
+I involuntarily cried out, in the anguish of my soul: “When will
+confusion come to an end, and sweet peace cover the earth as the waters
+cover the sea?”</p>
+
+<p>“Will you wait for the winds to answer, or shall I?” replied a voice
+so passing strange that I was startled.</p>
+
+<p>I turned to see in whose presence I was and, to my horror, I beheld
+a dark creature unlike any mortal being. He was without definite form
+and not cumbered with any garments. His indescribable face was set
+with two bright eyes, softened in expression until a slight halo
+revealed to me a countenance half beautiful and half terrible. “Who
+are you, and what is your mission?” I finally ventured to ask after
+speech had found my lips, for I was altogether ignorant of his nature
+or purpose.</p>
+
+<p>“I am Blackana, from the lower world of spirits, and am commanded here
+to stay until released.”</p>
+
+<p class="center p0 p2"><span class="figcenter" id="img001">
+ <img src="images/001.jpg" class="w50" alt="Looking through the open door of the Twentieth Century." />
+</span></p>
+<p class="center p0 caption">Looking through the open door of the Twentieth Century.<br /></p>
+
+
+<p>“Until released? What power binds you here, and how long will you
+abide?” I asked in dread suspense. “I must remain, as your companion
+and interpreter, until the vision is past.”</p>
+
+<p>I trembled under these announcements, but I was assured that underneath
+me were “the everlasting arms” and, moreover, I heard a still, small
+voice whispering within me: “Stand still, O mortal man! Neither Blackana
+nor any of his horde shall do thee harm. He hovers before thee at my
+bidding, and will leave thee only at my command. Ask him what thou
+wilt, and he must answer thee, even to the limit of his knowledge.”</p>
+
+<p>At this juncture, and without a moment’s warning, my vision was enlarged
+and an unusual light flashed upon me. Quickly I cast my wondering eyes
+all about me and saw that I was standing at the very threshold of a
+great door. It was of such imposing dimensions and so magnificently
+constructed that only the architects of Heaven could have designed it.</p>
+
+<p>Instinctively I turned to Blackana, whom I could now face without fear:
+“Where are we, and what is the meaning of this great door?” And as I
+spoke unseen hands swung it open upon its hinges.</p>
+
+<p>“We are standing at the open door of the twentieth century. You may
+look out into the coming years as far as you wish,” replied Blackana
+in a cold, indifferent manner.</p>
+
+<p>Thrilled by such an unusual sight, and the thought which his
+interpretation and words suggested, I marveled at his sullenness, for
+Blackana did not so much as lift his head to see the spectacle.</p>
+
+<p>“O, Blackana!” I cried, “why are you so dead to such surroundings?”</p>
+
+<p>“These are mere playthings,” was his gruff reply. “To me the doors of
+the centuries, which open and shut on the cycles of time, are as
+trifles, neither lessening my misery nor adding to my pleasure.”</p>
+
+<p>During a brief, thoughtful silence I continued looking at him, as a
+shudder swept my whole being. I then turned from this creature so
+shrouded in mystery and, stepping forward to look through the open
+door, I was suddenly overawed at the still greater scenes which spread
+in wondrous panorama before my entranced vision.</p>
+
+<p>Under the new light I beheld a marvelous sight, for I could distinctly
+see the myriad millions of humanity moving on the paths of life toward
+a common goal.</p>
+
+<p>In the bright halo of the scene I saw the beautiful King’s Highway,
+on which were marching the hosts of the church militant, led
+triumphantly by the Spirit of God to the very gates of the Celestial
+City, which, though distant, I could yet see under the dazzling light
+radiating from the central throne of glory as from untold suns.</p>
+
+<p>In the darker shadows of this same panorama I saw the Broad Highway
+with its thronging multitudes. Some, with deliberate step, scrutinizing
+the objects along the way; others, in mad haste, rushing on toward an
+awful destruction whose wreck and ruin loomed up dimly in the glare
+of an eternal burning.</p>
+
+<p>Among the happy pilgrims of the King’s Highway was one named Miss
+Church-Member, who had left the Broad Way of death, and entered, through
+Christ, into that marvelous light wherein she was now walking. Her
+tread was in sweet harmony with the footsteps of her Master, and her
+beautiful face was all aglow with the passion of pure love.</p>
+
+<p>A pilgrim’s robe added beauty to her form; a Bible, carried under her
+arm, gave some evidence of her spiritual character; and a religious
+emblem, worn over her heart, told that she was a member of some
+Christian organization.</p>
+
+<p>Miss Church-Member, in traveling her chosen path, tarried at a place
+called Fellowship which occupied a pleasing site close by the King’s
+Highway. Here one could readily speak and associate with the travelers
+who moved in gay companies along the Broad Highway.</p>
+
+<p>At this visiting place she met a certain Mr. World&mdash;a good, jolly
+fellow, of corpulent build, who was attired in the fashion of the day,
+and bore himself with more than usual jauntiness in the presence of
+Miss Church-Member.</p>
+
+<p>After a pleasing conversation, in which Mr. World plied his Satanic
+shrewdness and sophistry, he was emboldened to give this brief
+invitation: “Will you journey a short distance with me on this Broader
+Way that I may prepare myself, with more facility, to accompany you
+where you wish, even on a path as narrow as the one you seem to love?”</p>
+
+<p>“Ah, Mr. World,” she said, with a tolerant smile, “do you not know
+that you are walking on the way of danger and death? Why would you
+have me share your folly? It were a thousand times better for you to
+join me at once on a path that leads to everlasting happiness. Here
+you can drink the water of life in abundance, and feed upon angels’
+food. O, come, Mr. World,” she added as she spoke more earnestly,
+“linger no longer, carry out the resolution which you have already
+broken repeatedly, and you will never regret so wise an action.” Thus
+did Miss Church-Member urge upon him a course which, in her inimitable
+missionary spirit, she made really attractive to him. Although he
+appreciated her genuine earnestness, yet he could not be induced to
+heed her words.</p>
+
+<p>“You have covered the whole field of my intention,” he courteously
+replied. “I sincerely wish to mend my ways, but there are certain
+things I must first overcome. How much better I could do this if one
+like you, in whom I have supreme confidence, would but journey at my
+side. Will you not do the work of a good missionary and, like Christ,
+adapt yourself to my level, that I may, by your uplifting influence,
+be drawn into a nobler life, and even have your companionship as I go
+up to the Highway of your King?”</p>
+
+<p>Miss Church-Member, being of a sympathetic nature and of strong
+missionary proclivities, refused to heed her many counselors who feared
+for her safety, and actually stepped still farther from her wonted
+path and journeyed at the side of Mr. World with the desire to compass
+his conversion. But her conscience, at first, troubled her and her
+feet moved with a suspicious tread.</p>
+
+<p>In this nervous, half confiding and half shrinking mood, she leaned
+lightly upon his arm, ever turning a deaf ear to the entreaties of her
+well-meaning friends who still hoped to dissuade her from this
+ill-advised course.</p>
+
+<p>Mr. World was keenly delighted at her concession and loyalty to him.
+He seemed to be willing to go to any sacrifice that might add to her
+comfort or increase her happiness. His many companions could readily
+see that Miss Church-Member felt “out of place.” But she justified her
+own course by what she was aiming to do.</p>
+
+<p>He saw that her dress of righteousness was in wide contrast with the
+filthy rags that covered his own soul, and so he preferred to look
+upon the garments that adorned his outer person, and the gaudy scenes
+on either side of the way.</p>
+
+<p>I beheld this wide path along a great length, and I shuddered as I saw
+the masses thereon who were engaged in the frivolities of life as found
+in the swiftly passing pleasures of sense and sight. The thoughtless
+throngs were seemingly unconscious that underneath the whole length
+and breadth of the path there were strata of fire, and they were
+apparently blind to the sulphurous flames which, here and there, issued
+from openings into which many an unsuspecting traveler fell.</p>
+
+<p>Sad to relate, of all the moving multitudes there were but few, indeed,
+who took warning and fled toward the King’s Highway. Many, like Miss
+Church-Member, were walking on the forbidden path for no other reason
+than some weak apology.</p>
+
+<p>“What mean these lurid openings?” nervously asked Miss Church-Member,
+for their flames excited her terror. Mr. World replied, with a look
+of surprise: “Have you never heard that these are to give light to
+pilgrims, such as we? Without them the way would prove very dark and
+dreary.”</p>
+
+<p>“What a contrast,” she exclaimed, “between these lights and those that
+illumine the King’s Highway! They shine from above, with increasing
+splendor, while these cast forth, from below, their uncertain lights.
+It seems to me that the farther we go the darker becomes the way, and
+its lights the more inconstant,&mdash;so fitful is their gruesome glare.”</p>
+
+<p>“Ah! I see what ails you,” responded Mr. World. “Your eyes are at
+fault. We will presently meet the expert who will correct your vision
+ere your eyes are totally ruined.”</p>
+
+<p>The attention of Miss Church-Member was suddenly attracted by seeing
+a man who was just sinking out of sight into the fire of destruction.
+As soon as he disappeared the flames burst forth in fury through the
+newly-made opening. Instantly a servant of Satan covered the breach
+so that observers could no longer hear the wails of the poor man, nor
+smell the fumes from the burning strata.</p>
+
+<p>Then did I look and, behold, I saw such places in countless variety,
+each attended by a servant of the Black Prince. Each opening made by
+an unfortunate victim was promptly sealed so that others, in passing
+along, would the more readily be ensnared in one of these fatal
+fissures.</p>
+
+<p>Miss Church-Member was more than alarmed at these sad endings of human
+life which now came to her attention more vividly than when she traveled
+on the King’s Highway.</p>
+
+<p>She also saw, not far ahead of her, a woman sinking in utter despair,
+and ran to rescue her. But the unfortunate victim fell to her wretched
+ruin before the hands of Miss Church-Member could give assistance.</p>
+
+<p>“Help! help! I sink I know not whither,” was her wailing cry, as she
+was passing out of sight, her arms outstretched beseechingly toward
+her would-be rescuer who arrived in time to see the first greedy flames
+that issued from the fresh opening.</p>
+
+<p>“Oh, horror!” shrieked Miss Church-Member as she turned toward Mr.
+World. “That ought to be enough to keep any one from such a snare of
+wickedness and vice.”</p>
+
+<p class="center p0 p2"><span class="figcenter" id="img002">
+ <img src="images/002.jpg" class="w75" alt="Miss Church-member hurries to the rescue of an
+unfortunate victim." />
+</span></p>
+<p class="center p0 caption">Miss Church-member hurries to the rescue of an
+unfortunate victim.<br /></p>
+
+<p>Without a moment’s delay a demon rushed to the fiery opening and covered
+it from sight, completing his work so quickly and with such skill that
+neither the opening nor the glare of the flames were any longer
+perceptible. But Miss Church-Member refused to leave the spot, and
+with tears she urged Mr. World to place there a sign of warning so
+that other short-sighted, mortals who came that way might read and
+heed.</p>
+
+<p>“It would be only a waste of time and energy. I have seen hundreds of
+such places where travelers have gone down, even under the sign of the
+Cross.”</p>
+
+<p>“Indeed, Mr. World, I feel as though I should stand here continually
+and speak words of personal warning to any one who might seem determined
+to walk in such a terrible path as this.” Her finger pointed to the
+spot where she had just seen the poor victim fall to rise no more.</p>
+
+<p>“Look yonder,” he hurriedly spoke, as he touched her arm. “Do you see
+that woman with her steps in the same direction? Now try your skill,”
+he added with more sneer than sympathy in his voice.</p>
+
+<p>She did not tarry to resent his attitude, but quickly went to the woman
+and asked her to pause a moment.</p>
+
+<p>“Are you willing to be saved from destruction?” earnestly asked Miss
+Church-Member.</p>
+
+<p>“I am safe enough,” was the indifferent reply.</p>
+
+<p>“You are now walking rapidly toward an awful death,” were her further
+words of warning.</p>
+
+<p>“What right have you to judge me,” she curtly replied, “since you also
+are on this Broad Highway? Have I not heard already the words from
+those who also wear the pilgrim’s robe, but who journey on the King’s
+Highway? Their words brought conviction to my heart and tears to my
+eyes, but your words only stir up my indignation.”</p>
+
+<p>“Why speak so unkindly to a friend? My only intention is to do you
+good. I just saw one who came to a horrible end by continuing a little
+farther in the same course that you are now pursuing.”</p>
+
+<p>Then did the wicked woman fly into a rage. “You need no more concern
+yourself about me. I have two eyes&mdash;as many as you have. Look to your
+own future, not mine; at your own steps, and not at another’s!”</p>
+
+<p>“Come,” impatiently spoke Mr. World, as he drew her by the arm, “it
+is just as I expected; let us get away from this sickly atmosphere.”
+But Miss Church-Member lingered only to see the heedless woman step
+to the last extreme and sink hopelessly, while her piteous cries for
+help came too late for any to rescue her.</p>
+
+<p class="center p2"><span class="figcenter" id="img003">
+ <img src="images/003.jpg" class="w75" alt="Let us follow this shining path. hopefully urged Miss
+Church-Member. But it is too rough and steep for Mr. World." />
+</span></p>
+<p class="center p0 caption">“Let us follow this shining path.” hopefully urged Miss
+Church-Member. But it is too rough and steep for Mr. World.<br /></p>
+
+
+<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop" />
+
+<div class="chapter">
+<h2 class="nobreak" id="CHAPTER_II">CHAPTER II.<br />THE BY-PATH.</h2>
+</div>
+
+
+<p>1. In their journey Mr. World and Miss Church-Member come to the By-Path
+leading to the King’s Highway; on this Miss Church-Member urges Mr.
+World to travel. He defers so decisive a step and defends his attitude
+by the use of sophistry.</p>
+
+<p>2. Miss Church-Member, still hoping to win Mr. World to a better path,
+forsakes the King’s Highway and continues in his company.</p>
+
+<p>3. A tilt with Blackana who defends Miss Church-Member for traveling
+on the Broad Highway.</p>
+
+
+<p>The highway of the world was so broad that one could walk thereon as
+loosely as he wished without fear of stepping from it. Along the way
+there were so many things to attract the attention that the farther
+Miss Church-Member journeyed with Mr. World, the less frequently she
+looked toward the King’s Highway. However, her face brightened and her
+hopes waxed strong as they suddenly came to a place where two ways met.</p>
+
+<p>With quick insight Miss Church-Member saw that the By-Path was a blessed
+one and that it led directly to the King’s Highway.</p>
+
+<p>“Let us follow this shining path,” she hopefully suggested. “I know
+it leads to the way of light and glory.”</p>
+
+<p>“Not such a path, my friend,” hastily replied Mr. World. “Do you not
+see the terrible hill to which it leads, and those who are even now
+struggling to climb its arduous heights?”</p>
+
+<p>“I clearly see it all,” she calmly admitted, “but they who struggle
+most are endeavoring to carry many idols with them. If one will forsake
+his idols, he can, with ease and pleasure, mount to the shining summit
+which is but the edge of the King’s glorious Highway. Come, Mr. World,
+hesitate no more. Let procrastination end, and go with me even to the
+hill, and I will help you to the summit&mdash;while Another will help you
+more.”</p>
+
+<p>“Very true, very true,” he said, though somewhat irritated, “but we
+have not yet come to the place where I may wisely follow your advice.
+This path turning away to the right leads to a place that may seem
+bright from this point, but nevertheless I know it to be a narrow,
+rugged way, whereon a few of your friends are trudging, eking out a
+miserable existence. Urge me not to go thither. If you leave me, I can
+neither accompany you nor give you my assistance. Surely you have
+learned, ere this, that your needs are of such a nature that you must
+inevitably suffer embarrassment without my little help.”</p>
+
+<p>Miss Church-Member, with eyes but partly open to her own folly, was
+grievously perplexed and not a little disappointed. She fell on her
+knees and wept. Looking up pleadingly into his eyes, she faltered:</p>
+
+<p>“Twice have I yielded to you since we entered into companionship. You
+well remember the solemn promise you made, but at each time you deferred
+its fulfillment, and now I must again hear your vain excuses. I have
+suffered much for your sake, and have now the enmity of many a former
+friend, and even my pilgrim robe is becoming stained with the filth
+of this way.”</p>
+
+<p>“Come, come, my friend, be a woman and not a sickly suppliant. The
+portion of the King’s Highway which we would reach from this point is
+too rough for my feet to travel. We will shortly come to a more
+convenient place; then I can think more seriously of leaving this way.”</p>
+
+<p>“Ah!” sighed Miss Church-Member, “you say that in your folly. I can
+testify, from knowledge, that the way is most delightful and leads to
+mansions incorruptible in the Celestial City.” “Let us cease debating,”
+interrupted Mr. World, with ill-concealed impatience. “If you have
+sacrificed so much through my fellowship and imagine that you can find
+better company, you may leave, but you cannot expect me to accompany
+you on so thorny and rough a path as this which you have so foolishly
+proposed.”</p>
+
+<p>Strengthened by the remnants of Christian virtue yet within her, she
+sprang to her feet and was about to execute her noble purpose of leaving
+him. But a number of Mr. World’s friends quickly rallied and
+complimented Miss Church-Member on the good she had already done. “Mr.
+World is a better man since he has known you,” said one. “If you will
+continue walking with him on his own level, no one can estimate the
+amount of good you will yet do for him,” hopefully spoke another.</p>
+
+<p>These unexpected testimonies aroused anew her missionary spirit and
+changed her thoughts to these yielding sentences:</p>
+
+<p>“No sacrifice is too great, if victory but comes at last. If there is
+hope that Mr. World will cease deceiving me and walk in the path of
+truth, I will consent to be his companion still a little farther.”</p>
+
+<p>“There is every hope of that,” smilingly returned Mr. World as he
+suavely bowed to her and to the little group of companions who had
+given him such timely help.</p>
+
+<p>As I saw Mr. World and Miss Church-Member moving on, in closer
+fellowship than ever, I waxed warm with indignation, and addressed
+Blackana who was still lying at my side as motionless as the strata
+of the rock-ribbed earth:</p>
+
+<p>“Will you explain to me this folly of Miss Church-Member, who has not
+only disgraced her cause before the fiendish Mr. World, but who also
+continues with him in such unseemly intimacy?”</p>
+
+<p>“Miss Church-Member is not walking in folly. She is engaged in a noble
+work, endeavoring to elevate Mr. World to a higher Christian life,”
+was the answer from the lips of Blackana in a low, heavy voice.</p>
+
+<p>“Ah,” said I, with a feeling of suspicion, “she is shining from the
+wrong lighthouse. The rays of truth will never reach him as long as
+she is in that position.</p>
+
+<p>“Perhaps they might in a miraculous way,” suggested Blackana.</p>
+
+<p>“No good miracle is ever done in the steps of the Devil or in his
+dominions,” I answered with boldness.</p>
+
+<p>Then did Blackana enlarge himself, and as he replied he looked down
+upon me significantly. “O puny mortal, instruct me not in the miracles
+of my master. More great things are done under the canopies of Hell
+than mortals ever know.”</p>
+
+<p>At first I was filled with alarm, but under the voice of One invisible
+I rose as with superhuman strength, and I looked at him unflinchingly.
+“O horrible creature! I fear you not in any of your passions. You would
+even destroy me if you could, but you are forever restrained by the
+Power that holds authority over all!”</p>
+
+<p>There was a sudden rustling, unlike anything I had ever heard. The
+uncanny creature dashed toward me in his awful fury. But I moved not,
+neither was I touched. Then I stretched forth my hand and commanded
+him, in the name of One who is supreme, to cease his foolish ragings,
+else would he be instantly flung through the wastes of Hell.</p>
+
+<p>Blackana, knowing his limit, as all foul fiends do, dared to venture
+no further in his rage, but calmed himself and, with unexpected
+civility, he addressed me. He told me, in close detail, how Mr. World,
+by his binding promises to his companion, had played the part of folly
+rather than Miss Church-Member who did nothing more than enter upon
+a more convenient and a Broader Way to heaven, and that, too, in good
+company.</p>
+
+<p>“And what think you,&mdash;will Mr. World ever fulfill his binding promises?”</p>
+
+<p>“Do not doubt it, sir. Mr. World is an honorable gentleman. His promises
+are always fulfilled.</p>
+
+<p>“A lie! A lie! Can you not speak the truth?”</p>
+
+<p>Again he was about to rise into terrible proportions when a great hand
+moved the door on its hinges. Blackana, interpreting that movement
+better than I, continued in dread restraint. I looked again upon the
+Broad Highway, and saw how Mr. World had so completely won the
+confidence of Miss Church-Member that she now frequently expressed her
+sense of obligation to him, and declared that he was not so mean a
+fellow as some alleged, and as she had been inclined to believe.</p>
+
+<p>“Pray, tell me who seeks to injure my good reputation?” he courteously
+asked.</p>
+
+<p>“It has long been current talk on the King’s Highway that you are
+deceitful and treacherous, and that you aim to lead people to ruin.
+You well know that I hoped, by mutual association, to win you to a
+better path. I find, even after some painful errors on my part, that
+you are not so much in need of reformation as I imagined. You are a
+very considerate and clever fellow, doubtless under the sway of a moral
+evolution, and whether I stay with you, or you go with me, it is now,
+to my mind, quite evident that you will soon reach a perfect condition.”</p>
+
+<p>The wily Mr. World chuckled. “You are newly endowed with the gift of
+a wisdom whose inward glory has lent its brightness to your eye, and
+has given savor to your very words. If you continue in your present
+state of liberality and broad-mindedness, you will not only share all
+that I possess, but will wear a crown set with gems of truth.”</p>
+
+
+<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop" />
+
+<div class="chapter">
+<h2 class="nobreak" id="CHAPTER_III">CHAPTER III.<br />THE DEVIL’S OPTICAL COLLEGE.</h2>
+</div>
+
+<p>1. The college described.</p>
+
+<p>2. Mr. World and Miss Church-Member have their eyes examined, and Miss
+Church-Member is supplied with lenses which warp her spiritual vision.</p>
+
+<p>3. The allegory shows how Satan supplies every conceivable kind of
+lenses to suit the people of the world and the church.</p>
+
+<p>4. Blackana, with deceptive words, attempts to defend Satan’s course.</p>
+
+
+<p>This institution of Satan has been in operation since the creation of
+man, having been remodeled as often as advancement in style or skill
+demanded.</p>
+
+<p>Each one of the fourteen massive buildings was a gem of architectural
+beauty, and was devoted to a special line of study or practice. The
+entire group worked harmoniously toward the same end.</p>
+
+<p>In the course of their journey Mr. World and Miss Church-Member drew
+nigh to this great college, but the shrewd and wicked Mr. World remained
+silent, waiting for the first words of his companion. Miss
+Church-Member, however, as she looked upon the stupendous edifices,
+was so filled with wonder and admiration at the long stretches of
+masonry, and the perfect symmetry of parts, that she offered no comment
+until they were quite near the first building.</p>
+
+<p>“For what purpose is this group of great structures used?” were her
+words that broke the brief silence.</p>
+
+<p>“All for the sake of the eyes,” he carelessly answered, as he called
+her attention to the King’s Highway and the throngs of people that
+were admiring and entering the college from those parts.</p>
+
+<p>“It is indeed wonderful,” she commented, “that so small a thing as the
+eye should demand the service of such great edifices.”</p>
+
+<p>“The buildings are not too large nor too well equipped. Your surprise
+would not be so great were you to witness the large number from the
+two great highways that come here daily for treatment. You can see
+them now moving by thousands to and from the buildings. It might be
+wise for us to enter for consultation. My eyes, at least, may need
+some expert attention.”</p>
+
+<p>She, being anxious to see the interior of at least one of the buildings,
+offered no objection to his shrewd suggestion.</p>
+
+<p>The building was so easy of access that there was not one step to
+climb. An electric elevator served to carry them to the sixty-fourth
+floor which formed a part of the huge dome into which the upper portion
+of the great structure converged. This style of architecture not only
+added to the beauty of the appearance, but also proved to be perfectly
+adapted to the uses of the college.</p>
+
+<p>The confidence of Miss Church-Member was fully won by the appearance
+of the interior and the courteous attention she received from the
+managers.</p>
+
+<p>The consulting physician examined the eyes of Mr. World, then
+congratulated him upon the clear vision he enjoyed, and informed him
+that his eyes required no immediate treatment.</p>
+
+<p>Turning to one side, Mr. World whispered to his companion: “While we
+are here you had better improve this opportunity and also get the
+benefit of an expert opinion.”</p>
+
+<p>“I have not come prepared financially,” she blushingly and faintly
+replied. “I did not even dream of seeking the service of a specialist.”</p>
+
+<p>“That obstacle is easily overcome, for the examination is free, and
+if you should need further attention and would wish to receive it, I
+would deem it only a great pleasure to bear all the expenses.”</p>
+
+<p>After a brief, thoughtful silence she consented to the preliminary
+examination. “Will you examine the eyes of my friend?” requested Mr.
+World as he stepped toward the chief oculist.</p>
+
+<p>The expert accordingly tested her sight. First he held up, at a
+distance, the “Delusion of the New Jerusalem,” but she was totally
+blind to it. Then he submitted the “Deceptions of the Holy Bible” of
+which she could again see nothing.</p>
+
+<p>“Look through these windows to the Broad Highway, far out into the
+distance over rolling stretches of country. Can you see the gates of
+Heaven, at the end of the way?”</p>
+
+<p>Miss Church-Member looked carefully, but declared that she could not
+see anything that appeared like Heaven or the gates thereof.</p>
+
+<p>“Can you see that place called ‘Perfect Peace’ along the Broad Highway,”
+continued the oculist as he pointed to a far-off region.</p>
+
+<p>“I can see nothing that looks like it,” she honestly confessed, quite
+surprised to discover the existence of these apparent defects of her
+vision.</p>
+
+<p>“A very sad and extreme case,” murmured the examiner as he requested
+her to open her Bible.</p>
+
+<p>“Can you see, in that book, that all people shall be saved, and none
+perish?”</p>
+
+<p>“I am surely blind to that and always have been,” she readily admitted
+with a little more boldness.</p>
+
+<p>“Perhaps you can see the justice of God in punishing the sinner?” he
+continued with a touch of sarcasm in his voice.</p>
+
+<p>“Plainly visible.”</p>
+
+<p>“So I expected.”</p>
+
+<p>He then proceeded to a more minute examination, after which he wrote
+a brief diagnosis and commended her to a specialist in the next
+building.</p>
+
+<p>She hesitated somewhat, but Mr. World, handing her, confidentially,
+a handsome sum of yellow coin from his bag of gold, brought words of
+deep thankfulness from her lips, and gave decision to her steps in the
+direction he desired.</p>
+
+<p>From the great dome they were taken in a closed car over the high
+suspension bridge to the adjoining building which was of still greater
+magnitude.</p>
+
+<p>The room into which they entered, at such a dizzy height, surpassed,
+in its unique arrangement, anything of the kind that they had thus far
+seen. In long and high glass cases lay all the modern appliances used
+by the most skillful hands. The furnishings blended harmoniously with
+the general environments. All this won the utter confidence of the new
+and unsuspecting visitor. “With pleasure,” politely began Mr. World,
+“I present my friend, Miss Church-Member, who comes hither with
+defective eyes and a duly subscribed diagnosis from the chief of the
+oculists.”</p>
+
+<p>The specialist whom he thus addressed made an additional examination,
+plying his craft with all the ingenuity he had learned from his master.
+At the conclusion he delivered himself in this wise:</p>
+
+<p>“I find, Miss Church-Member, that your eyes are very much out of order.
+A complex case, indeed. I have discovered ametropia in the particular
+form of irregular astigmatism. The pupil, covered by the unabsorbed
+remains of the pupillary membrane, is occluded by a deposition of
+inflammatory substance, occasioned by inflammation of the ciliary body.</p>
+
+<p>“I have also noticed a severe type of hemianopsia, which, I presume,
+had its origin in congeniture. Minor defects are also apparent, but
+it is unnecessary for me to give further details,”</p>
+
+<p>Miss Church-Member could not refrain from weeping bitterly at this sad
+announcement. “Is it possible to effect a cure?” she sobbed.</p>
+
+<p>“Ah! you need not thus lament,” said the specialist in a tone of
+sympathy. “Millions have been altogether cured whose eyes were more
+diseased than are yours. Forget your tears and be at perfect peace.
+Calmly confide in our skill.”</p>
+
+<p>She consented to their method, and was first subjected to a course of
+preliminary treatment. Many an hour she lay while her eyes were covered
+with cloths saturated with strange liquids. And when her eyes were
+uncovered she was compelled to sit in darkness, for the physician told
+her that her eyes had already suffered much on account of light. At
+times the pain was well nigh intolerable, but she endured it all
+heroically, hoping to gain thereby the boon of a complete cure.</p>
+
+<p>After this preparatory work one who was skilled in the best methods
+of the age performed the operation, and Miss Church-Member was comforted
+by the assurance that her eyes would be fitted with special lenses,
+and soon she could again behold the natural light of day.</p>
+
+<p>Mr. World was busily engaged during the treatment of Miss
+Church-Member, but he came repeatedly to her side and spoke words of
+cheer and urged her strict obedience to all directions.</p>
+
+<p>Finally her new lenses were put to service, and Mr. World proffered
+his compliments profusely until the first impulses of vanity moved
+within her. _To be admired, on account of her appearance, seemed never
+so attractive as now!_</p>
+
+<p>What a new world opened to her view! She looked down upon the Broad
+Highway with a degree of pleasure hitherto unsuspected, and also upon
+the King’s Highway, but only to see that the path was indeed a rough
+one and beset with trials and difficulties which, to her mind, now
+seemed unnecessary to a Christian life.</p>
+
+<p>In the same manner I looked into all the apartments of each building,
+and was astonished at the presence of so large a number from the King’s
+Highway, and a still greater throng from the way of the world.</p>
+
+<p>“O Blackana!” I cried, “how long will this continue? Is there no end
+to deception? With such a changed view of things, how can Miss
+Church-Member crave for the King’s Highway or urge Mr. World thither?”</p>
+
+<p>“Miss Church-Member will be happier where she is,” answered my uncanny
+companion as he grinned horribly. “By the aid of her glasses she can
+both see and enjoy the wonderful scenes along the way.” I knew that
+Blackana was covering the truth, but hesitated to insinuate as much.
+“Can you explain,” I questioned in a half hopeful mood, “how those
+specialists can do their deceptive work so brazenly? Poor Miss
+Church-Member, deluded and defrauded, now stumbles rapidly onward with
+the fiendish Mr. World. Tell me, O agent of the Devil, do those
+creatures find delight in such horrible deeds?”</p>
+
+<p>“It is not a matter of pleasure or delight with them, but rather one
+of loyalty to their king, whom you call ‘Devil.’ To serve him poorly
+means a more bitter hell, but to serve him well brings honor from his
+hand.”</p>
+
+<p>“But such honor!” I exclaimed, and then said: “I observe that Miss
+Church-Member wears colored lenses&mdash;tell me the meaning of this; and
+you, Blackana, hereafter deal no more in falsehood with me!” I demanded.</p>
+
+<p>Blackana shifted his position, and with marked reluctance proceeded
+to answer:</p>
+
+<p>“The Devil, my master, uses in his work all imaginable kinds of glasses,
+invented in the Wizard City. Every conceivable shade of color is made,
+each for its particular use. Through his agents Satan selects the lens
+for the patient’s eye, and if it is worn as selected and directed, he
+has won a decisive victory.”</p>
+
+<p>“Foul and fiendish plots of Hell,” I involuntarily muttered; but
+Blackana listened in silence.</p>
+
+
+<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop" />
+
+<div class="chapter">
+<h2 class="nobreak" id="CHAPTER_IV">CHAPTER IV.<br />SATAN INTERPRETING SCRIPTURE.</h2>
+</div>
+
+
+<p>1. Mr. World and Miss Church-Member now take an easier method of
+traveling, for they ride on a strange vehicle down the gravity road.</p>
+
+<p>2. Miss Church-Member reads her Bible by the aid of her new glasses.</p>
+
+<p>3. She is assisted in understanding it by a minion of Satan who comes
+robed as an angel of light.</p>
+
+<p>4. Her glasses enable her to distinguish between the inspired and the
+uninspired parts of the Bible; for this ability she is highly
+complimented.</p>
+
+
+<p>The Broad Highway, after leaving the Optical College, was especially
+hard to travel. Here Mr. World secured a fashionable vehicle propelled
+by some secret force. Into this carriage he assisted Miss Church-Member,
+and each was delighted with the smooth descent down the gravity road.</p>
+
+<p>“This is delightful traveling,” she said, as she reclined upon the
+luxurious cushions of the conveyance. Aided by her new glasses she
+enjoyed the scenery along the way more than ever. “I am glad you
+appreciate it,” he smilingly returned. “According to my notion, riding
+is indeed preferable to walking. From these elevated carriages one can
+witness so much more of the world, and can also with more distinctness
+see the King’s Highway with its trudging pilgrims seemingly unconscious
+of this better mode of travel.”</p>
+
+<p>Miss Church-Member took a mere casual glance at the Old Path and her
+former associates, and seemed to feel thankful that she had risen from
+bigotry to a more charitable view of things.</p>
+
+<p>Her Bible, although closed altogether too long, had never been
+surrendered. But she had received strict orders not to read it until
+her eyes were fully adjusted to the new lenses.</p>
+
+<p>Now, however, she opened it and was reading it under the new light,
+lifting her eyes at close intervals so as to miss nothing of beauty
+or interest along this way of the world.</p>
+
+<p>Mr. World observed her careless manner,&mdash;how she turned from chapter
+to chapter in brief succession and fixed but little attention on any
+particular portion.</p>
+
+<p>“I would urge you,” he kindly advised, “that if you feel aught of
+headache or heartache, through excessive reading, to close the book
+at once.”</p>
+<p class="center p0 p2"><span class="figcenter" id="img004">
+ <img src="images/004.jpg" class="w75" alt="Miss Church-member was reading the Bible to her companion
+when there appeared to them an interpreter who was like unto an angel
+of light." />
+</span></p>
+<p class="center p0 caption">Miss Church-member was reading the Bible to her companion
+when there appeared to them an interpreter who was like unto an angel
+of light.<br /></p>
+
+<p>She made no reply, but to his surprise was now deeply engaged in the
+perusal of the seventh chapter of Matthew.</p>
+
+<p>“I have heard that some parts of that book are very interesting,” he
+said in his good natured way. “Will you not read aloud to me?”</p>
+
+<p>With a return of the old passion for his conversion she gladly complied
+and read the whole chapter while they continued gliding smoothly along.</p>
+
+<p>An interesting discussion ensued, during the course of which there
+joined them one who was like unto an angel of light.</p>
+
+<p>After hearing his smooth sentences of general Bible-knowledge, Miss
+Church-Member exclaimed: “Who art thou, and how didst thou gain so
+great a knowledge of this Book?”</p>
+
+<p>“I am but a harmless creature of the air, going whither I will. I have
+studied that Book through all the changes of time and understand every
+part of it. I would, even now, make any sentence as clear as light to
+thee.”</p>
+
+<p>“And thinkest thou that this part is true?” hopefully asked Miss
+Church-Member as she raised the open Bible and pointed to the chapter
+she had just read.</p>
+
+<p>“Every sentence is true, but in reading it there is grave danger of
+misapprehension. Didst thou have difficulty with any particular part
+of the chapter?”</p>
+
+<p>“With verses thirteen and fourteen,” she replied.</p>
+
+<p>The angelic interpreter then read them in a fine resonant voice.</p>
+
+<p>“‘Enter ye in at the strait gate: for wide is the gate, and broad is
+the way, that leadeth to destruction, and many there be which go in
+hereat: Because strait is the gate, and narrow is the way, which leadeth
+unto life, and few there be that find it.’”</p>
+
+<p>“If these words are really true,” quickly commented Miss Church-Member,
+“we must be traveling in the wrong way. Does it not appear so?” she
+queried, as she looked with increasing interest at the angelic being.</p>
+
+<p>“Naturally it does,” he shrewdly answered, “especially if you look
+merely at the surface of the text; but the pearls of truth lie deeper.”</p>
+
+<p>“I well know that the King’s Highway is called the ‘Narrow Way’ and
+this, whereon we journey, the ‘Broad Way.’ Surely this part of Scripture
+is against us,” insisted Miss Church-Member, as her countenance grew
+more troubled.</p>
+
+<p>“Thou needst not stumble at such easy Scripture; behold, the meaning
+is quite clear! They who travel on the so-called King’s Highway are
+continually exaggerating the _merits_ of the way, thereby making it
+appear greater and broader than it really is. They go so far as to
+claim that the way is broad enough to accommodate all the people of
+the world, were they minded to travel thereon. Therefore those who
+thus make the way broad by their own conceits will meet with
+destruction. This is the meaning of verse thirteen.”</p>
+
+<p>“It is certain, according to verse fourteen, that we have a strait
+gate, and none, on this road, imagine or claim that the way is broader
+than it is; so we are credited with having it called ‘narrow,’ for it
+is as narrow as we claim it to be.”</p>
+
+<p>“Notwithstanding your explanation and the relief these glasses have
+given me, my conscience is still troubled, and methinks I hear a voice
+from this Bible chiding me. This is the chief barrier to my real
+happiness,” she boldly confessed.</p>
+
+<p>“Thou shouldst not dwell in fear,” spoke the shining adviser. “Do not
+allow the errors of any false teaching to mar the peace and happiness
+of this way. Bid farewell to all thy inward doubting, and taste the
+imperishable sweetness of the world, turning a deaf ear to the voice
+that chides thee unkindly.”</p>
+
+<p>“But the voice comes from my Bible,” she tremblingly declared.</p>
+
+<p>“Truly said, Miss Church-Member; it comes far enough _from_ the Bible.
+Why not listen to the voice that is the Bible. Thou art in harmony with
+every part of Scripture. Let not false voices drive thee on to deeper
+grief.”</p>
+
+<p>She then looked at the shining form with more curiosity than ever
+before.</p>
+
+<p>“Who can this be?” she asked Mr. World in a passing whisper. “You have
+seen how he urges me to perfect peace, and so unselfishly.”</p>
+
+<p>“’Tis but a happy friend that comes in the hour of need. Should we not
+give heed to his kindly voice? If the studying of that Bible gives you
+pain, adding to the weight that already wearies your heart, why not
+close the book and, continuing on this way of ease, look more carefully
+on outward things again?”</p>
+
+<p>“Think you, Mr. World, that I would lay down my Bible? This is the
+book that mother loved. It has always been my Book of books. It contains
+the code of laws that controls the whole spiritual world, and it is
+the only lamp that leads to light and to the gates of Heaven. You need
+it as much as I. Why ask me to lay it down?”</p>
+
+<p>“_Nay, nay,_” spoke the angel of light, “_urge her not to discard her
+Bible, but rather to get a true understanding of it._ Perhaps,” he
+continued, turning again to Miss Church-Member, “thou hast met with
+other mysterious verses in this chapter. If so, I will gladly serve
+thee, for I love to give light to an honest heart.”</p>
+
+<p>“I see nothing more now that gives me trouble. These glasses, which
+I got through the kindness of Mr. World, have helped me to understand
+your interpretation so that the rest of the chapter is quite clear to
+me.”</p>
+
+<p>“And how does the whole Bible appear since thy sight is so improved
+by those fortunate lenses?”</p>
+
+<p>“It certainly appears vastly different,” she confessed. “It is so much
+more liberal in its teachings than I ever before imagined.”</p>
+
+<p>“_Hast thou become so far advanced that thou canst, with thy more
+comprehensive view, distinguish between the inspired and the uninspired
+parts?_” asked the shining one with an air of dignity.</p>
+
+<p>“Not clearly so, although I have recently doubted the genuineness of
+some parts which still hold their place in the book.”</p>
+
+<p>“Thou art coming to the true light,” he flatteringly replied. “Blessed
+is the event that ever changed thine eyes to see so great a truth. Oh,
+that all the world might thus drink from the fountain of knowledge!”</p>
+
+<p>“When will the time ever come that the Bible will be rid of its errors?”
+impatiently broke in Mr. World.</p>
+
+<p>“In that happy day when the mists of superstition shall vanish before
+the true light of personal liberty and free thinking,” came the answer
+from the bright-robed angel who was none else than a minion of the
+Devil in disguise.</p>
+
+<p>“How could such a glorious work best be accomplished?” asked Mr. World
+whose interest now was more intensely aroused.</p>
+
+<p>“Only by Christians who ought to appoint a committee from their own
+number,&mdash;persons like our friend Miss Church-Member. This committee
+could decide, by a majority vote, what parts of the Bible to expunge.
+Then the church and the world would have a Bible reasonably free from
+errors. Our present Bible has so many objectionable parts which, of
+course, could not have been inspired, and any person who has the courage
+to correct it will be doing the world an incalculable service.”</p>
+
+<p>“Amen and amen!” enthusiastically spoke Mr. World. “The Bible is
+certainly a great book, but it would be vastly improved if once rid
+of its interpolations and errors of translation. Any preacher who would
+use in his pulpit such an abridged Bible would have my profoundest
+respect, and I hereby pledge half my fortune to the first minister who
+will do himself the honor of taking such a step.”</p>
+
+<p>“That will have its desired effect,” smilingly commented Miss
+Church-Member, “for there are some gentlemen of the cloth who would
+quickly sacrifice any conviction for such a sum of money.”</p>
+
+<p>“And here,” added the angel of light, “I hold in my hand a crown of
+fame set with the gems of honor. I hereby engage to place a crown like
+this on the head of each minister who will, in preaching and teaching,
+abridge the Bible and ridicule its weaknesses. Of course he must not
+cast reflection upon the real Word of God. He must only denounce and
+destroy the errors that have crept into it.”</p>
+
+<p>With these words the bright messenger disappeared, and Miss
+Church-Member endeavored again to know more about his identity, but
+Mr. World did not altogether satisfy her curiosity.</p>
+
+<p>Then, as they sped onward in their well-devised vehicle down the gravity
+road to Hell, Miss Church-Member continued reading her Bible quietly.</p>
+
+<p>“How changed the teachings of this book appear,” she soliloquized. “I
+can now see how foolish I once was in taking so narrow a view of its
+truths.”</p>
+
+<p>I took a passing glance at the King’s Highway, and saw a virtuous and
+holy woman on her knees in prayer, with a Bible opened before her.</p>
+
+<p>She read from the Book, doubting not its words, and was pleading
+earnestly with God for a better understanding of them, until flash
+after flash of heavenly light filled her soul, making her face shine
+with more than human glory.</p>
+
+<p>To her the Devil, robed as an angel of light, made no appearance so
+long as I looked.</p>
+
+<p>Then I asked Blackana, and he told me that Satan feared that which was
+sharper than a two-edged sword more than a large number of professing
+Christians not filled with the word of God.</p>
+
+<p>“And what think you of Miss Church-Member?” I continued.</p>
+
+<p>“She is a fine character,” spoke Blackana as a hideous grin spread
+over his face.</p>
+
+<p>Then I was moved with indignation, and I spoke with fire in my voice:
+“Give me no more deceptive words of Hell! Tell the naked truth. What
+is the estimate that Satan places on one who acts like Miss
+Church-Member?”</p>
+
+<p>Blackana moved not a feature at my changed attitude, but spoke calmly
+within the bounds of truth: “Satan considers such a one as a valuable
+ally to his cause, for she is now working against Jesus Christ on her
+imaginary road to Heaven. Nothing is more helpful to Satan than when
+members of the church believe that parts of the Bible are untrue. It
+is indeed gratifying to us,” continued Blackana with a fiendish smile,
+“to see the twentieth century of the so-called Christian era opening
+with the church wrangling over her Bible more desperately than ever,
+and some of the learned leaders, and those of lesser light, laying the
+lash on him who believes that the regularly revised version of Scripture
+is of sufficient authority and approved of God.”</p>
+
+<p>Thus Blackana, in dread reluctant tones, and with his tongue still
+unfriendly to Christ’s cause, was continuing, when a voice from above
+gave this startling and silencing testimony.</p>
+
+<p>“_Such Scripture is an impregnable rock; and they, who by faith stand
+thereon, cannot be poisoned by the fiery darts which are hurled even
+by the latest invented guns from the Wizard City. All Hell secretly
+acknowledges the strength of this foundation, even though part of the
+church on earth refuses to do as much._”</p>
+
+
+<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop" />
+
+<div class="chapter">
+<h2 class="nobreak" id="CHAPTER_V">CHAPTER V.<br />THE DEVIL’S PAWN SHOP.</h2>
+</div>
+
+
+<p>1. Miss Church-Member with her new glasses looks upon her attire and,
+not being satisfied with her pilgrim’s robe, exchanges it for up-to-date
+apparel.</p>
+
+<p>2. The similar action of Mr. Deacon and Mr. Elder described.</p>
+
+
+<p>Miss Church-Member, having closed her Bible, was engaged in a close
+scrutiny of her attire. By the aid of her glasses she realized very
+keenly that her garments were out of harmony with her environments.</p>
+
+<p>“Will you answer a frank question?” she modestly asked Mr. World. “Do
+you think my pilgrim’s robe becomes me as it should?”</p>
+
+<p>“A very delicate question. I should never have ventured a criticism
+without your invitation to do so. Sincerely, your whole attire is
+somewhat antiquated. It is just as faulty as the Bible. So I would
+advise you to wear apparel more suited to your natural charms.”</p>
+
+<p>“But where can such be found?” she blushingly asked, offering no comment
+upon Mr. World’s aspersion upon the Holy Scriptures.</p>
+
+<p class="center p0 p2"><span class="figcenter" id="img005">
+ <img src="images/005.jpg" class="w75" alt="A Scene in the Devil’s Pawn Shop. Her beautiful pilgrim
+robe was drawn through the dust and relegated to the rear." />
+</span></p>
+<p class="center p0 caption">A Scene in the Devil’s Pawn Shop. “Her beautiful pilgrim
+robe was drawn through the dust and relegated to the rear.”<br /></p>
+
+
+<p>“At numberless places along the way. In the distance I see an exchange
+store, duly authorized to do business along this Highway. If you so
+desire, we will proceed thither.”</p>
+
+<p>She assented gratefully, and soon the vehicle stopped. The two alighted
+and stepped into the place known along the King’s Highway as the Devil’s
+Pawn Shop.</p>
+
+<p>This establishment was easily accessible from either Highway, and had
+been in operation for thousands of years, carrying on an extensive
+business.</p>
+
+<p>In such a place our parents pawned a glorious inheritance for a taste
+of forbidden fruit, and Esau exchanged a legitimate birth-right for
+a mere mess of pottage.</p>
+
+<p>In another similar place Judas sold his Lord and Master for thirty
+dirty pieces of silver; and Ananias and Sapphira pawned their natural
+and spiritual lives for a little worldly profit which was held but for
+a few hours, and that in guilt and pain.</p>
+
+<p>Satan has a Pawn Shop, or an exchange store, for every phase of desire
+that can enter into an unsatisfied heart, or a soul unduly ambitious.
+This one, into which Mr. World escorted Miss Church-Member, is intended
+for those who become dissatisfied with the dress of righteousness, or
+for any who wish a change in any part of their apparel. It proved
+intensely interesting to Miss Church-Member, with her new-found
+ambitions, to walk through the aisles of this great department store,
+each department being used for a separate kind of apparel.</p>
+
+<p>The entire Pawn Shop was full of old curiosities which had never been
+redeemed. These, and more recent specimens, told the story of many a
+faithless pilgrim. In the footwear department I saw many a “preparation
+of the gospel of peace” which had been pawned for shoes of worldliness,
+and elsewhere I saw the garments of truth which had been girt about
+the loins of the saints, but which had been exchanged for robes of
+vanity.</p>
+
+<p>There were also many antiquated pilgrims’ robes which had been given
+for more fashionable attire.</p>
+
+<p>Miss Church-Member became more and more ashamed of her own robe as she
+saw how many already had effected the exchange which she was now
+contemplating.</p>
+
+<p>One of the shrewd attendants, observing the impatience of Miss
+Church-Member and the significant look of Mr. World, approached her
+and offered to render such assistance as she might desire.</p>
+
+<p>“I am feeling wretchedly out of place and out of style in my present
+condition. Can I not be dressed in a way more consistent with my
+station?”</p>
+
+<p>“We can readily and easily supply all your fancies,” answered the
+attendant with a graceful bow and a smile which gave re-assurance to
+Miss Church-Member.</p>
+
+<p>The sad transformation was effected in a manner well pleasing to the
+Prince of Darkness. Her beautiful pilgrim’s robe was drawn through the
+dust and relegated to the rear.</p>
+
+<p>My own heart saddened as I beheld the changed appearance of Miss
+Church-Member, who had just taken one more step in her downward course,
+and who was still vainly imagining that she was on the road to Heaven.</p>
+
+<p>I saw, with disgust, her fantastically feathered hat of conceit, her
+broad sleeves of self-righteousness, her ruby bracelets and necklace
+of vanity, her flowing garments of personal liberty, and her shoes of
+fashionable infidelity.</p>
+
+<p>Then they made a strong effort to induce her to pawn her Bible, but
+to no purpose, for she had clung to it so long that it had become a
+precious souvenir with which she declared she would never part. Thus
+I saw how some worship the Bible who do not worship God.</p>
+
+<p>Finally they emerged from the Pawn Shop, and glided along in their
+mysterious carriage more rapidly and smoothly than ever. The two happy
+companions, free from their former embarrassment, now enjoyed the
+scenes of life along the way with increasing pleasure. The moving
+masses, in their diversified employments, yielded constant
+entertainment.</p>
+
+<p>Miss Church-Member was soon agreeably surprised to see Mr. Deacon and
+Mr. Elder, who served in the same church to which she belonged. The
+carriage overtook them in a rather isolated place and stopped at their
+side, in obedience to the will of Miss Church-Member.</p>
+
+<p>“Can it possibly be that I meet two of my church officers at this
+unexpected time and place? How came it about that you also have chosen
+this ‘Broader and Better Way’ to Heaven?”</p>
+
+<p>The two men were slightly abashed at first and stood speechless as if
+in doubt what to say, or as if they were unable to recognize her.</p>
+
+<p>“Ho! ho!” cried Mr. Deacon, “here is Miss Church-Member who sits in
+one of our front pews.”</p>
+
+<p>“Her appearance is wonderfully improved however,” added Mr. Elder in
+an undertone.</p>
+
+<p>“How came you to adopt this dress and be in such close fellowship with
+Mr. World?” asked Mr. Deacon.</p>
+
+<p>“I am now in the midst of my missionary work, endeavoring to lead Mr.
+World into church membership,” were her glib words of explanation,
+though, somehow, they were unsatisfying to her ear; but she was rapidly
+learning to stifle such unpleasant qualms of conscience.</p>
+
+<p>“She is doing a grand work,” said Mr. Deacon to Mr. Elder with gestures
+of approbation.</p>
+
+<p>“Are you any better than you were since such an elevating influence
+has been thrown about you?” asked Mr. Elder, as he turned to Mr. World.</p>
+
+<p>“Happy for me that Miss Church-Member ever undertook my case, for I
+am now nearer joining the church than ever before.”</p>
+
+<p>The two church-officials offered their hands to Mr. World in warm
+congratulation, and then praised Miss Church-Member for her timely
+efforts which they felt sure would terminate in his conversion.</p>
+
+<p>“What more is required of me in order that I may join your church?”
+inquired Mr. World in a voice of deepening earnestness.</p>
+
+<p>“Nothing more than to express your willingness,” responded the two.
+Your morality is beyond suspicion, and your fulfillment of the duties
+of citizenship has always been praiseworthy; therefore your religion
+is quite exemplary. It lacks but your admission into the church.”</p>
+
+<p>“I would have joined before now had it not been for a radical element
+potent in the councils of the church, and especially for the narrow
+views entertained by your minister. If you had another pastor, one of
+more liberal cast of mind, it would not only influence me to join, but
+many of my wealthy and honorable friends would do so as well.”</p>
+
+<p>“It certainly is a sad state of affairs,” sighed Miss Church-Member.
+“We are losing heavily by reason of such narrowness. I thought
+differently at one time, but these glasses have given me a wider and
+clearer range of vision.”</p>
+
+<p>“Your words indicate a sound judgment,” commented Mr. World, and the
+two church officials listened eagerly. “Why should the church compel
+a man to journey on a path so narrow that he can scarcely make any
+progress?”</p>
+
+<p class="center p0 p2"><span class="figcenter" id="img006">
+ <img src="images/006.jpg" class="w50" alt="Mr. Elder, unable to push through the narrow pass of
+Consecration, was compelled to take the “Shorter and Broader Way to
+Heaven.”" />
+</span></p>
+<p class="center p0 caption">Mr. Elder, unable to push through the narrow pass of
+Consecration, was compelled to take the “Shorter and Broader Way to
+Heaven.”<br /></p>
+
+<p>“A sensible view of it,” said Mr. Elder, “for I have learned by
+experience that it is impossible to travel far in the way you mention.
+I tried it until recently, when I gave it up in disgust. I patronized
+an old established exchange store, disposed of a part of my outfit,
+and got in exchange something up-to-date, as you see from my appearance.
+I then endeavored to walk on the old path, but soon came to an
+especially narrow place called Consecration. I could not squeeze
+through. I struggled hard and long until one came to me and said: ‘Let
+go what thou hast under thine arms and belted to thine heart, and thou
+shalt go through with ease and rejoicing.’ That was asking too much
+of me, for I paid a high price for these things and was minded to hold
+to them at all cost. I then endeavored more earnestly to push ahead,
+but found that I could not. As I looked around me, in despair, I saw
+a path leading to the left, under a beautiful arch, whereon I read
+this inscription:</p>
+
+<p class="center">A SHORTER AND BROADER WAY TO HEAVEN.</p>
+
+<p>“This path I took and have been traveling comfortably thereon,
+especially since I found this still Broader Way into which it led. If
+only all church-members would know the comforts and advantages of this
+way, they could no longer refuse to travel it.”</p>
+
+<p>“They are finding it out more and more every age,” said Mr. World
+with a complacent smile. “The church and the world ought to be one
+and, according to the teaching of the Bible, how could this be better
+accomplished than by having the church come down to the level of the
+world, and from that point lift the world upward. That was Christ’s
+method and example. The church of to-day should not wish to be greater
+than her Lord.”</p>
+
+<p>The two church-officials looked at each other in surprise. “Without
+doubt that is broad-minded theology,” first spoke Mr. Deacon.</p>
+
+<p>“It is indeed refreshing in contrast with what we must hear repeatedly
+from the troublesome element in the church,” added the other.</p>
+
+<p>“Will you not tell us how you also came to reach this favored place?”
+inquired Miss Church-Member, as she gave her attention momentarily to
+Mr. Deacon.</p>
+
+<p>“It came about in a very odd manner. I had been wearing an old-style
+robe of righteousness, and gradually came to see that it was totally
+out of harmony with the higher thought of the age; so much so that I
+became odious to many liberal-minded people. A sharp struggle ensued
+between my conscience and my judgment. In the midst of this conflict
+I came to a place which offered to accept my old garments in exchange
+for seasonable attire. ‘Anything for peace,’ thought I; so I entered
+the establishment and selected this apparel, and these additional
+advantages. It cost me nothing but the mere willingness to exchange,
+and would I not have been foolish to refuse so much at so small a
+price?”</p>
+
+<p>“Without a doubt,” quickly answered Miss Church-Member. The others
+forcibly confirmed her answer.</p>
+
+<p>“After I had completed my bargain I continued my diligence in the work
+of the church and in traveling on the good old Narrow Way. I came to
+a place called God Praise, and got through with little difficulty; but
+voices from unseen creatures spoke terror to my soul. In this
+unhappiness I trudged along until I came to a narrow pass known as
+Sacrifice. Through it I could not go. I struggled again and again. I
+also heard a voice saying unto me: ‘If thou wilt wear the garments of
+salvation, and cast off these things of earth, then thou mayest pass
+through all thy sacrifice with ease and sweet delight.’</p>
+
+<p>“The voice troubled me much, for I feared it spoke the truth. There
+did I spend a long season in mortal dread and doubt, and thought I
+would rather die than suffer thus. Suddenly, as if blind to it before,
+I saw a sign apparently moving in circles about me. It settled to my
+left and thus it read:</p>
+
+<p class="center">TO HEAVEN WITHOUT SACRIFICE.</p>
+
+<p>“At once a smooth path opened to view, and I chided myself for having
+been blind to it so long. I entered upon it and hastily pursued my
+journey, and soon from thence passed upon this Broad Gauge Road. I
+traveled hereon for a long time when, to my delight, I came across Mr.
+Elder. I assure you we have had companionable seasons. We are on our
+road to Heaven and expect eventually to reach that place. Many persons
+of the Narrow Gauge Road have told us that we are wrong, deceived, and
+would be hopelessly lost if we do not change our course, but methinks
+that those people are disregarding the Bible where it saith, ‘Judge
+not that ye be not judged’; and ‘Thou hypocrite, first cast out the
+beam out of thine own eye; and then shalt thou see clearly.’”</p>
+
+<p>“Ah! Mr. Deacon,” quickly complimented Mr. World, “you must be a
+champion in the use of Bible truth. How can these bigots expect to
+stand when such Scripture condemns them? It will be a joyful time for
+all of us when these self-righteous critics shall have pulled the beams
+out of their eyes and be able to see us in our real innocence.”</p>
+
+<p>While Mr. World was speaking these words he assisted Miss Church-
+Member into their strange vehicle and, when his last sentence was
+ended, they bade a hearty farewell to the two acquaintances and smoothly
+glided on, not tarrying to hear the words of commendation which each
+church-official was speaking simultaneously.</p>
+
+
+<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop" />
+
+<div class="chapter">
+<h2 class="nobreak" id="CHAPTER_VI">CHAPTER VI.<br />SATAN’S LAW DEPARTMENTS</h2>
+</div>
+
+
+<p>(_Underground._)</p>
+
+<p>1. An allegorical representation of Satan’s underhanded methods in law
+and politics. All seen during a thrilling journey with Blackana through
+this underground regions (level below level) where the laws of Hell
+are hatched.</p>
+
+<p>2. A realistic climax,&mdash;ultimate triumph of right in the civil realm.</p>
+
+
+<p>I now saw two mountains so high that their shadows perpetually darkened
+the Broad Highway which covered the wide valley between them.</p>
+
+<p>In this Shadowy Vale many held permanent residence, until the whole
+region swarmed with teeming millions of every tongue and tribe on the
+face of the globe.</p>
+
+<p>At the base of the mountains, on each side of the way, there were
+numerous large openings through which imps of darkness were constantly
+passing. Most of them were habited as angels of light.</p>
+
+<p>“Tell me the mystery of those dismal openings,” I asked as I turned
+to Blackana. “Words are inadequate to tell of the places to which they
+lead. To know aright one must see,” he answered with marked
+indifference.</p>
+
+<p>For a moment I silently looked upon Blackana whose evasive answer had
+so greatly aroused my curiosity.</p>
+
+<p>“Beyond those ominous portals I can discern nothing,” I murmured. “How
+can I be privileged to see what is there hidden?”</p>
+
+<p>“Come with me,” coldly invited Blackana, “I will guide you to the
+nethermost realms now unseen by you. This I do not willingly, but I
+am thus commanded.”</p>
+
+<p>Not wishing to receive my orders from the mouth of a demon, I talked
+to my better Friend who bade me go and be assured that _a body-guard
+of ten thousand would ever be at my side, though I saw them not._</p>
+
+<p>On wings, swifter than the wind, Blackana and I covered the intervening
+space. We stood in the dark valley at one of the openings, now appearing
+ten-fold larger than before, and the mountains reared their imposing
+crests as if to an endless height.</p>
+
+<p>“Follow me,” grimly spoke Blackana as he advanced through the monstrous
+arcade into the deepening darkness.</p>
+
+<p>I remembered the ten thousand, and feared not as I followed. Downward
+and inward we went, with no light but a horrid glare casting its
+uncertain rays athwart our path.</p>
+
+<p>“Is this the passage-way to Destruction?” I cried, as I saw how spectral
+all things were, for more than a thousand grimy faces had already added
+their fitful glances to the glimmering scene.</p>
+
+<p>“The passage-way to Hell is not so smooth; we go to a better place,”
+he answered, without so much as turning his head.</p>
+
+<p>We finally stopped at a line of massive elevators, ever in busy motion,
+carrying the throngs upward or downward.</p>
+
+<p>As we paused, Blackana regarded me silently. I was then able, for the
+first time, to see his face clearly. No light reveals the countenance
+of a demon so well as the light of his own region.</p>
+
+<p>I stood as if paralyzed under his awful eyes. Oh! thought I, can two
+orbs picture such infinite depth of remorse; such absence of tenderness;
+such barrenness of sympathy, far beyond the most care-worn look of
+earth? Then, pervading all these lineaments of despair were the positive
+characteristics of his nature&mdash;malice, envy, and hatred. These lent
+their repulsive fires to his eye, already overcharged with insidious
+gleamings. I suddenly thought of my ten thousand, and my fears subsided.</p>
+
+<p>“It were better for you to remain a stranger to the greater depth and
+go no farther,” were the words that finally came from Blackana’s
+scarcely moving lips.</p>
+
+<p>“Fulfill your mission, Blackana! I fear not the deepest depth when I
+am thus equipped.”</p>
+
+<p>“Where is your sword and where is your armor?” he tauntingly asked.</p>
+
+<p>“My steel is hid until I find a foe worthy of its mettle.”</p>
+
+<p>Blackana quivered and resumed his task. He told me that above us, deep
+in the bowels of these mountains, were the more refined legislative
+halls of Satan; while below us, at varying and terrible depths, lay
+scattered many a brooding station where the lowest laws of Hell are
+hatched.</p>
+
+<p>“Let us go downward,” I said, and scarcely had the words escaped my
+lips ere Blackana had ushered me into an elevator, holding me as we
+dropped down and down with increasing velocity, while a cold chill was
+freezing my heart, and my body playing the part of an aspen leaf.</p>
+
+<p>Never before had I been touched by so dreadful a hand, but I thought
+again of the ten thousand, and that lent warmth to my heart and calmness
+to my nerves. “To what great depth are we falling?” I soon ventured
+to ask, as I perceived that we were dashing downward at terrific speed.</p>
+
+<p>“We fall to no great depth; we go only a thousand furlongs to reach
+the first grand level, not stopping at these lesser places of which
+you get a glimpse in passing.”</p>
+
+<p>“A thousand furlongs,” I repeated, “down into the earth! Who ever heard
+of such a descent before?” But I still thought of my ten thousand,
+even though I could not conceive how they could follow me in such
+places.</p>
+
+<p>“At what rate do we now travel?” I nervously asked, for I felt the
+hand of Blackana still pressing me down lest the great elevator would
+fall faster than my body.</p>
+
+<p>“According to earthly reckoning we are falling twenty furlongs a second
+and our speed is still increasing with the descent,” was the startling
+answer.</p>
+
+<p>I spoke no more, but found myself clutching the raised bars of the
+floor. I saw the glimmering light of many a region as we darted by at
+our lightning speed.</p>
+
+<p>In an incredibly short time we reached the first grand level. Blackana
+led me forth from the elevator into an immense cavern whose dimensions
+were apparently as limitless as the space between the earth and sky.
+It was illuminated by infernal lights and all astir with moving
+thousands in fabled dress and shape.</p>
+
+<p>Never before had I imagined or beheld such a scene. Pure gold was as
+plentiful as the water of the earth, and was abundantly used in the
+construction of vast halls whose overarching vaults were encrusted
+with priceless gems that dazzled like jets of crystallized light.</p>
+
+<p>“What weird world is this?” I asked in an awed tone.</p>
+
+<p>“This is one of my master’s legislative centers, devoted to each
+separate government on earth. The many legislators of this whole region
+are ever busily engaged in determining upon their policy and methods
+of operation, and in endeavoring to influence the law-making body of
+each government to create and modify laws in harmony with the
+underground legislation here enacted.”</p>
+
+<p>“Ah!” said I, “but this place is far from the surface where man dwells.
+How can there be such close connection?”</p>
+
+<p>Blackana smiled as he made a wonderful revelation to me. “This strange
+empire is in close touch with the whole human family, for there are
+thousands of wires leading from this dark realm to each government
+centre of earth. Satan thus communicates his wishes to each lawmaker,
+of every land, who will lend a listening ear to his schemes.”</p>
+
+<p>Blackana then conducted me to an immense building divided into many
+sections. “Here is the electric centre of this level,” he said.</p>
+
+<p>As I gazed I learned the secret of Satan’s power in law. Thousands
+were here engaged in conversing with legislators on earth.</p>
+
+<p>I could understand no word of all these communications, for the section
+where I stood was devoted to Asiatic countries and the islands of the
+Pacific Ocean.</p>
+
+<p>“Take me, O Blackana, to the section connecting with the Western world
+that I may see the very wires that run to the United States of America.”</p>
+
+<p>I soon stood in the interior of another large building, and with great
+interest listened to the operators communicating with some who were
+in authority at Washington, and with persons elsewhere who were
+interested in the formulation of laws for the whole country.</p>
+
+<p>“Does this never cease?” I questioned.</p>
+
+<p>“It continues through the days and nights of earth forever,” came the
+reply.</p>
+
+<p>I was looking at the intricate system of wires and the stupendous
+proportions of the place, when suddenly I heard some one mention a
+name with which I was familiar. I was attracted close to the side of
+the operator that I might hear at least the one side of the
+conversation.</p>
+
+<p>“That bill should never become a law,” said the operator, but I could
+not hear the reply.</p>
+
+<p>“Fight hard to defeat it. You will get heaps of gold if you succeed,”
+were the next words I heard at the lower ’phone.</p>
+
+<p>“Never mind them. I’ll take care of that crowd. I will try once more
+to get their ear. I failed the last time, but I hope to succeed at my
+next endeavor.” These words were spoken very plainly, but still I could
+hear no reply.</p>
+
+<p>“Suppose the other element has chances to win. Get ready at once and
+meet the situation. Go and speak to the chairman of the committee and
+early influence his mind in our favor. Offer any bribe you wish, for
+we have unlimited resources at our command.”</p>
+
+<p>“If only I could hear the answer,” thought I.</p>
+
+<p>Then the operator listened a long time, and I almost envied his
+privilege, wishing that I might also hear the human voice from the
+earth’s surface.</p>
+
+<p>Blackana conducted me to other parts of the building, and I saw the
+fiendish program carried out at each point. Thousands of demons were
+in league with the law-makers of the world!</p>
+
+<p>“Oh! that I could cut these wires and restrict Satan’s laws to these
+underground dominions,” I said with rising boldness.</p>
+
+<p>“Silence, puny mortal! Know you not that others can hear you speak?
+Would you here be crushed to death so far from the light of day?”</p>
+
+<p>Superhuman strength moved me to answer thus: “Though all these hosts
+should hear me, I fear nothing. I am invincible, and should you take
+me to the deepest depths, amidst foul crawling imps, not one can harm
+me. Neither can you, Blackana.</p>
+
+<p>“Come on,” he sneered, “cease your senseless sentences and follow me.”</p>
+
+<p>I saw that Blackana endeavored to conceal the counter-currents of his
+heart, but nevertheless his agitation did not escape my notice.</p>
+
+<p>Back to the elevators we went, and with a throng of evil spirits we
+entered the central car and fell another thousand furlongs into the
+depth of the earth.</p>
+
+<p>We stopped at the second grand level into which I was ushered. I looked
+out over what seemed to be a new world with more light and more
+animation than was manifest on the first level.</p>
+
+<p>Boisterous demonstrations were heard on every hand, all made more
+hideous by the variety of evil spirits who added their din to the
+general bedlam. “What furious world is this?” I shouted.</p>
+
+<p>“This is Satan’s political headquarters, and the place where his state
+laws are made. We are here connected with every state or divisional
+government in the world, and with every political movement that can
+be influenced by these underground voices.”</p>
+
+<p>My indignation leaped over all bounds as the vileness of these
+iniquitous schemes pressed upon me. I heard the bands of music from
+those who had prostituted their talent to the second level.</p>
+
+<p>Blackana pushed me on through all the demonstrations, and then led me
+into a great structure more secluded than the electrical stations.
+Here the state laws are hatched, but, thanks to a higher sanctum, not
+all the brood see daylight.</p>
+
+<p>The plotters of Hell sat in this underground legislative centre, and
+I saw, to my horror, some state legislators occupying seats in this
+infamous quarter.</p>
+
+<p>Then said I to Blackana: “It is no more a mystery to me how so much
+of Hell is incorporated into the laws of the states in the country
+where I hold residence, as well as in all other parts of the world.
+How long have these things been?”</p>
+
+<p>“Since the beginning of law,” was his indifferent reply.</p>
+
+<p>“It will not be so forever,” I prophesied under a sudden spell of
+inspiration. “The time must come when the power of this level will be
+blasted forever. The owner of the tree will burn the worms and their
+nests from every branch.”</p>
+
+<p>Then said Blackana tauntingly: “Neither flood, poison, fire, nor knife
+can ever destroy this section.” Just as he spoke these words the whole
+edifice shook, and I heard a noise as if a shower of great stones had
+crashed into the roof and sides of the building. The legislators quaked
+with fear and all looked toward the ceiling. All of this instantly
+reminded me of the thousand lords who looked at the ominous handwriting
+on the wall at the feast of Belshazzar.</p>
+
+<p>“Explain it to me,” I asked as I looked wonderingly at Blackana.</p>
+
+<p>“Urge it not, urge it not! Be content to dwell in ignorance!”</p>
+
+<p>“I am here to learn, and I would know what force or power can so
+well-nigh destroy this wretched center. Tell me the truth. I demand
+it.”</p>
+
+<p>Then did Blackana move himself in his startling attitudes, as if loath
+to speak. He rolled his heavy eyes as his discordant voice yielded the
+unwilling explanation.</p>
+
+<p>“These are the votes that just fell in favor of reform in a campaign
+on earth. Such votes, under the panoply of prayer, strike more terror
+to these kingdoms than all else combined, and the most disastrous
+feature is that they go bounding from the buildings of this level ever
+downward and work their ruin from kingdom to kingdom, until they have
+wrought their havoc even to the lowest level. If we only knew the way
+to break the power of these votes, our comrades would not then dwell
+in constant dread of what might happen.”</p>
+
+<p>“May you never learn that power, and may the votes of good citizenship
+ever increase in number until these legislative halls shall be broken
+to rise no more, and their inmates driven from their secret machinations
+to the abode prepared for the Devil and his angels.”</p>
+
+<p>Blackana sprang at me in great rage.</p>
+
+<p>“Silence, you contemptible mortal! You have not such liberty of speech
+here! Why fling insults into the face of one more powerful than
+yourself?”</p>
+
+<p>“_Ho, ye ten thousand!_” I shouted with all my power, and Blackana
+fell backward at my very words. Sullen, but cowed, he arose to his
+feet and took me to the elevators.</p>
+
+<p>“Where next?” he gruffly asked.</p>
+
+<p>“What is on the next level below?” I inquired.</p>
+
+<p>“Greater proceedings than on this one. It is devoted to the government
+of counties, cities, boroughs, and villages, and their political work.”</p>
+
+<p>“Pass it by and take me to the lowest level.”</p>
+
+<p>“You do not know what you ask. The lowest level is very, very deep,
+and takes us where things have no weight. It is the lowest haunt outside
+of Hell, inhabited by the vilest imps. How can you live or move in
+such a realm?”</p>
+
+<p>“Not by the futile force of human power, but by the strength of Him
+who bids me go. I fear not, O Blackana; conduct me thither.”</p>
+
+<p>What an awful experience followed! I was taken down at an amazing
+speed, held under the great hand of Blackana. We passed region after
+region of infernal lights, each one existing for the purpose of carrying
+out its part of Satan’s fiendish plan.</p>
+
+<p>At length we stopped in the red glare of an awful burning amidst a
+company of hobgoblins out of harmony with all human shape or symmetry.</p>
+
+<p>“This must be the bed of Hell, indeed,” I said, after I had conquered
+my rising fears. “Far from it, far from it!” answered Blackana. “We
+are now in the lowest legislative center _where foul fiends invent the
+horrible laws of personal pollution in the mortal body, and political
+bribery in the civil body._”</p>
+
+<p>Blackana held me by the hand. I seemed not to walk but rather to move
+along without effort, seeing the pictures of lowest life and ill-shaped
+spirits, some of monster size.</p>
+
+<p>Into an immense auditorium I was wafted, a building without foundations
+or floor. Here, amidst uncanny noises, hovered a vast throng of Satan’s
+lowest legislators.</p>
+
+<p>The dreadful suggestions here given, and the terrible debates that
+followed, beggar human description. From all parts of the great hall
+the busy wires were communicating with every section of the earth’s
+surface.</p>
+
+<p>Blackana, still holding me by the hand, spoke! thus in a derisive
+strain:</p>
+
+<p>“O mortal, now comes my glorious revenge I have tasted your insults
+until their galling bitterness grinds me still. I have craved for this
+hour when I might leave you to the mercy of the lowest, and bring you
+under my feet for ever.”</p>
+
+<p>Then, turning to the chairman of the great assemblage, Blackana
+attracted his attention, and at once the attention of all the spectral
+monsters of the place.</p>
+
+<p>“Here,” commenced he, “is a piece of mortal flesh, fresh from the
+surface. I have been forced, by some strange power, to conduct this
+mortal man through these nether levels until he has seen the workings
+of our underground plans and schemes. He must never see the light of
+day, lest the world above may know the true inwardness and source of
+such laws as are called cursed, and rise in hosts against our surface
+operations.”</p>
+
+<p>At this Blackana thrust me forward, and I went straightway to the
+chairman who seized me by the back and held me aloft in his right hand,
+while a deafening roar of strident voices was measuring my doom.</p>
+
+<p>“_Ho, ye ten thousand!_” I cried aloud, at which the horrid chairman
+fell backward, and I dropped unharmed to his own chair as the whole
+host were rushing at me en masse.</p>
+
+<p>The chairman sprang to his feet and waved a wand. “Silence and order!”
+he commanded.</p>
+
+<p>Thousands of brandishing weapons were brought to a stand, and quietness
+reigned in a moment.</p>
+
+<p>“Why say you ‘ten thousand’? What power lives in those words?” asked
+the chairman with a show of boldness, but in secret quaking. “Power
+unlimited, even over death, hell, and the grave. My flesh is not food
+for such as these.”</p>
+
+<p>“Who can you be to talk thus boldly to your superiors?”</p>
+
+<p>“I am one who is sealed by the blood of Jesus, and have no superiors
+outside the gates of Heaven.”</p>
+
+<p>“Why came you here?” he impatiently and furiously demanded. “Tell me
+while yet you have opportunity to speak.”</p>
+
+<p>Then, fully confiding in my unseen Guard, I stood erect and said with
+boldness of speech: “I have come to learn the secrets of this
+underground legislation which is sending its blighting curse throughout
+the world. Having witnessed the wide extent of these secret operations,
+I will now return to the brotherhood of man and sound the alarm of a
+coming reformation. O, beware ye multitudes that now rise against me!
+I am not alone, nor forsaken. By faith I see armies of the living God.
+I declare, at this moment, that earth will not forever receive her
+laws from such a depth. The hour must come when these million wires
+will be broken beyond repair, and all you fiends go groveling under
+penal chains in darkness eternal.”</p>
+
+ <p class="center p0 p2"><span class="figcenter" id="img007">
+ <img src="images/007.jpg" class="w75" alt="The armies of righteousness will some day triumph over
+the black hordes of civil iniquity." />
+</span></p>
+<p class="center p0 caption">The armies of righteousness will some day triumph over
+the black hordes of civil iniquity.<br /></p>
+
+<p>No more could I speak, for the air was thickening all around me with
+a rush of wild demons whose threatening weapons thirsted for my blood.</p>
+
+<p>I stood motionless, glorying in the power of the Unseen, for I saw,
+shining far above me, a beautiful star of hope with peace and purity
+in its rays.</p>
+
+<p>In the same instant I again shouted, “_Ho, ye ten thousand!_” Oh, what
+a transformation took place! Regiment upon regiment of Heaven’s military
+hosts, converging as from infinite depth of space, burst into sudden
+view, revealed by a dazzling light which filled the whole region and
+dazed the infernal hosts as with blindness, while their weapons broke
+and fell beneath them in futile fragments.</p>
+
+
+<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop" />
+
+<div class="chapter">
+<h2 class="nobreak" id="CHAPTER_VII">CHAPTER VII.<br />THE HILL OF REMORSE.</h2>
+</div>
+
+<p>1. While climbing a steep hill Miss Church-Member is touched by Remorse.</p>
+
+<p>2. Satan’s strategy in keeping her away from the Narrow Path.</p>
+
+<p>3. All her trouble is lost in company with Mr. World on the Mountain Top
+of Apathy.</p>
+
+
+<p>Returning to my former post of observation, and looking again through
+the open door, I beheld Mr. World and Miss Church-Member still riding
+on the gravity road. They were approaching the Shadowy Vale, and Mr.
+World was desirous that his friend should close her eyes until they
+had passed through the shadows.</p>
+
+<p>She reclined her head, and soon was resting so comfortably that she
+fell fast asleep and opened not her eyes until they had passed beyond
+the darker scenes of the miserable valley.</p>
+
+<p>Then did Mr. World engage her with artful and pleasant conversation,
+so that she might not fully observe the features that constantly make
+this part of the Broad Highway dark and dreary.</p>
+
+<p>Satan, unseen, hovered around them during their conversation which was
+well pleasing to him. At length, in partial disguise, he made himself
+visible, much to the terror of Miss Church-Member.</p>
+
+<p>“Fear not; no harm will befall you,” said Mr. World re-assuringly as
+he laid his hand upon her shoulder.</p>
+
+<p>Satan smiled complaisantly, and spoke in soft tones: “Tremble not at
+my presence. I have come only to render you such assistance as may be
+especially helpful to you in your journey, and to disabuse your mind
+of such false impressions as you have evidently entertained concerning
+my character.”</p>
+
+<p>So affable was his manner and so pleasing his address that, to her
+mind, he soon lost that shocking hideousness which characterized his
+first appearance, and evoked from Miss Church-Member this apology born
+of her guilty conscience: “You would not have seen me now on this path
+had Mr. World adhered strictly to his promises.”</p>
+
+<p>“Indeed, Miss Church-Member,” replied Satan, “you need have no regret
+for being here. You are to be congratulated upon the good judgment
+which led you into fellowship with Mr. World. It is your happy fortune
+that he has succeeded in preventing you from leaving him. You are an
+exception to a host of cranks, who, without investigation, are
+prejudiced by what they hear. You are broad-minded, independent, and
+will be found wiser and happier than the army of fools you have left.”</p>
+
+<p>These words brought a mixture of pride and shame to her heart, and
+threw her mind into a state of great confusion.</p>
+
+<p>But by this time they had come to a long and steep hill called Remorse
+up which all pilgrims walked. Mr. World assisted his companion in
+alighting, and promised to give her all possible help in her efforts
+to climb the hill.</p>
+
+<p>Satan remained with them, and Miss Church-Member, under deepening
+remorse of conscience, loitered a few steps in the rear. Her bowed
+head indicated the warring of her thoughts. Then I saw that she cast
+a longing glance over the rough hills toward the King’s Highway, and
+looked for some path by which she might go thither.</p>
+
+<p>Her two wily companions endeavored to allay her fears by offering all
+manner of cajolements, none of which either diverted or quieted her
+mind.</p>
+
+<p>“O ye friends of mine!” cried Miss Church-Member, “I can find rest
+only on yonder King’s Highway. Can you show me the shortest path leading
+thereto? I cannot go to the summit of this hill.”</p>
+
+<p class="center p0 p2"><span class="figcenter" id="img008">
+ <img src="images/008.jpg" class="w75" alt="On the Hill of Remorse. Miss Church-Member cast a longing
+glance toward the King’s Highway, and looked for some way by which she
+might go thither." />
+</span></p>
+<p class="center p0 caption">On the Hill of Remorse. Miss Church-Member cast a longing
+glance toward the King’s Highway, and looked for some way by which she
+might go thither.<br /></p>
+
+<p>“It so happens,” pleasantly replied the Devil, “that there is no way
+of reaching the so-called King’s Highway from this part of our route,
+but, if you will have patience, we will conduct you safely to a point
+a little farther on where you can conveniently leave this way with all
+honor to yourself. In the meantime we will give you all the assistance
+that you may need, and every convenience that science can afford.”</p>
+
+<p>Miss Church-Member wept tears of gratitude at this proffered kindness,
+and began to feel that this dark intruder was a friend with a rough
+exterior but a warm and congenial heart.</p>
+
+<p>“It is quite evident that you have been grossly misrepresented to me,”
+she faltered as her voice trembled with emotion. “I was told that you
+are the embodiment of envy, malice, and hatred, and vigorously opposed
+to everything religious.”</p>
+
+<p>Satan looked at her in well-counterfeited amazement. “How wrongly I
+am judged by my enemies! How can I be opposed to all religion when I
+attend church and prayer-meeting regularly, and sedulously listen to
+the sermons and prayers while many sleep who claim to be better than
+I? You will pardon me, Miss Church-Member,” he continued, “but allow
+me to bear the light burden you are carrying under your arm, and let
+us hasten from this sickly atmosphere to the refreshing air beyond the
+summit of the hill.”</p>
+
+<p>“You are very kind, indeed,” she said. “Please carry these books
+carefully, as I prize them very highly.”</p>
+
+<p>As they pushed their way up the hill, I looked at Blackana who, with
+his eyes fixed upon me, sat as cold and motionless as a statue.</p>
+
+<p>“Tell me,” I asked, “why Satan has falsified so greatly to Miss
+Church-Member.”</p>
+
+<p>Blackana, with a show of uneasiness, answered interrogatively: “Wherein
+has he falsified?”</p>
+
+<p>“Did he not just inform Miss Church-Member that there is no way of
+reaching the King’s Highway from the place where she had been standing?
+He well knew that there is a way opened by the Prince of the House of
+David. Why did he not tell her?”</p>
+
+<p>Blackana again grinned horribly while my indignation waxed stronger.
+Then came his pertinent reply: “My master is about his own business;
+that is why he is so successful in his work. It is not his business
+to point people away from his kingdom; his delight is rather in leading
+them upon his own Highway.”</p>
+
+<p>“Oh! for the voice of a thousand trumpets, that I might reach the ear
+of Miss Church-Member, and break unto her the words of truth and life.
+See how she walks on between those two fiends, ever nearing an awful
+destruction, yet vainly imagining, through the deceitfulness of her
+advisers, that she is nearing the place where she can, with greater
+ease, leave her present course and join her comrades on the Shining
+Path. Oh, that I could send a messenger, good and swift, in her
+pursuit!”</p>
+
+<p>“Rest in ease, anxious mortal; she will get all necessary advice from
+her two friends,” replied Blackana with a sardonic grin.</p>
+
+<p>I could no longer look into his face, for I was filled with contempt.
+I turned my eyes to see poor Miss Church-Member still struggling up
+the Hill of Remorse.</p>
+
+<p>When the top was finally reached I heard Mr. World congratulating her:
+“Well done, noble woman! You have fought Remorse until you have mastered
+it. The pains and pangs incident to this climbing are over, and if you
+should come to another hill you will ascend it with more ease. Look
+about you at these cool mountain resorts called Apathy, and join me
+in a needed recreation as we mingle with the merry multitudes amongst
+these shady bowers.”</p>
+
+<p>She needed no second invitation, being glad to seek relief in
+forgetfulness of her guilt.</p>
+
+<p>As they went to their pleasures, Satan vanished to give attention to
+others who were ascending the same Hill of Remorse, some in a sullen
+mood and some with wails of anguish on their lips.</p>
+
+<p>The delightful resorts of Apathy were now quieting the mind of Miss
+Church-Member, for the attractions on the mountain top were so numerous
+and so ingeniously arranged that, as she gave full attention to them,
+she no longer suffered any pangs of remorse.</p>
+
+<p>On this plateau, so full of charms for every sense, I saw bands of
+music; gardens of shady retreat where one might while away the weary
+hours in gentle dalliance; and cooling fountains throwing forth their
+busy sprays.</p>
+
+<p>Artists were painting the scenes of worldly ease, and poets were writing
+sweet verses for the singers of the place.</p>
+
+<p>Miss Church-Member, who was a lover of the fine arts, asked Mr. World
+to tarry in one of the gardens of the poets where they might hear the
+songs of the season just from the pens of their authors.</p>
+
+<p>This was a novel privilege; so he readily consented and accompanied
+her into a garden near by. They were greeted by sounds of instrumental
+music and charming voices raised in song.</p>
+
+<p>After these harmonies died away a soloist sang a hymn that had been
+composed that same day. Her voice rendered each word distinctly:</p>
+<p class="p0">
+<span style="margin-left: 1.5em;">Remorse is but the foe of all,</span><br />
+<span style="margin-left: 2em;">The rich and poor, the slave and free</span><br />
+<span style="margin-left: 1.5em;">Unfriendly comes its bitter call&mdash;</span><br />
+<span style="margin-left: 2em;">Perchance it comes this day to thee.</span><br />
+
+<span style="margin-left: 1.5em;">Then come, thou troubled seeking peace</span><br />
+<span style="margin-left: 2em;">From this unkind, intruding foe;</span><br />
+<span style="margin-left: 1.5em;">Let anxious cares no more increase;</span><br />
+<span style="margin-left: 2em;">Go bury all thy pangs of woe.</span><br />
+
+<span style="margin-left: 1.5em;">Forget the things that wake thy mind</span><br />
+<span style="margin-left: 2em;">To fleeting sorrows of the day;</span><br />
+<span style="margin-left: 1.5em;">Oh! come and be forever blind</span><br />
+<span style="margin-left: 2em;">To all except this Broader Way.</span><br />
+</p>
+<p>Then followed a fiendish woman, in guise of a light-crowned angel, who
+delivered an address entitled “The True Peace of the World.” While the
+applause which followed her remarks was dying away, an authoritative
+old gentleman arose. After standing a moment in dignified silence, he
+continued to carry out the program of the Devil by speaking on “False
+Lights from the so-called ‘King’s Highway.’”</p>
+
+<p>Next a quartette beautifully rendered a love song of the world; this
+also had been quite recently composed.</p>
+<p class="p0">
+<span style="margin-left: 1.5em;">Sweet world, so bright and fair,</span><br />
+<span style="margin-left: 2em;">We would thy pleasures share</span><br />
+<span style="margin-left: 2em;">While days pass on.</span><br />
+<span style="margin-left: 1.5em;">Thou art our truest friend,</span><br />
+<span style="margin-left: 2em;">On thee our souls depend</span><br />
+<span style="margin-left: 2em;">Till life is gone.</span><br />
+
+<span style="margin-left: 1.5em;">In life’s perplexing days,</span><br />
+<span style="margin-left: 2em;">Thou wilt, in every phase,</span><br />
+<span style="margin-left: 2em;">Be ever near.</span><br />
+<span style="margin-left: 1.5em;">While thy sweet, placid charms</span><br />
+<span style="margin-left: 2em;">Dispel our dread alarms</span><br />
+<span style="margin-left: 2em;">In times of fear.</span><br />
+
+<span style="margin-left: 1.5em;">Who else can give relief,</span><br />
+<span style="margin-left: 2em;">When bowed in heavy grief?</span><br />
+<span style="margin-left: 2em;">No one like thee.</span><br />
+<span style="margin-left: 1.5em;">Thou sendest rays of light,</span><br />
+<span style="margin-left: 2em;">Into our darkest night</span><br />
+<span style="margin-left: 2em;">Till shadows flee.</span><br />
+</p>
+<p>The melody of this song and the sentiment of its words had a very
+decisive effect on Miss Church-Member. She looked into the eyes of Mr.
+World with more than poetry in her glance, for her heart was now
+thrilled with the first touches of true love for him.</p>
+
+
+<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop" />
+
+<div class="chapter">
+<h2 class="nobreak" id="CHAPTER_VIII">CHAPTER VIII.<br />THE VALLEY OF TEMPTATION.</h2>
+</div>
+
+
+<p>1. In this valley the two great Highways run almost parallel.</p>
+
+<p>2. The intervening ground is all alive with Satan’s schemes to entice,
+entrap and discourage Christians.</p>
+
+<p>3. The operation of Christian forces in this valley.</p>
+
+
+<p>After leaving the Hill of Remorse and the pleasure grounds of Apathy,
+Mr. World and Miss Church-Member proceeded on the Broad Highway which
+now gradually sloped toward a deep valley.</p>
+
+<p>“What is the name of the valley which we are now entering?” inquired
+Miss Church-Member.</p>
+
+<p>“’Tis but the Valley of Temptation,” he carelessly answered.</p>
+
+<p>“Ah! I have heard of this valley,” she replied. “Whenever I was tempted
+or tried on the King’s Highway some one would caution: ‘Be courageous,
+for you must go through the Valley of Temptation.’ I am thankful, as I
+come to it, that I am on a Broader Way.”</p>
+
+<p>“Many call this valley ‘Entanglement,’” further continued Mr. World,
+“because of the large numbers who are here caught by the devices all
+along the way.” I saw the whole valley in one view. It was very wide
+and more than a thousand experiences long and, from one end to the
+other, there were constant scenes of activity. The King’s Highway and
+the Broad Highway ran almost parallel throughout the whole length of
+the valley.</p>
+
+<p>The entire space between the two paths was occupied by the agents of
+Satan, and by numerous rescue bands and missionary organizations of
+the King’s Highway Church.</p>
+
+<p>I was informed that no traveler, who knows the experiences of life,
+ever escaped this valley. But the King of Glory gives his children
+assurance of no harm if they will heed his words and step not from the
+path upon any pretence. He has also placed, in plain view, countless
+signs of warning to keep his pilgrims from yielding to temptation, as
+it presents itself, with or without mask; and they who pass these
+testing-places in triumph are counted stable in their ways.</p>
+
+<p>I saw in the first part of the valley some of Satan’s shrewdest agents
+at work. They were stationed along the Narrow Path at close intervals,
+and were endeavoring, by all kinds of schemes, to attract the attention
+of Christians as they journeyed through the valley.</p>
+
+<p>From one point they threw a hook baited with wealth over to the edge
+of the King’s Highway way. I saw an ambitious Christian, contrary to
+the signs of warning and all advice, eagerly grasp this bait. Then did
+the agents of Satan pull gently. The man seeing a clue to wealth in
+his hand would not let it go, and so was drawn slowly and unconsciously
+over into the territory of the World. He did not see the strand that
+drew him, for it was invisible, nor was he conscious of being thus
+drawn, having his mind so fixed upon the object of his earnest pursuit.</p>
+
+<p>Thus do these agents ply their nefarious skill without ceasing, and
+so have drawn large numbers away from their original faith.</p>
+
+<p>Another agent I saw near-by throwing out a hook baited with fame. An
+ambitious youth let go all he had and seized the baited hook with
+singular avidity. It inspired him with inward hope, and he became so
+engaged in thinking of his golden future that he followed whither the
+gentle drawing led him, until he also reached the questionable ground
+of the World. There he became still further entangled until he was
+utterly under the sway of the tempter.</p>
+
+<p>Close by I saw an agent of the Devil fastening a book to a line and
+throwing it to the edge of the King’s Highway. In bold letters it bore
+the title, “Forbidden Fruit,” and under this title there was an impure
+picture.</p>
+
+<p>Many, in passing by, who saw the book would have examined it had it
+not been for their modesty.</p>
+
+<p>But one man, whose curiosity was stronger than his judgment, took the
+book and commenced perusing it. While thus engaged the invisible strands
+of influence drew the captive from the Narrow Way until he found a
+series of books and illustrations to enchain his attention, and Satan
+succeeded in totally winning his heart.</p>
+
+<p>I saw another book thrown to the edge of the Pilgrim’s Path. This was
+taken by a woman who opened its pages and saw its evil tendencies.
+Although drawn by the invisible chord, she did not step from the path,
+but threw the book as far to one side as she could, and proceeded on
+her journey happily singing:</p>
+
+<p class="p0"><span style="margin-left: 2em;">“Yield not to temptation,</span><br />
+<span style="margin-left: 2em;">For yielding is sin.</span><br />
+<span style="margin-left: 2em;">Each vict’ry will help you</span><br />
+<span style="margin-left: 2em;">Some other to win.”</span><br /></p>
+
+<p>This only enraged the wily foes, and they became more determined than
+ever to continue their work of deception and ruin.</p>
+
+<p>From one point or another I saw this dreadful work progressing. Each
+station used a different kind of bait, pleasing or attractive to some
+passing pilgrims. Here the enemy reaps a continual harvest
+notwithstanding all the preaching, advice, and influence brought to
+bear upon pilgrims to induce them to eschew all attractions not plainly
+found upon their own pathway.</p>
+
+<p>Some, whom Satan could not attract by a bait, he would catch with
+snares, many of which I saw in operation, each guarded continually by
+trusted servants of the Evil One.</p>
+
+<p>One of the subtlest of these snares consisted of a series of small,
+curiously shaped buildings. They stood as near to the King’s Highway
+as Satan could place them, while glaring signs informed the pilgrims
+that they could here obtain knowledge upon any subject. Each building
+was so constructed that, at the will of a secret operator, it could
+be moved noiselessly from its resting place.</p>
+
+<p>Many an unsuspecting traveler who craved for a solution to some mystery
+would step into one of these neat rooms, and meet with a most cordial
+reception.</p>
+
+<p>I saw a man of more than usual intelligence, who had been faithful to
+his Master, stop and read the sign over these buildings: “Bureau of
+Information: All Mysteries Solved.”</p>
+
+<p>“Here,” thought he, “in this humble place I can perhaps find some
+pearls of thought which more inviting waters never yielded to me.” He
+stepped in, not noticing that he thereby stepped to one side of the
+way.</p>
+
+<p>“Can I have a mystery solved here?” asked the visitor.</p>
+
+<p>“Without doubt, sir,” was the confident response of a dignified
+professor who was in attendance.</p>
+
+<p>“Can you tell me the origin of sin?” asked the visitor.</p>
+
+<p>Just then I saw the building commence to move as the professor commenced
+to explain the difficult question.</p>
+
+<p>The professor talked so interestingly to the visitor that he held his
+attention until the building was moved, by the secret process, to the
+brow of the mountain, and over to the great building known as the
+“Devil’s Theological School.”</p>
+
+<p>“Perchance, my words,” said the speaker, “are insufficient to fully
+satisfy your mind. Go now from the rear door to the College where all
+such perplexing questions are made clear.”</p>
+
+<p>The visitor seizing, as he thought, a golden opportunity, gladly
+consented and, to his great surprise, found a building of magnificent
+proportions into which he entered.</p>
+
+<p>After listening a very short time to Satan’s teaching on the origin
+of sin, he emerged from the school with a heavy bundle of opinions on
+his back, and failed to find the Old Way. After wandering and stumbling
+about on this summit of human learning, he finally found the Broad
+Highway whereon he could carry his vain burden with ease.</p>
+
+<p>These bureaus of information have ensnared so many learned men,
+including ministers and professors, that the King of Glory has here
+placed special signs of warning to all travelers; these have saved
+many men from the snare of “the fowler.”</p>
+
+<p>I saw three young college students about to enter one of the bureaus.
+There stood an aged pilgrim near by who shouted:</p>
+
+<p>“Come! ye young men, out of the snare of the Devil, or ye will be taken
+captive by him at his will!”</p>
+
+<p>The voice sounded so friendly that they hesitated long enough to discern
+that the building did not touch the King’s Highway.</p>
+
+<p>Then they remembered that they had been told long before to go by the
+King’s Highway, and not to turn to the right hand nor to the left, nor
+even to step from the path, lest they should slip and fall to their
+hurt. So they passed on about their Father’s business.</p>
+
+<p>Near the edge of the King’s Highway I saw another device to catch men
+unawares. It was invented in the Wizard City and had been successfully
+used by Satan for many centuries.</p>
+
+<p>It was an _artificial woman_, dressed in modest apparel, and so
+constructed that the arms were uplifted and the heart plainly visible,
+making the curious image just unnatural enough to attract the attention
+of all pilgrims.</p>
+
+<p>Over the head of the image these words were written: “Touch this magic
+heart for the charms that follow.”</p>
+
+<p>It was ridiculous to see how many of the young and old, in passing
+over this way of life, stepped from the path and tried the experiment.</p>
+
+<p>One man I saw who ventured to touch the mystic heart, and ere his eyes
+could look into the face of the image its arms embraced him in a
+tightening grasp.</p>
+
+<p>Away the image moved with graceful ease into Elysian bowers of sensual
+joy. There he remained to breathe its poisoned air and feed upon the
+husks of such a clime.</p>
+
+<p>I also saw a man of riper years who looked curiously at another image
+similar to the one that had just moved away. At first he was doubtful
+whether to test it or not, and as he stood in consideration he raised
+his eyes and saw these words plainly written over the King’s Highway:-To
+ALL DESCENDANTS OF ADAM:</p>
+
+<p>Beware, O pilgrim, of this woman’s heart, Lest you should from the
+Narrow Way depart; For if you touch a secret chord within, You’re borne
+away to wider fields of sin.</p>
+
+<p>He read this sign a few times and also heard the voice of a good friend
+who told him that he had seen thousands go to ruin by not heeding this
+warning. Nevertheless he was urged by curiosity and carnality, and
+being hardened by former acts of disobedience and seeing nothing but
+innocent pleasure before him, he yielded to his baser desires.</p>
+
+<p>“O! rescue me, Mr. Law, I am in the clutches of this woman,” was his
+beseeching cry, not long after. But I saw that no one came to his help.</p>
+
+<p>There were many such places in this valley where men, both young and
+old, were enticed; many of whom could not have been caught by the
+snares of vice at other places along the Broad Highway.</p>
+
+<p>I saw also, farther down the valley, that Satan used all manner of
+traps and nets to catch the silly and the foolish. That which attracted
+my attention the most was a series of stations built close to the
+King’s Highway. At each place Satan employed a company of expert men
+who were trained to use a lasso. I saw certain men and women of the
+King’s Highway who became so inflated with their own vanity and
+imaginations that they rose head and shoulder above their humbler
+comrades, thus enabling the lasso of Pride to get hold of them. Some,
+by heeding advice, escaped; others submitted to the drawing power and
+landed in the kingdoms of the World where they could worship their new
+god with increasing ardor.</p>
+
+<p>There was also a certain young man who doted so much on his own ways
+that his head rose unusually high. He was, therefore, easily caught
+by a lasso called Conceit. Good friends came to his rescue and told
+him to realize at once that he was nothing, and thereby he would
+suddenly become so small that he would drop completely out of his
+trouble.</p>
+
+<p>But he said that he could not believe a lie, whereat the lasso tightened
+still more about his neck, and he succeeded by still further struggling
+to remain a very brief time on the King’s Highway; but being in pain,
+he soon yielded to the inevitable and went to worship before the shrine
+of his own god.</p>
+
+<p>I also saw that the women of the King’s Highway were an exceeding great
+army, mighty in battling against the foe, much to the discomfiture of
+Satan and his allies.</p>
+
+<p>To counteract the influence of this sex Satan has plied his ingenuity
+ever since the beginning. In his Pharaoh fashion he has so manipulated
+the customs of the world that woman is trampled under foot in
+uncivilized lands, and in lands of light she is ostracized by sections
+of the Christian church and despised in the civil realm. And yet, with
+a faithful heart, she suffers this indignity and, looking up from
+underneath this weight, she offers to the powers that crush her down
+the holiest sacrifice that one can give.</p>
+
+<p>O spirit of the age, like flowers of Heaven, Thy fragrance will not
+die, but live eternal; And woman shall, some holier, happier day,
+Attain her highest glory in the world.</p>
+
+<p>Yet notwithstanding all these means wherewith Satan has made the path
+of woman so hard to travel, he has discovered that he can not disgrace
+her by any means so effectually as through the old temptation.</p>
+
+<p>Consequently Satan has kept the seed of the central tree of the garden
+and still raises, on the broad uplands of Hell, _forbidden fruit_
+which, through engrafting processes, has come to many varieties.</p>
+
+<p>This mysterious product of the tree, so suited to the natural palate
+of womankind, is provided abundantly on each side of the King’s Highway
+along the whole length of the Valley of Temptation, and is offered,
+ostensibly, free of charge.</p>
+
+<p>I watched, with chagrin and horror, the subtle influences of this
+fiendish work, seeing young women and those of riper experience go
+down alike under this intoxication of Hell.</p>
+
+<p>As I looked again at the whole Valley, what sad sights of intemperance
+painfully greeted my eyes!</p>
+
+<p>The intervening ground was a veritable bed of iniquity, for it swarmed
+with half-clothed inebriates who patronized the miserable and filthy
+hovels of lowest resort, while inebriates, in finer array, entered the
+apartments which were decorated and finished in all the beauty that
+wealth could afford, and supplied with alcoholic beverages under a
+fashionable bill of fare.</p>
+
+<p>I could see the same Devil controlling all, and the same gutter or the
+same Hell receiving all who did not yield to the agencies of eternal
+life.</p>
+
+<p>Among the many temperance organizations that operated throughout the
+valley I observed a band of women who threatened to overthrow the evil.
+They had, by long persistent effort, discovered the underground
+connections between the distillery and the saloons, and therefore they
+were endeavoring to kill the traffic at the head. This movement at
+first created laughter in the ranks of the foe, but the women have
+continued patiently and have built a thousand batteries from which
+they hurl projectiles of death into the camp of intemperance. Since
+then the agents of darkness have ceased their laughter and instead
+have set to building defences behind which they hope to carry on their
+business with impunity.</p>
+
+<p>But the bands of women have entered into an eternal agreement, pledged
+their faith one to another, and have been calling upon Heaven for help;
+therefore they declare that no flag will be lowered, and no gun will
+be silent until the great wall around the city of their foes shall
+fall, either at a long blast of the horn or a continuous volley from
+their ramparts.</p>
+
+
+<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop" />
+
+<div class="chapter">
+<h2 class="nobreak" id="CHAPTER_IX">CHAPTER IX.<br />THE TOWER OF TEMPTATION.</h2>
+</div>
+
+
+<p>1. The tower affords the most advantageous view of the world and a
+most discouraging view of the King’s Highway.</p>
+
+<p>2. The triumphant flight of Mrs. Discouraged from the tower’s top to
+a place on the King’s Highway called “Victory by Faith.”</p>
+
+<p>3. Mr. World and Miss Church-Member ride from the tower’s top in Satan’s
+new air ship.</p>
+
+
+<p>Mr. World and Miss Church-Member continuing on the Broad Highway,
+entered the Valley of Temptation with all its gaiety and outward
+happiness. This valley is known by the pilgrims of the King’s Highway
+as the Devil’s Heaven, for here the tinsel of the world, the pomp of
+society, and the wealth of material grandeur are manifested in all
+their glory.</p>
+
+<p>“An exceedingly pleasant valley,” said Mr. World as they drew nearer
+to the scenes of activity on each side of the way.</p>
+
+<p>“Beyond my anticipation, indeed. Our journey is growing more and more
+delightful,” she joyously replied.</p>
+
+<p>As they journeyed on Miss Church-Member came into agreeable fellowship
+with some of her former Christian associates who, by looking over into
+the territory of the World, coveted its ways and were snared by one
+or another of Satan’s devices to catch the unwary. The larger portion
+of these new recruits were firmly convinced that they were still
+traveling on the road to Heaven, even though they had fully left the
+Narrow Way.</p>
+
+<p>Miss Church-Member congratulated her comrades of earlier years on their
+happy choice of a wider and more pleasant path, and they accepted her
+invitation to spend a season together in the valley.</p>
+
+<p>These new associates were welcomed most cordially by Mr. World who
+left nothing undone that might add to their comfort or pleasure.</p>
+
+<p>The merry company passed down the valley and paused at a magnificent
+temperance saloon which occupied nearly the whole space between the
+two Highways. Into this place of attractive rooms I saw many enter
+from the King’s Highway, much to the displeasure of their great Master.</p>
+
+<p>In this infernal guise Satan seduces many an unsuspecting traveler to
+take one more step downward toward the lowest service of his kingdom.
+Mr. World courteously offered refreshments and conducted his friends
+into the “Ladies Parlor” where they drank alleged unfermented wines,
+and admired the sculpture and works of art which adorned the place.
+They were then offered their choice of porter, sweet cider, root beer,
+hot punch (special for a cold), or eggnog for a weak heart. Thus each
+one was enabled to find a beverage directly suited to his need or
+taste, for some had contracted a cold, while others were suffering
+with cardiac troubles.</p>
+
+<p>Not far from this respectable place, and connected secretly therewith,
+stood a group of buildings patronized by the lower order of criminals
+and inebriates. These haunts bore a black reputation.</p>
+
+<p>Mr. World and his joyous companions, by reason of their refined natures
+and good standing in the church, would not so much as look at such
+despicable resorts, but continued their journey until they came to a
+wider section of the valley where they saw numberless rescue bands at
+work, but especially a great army of Endeavorers presenting a formidable
+front.</p>
+
+<p>“Whence came this company so great that it cannot be numbered?” asked
+Mr. World in a state of nervous agitation.</p>
+
+<p>One of the new companions quickly answered: “They come from the King’s
+Highway and are trying to capture the kingdom of this world and bring
+it into subjection to God. I know all about them and can testify that
+they are a mighty and glorious band.” The regiments of this great host
+were marching on, each soldier equipped with the full panoply of his
+station. Many of the pilgrims on the Broad Highway trembled at the
+presence of so powerful an army. It has caused the enemy much concern
+how to meet and, if possible, conquer this foe. This army of Endeavorers
+constantly grows and, according to the claims of the enemy, the most
+successful plans to oppose it are not yet matured. Satan has promised
+his forces that he would utterly rout these daring legions as soon as
+some new inventions of war can be perfected.</p>
+
+<p>The merry companions, not being moved with anger, endured the gigantic
+display of this host without chagrin.</p>
+
+<p>Mr. World quieted his rising fears and urged his comrades onward past
+the Tobacco Station until they reached the centre of the valley where
+the King’s Highway was the roughest, and the Broad Highway the
+smoothest.</p>
+
+<p>Here was built the most remarkable structure of the valley. A high
+tower of imposing strength occupied the whole space between the two
+highways. Its foundations were broad and totally covered the King’s
+Highway with a massive arch.</p>
+
+<p>This was known amongst Christians as the Devil’s Tower, or Tower of
+Temptation. It was built by Satan, and was said to afford the finest
+view of the world to all who would consent to take a ride upward in
+its electric carriage.</p>
+
+<p>The location of the tower was perfectly adapted to the purpose intended.
+Scarcely any pilgrims _en route_ for Heaven passed by without taking
+a view of the sights.</p>
+
+<p>Before this mountain was built, a high mountain-cliff, on one side of
+the valley, was used by the agents of darkness for the same purpose.</p>
+
+<p>Thereon David ascended and saw the prosperity of the wicked until envy
+filled his soul, and his “steps had well-nigh slipped.” Had it not
+been that by faith he looked to a mountain far away, and understood
+the end of the prosperous worldly minded, he might have there fallen
+to his death.</p>
+
+<p>Upon this mountain Satan took Christ, the Son of God, and showed him
+all the kingdoms of the world and the glory of them, and said unto
+him: “All these things will I give thee, if thou wilt fall down and
+worship me.”</p>
+
+<p>From this tower Judas saw the wealth of the world, and there was
+begotten within him an inordinate craving for earthly gain which at
+last dragged him down to a miserable end.</p>
+
+<p>As time rolled on, Satan erected this magnificent tower higher than
+the loftiest crag of the mountain. I saw that Mr. World and his
+companions were looking at the exterior finish of the tower, after
+which they stepped to the base and spent some time in watching the
+many schemes that were employed to induce disheartened Christians to
+take the Broad Highway after descending the tower.</p>
+
+<p>They saw that one of the most successful of these schemes was a series
+of little offices occupied by fortune tellers of reputed ability. In
+one of these they saw an old woman with a mysterious face. She professed
+to be able, by her strange conjuring, to reveal the future of any life.</p>
+
+<p>A certain Mr. Downcast, who was a church-member and had just come from
+the top of the tower, visited this fortune teller, and by her
+descriptions of his happy future on the Broad Highway he was induced
+to travel thereon at once.</p>
+
+<p>Mr. World and his companions decided to get the benefit of the broad
+view which could be had from the top of the tower. They entered a car
+at the base and were delighted by the gentle ascent toward the clouds.</p>
+
+<p>Upon reaching the top of the tower they were approached by an obliging
+attendant and furnished with spy glasses of great power with which
+they could see more distinctly the beauty and greatness of the world,
+and the roughness and inconvenience of traveling the King’s Highway.
+_To each one was also given an ingenious pocket mirror in which could
+be seen, at any time, the inconsistencies of church-members._</p>
+
+<p>I saw throngs of people circling the top of the tower, and many evil
+agents busily engaged in the interest of their master.</p>
+
+<p>There had just come from the King’s Highway a group of church-members
+upon whom the scenery had a doleful effect. Some were filled with
+melancholy, and some were sullen, while despondency sent germs of slow
+death into other minds.</p>
+
+<p>These conditions enabled Satan to destroy more easily all hope within
+them of ever succeeding on a way that appeared more rugged than ever,
+and also made them more desirous to taste the joys of this present
+life which now lay before them in such a winning way.</p>
+
+<p>I then saw one called Mrs. Discouraged who had never before seen so
+much of the world at once. She stood on the edge of the tower not far
+from Mr. World and his companions, and listened to one of the polite
+attendants who had given her also a spy glass.</p>
+
+<p>Mrs. Discouraged looked down upon the natural comforts of life which
+were here seen to best advantage. She saw, with ease, the Broad Highway
+presenting a picture of happiness as far as the glass could reach.</p>
+
+<p>Then did one of the smooth-tongued attendants speak to another group
+of pilgrims who also had just come from the King’s Highway.</p>
+
+<p>“Witness the glory of the Broad Highway and see how it goes down this
+valley ever into finer stretches of country. See on yonder distant
+elevations that magnificent University of the World built at an enormous
+cost and sacrifice for the accommodation of all travelers. Each one
+of you who reaches the lower end of this valley should take the Mountain
+Trolley and spend a season at those schools. They occupy some of the
+grandest buildings in the world. Focus your glasses and behold the
+great sight.”</p>
+
+<p>Continuing he said: “The path you see leading down there, in this other
+part of the valley, is called King’s Highway, very rough indeed, as
+you all can see. Thereon it is hard to travel and difficult to stand
+still. It is so narrow that if a traveler should stand still, he is
+constantly harassed or pushed about by those who wish to pass on. The
+other highway furnishes a marked contrast, for there a person may stand
+still without annoyance to himself or anyone else. The way is so wide
+that he can even sit on an easy chair and yet not be in the way of
+others who wish to hasten on. The one who built this Wider Way kept
+in mind the convenience and comfort of travelers.</p>
+
+<p>“The so-called King’s Highway,” still continued the attendant, “is
+beset with many dangers, and passes through many places similar to the
+one far down the valley.” They all looked through their glasses and
+saw the Meshes of Doubt on each side of the Narrow Way.</p>
+
+<p>“Those are the sorts of places,” concluded the speaker, “that one must
+constantly pass through in the service of an imaginary king.”</p>
+
+<p>Mrs. Discouraged saw all these things and heard all these words. She was
+so disheartened that she knew not what to do.</p>
+
+<p>“Have I served my God in vain?” she questioned inwardly. “Must all my
+testimonies fall to the earth? Surely the way of the world seems to
+be an easy way, and more suited to a person in trouble.”</p>
+
+<p>She suddenly fell on her knees, as she was wont to do in such
+emergencies, and, behold, I saw her, on wings of prayer, fly in triumph
+from the tower’s top, down the valley, over the Meshes of Doubt, and
+land on the King’s Highway in a most glorious place called Victory by
+Faith. She thence went on her way rejoicing.</p>
+
+
+<p class="center p0 p2"><span class="figcenter" id="img009">
+ <img src="images/009.jpg" class="w50" alt="The great victory of Mrs. Discouraged who, on wings of
+prayer, escaped from he Tower of Temptation to a place called Victory
+by Faith." />
+</span></p>
+<p class="center p0 caption">The great victory of Mrs. Discouraged who, on wings of
+prayer, escaped from he Tower of Temptation to a place called Victory
+by Faith.<br /></p>
+
+<p>Then did the attendant on the tower speak of her in ridicule. “The
+poor mortal, in her insanity, has descended to a bad level and must,
+of necessity, climb yonder terrible hill which, as your eyes bear
+testimony, is the last part of the Narrow Way visible from this tower.”</p>
+
+<p>“She went, however, in a miraculous way. Those wings were sure and
+steady, and I was pleased with the swiftness of her flight,” said Mrs.
+Diligence who was also a pilgrim from the King’s Highway.</p>
+
+<p>“Without doubt,” answered the attendant, “but she went with heavy labor
+of her wings. Had she told me that she wished to take a flight, I could
+have given her a finer trip in one of the aerial ships lately invented
+by the experts of the Wizard City. I will summon one. Look no more at
+Mrs. Discouraged with wings, but fix your eyes toward the east, and
+you will soon witness the floating car whereon thousands go out daily
+from this tower into pleasant places.”</p>
+
+<p>As he said this he gave a signal, and soon the strangely shaped airship
+came in sight, to the delight of all who saw it.</p>
+
+<p>“It must be far better,” said one of the spectators, “to travel in a
+car like that, than to be working your wings in the air.”</p>
+
+<p>“A thing of beauty.” “The greatest invention of the century.” “It moves
+as easily as a bird,” were some of the various sentences that were
+spoken enthusiastically as the object drew nearer.</p>
+
+<p>“Shall we ride in it?” quickly asked Mr. World as he turned to the
+little group at his side.</p>
+
+<p>The new companions who so recently came from the King’s Highway
+timorously fell back at his abrupt suggestion, but Miss Church-Member
+offered to accompany him.</p>
+
+<p>As the aerial machine was stopping at the tower Mr. World and Miss
+Church-Member speedily exchanged words of farewell and prepared for
+the new ride.</p>
+
+<p>They were soon numbered with a host of expectant passengers on board.
+The lines were loosened and the weird airship cut the wind like a large
+bird on wing, and sped away to the pleasure grounds along the Broad
+Highway where most of the passengers, being blinded by sin, found such
+delightsome fellowship that they refused thereafter to travel on any
+other than the Wider Way.</p>
+
+
+<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop" />
+
+<div class="chapter">
+<h2 class="nobreak" id="CHAPTER_X">CHAPTER X.<br />DARK SCHEMES OF SATAN.</h2>
+</div>
+
+
+<p>1. The two companions land far down the valley on “The Midway,” whence
+they take the Mountain Trolley and visit the underground Schools of
+Suicide.</p>
+
+<p>2. Satan’s primitive address on Literature.</p>
+
+
+<p>The aerial car carried Mr. World and Miss Church-Member to the far end
+of the Valley of Temptation where they spent a delightful season in
+the pleasures of sense and sight.</p>
+
+<p>They lingered mostly on the wide intervening space between the two
+paths which was known in this part of the valley as “The Midway.” Here
+they saw a large number of pilgrims from the King’s Highway who were
+engaging in one or another of the endless amusements which can be
+enjoyed without stepping altogether on the Broad Highway.</p>
+
+<p>On this long Midway humanity swarmed by millions. Some, forgetful of
+their vows, or regardless of their honor, stepped into the lower haunts
+of vice, and offered sweet flowers of purity and fragrance in exchange
+for dry and filthy husks from the floor of the stall. But Miss
+Church-Member, in keeping with her moral character, did not surrender
+her chastity, and although she had such continual fellowship with Mr.
+World she yet held the respect of many other church-members; for it
+was quite fashionable to belong to the church and still walk in the
+ways of the world. Satan, under a hellish guise, offered to give, even
+before death, handsome rewards to any church-member who succeeds in
+carrying a certain amount of the world with him on his way to Heaven,
+and multitudes were trying the experiment. Some, in hope of winning
+larger prizes, were verily loaded down with the worrying weights of
+the world.</p>
+
+<p>Looking away from this immediate vicinity of the valley, any traveler
+could see, far above the surrounding scenes, the “University of the
+World,” whose front buildings crested the mountain elevations for many
+miles. This imposing sight had awakened the admiration of Mr. World
+and his friend, and had it not been for the countless attractions of
+the Midway they would have hurriedly pushed their way to the schools,
+immediately after the aerial car had carried them over the proud domes
+of the University and landed them in the vale.</p>
+
+<p>During one of the darker periods which now and then cover the whole
+Midway with its shadows, the two companions caught the flashes of
+variously-colored lights which emanated from every part of the elevated
+structure, making the entire mountain appear as if a vast crown of
+nature were decked with dazzling diamonds rare.</p>
+
+<p>Miss Church-Member was excited by this unusual show of brilliancy, and
+nothing on the lower level could any longer hold her attention.</p>
+
+<p>“How can we best rise to that glorious summit?” she inquired with a
+glow of enthusiasm.</p>
+
+<p>“Ah,” smiled Mr. World, “surely we need not think of walking up this
+mountain. Have you forgotten the obliging attendant who advised us as
+we stood on the beautiful tower? Did he not direct us to take the
+Mountain Trolley?”</p>
+
+<p>Without delay they sought the Midway station, entered one of the
+up-to-date cars, and instead of going directly to the mountain top
+they were surprised to find that they were being carried into the
+bowels of the mountain.</p>
+
+<p>“Whence go we dashing through the dark?” asked the terror-stricken
+Miss Church-Member as she held fast to Mr. World.</p>
+
+<p>But ere her escort could answer they came into an immense cavern dimly
+lighted. The car stopped at a station called Rest, and a voice announced
+in distinct tones: “Come, ye troubled or distressed, and ye who are
+disgraced! Here linger in this underground school and learn of the
+rest that is for the weary.”</p>
+
+<p>“What is your wish?” courteously asked Mr. World.</p>
+
+<p>“I am neither in trouble nor in disgrace. Why should I tarry?”</p>
+
+<p>“Only to see the lower schools before we go to the higher,” was his
+winning answer.</p>
+
+<p>They alighted and walked forth in the dismal light. They could readily
+discern strangely shaped buildings of a costly type. The air was
+stifling, and everything wore a melancholy dress; yet, withal, there
+was a pleasing charm about the place. Some secret touch in the doleful
+music, or some bright tinge to the ominous shadows, awakened a curiosity
+and a hope in the visitors that prevented them from leaving the cavern
+at once.</p>
+
+<p>In a half-decided mood Mr. World and Miss Church-Member meandered
+through this sickly region, and had decided to leave the place when
+they saw this illuminated motto over a massive arch:</p>
+
+<p class="center">TO ALL WHO ARE DISGRACED! THE SHORTEST ROUTE TO REST! (ENTRANCE.)</p>
+
+<p>A genial attendant informed Mr. World that visitors were welcome, but
+Miss Church-Member consented to enter only after some hesitancy. It
+was indeed a dark school, with long narrow halls where one could only
+see the darker side of life. Everything about the place evidenced the
+dark designs of Satan. The teachers in this infamous place, by a series
+of graded instructions, suggested to their pupils that suicide was the
+surest and shortest road to rest. In the darker rooms of the rear I
+saw, to my horror, a scene that neither Mr. World nor Miss Church-Member
+was permitted to see. _It was the daily graduating class of this school
+of suicide._ Each member of the class was instructed by what new method
+he might rend the strand of life with his own hand, in the desperate
+and sickening hope of finding rest “where their worm dieth not, and
+the fire is not quenched.”</p>
+
+<p>I quickly turned from this revolting spectacle, and saw that Mr. World
+and Miss Church-Member had returned to the station called Rest. They
+boarded the first car and were soon speeding on through Dismal Tunnel.
+It was a welcome moment when the car emerged from the darkness into
+the light of day and took its winding course upward toward the microcosm
+of schools, which, as seen from this side of the mountain, also
+presented a picture of imposing magnitude.</p>
+
+<p>When the car reached the University station Mr. World and his friend
+alighted, and at once entered one of the carriages in waiting. They
+were hurried away toward a group of immense structures known as the
+“College of the World’s Literature;” and yet with all the immensity
+of its buildings, it was but a small part of the whole University which
+lay far extended over the distant mountain elevations.</p>
+
+<p>As the noiseless carriage sped along I turned toward Blackana, who,
+in strange muteness still tarried at my side. “I command you, O Black
+Interpreter, to tell me of the origin and management of this College
+of Literature.” As I spoke he turned his face in a manner that made
+me tremble. His sepulchral, husky voice only added to my uneasiness.</p>
+
+<p>“It originated,” he explained, “in simpler form, immediately after
+Satan commenced operations on the face of the earth. Parallel with the
+progress of every age it has increased to its present proportions.
+That which you see is but the central point of this great educational
+enterprise. Its unseen branches extend into every part of the world.
+The whole system is under the control of Satan. His most learned
+disciples have charge of the special departments.”</p>
+
+<p>“And what is the purpose of this limitless scheme?” I further queried.
+The whole organism of Blackana quivered with reluctance as if he would
+not answer. “Refuse me not,” I continued, “you well know that I have
+underneath me the everlasting arms.”</p>
+
+<p>He was restless for a moment, angrily rolling his awful eyes. Suddenly
+his attitude changed and he thus calmly answered my question: “The
+purpose of all these schools is to counteract and, if possible, to
+destroy the influence of the teachings of Him who is called Jesus
+Christ. He was once visible in the flesh and declared that his kingdom
+was everlasting. Of him it was said that he would reign till he put
+all things under his feet.”</p>
+
+<p>Then did Blackana add with fiery emphasis: “_Neither my master nor any
+of his allies will ever be put under his feet._ Satan’s words ran wild
+as he addressed the insulted hosts of Hell on this issue.” Knowing
+that Blackana had a perfect memory, I commanded that he should reproduce
+Satan’s address in my own dialect.</p>
+
+<p>Like a flash of lightning he flung himself to the winds around me,
+thereby transforming himself into the image of Satan. It appeared as
+if a thousand spirits in fitful rage were dancing in mid-air.</p>
+
+<p>Then his voice pealed forth the logic of Hell as Satan had spoken it
+centuries before: “Have ye heard, my noble comrades, how that Heaven
+flings insults into our teeth? Not satisfied that we grovel on these
+remains of empire, we are further threatened with being cast miserably
+under his feet. Whose feet I ask? The feet of our direst foe, whom to
+worship, as he desireth, means serfdom worse than ours. Is there one
+of you who will surrender his native dignity in such a fashion?”</p>
+
+<p>Millions of voices rendered the air hideous with their cries, so
+accurately did Blackana reproduce it all.</p>
+
+<p>“I knew your sentiments,” continued he, triumph ringing in his tones.
+“What can we do but stand unitedly on our rustic frontier, and push
+the conquest on to farther realms. Then all Heaven will learn that we
+are made of grit too fine and true to lie beneath the feet of any foe.”</p>
+
+<p>As Blackana continued, I was struck with shuddering terror at his awful
+gestures; but conscious that no harm could befall me, I continued
+listening to his flaming oratory.</p>
+
+<p>“We must arise and seize our opportunities. Go forth, under cover of
+night, and sow the seed of our own growing; this will flourish in the
+very soil that Christ would bring to highest cultivation. The germs
+of our literature, rooted in human soil and growing secretly beneath
+the surface, shall spread throughout the world and come to fruitage
+in the light of every clime.</p>
+
+<p>“We must build schools of literature, inspire the authors of the world
+with our fine creed, and thereby spread our doctrines to the myriad
+readers of every land and tongue. Who then, amongst our enemies, can
+kill the appetite when once ’tis roused to craving for the carnal?
+Give me the quill and the coming pen and press, and I can create thought
+at my bidding and turn the main streams of human endeavor into
+whatsoever channels I choose; and thus our river shall run full, while
+other streams are drying.</p>
+
+<p>“With such a work how can our cause grow less or we go groveling under
+any foot? Impossible, my heroes! for we will live in glorious triumph
+to the end of time. On to your tasks, listening multitudes, and he who
+most successfully counteracts the so-called ‘Truth’ shall be a ruler
+in my kingdom, and shine more brightly than the radiance of all this
+region.”</p>
+
+<p>Thus was the speech suddenly ended, and I heard the unearthly
+reverberations of the fiendish cheering by the mighty host, while the
+form of Satan vanished; but from his waning shadows Blackana came forth
+and in death-like silence again resumed his sullen attitude at my side.</p>
+
+
+<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop" />
+
+<div class="chapter">
+<h2 class="nobreak" id="CHAPTER_XI">CHAPTER XI.<br />SCHOOLS OF LITERATURE. FIRST AND SECOND DIVISIONS.</h2>
+</div>
+
+
+<p>1. The schools described.</p>
+
+<p>2. The literature of the world tainted by the teachers of darkness.</p>
+
+<p>3. Satan’s rules for the winning author.</p>
+
+
+<p>The College of Literature, in three grand divisions, occupied one of
+the most attractive sites of all the territory covered by the University
+of the World. It was owned and controlled by Satan, and was visited
+by the children of the human family from every portion of the earth.</p>
+
+<p>Mr. World and Miss Church-Member came thither in a conveyance. They
+stood before the massive structure which comprised the first division
+of the College. Around them were the living fountains which, like
+pearls in billows of green, played upon the expansive lawn. While they
+strolled along the pebbled paths they were lost in admiration as they
+continued looking upon the stupendous building which towered far into
+the air and extended as far as the eye could reach. In breathless
+silence they noted first its size, then its durability, and marveled
+most at the splendid symmetry of the parts, each blending into a perfect
+whole.</p>
+
+<p>“Heaven must have inspired so great and beautiful a design,” was the
+first comment of Miss Church-Member. “Those porticos hanging in mid-air,
+those domes and pillars, dreamlike, stand before me more like a hundred
+fabled castles than aught real to sight or touch.”</p>
+
+<p>“Indeed the world affords rich and delightful privileges to all who
+will but walk in her ways,” said Mr. World just as they arrived at one
+of the large entrances, over which these words were written:</p>
+
+<p class="center">DEPOSITORY OF THE WORLD’S LITERATURE, WELCOME TO ALL!</p>
+
+<p>As Miss Church-Member viewed the weighty pillars on each side of the
+entrance, she exclaimed: “This is indeed a rare opportunity. Methinks
+I could revel, with delight, forever in fields of literature. Come,
+Mr. World, let us at once pass through the massive doors and learn
+what we can from so great a source.”</p>
+
+<p>Although the literary tastes of Mr. World were not strongly developed,
+yet he offered no objections to her request. He seemed willing to
+suffer any inconvenience for her sake so long as she traveled on the
+Broad Highway. As they were entering the building I saw that many from
+the church and the world were also pushing their way into the interior
+that they might get a glimpse of the inner halls, and visit the ones
+that were best suited to their fancies.</p>
+
+<p>Miss Church-Member was surprised when she saw the unique arrangement
+of the interior. There were twenty-eight magnificent halls so
+constructed that they converged toward a large central office into
+which I saw Mr. World and his companion enter, profoundly impressed
+with the smallness of the single human mind.</p>
+
+<p>After answering the stipulated questions, they registered under the
+rules and regulations and were given certificates entitling them to
+all the privileges which this first division of the College accorded
+to visitors.</p>
+
+<p>In the commodious office they learned that each of the twenty-eight
+halls contained a distinctive line of literature, systematically
+arranged in numerous sub-departments; and that competent librarians
+superintended the literature of each hall and of each department.</p>
+
+<p>Miss Church-Member ascertained also that each hall was centrally
+supplied with a lecture room having an immense seating capacity, and
+that learned professors, each in their turn, occupied the platform and
+constantly gave lectures which were intended to describe and illustrate
+the class of literature represented in their faculties.</p>
+
+<p>After considerable time spent in the office, they passed through the
+long and wide circular lobby, reading the beautifully emblazoned
+inscriptions over each entrance door, but they could not immediately
+decide into which hall they would first enter.</p>
+
+<p>At length after a pleasant loitering, Mr. World led his charming comrade
+into the fourth hall, over whose entrance, in plain words, this
+inscription appeared:</p>
+
+<p class="center">ALL THAT WAS EVER WRITTEN CONCERNING JESUS CHRIST.</p>
+
+<p>They first chose to enter a sub-department where ancient scrolls,
+parchments, and papyri could be seen in tiresome variety. Miss
+Church-Member scanned most carefully some of the manuscripts which had
+never been published.</p>
+
+<p>In other sections of the hall there were books and pamphlets of all
+descriptions, each one referring to Jesus Christ in a favorable or an
+unfavorable manner.</p>
+
+<p>During these visitations the attendants extended unusual courtesies
+to Mr. World and his faithful friend, and also to the endless procession
+of visitors and students who were constantly moving through these
+departments. Finally the two companions proceeded to the lecture room
+of this hall and listened to an address entitled: “The Divinity of
+Christ,” by one of Satan’s ablest advocates a professor with
+ecclesiastical titles. His gestures were unique and his style altogether
+persuasive.</p>
+
+<p>I heard his words with great displeasure, for they taught the philosophy
+of Hell, with Heaven on the face of it.</p>
+
+<p>“I must congratulate myself,” commenced he, “on having the privilege
+of addressing so intelligent a class of people. I only hope that I may
+be helpful to you in your quest of knowledge.</p>
+
+<p>“The central theme of this hall is ‘Jesus Christ’ and I shall now
+proceed to speak of his so-called ‘Divinity.’ I cannot question that
+there is a supreme hand in the works of nature, but after careful
+research I am compelled to doubt the genuineness of the Divinity which
+is ascribed to Christ. True enough, his childhood was blameless, and
+he possessed exceptional wisdom so that many of his countrymen believed
+him to be more than human. In this manner the idea of his Divinity
+originated, and this fallacy grew as the man grew.</p>
+
+<p>“He was shrewd, and possessed a great amount of magnetic force which
+was trained and used with remarkable skill, all of which made him pose
+as a god before a credulous and unsuspecting public. The ignorance and
+gross superstition of that age made a fit soil for the spread of
+Christ’s doctrine and the idea that he was Divine.</p>
+
+<p>“When Jesus discerned that his claims were more readily accepted by
+the poorer and more ignorant class of people, he lauded them in his
+teachings, while the learned and more respectable classes were subjected
+to his abuse and sarcasm.</p>
+
+<p>“By his unusual tactics overcame the prejudices of his enemies and,
+for a long time, escaped punishment. But finally he was arrested and
+convicted and, notwithstanding his so-called Divine power, he came to
+an inglorious end by death on a cross. His friends, unable to prevent
+his cursed death, quickly formed a plot to perpetuate his doctrines.
+They carried out their plot by stealthily robbing Christ’s body from
+the grave and secretly burying it elsewhere, and then spreading the
+news that he, of his own power, came forth from the grave. To complete
+the fraud they also claimed, a little later, that he had ascended into
+Heaven. What was the purpose of all this? It was to prove that Christ
+was Divine and thereby to make his teachings authoritative and eternal.</p>
+
+<p>“I wish to inform you that the manuscripts and parchments, in sub-
+department number six of this hall, all point to the fact that Jesus
+Christ was born like any other babe and that his father was Joseph.
+Dishonest, indeed, is any one who would rob Joseph of this honor.
+‘Honor to whom honor is due.’ While Christ was a great man, he never
+had in him the elements of Divinity. Let millions in the world glory
+in their imaginary theology, yet that is no reason why scholarly
+research should be put to naught, or why it should be sacrificed. We
+are living in the morning twilight of a better day when God shall be
+worshiped and Jesus Christ ignored when all thought of Divinity will
+center at the true focus and a man will no longer receive the glory
+that belongs to God.”</p>
+
+<p>The vigorous applause which followed the remarks of this speaker fell
+with grating horror on my ears. “Can it be possible,” thought I, “that
+any one can publicly teach such doctrines of Hell, and be thus
+applauded? Whither are so many of the church and the world drifting
+that they should give ear to such theology as it comes from the mouth
+of the Devil?”</p>
+
+<p>Miss Church-Member and her escort left the lecture room and visited
+a few more of the sub-departments where they saw many objects of
+literary interest and, with the aid of experts, examined some of the
+old manuscripts dating back to the time of Christ. They left the hall
+and were next attracted by the words over the entrance of Hall No. 9
+appearing thus:</p>
+
+<p class="center">LITERATURE ON LIFE.</p>
+
+<p class="center">1. Vegetable Life. 2. Animal Life. 3. Mental Life. 4. Spiritual Life.</p>
+
+<p>At the suggestion of Miss Church-Member they entered, and could readily
+see that the attendants and lecturers of this hall were also of a very
+high class. One of the speakers elaborated on the theory that life is
+the result of spontaneous generation.</p>
+
+<p>Another, in speaking on spiritual life, made special reference to the
+fact that Jesus Christ claimed to be the “Life,” and then proceeded
+to refute this claim by a series of arguments which were altogether
+too philosophical to be understood by the two companions.</p>
+
+<p>Finding no pleasure in this metaphysical atmosphere, Mr. World conducted
+his companion to the adjoining hall devoted to the “Literature of
+Fiction.”</p>
+
+<p>Here they spent a season delightfully, perusing works of fiction and
+listening to addresses, all of which advocated the views of Satan.</p>
+
+<p>I heard one of the lecturers, in a discussion on “The License of Pure
+Fiction” make these dangerous remarks: “The highest fiction of the
+world is that in which human life is pictured in ideal colors, even
+though it be done at the expense of truth.</p>
+
+<p>“There can be no harm if the reader should gain a false view of life.
+The very charm of such a view will act as a stimulus to a wider
+experience and to a higher culture.</p>
+
+<p>“In our real life, as we come in daily contact with the world, we see
+and suffer enough. Therefore it cannot be harmful if fiction carries
+us into strange worlds of morality or into any mythical realm. I give
+you but the result of long and careful study, and I advise you to read
+the wildest and most exciting forms of fiction, and thereby get the
+healthful and exhilarating effect that comes from total mental
+absorption. All this will tend to the development of your nature so
+that you will, by contrast, better appreciate the substantial things
+of life.”</p>
+
+<p>I saw that Mr. World and Miss Church-Member next visited the hall
+devoted to the “Literature of the Passions.” After they had entered,
+Miss Church-Member, at first, felt embarrassed, and her sense of modesty
+would not have allowed her to remain had it not been that her conscience
+was eased by these conditions:</p>
+
+<p>1. She saw that among the moving thousands that were present in the
+massive hall many belonged to the higher classes of society.</p>
+
+<p>2. She was also informed that not a few of the throng held good
+membership in various branches of the visible church.</p>
+
+<p>3. She readily observed that Mr. World was so much delighted that she
+offered no protest, and that he seemed to take an interest in the
+endless program as carried out in one department or another.</p>
+
+<p>In this poisonous hall Miss Church-Member stultified herself more than
+in any other place which she had ever before visited, and thereby added
+one more decisive step in her downward course. She tarried longest in
+one of the sub-departments where Satan’s expert doctors of literature
+delivered their special lectures on the writings of each author as far
+as they related directly or indirectly to the passions.</p>
+
+<p>These avowed experts carried on their fiendish work under the cover
+of a pleasing dignity. After their crafty manner they quoted or read
+the fine sentences of an author, preferably those of a sensual cast,
+and then placed a premium on the passionate by describing the fine
+style of the author and showing how true to nature was the language
+he employed.</p>
+
+<p>Thus I saw that the leaders of this department were using the choicest
+and the foulest productions of the pen, gathered from the authors of
+all lands, languages and ages, and Miss Church-Member, by degrees
+almost imperceptible, voluntarily sacrificed her finer moral taste on
+a popular and polluted altar.</p>
+
+<p>To a pure heart there was an unclean cast and a withering effect
+prevalent throughout all the departments of this hall, and my heart
+burned as I continued observing how the agents of Satan plied their
+subtle influences so as to popularize this cosmopolitan resort. So
+effectually has Satan entrenched his views that some of the strong
+defenders of this hall of literature are connected with the church,
+and types of this same teaching have found their way into some of the
+Christian schools of the world.</p>
+
+<p>After this protracted visit Mr. World and Miss Church-Member left this
+hall and continued their studies in hall after hall, until more than
+one half of the twenty-eight halls were visited. Their next objective
+point was the second grand division of this College devoted to “_The
+Elements of Success in Authorship._”</p>
+
+<p>My heart trembled at what my eyes saw. The great army of writers who
+studied in this department came from all countries of the earth. “Can
+it be true,” thought I, “that so large a portion of our authors get
+at least a part of their training in the schools of the Devil?”</p>
+
+<p>“O Blackana!” I sighed, “how long have these things been?”</p>
+
+<p>“Since the beginning of literature,” was his cold and brief reply.</p>
+
+<p>“Always so large a percentage of the world’s authors found at that
+school?”</p>
+
+<p>“It has never been on the decrease,” he continued. “So many have visited
+these halls that it has been a veritable meeting-place of almost all
+authors of all lands and all ages at some stage in their careers. Some
+who came tarried long; others, not satisfied, foolishly drifted to the
+schools of the King’s Highway which ever carry on their work in
+opposition to the University of the World.”</p>
+
+<p>Here also, in this second grand division, the subtlest kind of teaching
+was prevalent. In one sub-division Mr. World and Miss Church-Member
+read these general laws written in bold letters where all who desired
+could read:</p>
+
+<p class="center">RULES FOR THE WINNING AUTHOR.</p>
+
+<p>1. Give quality rather than quantity.</p>
+
+<p>2. If you will not compose your best, compose nothing. The world is
+heavily overstocked with inferior compositions.</p>
+
+<p>3. Write nothing that will cause regret on your death-bed.</p>
+
+<p>4. Do not follow in the rut. Go by some path untraveled before, over
+land or sea, and tell the world of your new discoveries.</p>
+
+<p>5. To be acceptable, in the highest sense, you must teach differently
+than others, even though it be at the expense of what is commonly
+called “truth.” Novelty is the winning feature.</p>
+
+<p>6. In any one composition strive first to arouse the curiosity of your
+intended readers; then keep the curiosity suspended and finally give
+it satisfaction in accordance with the aim in view.</p>
+
+<p>7. You may be influenced by religion, but not by religious nonsense.
+If your writings win, you are a teacher of millions. So, in order to
+reach the public ear, you may cater to the tastes and wishes of the
+majority.</p>
+
+<p>8. If you see some vile conditions of humanity, send out, in your
+writings, vials of vileness. “Like cures like.” If any part of the
+church cries, “poison, poison!” you may justify yourself by the fact
+that the so-called “poison” in your productions will only neutralize
+the poison so prevalent in society, on the same principle that poison
+is administered to a sickly body in order to effect a cure.</p>
+
+<p>9. You are always safest when you are true to nature, even though some
+sentimental people may charge you with being vulgar.</p>
+
+<p>10. Words of profanity are not allowable if they are the mere expression
+of the author, but any foul or profane expression may be quoted. An
+author should not be charged with the impropriety of his characters
+who are merely taken from actual life.</p>
+
+<p>The above ten commandments, if properly interpreted and obeyed, will
+surely lead to literary success.</p>
+
+<p>Then Mr. World escorted his confiding friend from hall to hall of this
+second grand division, and at many intervals they could be seen spending
+a quiet season on the lawns which surrounded the entire structure.</p>
+
+<p>Their tastes were now more in harmony than ever, and their friendship
+was fast reaching that intimacy where each one was searching for pearls
+in the deep ocean of the other’s love.</p>
+
+
+<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop" />
+
+<div class="chapter">
+<h2 class="nobreak" id="CHAPTER_XII">CHAPTER XII.<br />THE THEATRE.</h2>
+</div>
+
+
+<p>1. Mr. World and his friend tarry at Satan’s Theatres which lay in
+seven grades, one below the other.</p>
+
+<p>2. A description of the “Century Session” held by the demons having
+in charge the Theatre interests of Satan.</p>
+
+
+<p>The College of Theatres lay between the second and third divisions of
+the Schools of Literature. The numerous structures were built on so
+large a scale, and after such winning designs, that the attention of
+many travelers was attracted to them and thereby to the performances
+given within their walls.</p>
+
+<p>Here could be found some of the graduates of the Schools of Literature
+who were constantly engaged on one or another of the stages.</p>
+
+<p>All these theatrical attractions belonged to the first grade and formed
+a part of a great system of Theatres which lay in seven grades, one
+below the other, each serving its part to engross the human mind with
+the carnal and sensual things of life.</p>
+
+<p>The performances of the first grade were practically free from the
+vulgar touches found, with increasing intensity, as one goes downward
+toward the seventh grade which lay beneath the Midway in the Valley
+of Temptation.</p>
+
+<p>In these Satanic Theatres of the first grade respectability is
+maintained purposely so as to ensnare as many professing Christians
+as possible, for there are many in the ranks of the church who are
+building with nothing but wood, hay, and stubble. The scheme works so
+well that the Devil is trying to form a “Stage Trust,” and get all the
+talent of the King’s Highway to unite. Thus Satan seems to encourage
+morality in order to carry out his deeply laid schemes of moral
+pollution.</p>
+
+<p>I looked into the inward workings of this terrible system. I saw
+multitudes descending downward from the first grade, many of whom
+ceased not until they had passed through all the seven grades. The
+scenes and revelations that came to my eyes beggar all description.
+My heart sickened as I beheld the millions wallowing in the mire of
+fleshly lusts, apparently living for no higher purpose than to see the
+latest novelties of expressing lewdness and sensuality.</p>
+
+<p>“This is brute life, indeed,” I soliloquized, “for it can be easily
+seen that the hearts of these people are so seared and their ears so
+dull that they have no desire for the music of celestial choirs, or
+the ecstacies that rise from heart-communion with God.”</p>
+
+<p>I also saw that there were numberless underground connections between
+the lower Theatres and the Schools of Suicide, and with the varied
+haunts of Prostitution that infested the whole region.</p>
+
+<p>This startling fact also forced its way to my attention:&mdash;_the money
+flowing from the entire seven grades fell into one treasury_, so that
+they who moved in the supposed moral atmosphere of the first and second
+grades were, nevertheless, patrons of the whole iniquitous business.
+At once I thought of the churches that were in sympathy, or league,
+with this part of the work along the Broad Highway. And I inwardly
+uttered these sad sentences:</p>
+
+<p>“_It is no more a mystery why such churches have lost their holy
+influence and their warmth of spiritual life, while worldliness
+flourishes from the pew to the pulpit_.”</p>
+
+<p class="center p0 p2"><span class="figcenter" id="img010">
+ <img src="images/010.jpg" class="w75" alt="The Devil’s Substitute to the Prayer-Meeting (The
+Christians left their Bibles at home.)" />
+</span></p>
+<p class="center p0 caption">The Devil’s Substitute to the Prayer-Meeting (The
+Christians left their Bibles at home.)<br /></p>
+
+<p>Mr. World and Miss Church-Member spent several seasons of leisure in
+the Theatres of the first and second grades. Finally he invited her
+to accompany him to a Refined Vaudeville in the third grade Theatre
+district. It happened to be on the same day of the week that she had
+formerly been accustomed to attend prayer meeting. This fact awakened
+memories of bygone days, and brought feelings of sadness to her heart.
+Mr. World, by an artful diversity of language, arrested her mind and
+calmed her conscience as he playfully remarked: “This will be a good
+substitute for the prayer-meeting.”</p>
+
+<p>I saw the two enter the Vaudeville with many other church-members that
+mingled with the jostling crowds. These Christians left their Bibles
+at home, while some took as a substitute their opera glasses. They can
+see through these better than they can through their Bibles.</p>
+
+<p>While Mr. World and Miss Church-Member tarried at the Theatres, I was
+permitted to see a conference of the evil spirits that had in charge
+the Theatre interests of Satan. The conference met at the opening of
+the year 1901 what was called “The Century Session.”</p>
+
+<p>For the time I was lost to all other surroundings, and I could hear
+all and see all as if I occupied the best seat. The unusual parliament
+seemed to be held underground, and yet one could enter directly from
+the surface of the earth.</p>
+
+<p>The assemblage was controlled by a highly honored chief, cool and
+deliberate in manner. Every kind of imp imaginable could be found in
+the number that constituted the many committees.</p>
+
+<p>I witnessed every part of the diabolical proceedings, and will here
+disclose a portion of these doubly sealed secrets.</p>
+
+<p>After all preliminaries were brushed away, I heard seven ominous clangs,
+and silence reigned supreme. The chairman rose to speak. What a mingling
+of light and darkness! How truly Satanic his every feature and every
+move! How earnest his brief address, every word in the interest of
+Satan’s blasting work.</p>
+
+<p>“Give heed, oh, ye co-workers, bound under oath to give a true
+report! Our cause has made advances, and our work calls for the
+ripest service we can give. _The theatre modernized is fast winning
+the church. All honor, ye spirits who played your parts so well!_ The
+century has just closed, but not our opportunity. Let coming years
+be one of mightier conquest. Down with the narrow truth and morbid
+righteousness, and all things else that check our onward marching!”
+For a moment the chairman was silent. Then, as he raised his hand, I
+heard a hideous clang which proved to be the signal for the report
+of “The-Moral-Effect-of-the-Theatre” committee. Forthwith the whole
+committee stood _en masse_ before the chairman. “Our work goes on with
+speed,” cried the leader of the gang. “In every district we are gaining
+ground.”</p>
+
+<p>“I have watched your progress with joyful pride,” answered the chairman,
+as he smiled in hellish glee. “But I noted the sharp conflicts you had
+with certain reformers in the churches.”</p>
+
+<p>“Some of them we cannot conquer,” despairingly admitted the leader.</p>
+
+<p>“Grieve not over forts you cannot take, but make good use of those
+that have surrendered.”</p>
+
+<p>“They are firing our guns splendidly,” quickly intercepted the leader,
+as he rose and read the following report:</p>
+
+<p>1. “We have labored earnestly in the ranks of the church until many
+more of her members now believe that the moral effect of our Theatres
+is helpful.</p>
+
+<p>2. “We have succeeded in dividing the members of many churches on this
+question, and have witnessed, with pleasure, the many kinds of quarrels
+that have resulted therefrom.</p>
+
+<p>3. “We have succeeded in turning the tide of many periodicals, so that
+the defense of the Theatre, as a moral stimulant, is more general than
+ever.”</p>
+
+<p>As the leader closed his brief report, the chairman offered his
+compliments, and the host cheered with vigor.</p>
+
+<p>The committee retired. The chairman again lifted his hand and two
+clangs were heard. This was the signal for the appearance of the
+“Park-Theatre” committee.</p>
+
+<p>“Good tidings, or ill?” tersely asked the chairman.</p>
+
+<p>“Good tidings of the first degree,” cheerily replied the leader of the
+committee as he proceeded to read his document:</p>
+
+<p>1. “We labored, with all zeal, to carry out the schemes concocted
+previously.</p>
+
+<p>2. “We have succeeded in locating a series of free Theatres at every
+summer park where we could possibly induce the management to admit
+them.</p>
+
+<p>3. “These Theatres, even though they be of a third or fourth class,
+are doing a great service for us by implanting a taste for other grades.</p>
+
+<p>4. “By this happy medium we are winning young people and church-members
+by the thousand, for they can attend these Park exhibitions without
+being severely criticised.</p>
+
+<p>5. “We are careful to give them enough immoral and sensual bait to
+draw them further. (Wild applause.)</p>
+
+<p>6. “These innocent Park Theatres must not be abandoned, for they are
+a sure training school. We hereby pledge ourselves anew to go forth
+more earnestly to our tasks.” (Furious applause over the whole
+assembly.)</p>
+
+<p>“Have you met with any hindrances to your work?” queried the chairman
+of the meeting.</p>
+
+<p>“Many indeed. Some Parks refuse our class of Theatres, while others
+are closed to every class. But our committee is determined to push
+ahead.”</p>
+
+<p>“Onward, ye comrades,” urged the chairman. “Buy up the stock of every
+Park, if possible, and furnish recreation for the church. Do not become
+too bold at first in the introduction of lewd and foolish plays, or
+you may be fought by the popular churches.”</p>
+
+<p>“Hardly possible,” replied the leader. “So many in the church are glad
+to wink at these incongruities, for they are thereby given a chance
+to satisfy their carnal appetites without being classed with the regular
+Theatre crowd.”</p>
+
+<p>“This is one of our happiest modern hits,” chuckled the chairman, as
+the committee turned away, amidst the mad-like cheering.</p>
+
+<p>Next I saw that the chairman raised his hand, and at once I heard three
+sharp clangs which were the signal for the “Church-Choir” committee.
+“What has the church-choir to do with the Theatre,” thought I, as I
+saw the obedient host answering to their call.</p>
+
+<p>“What tidings, good or ill?” asked the chairman in a tone of confidence.</p>
+
+<p>“Progress slow, but sure,” briefly answered the leader of the committee
+as he stepped a little nearer to the chairman to give his report.</p>
+
+<p>“Ours is a difficult task. Some choirs are hedged about that we cannot
+so much as reach them with suggestions. Nevertheless, we have succeeded
+in many sections, notably in certain large cities. We report, with
+pride, that some churches have engaged genuine theatrical singers to
+render special selections during the regular Sunday services. Is it
+not an evidence of our success when the opera-stage singer of Saturday
+night furnishes the chief solo for church-goers on Sunday morning?
+This is winning certain people to the Theatre, for in many instances
+they cannot wait until the next Sunday; so they visit several theatres
+during the week to keep their spiritual strength renewed.”</p>
+
+<p>Then the demons cheered to the echo, and I listened with a sad, heavy
+heart.</p>
+
+<p>The leader continued:</p>
+
+<p>“We are also endeavoring to get the regular church-choirs to imitate
+the popular theatrical stars. Of course, we do not oppose the use of
+religious words, if we cannot induce them to sing our selections. We
+are aiming to create a taste for the up-to-date novelties in music,
+in contrast to the old dry singing in certain churches of the King’s
+Highway.” (Prolonged applause.)</p>
+
+<p>As this tall, wiry demon continued to unfold his deep-laid plans, I
+well understood why Satan has selected the church-choir as an objective
+point, and has delegated so large a number of imps to do work in that
+special direction. I then cried within me: “Oh, that these churches
+would not use their choir-corners as an advertising medium for the
+Theatre! And that choirs, in their musical devotions, may be led by
+the Spirit of God rather than by the imps of Hell!”</p>
+
+<p>This committee retired with special encomiums.</p>
+
+<p>The chairman rose and I heard four sonorous clangs which summoned the
+“Ministerial” committee. At once its members, in their sedate and
+portly attitudes, surged down the massive aisles.</p>
+
+<p>I shuddered as I saw the variety of these mean Satanic faces, portraying
+a depth of vileness, mingled with shrewd and scholarly insight. With
+great care I studied this pack of Hell-hounds, gathered from the ends
+of the earth, now standing in sullen mood, ready to give their report.</p>
+
+<p>“What tidings, good or ill?” asked the chairman.</p>
+
+<p>“The tidings are good,” replied the famous leader. “By our efforts we
+have silenced many a voice which formerly thundered against us. To-day
+many more ministers are in sympathy with the modern Theatre of the
+higher grades, although not a few of these must hold their views in
+secret. Others speak apologetically, and still more come out in bold
+defense of what they term the ‘Select Theatre.’”</p>
+
+<p>“What do you consider the most hopeful line of your work?” further
+asked the chairman.</p>
+
+<p>“Our work in the theological schools,” quickly responded the leader.
+“Special sections of our committee have labored with stealthy vigor
+to capture the preacher before he reaches the pulpit. The last years
+of the century have witnessed phenomenal gains for our cause. By winning
+the theological student early to our Theatrical theories we are likely
+to gain his heart and sympathy in after years. Our success along these
+lines is the most hopeful sign of the times, and bespeaks the ushering
+in of more sensible conditions. (Furious applause.)</p>
+
+<p>“Before retiring,” continued the leader, “let me quote the utterances
+of a certain broad-minded clergyman: ‘The clean Theatre of the twentieth
+century will be, and ought to be, the moral prayer-meeting for
+Christians, while the spiritual prayer-meeting will be held in the
+church as usual.’”</p>
+
+<p>The whole army of devils cheered like madmen. I was so aroused that
+I felt that ecclesiastical lynch law should be applied to any minister
+whose utterances caused such jubilee among the legions of Hell.</p>
+
+<p>I could not remain to hear the report of:</p>
+
+<p>“The Moral Play” committee,</p>
+
+<p>“The Variant Dance” committee,</p>
+
+<p>“The Sacred Concert” committee and other committees whose names I could
+not learn.</p>
+
+
+<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop" />
+
+<div class="chapter">
+<h2 class="nobreak" id="CHAPTER_XIII">CHAPTER XIII.<br />SCHOOLS OF LITERATURE. THIRD DIVISION</h2>
+</div>
+
+<p>1. Seven separate halls described.</p>
+
+<p>2. The far-reaching schemes of Satan to pollute the Press and the Pen.</p>
+
+
+<p>Mr. World and Miss Church-Member, after spending several hours at the
+Theatres, moved toward the vast groups of buildings comprising the
+third division of the College of Literature. The structures lay in a
+semi-circle facing a magnificent court, in the center of which there
+was a park of surpassing loveliness. On an immense arch, over the
+center of the park, these words were hung in shining letters:</p>
+
+<p class="center">THIRD DIVISION:</p>
+
+<p class="center">TRUE CHRISTIANITY AND LITERATURE.</p>
+
+<p>As Mr. World and his charming companion entered this great central
+court, they were quite overcome by the size and beauty of the three
+score halls, each one widening as its depth increased. Some towered
+one thousand feet in the air while others sent their proud domes, as
+it were, into the clouds.</p>
+
+<p>The two companions mingled with the multitudes, engaged in the common
+pleasures of this open court, and watched with poetic delight the
+sparkling fountains, while sweet strains of music from scattered
+orchestras lent their charms to the soul. The shrubbery, flowers and
+plants, as well as the works of sculpture and pictorial art, all
+appeared as if angel fingers had been employed in their production and
+arrangement.</p>
+
+<p>The season here spent by Miss Church-Member was the happiest that she
+had yet experienced since she had left the King’s Highway. To think
+that she was now living in the threshold of True Christianity, in its
+relation to literature, was at once novel and refreshing to her mind,
+for she now claimed to be a more faithful Christian than ever before.</p>
+
+<p>During their protracted stay at this division they visited the following
+halls, each one devoted to a specific purpose:</p>
+
+<p>Hall No. 3. “The Bible from a Literary Standpoint.”</p>
+
+<p>Hall No. 8. “The Best Literature for a Sunday School Class.”</p>
+
+<p>Hall No. 9. “The Best Literature for Sunday school Libraries.”</p>
+
+<p>Hall No. 13. “The Best Literature for a True Christian to Read.”</p>
+
+<p>Hall No. 16. “Literature for a Christian’s ‘Grip’ when on a Vacation.”</p>
+
+<p>Hall No. 27. “The Sunday Newspaper and Other Publications.”</p>
+
+<p>Hall No. 38. “The Best Way of Conducting a Religious Newspaper.”</p>
+
+<p>Mr. World spent a day with his appreciative friend under the teaching
+of Hall No. 3. The professors were exceptionally brilliant, and so won
+the confidence of their many hearers that what they said seemed to
+have more weight than even the Bible. They tried to demonstrate that
+the literary style of the Bible was far below par.</p>
+
+<p>When they entered Hall No. 8 they were surprised to see how large a
+number of Sunday school workers and teachers were already there. The
+meeting that day was held largely in the form of an open parliament,
+and a discussion was in progress concerning the use of the Bible in
+the class during the study of the lesson.</p>
+
+<p>“Would it not be preferable,” asked an interested visitor, “to use the
+Bible in the class during the study of the lesson, and use the special
+helps only for preparation?”</p>
+
+<p>“Don’t think of it, don’t think of it!” abruptly answered the teacher.
+“It would only be a step backward.”</p>
+
+<p>“It appears to me,” continued the visitor, “that our young people ought
+to become more familiar in using and handling the Bible, and if it
+were used in connection with the study of the lesson it would surely
+prove to be a valuable help, even beyond what the present system
+affords.”</p>
+
+<p>“And would you throw aside all the very valuable side lights to the
+lesson that are being produced in such rich variety and abundance?’
+hurriedly asked a Sunday school teacher who was present on a furlough.</p>
+
+<p>“Nay, nay,” earnestly spoke the visitor, “let the press go on, but let
+not its fruit be substituted for the bread of life. Fruit is good,
+delicious and healthful, but we need the staff of life. _Let the real
+actual Bible be handled and used in the teaching of the lesson. Then
+whatever else is wise to use as an auxiliary help may be brought into
+service_. That is my platform, pure and simple.”</p>
+
+<p>The leader of the meeting was agitated. He impatiently rose to his
+feet before the last words had fallen from the visitor’s lips.</p>
+
+<p>“Let us use reason,” he said, with a light vein of sarcasm in his
+voice. “Is it not true that the average child sees enough of the Bible
+in his home and in the public schools, and that he greatly relishes
+a change when he comes to the Sunday school?”</p>
+
+<p>“That’s only too true,” spoke up the worldly element who were there
+in large numbers.</p>
+
+<p>“Let me assure you,” continued the speaker as he was warming to his
+theme under false fires of devilish sophistry, “in the day when the
+Bible was used in the Sunday school classes, spiritual ignorance
+abounded more than now.”</p>
+
+<p>“Why not be satisfied with rapid advancement, instead of inviting
+retrogression in knowledge, and a double decimation in Sunday school
+attendance, by compelling scholars to go searching through a book as
+uninteresting and unfathomable to them as the Bible?”</p>
+
+<p>“One great hindrance to Sunday school work is its pious and
+sanctimonious tendency. If the schools of the twentieth century are
+to be successful, we must have less of that Bible stiffness in them,
+and still more of an open sociability.”</p>
+
+<p>The worldly element and some of the Sunday school teachers were now
+cheering heartily. But the speaker continued:</p>
+
+<p>“Instead of going to an extreme that means death to the Sunday school
+by advocating that an army of cold Bibles should go walking into the
+service, I should rather advocate a change in the other direction, for
+I am even opposed to the tons of cheap literature filled with cloudy
+opinions that are now being scattered throughout our schools. We need
+lesson helps that are interspersed with incidents of adventure, and
+startling stories that have fire and life in them. Let some publisher
+take the hint.</p>
+
+<p>“Then the boy or girl whose daily reading may consist of that style
+of writing will find the Sunday school more congenial to his nature,
+and he will go there with a bound. In that manner you are certain to
+win the boy’s heart, after which you can, with tact, send the spiritual
+truth deeper into his soul. From such a scholar keep the Bible as far
+away as possible It is not even necessary to lay stress on the fact
+that the lesson text is, taken from the Bible.</p>
+
+<p>“If the teacher can succeed in holding his respect for the Sunday
+school, then, in after years, when he is more matured and is better
+able to reason, you may bring the Bible itself more directly to his
+attention, and you will secure better results than are prevalent to-day
+in the Sunday school world.”</p>
+
+<p>The audience cheered lustily. In this cheering Mr. World and his
+companion joined. The visitor, who was deeply grieved at the warm
+reception of such destructive doctrines, arose to speak, but the
+intolerant cried out: “Away with him! We want no more bigotry and
+one-hundred-years-behind-the time speeches!” At the suggestion of the
+chairman he was hurried from the room to appear before a commission
+on lunacy.</p>
+
+<p>The speech had its desired effect. The great majority of the audience
+were convinced that the Bible was not a “drawing card,” and that it
+should not be introduced into the class study if it could possibly be
+avoided. A few pledged that they would do all in their power to effect
+a revolution in the present system of lesson helps.</p>
+
+<p>Mr. World and Miss Church-Member left this hall and entered Hall No.
+9. It was a rare privilege for them to walk through the largest Sunday
+school library in the world, where many committees were at work
+selecting books for their respective Sunday schools.</p>
+
+<p>Satan had so ingeniously managed the composition of these books, and
+so artfully arranged them on the endless shelves, that one could
+scarcely discern the good parts of a book from the bad, or determine
+in which section of the hall the largest percentage of good books could
+be found. In this way committees almost invariably picked up
+considerable chaff with the wheat.</p>
+
+<p>I looked at Blackana and sighed: “Oh! Blackana, how long will these
+things be? If only a conflagration would reduce the contents of that
+hall to ashes!”</p>
+
+<p>“Ah! mortal,” he coldly replied, “these things will never be destroyed,
+for the building is fire proof. Surely the Sunday school should get
+as much of its library as possible from a source so well protected.”</p>
+
+<p>“For what fiendish reason?” I asked as I was moved with indignation.</p>
+
+<p>“Nothing fiendish about it. Satan can furnish books at less cost, and
+thereby be of material financial help to the Sunday school. Furthermore,
+he is able to furnish a larger variety and a more inviting class of
+books, with more spicy fiction, and less of that deadness so generally
+characteristic of the books coming from the hand of a narrow-minded
+Christian.”</p>
+
+<p>“Silence, thou agent of the Devil! Thou art again dealing in falsehood.
+When thou speakest to me, speak truthfully or hold thy tongue in
+quietness.”</p>
+
+<p>He rolled his eyes at me, but spoke no more.</p>
+
+<p>In the early hours of the following day I saw the same two companions
+enter Hall No. 13 devoted to “The Best Literature for a True Christian
+to Read.” They moved leisurely from table to table scanning and reading
+the books and booklets which, in great variety, lay before them.</p>
+
+<p>Weariness urged them to a seat in the lecture department where they
+were entertained by a scholarly address on “_Choice Literature for a
+Christian._”</p>
+
+<p>“It must not be forgotten.” said the speaker in one part of his address,
+“that the mind can be ruined by lack of vigorous exercise. In the
+physical body the stomach would become weak and sickly were it not
+compelled, quite frequently, to digest strong foods or a great variety
+of them. So also the mind, in order to reach its true development,
+needs a wide variety of thought-food. Not alone that of a
+sickly-sentimental or sanctimonious kind which in its place is all
+right, but such a variety as will best stimulate the mind in a
+well-rounded, liberal education. In particular, a good Christian should
+peruse such literature as will inform him thoroughly concerning the
+enemies of Christianity. He should not spurn, but rather study
+infidelity, skepticism and every other hostile movement, so that he
+may be able the better to appreciate his own position. The Bible is
+not so much a book for reading, as a book of reference, and therefore
+a Christian’s loyalty to Christ must not be measured by his reading
+and studying the Bible, but by his success in locating the enemies of
+the cross and studying their designs, looking over their encampments,
+and estimating the strength of their weapons. If he becomes thus
+acquainted with the foe, he is in better position to order an advance,
+or to effect a treaty whereby much strife may be avoided.”</p>
+
+<p>Hall No. 16 was next visited. It offered to its patrons a happy time.
+Here the work of the artist was in pleasing evidence. On beautiful
+walls were pictured retreats of all kinds. The games and sports, in
+endless variety, which make merry the park, field and glen, were the
+subjects of some of the paintings.</p>
+
+<p>These were the titles of some of the larger wall paintings:</p>
+
+<p>“A restful day under the oak.”</p>
+
+<p>“The campers at the midday meal.”</p>
+
+<p>“An hour of idle reading.” “Around the camp-fire at night.”</p>
+
+<p>“At rest beside the bounding brook.”</p>
+
+<p>“Along the beach at bathing time.”</p>
+
+<p>“The cottage by the sea.”</p>
+
+<p>Nothing was said about the paintings on the wall; they were merely
+suggestive of the refreshment that came after toil.</p>
+
+<p>The lecturer of this hall was a jolly man, an athlete of fine
+proportions, whose splendid appearance attracted the attention of the
+throng of listeners.</p>
+
+<p>“We are not here to discuss the good or evil which comes from various
+kinds of recreation, but to tell you, from experience, what kind of
+reading to take with you when you go on a vacation, or a pleasure trip.
+As you are seeking rest for the body so let your religious books have
+a rest. Leave them all at home, except the Bible, and prayer book,&mdash;you
+might take them along to be used in case of sickness or accident. Then
+put in your ‘grip’ some humorous books, such as will make you merry.
+Besides these place therein some other very light reading, such as
+will rest the mind from the more serious things of life.</p>
+
+<p>“As a father delighteth to see his children roam and romp in glee over
+the meadows after the time of faithful toil, so the Heavenly Father
+delighteth to see _his_ true children lay aside the seriousness of
+prayer and Bible study, and go forth in joyful rest to the seashore,
+or to the quiet glen in the fastnesses of the woods. If you follow
+these directions, you will get the cream of pleasure and profit, and
+return to your secular or religious work with renewed vigor.”</p>
+
+<p>I saw many ministers, of the gospel in the audience, but not all
+seconded the words of the speaker. Mr. World and his confiding companion
+were surprised after entering Hall No. 27 to find on exhibition a copy
+of all the periodical publications of the world. This was a large hall
+and had sub-divisions, each devoted to a distinct class of literature.
+One department contained all non-sectarian religious publications;
+another the sectarian; still a third was devoted to daily newspapers,
+partisan and non-partisan; yet another contained all trade journals;
+another all the scientific periodicals, and thus the plan was continued
+throughout.</p>
+
+<p>This was the busiest place of all, for some of the periodicals had
+their offices in this hall, while others had representatives there,
+so that countless thousands thronged the sub-departments daily. Each
+sub-department had its own corps of lecturers.</p>
+
+<p>Many editors, before entering into active service, take the entire
+series of courses offered by this hall, and are thus taught to
+prevaricate, abbreviate, and exaggerate, or do ought else to attain
+the end in view.</p>
+
+<p>I saw Mr. World and Miss Church-Member pass by one sub-department after
+another. They were not pleased with the excitement that prevailed.
+They had intended however to pause at the department devoted especially
+to the Sunday newspaper question, and tarried at the door long enough
+merely to catch these few words from one of the speakers:</p>
+
+<p>“I am a member of the church myself, and bear an honorable name therein;
+but I am unwilling to be classed with a set of bigots who would rob
+us of our personal liberties and, if possible, place all kinds of
+restrictive measures about our inalienable rights. I stand for liberty
+first of all, and tyranny never. Why should one dictate to me what I
+shall read on Sunday? I look at my Bible more than one hundred times
+a year, and read a Sunday newspaper only fifty-two times. It was a
+happy change that started the regular press of the country to yield
+seven issues a week, and thereby send forth additional rays of
+enlightenment to a people who are in sad need of all that they can get
+to increase their intelligence.</p>
+
+<p>“According to my opinion there are so many practices that are worse
+than reading a Sunday newspaper that Satan must surely be annoyed to
+see a man engaged in such a harmless pursuit. Happy, indeed, would we
+all be if the&mdash;-”</p>
+
+<p>The two companions passed on and heard no more, until they left this
+hall and paid a brief visit to Hall No. 38 devoted to “_The Best Way
+of Conducting a Religious Newspaper_.”</p>
+
+<p>There were very few editors present, but the debate amongst them was
+vigorous and, at times, very contentious, much to the interest and
+enjoyment of the spectators.</p>
+
+<p>The question being discussed was: “_How Can We Best Increase the
+Circulation of the Church Paper?_”</p>
+
+<p>After a few exchanges of opinions, the chairman of the meeting
+advocated, with grave dignity, that all religious newspapers should
+be more conformed to the tastes and the level of a hungry world. “There
+is too great a contrast,” said he, “between the mental condition of
+the laymen and the high, cold tone of the average religious paper. Let
+the editor of a church paper do as did his Master Jesus Christ,&mdash;come
+down to the level of the world, where he can reach the heart and the
+ear of the common people of whom the masses are composed. No paper
+should be so holy that it cannot adapt itself to the development of
+the natural as well as the spiritual part of man.”</p>
+
+<p>These remarks were warmly applauded.</p>
+
+<p>Next an editor of a religious paper arose, and spoke with decision:</p>
+
+<p>“I want to be as liberal and broad-minded as God would have me be. I
+came to this hall with doubtful steps. I cannot say that I have profited
+thereby. My mind is at variance with the chairman of this meeting. He
+says: ‘All religious papers should be more conformed to the tastes of
+the hungry world.’ Let me ask, with all honesty, what is the taste of
+the hungry world? Is it not a terribly perverted taste, a hungering
+for the black sins of death? I contend that it is the work of a good
+paper to be a beacon light, even though it shines from a lofty
+light-house. It may thereby shine out farther and wider. Away with the
+doctrine of devils that would pervert the truth and send with merciless
+fling&mdash;&mdash;”</p>
+
+<p>At this juncture the speaker was seized by an officer who came running
+in at the ringing of a bell and arrested the editor on the charge of
+“disturbing the peace,” which, the chairman declared, was due to a
+diseased state of his mind.</p>
+
+<p>Miss Church-Member was freightened from the hall by this episode, and
+was followed by her less fearful companion.</p>
+
+
+<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop" />
+
+<div class="chapter">
+<h2 class="nobreak" id="CHAPTER_XIV">CHAPTER XIV.<br />THE DEVIL’S TEMPERANCE COLLEGE.</h2>
+</div>
+
+<p>1. Mr. World and his companion visit this immense college, with many
+wings, all devoted to teaching every phase of the temperance question
+in accordance with Satan’s views.</p>
+
+<p>2. A view of the millions who attend this college.</p>
+
+
+<p>Automobiles are used by the agents of Satan to convey students and
+visitors from one college to another of the great University of the
+World.</p>
+
+<p>I saw Miss Church-Member and her cherished escort leave the College of
+Literature in one of these up-to-date carriages.</p>
+
+<p>“Shall we tarry at the athletic field?” asked Mr. World as they came
+to a famous sporting ground.</p>
+
+<p>“Let us rather hasten to the Temperance College,” she suggested. But
+her manner indicated that she did not wish to urge him away from the
+place of his heart’s desire.</p>
+
+<p>“Altogether at your pleasure,” he smiled, as he sank back into the
+comfortable cushions of the conveyance.</p>
+
+<p>They soon reached the desired locality, saw the moving millions from
+all portions of the earth, and heard the ceaseless babble of their
+voices harmonizing with the work of this college which was known among
+the pilgrims of the King’s Highway as _The Devil’s Temperance College._
+It covered many acres of ground, and consisted of many immense
+buildings, around which clustered many smaller structures serving for
+auxiliary purposes.</p>
+
+<p>When Mr. World and Miss Church-Member walked about the college grounds,
+and saw more closely the magnitude and beauty of the edifices, they
+were so overawed that their tongues offered no comment.</p>
+
+<p>They mingled a while with the merry multitude, and then at one corner
+of the group entered the gigantic building devoted to the subject of
+Temperance and the Bible. They hoped thereby to get the consensus of
+opinion on one of the complex questions of the day.</p>
+
+<p>At the bureau of information the two companions were directed to the
+Public Hall of Debate, which was reached by the aid of one of the
+numerous electric elevators. The Great Hall had an auditorium of one
+hundred feet in height and a seating capacity fully capable of
+accommodating the visiting multitudes. The acoustics were so perfect
+that one, at the farther end of the room, could easily hear the speaker
+on the stage. When Mr. World and his friend had entered the hall they
+were surprised to learn that many of the auditors were members of the
+more radical churches along the King’s Highway.</p>
+
+<p>The corps of high titled professors who occupied the stage spoke at
+intervals, or answered questions which were propounded by persons in
+the audience.</p>
+
+<p>Over the stage I saw in illuminated letters: TEMPERANCE AND THE BIBLE.</p>
+
+<p>An aged man was speaking when the two comrades took seats near the
+center of the room.</p>
+
+<p>“We are not here,” explained the venerable man, “to prove that the
+Bible is either false or true. We leave that question for other schools
+to decide. It is our province to show what the Bible teaches on this
+important theme. Temperance is a word so misused and so abused that
+it becomes people of sound judgment to go to the rock bottom of the
+question as viewed in the light of Scripture.”</p>
+
+<p>Then, adjusting his green spectacles, the speaker opened the Bible and
+offered to explain, or to have explained, any part of it that bore on
+the subject of “Temperance from a Bible Standpoint.”</p>
+
+<p>A breathless silence followed until a moderate-drinking church-member
+arose with Bible in hand. “Did Christians, during the life of Christ,
+drink wine?” he asked, in a self-righteous manner.</p>
+
+<p>The speaker called upon Mr. Wine Expert who quickly stepped forward
+from his chair on the stage.</p>
+
+<p>“There can be no doubt,” he affirmed, “but that they drank wine freely.
+They knew enough in that day not to discard a good thing.”</p>
+
+<p>Hundreds of people sprang to their feet, but Mr. Venerable ordered
+that one should speak at a time and that they all should be seated and
+first listen to the questioner.</p>
+
+<p>“Was that wine the same, in kind, that Noah drank, as related in Gen.
+9:21?”</p>
+
+<p>“Identical.”</p>
+
+<p>“And the same that is used to-day in the commercial world?”</p>
+
+<p>“It is the same as the good wine that is used to-day. There are many
+modern adulterations.”</p>
+
+<p>The questioner took his seat. A man from London then obtained the
+floor. He also held a Bible as he spoke.</p>
+
+<p>“I am a temperance worker in one of the districts of London, and would
+like to know whether you conclude by your former assertion concerning
+the early Christians that the Bible does not speak against wine
+drinking?”</p>
+
+<p>“Not in a single place. How could it do so consistently?” answered the
+Devil’s expert.</p>
+
+<p>“Will you please turn to Prov. 20:1. ‘Wine is a mocker, strong drink
+is raging: and whosoever is deceived thereby is not wise.’ How do you
+harmonize this passage with what you have just asserted?” The man from
+London sat down.</p>
+
+<p>“Quite an easy task for one who has given honest study to the question,”
+said Mr. Wine Expert. “Wine is a mocker. Just as wisdom mocks at the
+calamity of those who reject it in Prov. 1:26. So, wine, personified
+in a similar manner, mocks at the folly of those who refuse it.
+(Applause.) Strong drink is raging. Just as in Jonah 1:15, the sea was
+raging in protest against Jonah because he refused to preach the truth
+to the people. So in this passage, ‘strong drink is raging,’ because
+so many church-members and ministers refuse to preach the real truth
+to the people on the subject of strong drink. (Prolonged applause.)
+If there were as much said against me falsely, as has been spoken
+against strong drink, I would not only rage, but would go raging and
+foaming over this stage in protest. (Tremendous applause and shouting
+from the people of the world.) I tell you more, my friends, strong
+drink will keep on raging as long as old Voices and ‘The New Voice’
+of cranks and idiots are heard to squeak out their childish nonsense
+to an enlightened people.” (Furious applause and demonstrations.)</p>
+
+<p>“The last part of the passage is easily to be understood,” continued
+the speaker. “‘Whosoever is deceived thereby is not wise.’ How could
+a person be wise who allows himself to be deceived and hoodwinked
+concerning as good a thing as wine or strong drink?”</p>
+
+<p>“Nobody, we need not fear,” cried out a brewer from one side of the
+room.</p>
+
+<p>“There is however a host,” continued Mr. Wine Expert, “who are woefully
+deceived, and who are endeavoring to force their deceptions upon the
+state.”</p>
+
+<p>“And I am one of them,” shouted a tall man from Kansas, U. S. A., as
+he violently jumped to his feet, and remained standing.</p>
+
+<p>“I would suggest,” calmly interrupted the venerable leader, “that our
+special photographer take a snap shot of this man. We are always glad
+to keep a record of such monstrosities. He looks like a fair specimen
+of a deceived man. (Laughter.) He is lean and bony, and if any one of
+you never before saw such a man, take a full view of him now. Suppose
+you,” he said, as he continued pointing at the Kansas man, “slowly
+make a full revolution on your feet so that each one can here see all
+sides of you,&mdash;if you have more than one side.” (Great applause amongst
+the people of the world.)</p>
+
+<p>The man from Kansas stood still till the voice of the insulting outcry
+died away.</p>
+
+<p>“I can stand abuse; I can stand irony and sarcasm; but I thank God
+that where I live I need no longer endure the insults of the Rum Devil.
+(Suppressed applause.) If Mr. Venerable thinks I am the only man present
+who comes under his classification of ‘deceived persons,’ I will
+demonstrate to him his folly, for there are many thousands here who
+have not yet bowed the knee to Baal.”</p>
+
+<p>“Out of order!” “Put him out!” “Away with him!” came from the audience.</p>
+
+<p>“If there is a person here opposed to the Rum Traffic, let him rise,”
+fearlessly continued the tall man.</p>
+
+<p>Up sprang a W. C. T. U. leader; then another person; then a hundred
+from Maine; yea, a thousand more until over seven thousand, from all
+parts of the world, stood on their feet.</p>
+
+<p>“Remain standing, I ask you! Let not one of you act the coward! There
+are others here today, who came in, as I did, to visit. Stand up! Show
+your colors! If you remain seated you will be classed with the enemy.
+The time to honor your cause is at hand. I ask you seventy thousand
+church-members present to choose this day whom you will serve.”</p>
+
+<p>Mr. Venerable, who was an experienced man in these uprisings, whispered
+to an excited saloon-keeper: “Let them proceed. A house divided against
+itself can not stand.”</p>
+
+<p>“I demand order,” shouted a high-license advocate who owned a brewery,
+but the agitated fellow was soon calmed by these personal words from
+the venerable chairman: “_Let these people go. They will soon get into
+factional contention and thereby break the point of their steel more
+effectually than we could do it._”</p>
+
+<p>“Remain standing, ye noble band of men and women!” shouted the Kansas
+man with increasing earnestness. “You, who are too cowardly or
+indifferent to rise from your seats, are throwing your influence this
+day on the side of the enemy, thereby casting a reflection on the
+church of our Lord Jesus Christ, and&mdash;”</p>
+
+<p>This was more than a certain minister could bear. So, before the Kansas
+man had finished his last sentence, he sprang excitedly to his feet
+and shook his fist defiantly: “I want it distinctly understood that
+I am just as good as the man from Kansas, and just as much of a
+temperance man, but I don’t believe in this way of showing my colors.
+I would not be standing now had I not been insulted more by that crank
+of one idea, standing there, than by Mr. Wine Expert who so contemptibly
+perverted Scripture.”</p>
+
+<p>Mr. Wine Expert sprang to the edge of the stage to defend his position,
+but Mr. Venerable was instantly at his side. “_Come, come, don’t spoil
+that fight; suffer rather than have them combine against you,_” were
+the quiet words of logic that brought him to his seat without uttering
+a word.</p>
+
+<p>Then up jumped a few prominent church-members to express their
+indignation at the adverse criticism of the Kansas man.</p>
+
+<p>“Those are exactly my sentiments, and I here offer my protest against
+this manner of procedure,” said one as he looked approvingly at the
+minister.</p>
+
+<p>“And so do I.” “I am most emphatically of the same opinion.” “I stand
+here, a true temperance man, to express my indignation at that Kansas
+prodigy,” were some of the expressions which came from temperance men
+who were not willing to be classed with the seven thousand.</p>
+
+<p>Then upwards of one hundred women rose to their feet and indignantly
+rebuked the Kansas man for his misjudgment in starting this factional
+display. This provoked some radical leaders of the W. C. T. U. who
+chanced to be there as detectives or visitors. They also arose in
+defense of the Kansas man.</p>
+
+<p>I saw the tumult rising. Disorder was pre-dominant. Hundreds tried to
+speak at once. Saloon-keepers, brewers, whiskey politicians, and the
+professors on the stage were smiling in ghoulish glee. They enjoyed
+it more than a prize fight, and the results were at once more disastrous
+and more deplorable.</p>
+
+<p>As the conflict waxed hotter some men and women were screaming, and
+some fainting, and some resorted to blows. Others scrambled to get
+from the room. The elevators were put in quick service, and I saw Mr.
+World and Miss Church-Member, with thousands of others, running from
+the scene of the fight.</p>
+
+<p>“Let us go to another building,” suggested Miss Church-Member.</p>
+
+<p>A very short time after this I saw them enter the largest building of
+all the Temperance College. It stood centrally amongst the great group,
+and was devoted to “_Hygiene and Temperance._”</p>
+
+
+<p class="center p0 p2"><span class="figcenter" id="img011">
+ <img src="images/011.jpg" class="w75" alt="A Scene in the Devils Temperance College The fight
+between the temperence factions was greatly enjoyed by the saloon-
+keepers, brewers, and whisky politicians." />
+</span></p>
+<p class="center p0 caption">A Scene in the Devils Temperance College The fight
+between the temperence factions was greatly enjoyed by the saloon-
+keepers, brewers, and whisky politicians.<br /></p>
+
+<p>After learning that they came as visitors, a director advised them to
+pass the many medical wings on separate flats and go to the great
+auditorium on one of the higher floors. Proceeding, in obedience to
+the advice given, they soon beheld a room of greater size and
+magnificence than the one which they had just left, and as they were
+taking seats they fixed their attention on the lecturer who had already
+been speaking for an hour. He was discoursing on the relation of strong
+drink to the stomach.</p>
+
+<p>“It must be remembered,” affirmed he, “that the stomach was made to
+serve man. The appetite is the true criterion by which he may know
+what his body needs. If he feels a thirst for alcoholic drink, it is
+akin to a hunger for any special class of foods. He is not to ask his
+servant, the stomach, whether it is willing to do the work of
+transformation. He is to give it the work to do. The stomach will do
+it, unless that particular digestive function is lost. It is claimed
+by some who know more about ditch-digging than about physiology, that
+alcoholic beverages ruin the lining of the stomach, creating ulcers,
+and other disorders. This kind of teaching reminds me of a conundrum.
+‘Why is a scientific temperance man like a dead man in his coffin?’
+Who can answer it?”</p>
+
+<p>“Because each one ought to be buried,” guessed a liquor-merchant from
+Paris. (Laughter.)</p>
+
+<p>“A good guess,” said the speaker, but you have not yet hit the mark.”</p>
+
+<p>“Because needer von dem is vert any ding,” said the proprietor of a
+beer-saloon from Germany. (Increased laughter.)</p>
+
+<p>“You are still away from my idea,” spoke the lecturer.</p>
+
+<p>“I know it,” said a rum-lawyer. “It is because they both lie.”
+(Applause.)</p>
+
+<p>“That’s exactly the truth of the matter. These so-called ‘scientific
+temperance men’ are accountable for more lies imposed on a credulous
+public than can be corrected for many years to come. Any sensible man
+knows that moderate drinking is healthful to the stomach. If a man
+drinks too much, he is liable to trouble, just like a man who eats too
+much, or sleeps too much, or even talks too much about temperance.
+(Applause and laughter.) I tell you, my good friends, a little of that
+elixir of life is just as good for my stomach as it was for Timothy’s,
+and the good man Paul would say the same thing if he were here to-day.
+(Cries from the world of “that’s so!” and “hurrah for Paul!”) I am
+satisfied to have a great man like Paul on my side, even if I must
+know that some of his pigmy disciples are against me.” (Increased
+applause.)</p>
+
+<p>This speech was especially enjoyed by Mr. World who himself was addicted
+to a moderate use of alcoholic beverages. An announcement came from
+the platform that in an hour the eminent Dr. Strauss of Europe would
+discourse on “The Effect of Malt Liquors on the Heart,” and those who
+wished to remain might spend the interim in social intercourse.</p>
+
+<p>In consequence of this announcement the major part of the audience
+dispersed in varying groups, and discussed the merits of the lecture
+just ended.</p>
+
+<p>Every creed was there represented by a few or more of its members,
+many of whom were favorably and deeply impressed by the argument of
+the Devil as it was given in the address.</p>
+
+<p>Others I saw, not a few, who laid bare this iniquitous scheme of
+presenting the untruth, and declared that they would no more give ear
+to any teaching that came from that source.</p>
+
+<p>This gave rise to endless quibblings and contentions between
+church-members of the same faith and those of separate creeds. These
+disputes continued with increasing bitterness until the hour had passed.</p>
+
+<p>All eyes were fixed upon the stage as the portly Dr. Strauss arose to
+speak. His voice at first was slow and deep, and in all he was the
+personification of dignity. The first part of his lecture was a very
+convincing argument in favor of what is called the “_Normal Use of
+Malt Liquors_.” He declared that moderate drinking could have no evil
+effect on the action of the heart, except in rare cases. To prove his
+general statement and to win the confidence of his hearers, he quoted
+over forty printed and written extracts from eminent physicians of the
+world.</p>
+
+<p>After this general survey of his argument, he entered into details and
+illustrated the second division of his lecture by the use of pictorial
+charts. In this manner the construction and action of the heart were
+concretely shown.</p>
+
+<p>In the third division of the lecture the Prince of Darkness showed his
+skill in manipulating the utterances of the speaker. By a second series
+of illustrated charts the lecturer intended to show how alcoholic
+beverages, in coursing through the human system, benefited the heart
+rather than injured it. In trying to establish this point he used the
+subtlest sophistry of Satan.</p>
+
+<p>Through the three divisions of the discourse I heard vigorous applause,
+and when, in the smooth language of his final climax, he uttered the
+last word and was returning to his seat, there was a deafening roar
+from all parts of the vast hall. To the mind of Miss Church-Member the
+argument of Dr. Strauss was unanswerable, and consequently she was
+obliged to revise her radical opinions on the temperance question; and
+not only she, but a host of others from the ranks of the Christian
+church were influenced similarly.</p>
+
+<p>After leaving this hall the happy pair spent a long time in passing
+through some of the other buildings of the group. _Miss Church-Member
+was so filled with the doctrines of the Devil that she thought of going
+as a missionary to the pilgrims of the Narrow Way._</p>
+
+<p>During their visit at the Temperance College Mr. World conducted his
+ever-faithful friend through some of the fashionable temperance-saloons
+connected with the institution.</p>
+
+<p>Miss Church-Member would not have entered and much less indulged in
+the questionable beverages, had she not been so strongly influenced
+by the prolonged visit at the section of the group devoted to the study
+of “_Temperate and Intemperate Drinks._”</p>
+
+<p>I was sorely vexed at the operations of this whole college and, looking
+at Blackana, I said impatiently:</p>
+
+<p>“How can your comrades find delight in such an impish work&mdash;covering
+truth and scattering hellish sophistry abroad?”</p>
+
+<p>“Delight?” repeated Blackana. “This world is but the Devil’s Heaven,
+and those in his kingdom find chiefest delight in thorns, and not in
+flowers; in spinning sophistry, and not in dead things like truth and
+logic.”</p>
+
+
+<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop" />
+
+<div class="chapter">
+<h2 class="nobreak" id="CHAPTER_XV">CHAPTER XV.<br />INFERNAL SCHOOL SYSTEM.</h2>
+</div>
+<p>1. A general view of the vast University of the World with all its
+subordinate operations. All working in harmony to destroy the good
+that God would do in the world.</p>
+
+
+<p>The University of the World is so extensive that one could not visit
+all its parts during the course of a life-time, but there is a place
+called the Magic Observatory whence an observer can have a bird’s-eye
+view of all the principal scholastic operations of the Broad Highway.</p>
+
+<p>The Observatory is owned and controlled by careful agents of Satan who
+will allow only certain persons to get the benefit of so extensive a
+view.</p>
+
+<p>Mr. World and Miss Church-Member left the ground of the Temperance
+College and proceeded to get permission to rise to the glorious heights
+of the Observatory. Mr. World secured permission, but his companion,
+not having had sufficient experience in the service of Satan, was
+refused a pass. The difficulty was settled by a happy thought. Miss
+Church-Member suggested that while he should improve the opportunity
+and rise to see the sights, she would visit the College of Fashions,
+for which privilege she had been yearning.</p>
+
+<p>I saw that Mr. World spent a long time in viewing the endless
+proportions of the noted Observatory, and finally stood on the lofty
+viewpoint with an interpreter at his side.</p>
+
+<p>He was then directed to a seat on a mechanical device that moved in
+a circle; and as he sat there he looked through the powerful glasses
+of the immense telescope.</p>
+
+<p>He first beheld the Schools of the Fine Arts, with their myriad students
+who swarmed through a group of buildings so large that it covered the
+first sweep of the telescope.</p>
+
+<p>At the next turn of the magic device Mr. World saw the Special Schools
+of Mathematics whose prevalent tendency was to destroy faith. Here the
+mind of each student was taught to submit everything to the tests of
+proof, so that by the time one’s training was finished he would believe
+only what could be scientifically demonstrated. In this way Satan
+induced many a student to disregard the Bible because he could not
+reduce all its teachings to the cold and rigid rules of human reasoning.</p>
+
+<p>Thus does Satan manipulate affairs so that many of the Christian schools
+of the earth have imbibed a similar course:&mdash;first exalting Reason,
+and doing nothing to correspondingly develop in the student the
+functions of Faith.</p>
+
+<p>When the telescope again turned Mr. World saw the Schools of Metaphysics
+where Satan operated in harmony with the limitless scheme of the whole
+University.</p>
+
+<p>Next the College of Theology came within the range of vision. Here the
+clergymen of the Broad Highway are prepared to teach the doctrines of
+Hell under the guise of “Broad-Minded Theology.” I envied not Mr.
+World’s position, for I could also see what his wondering eyes beheld.
+As I took a transient view of this vast group of Theological Halls,
+and saw how many human beings resorted hither for information, I could
+the better understand why the world is kept so full of perverted truth.
+There is a daily inflow of ecclesiastics into this College, even such
+as become dissatisfied with the Theology as taught on the Highway of
+the King.</p>
+
+<p>At the next turn of the telescope Mr. World saw the extensive Business
+College whither so large a number of merchants go to learn how to
+advertise, and also how to get rich quickly. One hall alone is set
+apart for the purpose of teaching a merchant how to practice fraud
+without injuring his good standing in the church; another hall teaches
+how far a business man may venture into prevarication without lying;
+while a still larger hall is devoted to the wholesale trade, and is
+intended to teach the best methods of adulterating foods while yet
+allowing them to be sold for genuine goods.</p>
+
+<p>Mr. World was deeply interested in the view afforded by the next turn
+of the telescope, for the magnificent groups of buildings comprising
+the College of Fashions now lay before his admiring vision. He knew
+that his beloved friend was somewhere amongst the moving throngs that
+ever kept the College astir.</p>
+
+<p>I looked in wonderment upon the far-reaching operations of this Satanic
+center. The teachings of this College were so far-reaching that the
+seeds of endless follies were planted in the generations yet unborn.</p>
+
+<p>In one of the larger halls of this imposing group I saw an endless and
+popular variety of the gods of Fashion. They were worshiped by the
+slavish legions who were willing to sacrifice their all rather than
+forsake their chosen idols.</p>
+
+<p>Mr. World plainly saw the connection between this College of Fashions
+and the Devil’s Pawn Shop. The next item in the weird program was the
+Devil’s Optical College which Mr. World and Miss Church-Member had
+visited in the earlier days of their companionship. Satan’s Medical
+Schools also lay in the same line of vision, and were intimately
+connected with the Devil’s Hospital which had numberless branches in
+all parts of the world.</p>
+
+<p>And next the vast College of Literature flashed before the admiring
+eyes of Mr. World. As seen through the telescope this section presented
+a most beautiful picture.</p>
+
+<p>The surface Schools of Law next attracted the attention of the spectator
+who was surprised to get so large a view of these operations.</p>
+
+<p>Mr. World still moved in the magic circle, and saw the whole program
+as revealed at the angle at which the telescope was inclined. When the
+first circle was completed, the telescope dropped to a new angle and
+started on its second revolution, disclosing to the observer a new
+world of schools, all of which were also comprehended in the University
+of the World.</p>
+
+<p>The Missionary College proved to be an interesting sight, as did also
+the Devil’s Temperance College.</p>
+
+<p>One of the most surprising sights that greeted Mr. World in this second
+revolution was Satan’s Modern College of Narcotics which is a series
+of schools built and operated with great care, intended to counteract
+the special efforts ever being put forth by the devotees of the King’s
+Highway to teach the relations of narcotics to the nervous system.
+Formerly Satan did this branch of work in one of the wings of the
+Temperance College, but on account of the great stress put on this
+subject by the Surpassing Schools of the Christ, Satan has built this
+modern institution, and now the church is in confusion because _so
+many of its members have such an indistinct vision that they cannot
+discern between the wool of the sheep and the hair of the wolf, even
+when each animal is wearing its own hide._</p>
+
+<p>The most mysterious schools revealed by this second revolution were
+called the Schools of Emergency. These required the skill of the
+interpreters to give Mr. World an idea of their work.</p>
+
+<p>This is also a modern idea of the Evil One, and since their erection
+the schools have been patronized by an astonishingly large number of
+disappointed church-members who receive instruction more readily from
+the modern methods here in vogue than from the old-time system.</p>
+
+<p>Then did Mr. World behold a new line of schools in course of erection,
+but the interpreter refused to give him satisfaction when he asked the
+purpose of these new schools.</p>
+
+<p>When the great telescope had finished the second revolution, Mr. World
+was surprised to see that it commenced on the third round as the outer
+end of the telescope pointed more directly toward the base of the
+Observatory.</p>
+
+<p>Startling scenes were now laid bare. The underground schools of this
+Great University seemed to be greater than the surface operations.</p>
+
+<p>Mr. World first saw the Opium Schools, built in the form of large dens.
+After this came the Schools of Iniquity, operated in darkness. Here
+all forms of evil are taught and made to appear justifiable under
+certain conditions. Many of these underground schools could not be
+clearly seen by Mr. World, but ere the telescope completed its third
+revolution he saw the Schools of Suicide more distinctly than during
+his visit, and got a glimpse of the limitless Law Departments
+Underground, and the terrible pictures of sadness and sin as seen
+beneath the Devil’s Hospital.</p>
+
+<p>Mr. World raised his eyes from the telescope and looked towards the
+interpreter. “What lies beyond those vast elevations?” he asked as he
+pointed to a rugged mountain range farther down the Broad Highway.</p>
+
+<p>“Back of those mountains lies the beautiful Wizard City, shut in from
+all the world. Ask nothing more about it.”</p>
+
+<p>“But may I not enter it?”</p>
+
+<p>“Not unless you are fortunate enough to discover one of the paths that
+lead to the Summit. From thence one can see the City.”</p>
+
+
+<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop" />
+
+<div class="chapter">
+<h2 class="nobreak" id="CHAPTER_XVI">CHAPTER XVI.<br />EXPERT INVENTORS OF THE BROAD HIGHWAY.</h2>
+</div>
+
+
+<p>1. Mr. World and Miss Church-Member fail to see the Ways and Means
+Committee at work.</p>
+
+<p>2. They are directed to the city where expert inventors are constantly
+employed in devising weapons and all kinds of devices.</p>
+
+<p>3. They see a few inventions which are just being perfected to
+facilitate the services of the churches along the King’s Highway.</p>
+
+
+<p>After Mr. World’s remarkable experiences on the Observatory, he gladly
+called for his friend, Miss Church-Member, who accompanied him on
+another branch of the Mountain Trolley.</p>
+
+<p>They alighted at a station called Progress, and proceeded on the Broad
+Highway. Neither of them became wearied in listening to the experiences
+of the other during their brief separation.</p>
+
+<p>Ere long they came to a large hall which was used by the Ways and Means
+Committee of the Broad Highway.</p>
+
+<p>They obtained permission to visit the interior of the hall, hoping
+thereby to see the famous committee in session. But, after being
+escorted from room to room by a guide, they were informed, upon reaching
+the main auditorium, that the committee was holding a secret session,
+and that no visitors would be allowed to enter during that day.</p>
+
+<p>“How soon will visitors be admitted?’ asked Mr. World, with a shade
+of disappointment in his tone.</p>
+
+<p>“Not until the matter now under consideration is settled. It may be
+two hours, perhaps two days,” was the indefinite reply.</p>
+
+<p>“And where can we spend the interim with most profit and interest?”
+further interrogated Mr. World.</p>
+
+<p>The guide, looking through a window, described a path leading to a
+lofty summit. “When you reach that elevation,” explained he, “you will
+see, in the busy vale beyond, the Wizard City.</p>
+
+<p>“Most of the experiments performed in that wondrous vale are closed
+forever from the view of mortal man; but so much of the work as you
+are allowed to see will interest you for many days.”</p>
+
+<p>“In my opinion such a privilege is greater than the one we are here
+denied,” smilingly spoke Miss Church-Member.</p>
+
+<p>“True indeed, my friend, unless the climbing of the hill should prove
+to be a more arduous task than you imagine,” cautioned Mr. World.</p>
+
+<p>“Each of you will be pleasantly surprised,” promptly affirmed the
+guide, “for they only can climb to that summit who do so willingly,
+and by them it is easily accomplished.”</p>
+
+<p>“Is there no shorter way thither than by that winding path?” slowly
+asked Mr. World.</p>
+
+<p>“There is but one shorter route, and that is underground. No one is
+permitted to go that way until he has passed the summit and has reached
+the seventh degree in the secret service of our Master.”</p>
+
+<p>“Ah! so there is an underground connection between this place and the
+Expert Inventors?” said Miss Church-Member in a low tone, and with a
+look of suspicion.</p>
+
+<p>“Be not in the least alarmed. The Ways and Means Committee and the
+Expert Inventors work in harmony, each supplementing the work of the
+other. It is therefore essential that between them there be as close
+connection as possible, not only for convenience of travel, but for
+insuring secrecy.”</p>
+
+<p>“Then why are the two places so far apart?” queried Miss Church-Member.</p>
+
+<p>“Everything is perfectly arranged. If you could see the underground
+world between the two sites you would readily observe the logical
+relation of all parts. But the bell rings; I must go,” continued the
+guide. “If you wish further information you may obtain it at the
+office,” and with a courteous bow he withdrew.</p>
+
+<p>That same day I saw the two travelers climb with ease to the summit
+from whence they beheld the most curious sight that had yet met their
+gaze since their fellowship had begun.</p>
+
+<p>Down in the long and deep sloping vale before them, shut in from all
+the world, lay a large city of fantastic structures.</p>
+
+<p>The weird outlines of this marvelous city extended downward into the
+darkness of the earth, while the height of its buildings varied from
+the common even unto the amazing.</p>
+
+<p>The form of the city, and the shape of its buildings, were the most
+bizarre features of all. Only a few of the edifices bore resemblance
+to any which the travelers had ever before seen.</p>
+
+<p>Toward one end of the city they saw a cluster of buildings which, taken
+as a whole, resembled a gigantic tree towering to a great height and
+covered with strange foliage.</p>
+
+
+<p class="center p0 p2"><span class="figcenter" id="img012">
+ <img src="images/012.jpg" class="w50" alt="In the “Wizard City” Satan devises novelties, such as
+“Angelette” for choir singing the “Service Regulator” for taking the
+Holy Spirit’s place in worship, etc." />
+</span></p>
+<p class="center p0 caption">In the “Wizard City” Satan devises novelties, such as
+“Angelette” for choir singing the “Service Regulator” for taking the
+Holy Spirit’s place in worship, etc.<br /></p>
+
+<p>At the other end of the city the structures were divided into more
+than a hundred groups, resembling somewhat variously-shaped balloons
+of monstrous size.</p>
+
+<p>The sides of the city were constructed somewhat after the manner of
+immense Ferris wheels, of amazing diameter. The compartments therein
+actually moved up or down according to the range of vision desired by
+the Inventors in their experimenting.</p>
+
+<p>The central part of the city was the most notable of all. Here, with
+an average diameter of ten hundred feet, rose a circular structure
+tapering irregularly until it settled to a point six thousand feet in
+the air. Around this, as a center, ranged terraces, hanging gardens,
+aerial boulevards, and spiral electric railways.</p>
+
+<p>After viewing this wonderful valley for many hours, the companions
+took one of the perfected automobiles and covered the long gradual
+descent to a depth of ten thousand feet perpendicular.</p>
+
+<p>As they neared the base, I looked at Blackana, and asked: “How long
+have those Schools of Invention been in operation?”</p>
+
+<p>“Since the creation of man.”</p>
+
+<p>“What is the real purpose of their existence?”</p>
+
+<p>“To invent devices and weapons helpful to our cause in peace or war,
+and more particularly to concoct new schemes for the use of the churches
+along the King’s Highway and the Way of the World.”</p>
+
+<p>“Oh! that the earth might see all this foul inwardness, and discern
+aright the bland deception with which those subtle plots are executed!”</p>
+
+<p>A Satanic smile covered the features of Blackana as he assured me that
+the earth does know of these things, and has known of them for ages,
+but is too well pleased with them to offer serious opposition.</p>
+
+<p>In disgust I turned from Blackana and saw that Mr. World and Miss
+Church-Member had reached the suburbs of the Wizard City where they
+read this unexpected notice over a large brazen gate:</p>
+
+<p class="center">NONE ADMITTED EXCEPT THEY TO WHOM THE PORTER OPENETH.</p>
+
+<p>“Ah! all our toil may be in vain,” sighed Miss Church-Member.</p>
+
+<p>They stood for a brief time in a quandary, discussing how one may know
+whether or not the Porter will open the gate. Finally the stalwart
+Porter approached them and spoke: “With what motive and for what purpose
+would ye enter?”</p>
+
+<p>Mr. World, with native tact, was ready with an answer: “I am in full
+sympathy with the work done in this city and have with me my friend
+who is still a member of a church standing along the King’s Highway.”</p>
+
+<p>The Porter advanced with graceful bearing and bowed to Miss
+Church-Member. “Perchance,” said he, “you have come to receive some
+new ideas for the benefit of the church?”</p>
+
+<p>“You have surmised it,” she blushingly replied. “The church to which
+I belong is sadly behind the age in its methods of work. I am hoping
+that the inventive genius of this city can give me some features new
+and attractive, that I may, in my missionary work, help to introduce
+them into antiquated churches.”</p>
+
+<p>“Yours is a worthy mission,” politely said the Porter, “and I herewith
+hand you a card which will admit both of you into the department of
+the city, number seven hundred and seventy-seven.”</p>
+
+<p>Instantly the gate flew wide open, and the happy couple passed through
+joyfully. They walked by the many fairy-like buildings, closing their
+eyes to all the special scenes so that they might give their first
+attention to the department indicated by the Porter.</p>
+
+<p>With little difficulty they found the place desired, and handed the
+card to a curator who conducted them to the general manager.</p>
+
+<p>“I infer, by this card,” said the manager, “that you are hoping to
+find some new schemes to facilitate the work and service of the church.”</p>
+
+<p>“That is our aim,” answered Miss Church-Member.</p>
+
+<p>“I am glad that you are so ambitious to keep apace with the times. In
+this marvelous age of mechanism all things are done by devices and
+machinery, and the church that would keep step with the spirit of
+progress must also be run by mechanism. The services of such a
+congregation should be controlled by a rigid methodical law, so that
+everything will move like clock-work. The church of to-day, in its
+movement towards form and ceremony, is approaching the highest laws
+of universal harmony. This hopeful tendency is most helpful to the
+soul of man and most pleasing to God.”</p>
+
+<p>“Just my idea exactly,” chimed in Mr. World. “The churches along the
+King’s Highway are stubbornly fighting these modern improvements. They
+are very slow in catching up with the spirit of the age. Does that not
+seem true, Miss Church-Member?”</p>
+
+<p>“I must confess I see it more clearly now than ever. Nature is run by
+unerring, unchangeable law; why should not all spiritual operations
+come under the same principle? Formality, after all, is the highest
+point to be reached.”</p>
+
+<p>“Your mind easily grasps the truth, I perceive,” responded the manager.
+“What can bring things into better form than to get as much machinery
+as possible into church worship? In this building a thousand experts
+are constantly employed in devising and perfecting mechanical
+arrangements to facilitate the services of the church. Perhaps you
+would be pleased to see some of the results of our work by passing
+through some of the sub-departments?”</p>
+
+<p>“For my part,” replied Miss Church-Member, “I am more than passingly
+interested in these things, and if Mr. World does not object to
+accompany us, I will be grateful to improve this opportunity to look
+upon your work.”</p>
+
+<p>After completing preliminary arrangements I saw the manager conduct
+his two visitors on the easy running elevator to the floor which was
+devoted especially to singing.</p>
+
+<p>“As it is your wish,” said the manager “to see the latest, we will not
+tarry at these lesser rooms, but proceed immediately to the corner of
+the chief experts where I will be pleased to show to you the best
+novelty on the floor.” They walked down the long room, passing on each
+side of the aisle one set of busy workers after another. They stopped
+at one of the far corners and beheld, in advance, the latest novelty
+to be used for singing in church service.</p>
+
+<p>It was an artificial woman, neatly attired and filled with a complicated
+mechanism so constructed that when certain electric keys were touched
+by the unseen operator, articulate sounds like unto a human voice
+issued forth, while the expression of the whole face, and the
+natural-like heaving of the breast, all moved in harmony with the
+artificial sounds. The invention so much resembled a living creature
+of beauty that Miss Church-Member at first thought it was really human.</p>
+
+<p>Mr. World was so well pleased with the novelty that he unconsciously
+seated himself upon a couch and looked on in amazement. The beauty of
+the female form attracted his attention as much as the voice that
+pealed forth bewitchingly from the lips.</p>
+
+<p>“The greatest thing in the world!” he said after a period of ecstatic
+silence. “The church that gets such a singer into its choir will have
+a packed house at every service.”</p>
+
+<p>“I never so much as dreamed of such a thing before. Have any of the
+churches yet tried the experiment?” wonderingly asked Miss
+Church-Member.</p>
+
+<p>“The time has not yet come,” replied the manager. “Our experts have
+been perfecting this fine piece of mechanism for many years, but it
+is not yet quite satisfactory. We shall continue until it is well-nigh
+perfect. In the meantime we are trying to prepare the way so that the
+people will gladly receive such an addition to their church machinery.
+It is our intention to be able to supply _angelettes_, (for that is
+the name by which this invention will be known) of any size, and with
+apparel suitable for any special or ordinary occasion of church worship.
+The angelette is to be so perfected that it will render vocal music
+without a break. That will be a happy day when people can worship God
+without aging themselves hoarse or without being annoyed by the discords
+so prevalent in congregational and choir singing and, moreover, have
+none of the evil effects that come from choir quarrels.”</p>
+
+<p>“I can plainly see,” commented Miss Church-Member as they moved toward
+another floor, “that the church is only in the morning twilight of its
+progress. The wonders of today will pale into insignificance at the
+coming of the greater things.” They dropped to a lower floor and stepped
+from the elevator.</p>
+
+<p>“This floor is devoted to the ‘_Order of Church Service_’” explained
+the manager. “It is indeed surprising to see what a variety of devices
+are here suggested to get the churches to pin themselves down to a
+fixed law of service in such a way that all else must bend to it or
+appear ridiculous. Some churches, claiming to be led by the Spirit,
+are constantly out of order. One cannot even imagine what is coming
+next. That is a foolish, haphazard way of conducting a religious
+service. We are doing all we can to correct these errors. I will take
+you at once to the expert’s room and let you see the latest piece of
+mechanism which we hope very soon to offer for public use.”</p>
+
+<p>Far out in one end of the building I saw the three enter a room where
+men were busily engaged at work.</p>
+
+<p>“Will you kindly show these two visitors the workings of your new
+invention called the ‘Service Regulator,’” requested the manager as
+he looked at the chief inventor.</p>
+
+<p>A large curtain was raised and there it hung. No larger than a family
+clock. The inventor opened a door of the Regulator, and carefully
+explained its works. He called their attention especially to a roll
+of blackboard canvas that passed from an upper to a lower cylinder
+when the Regulator was running.</p>
+
+<p>I heard the inventor, in explaining, use these words: “The minister
+arranges the program in advance and then marks the whole order of
+service on the canvas roll, allowing as much time for each part of the
+service as he thinks proper. The canvas is then replaced and the
+Regulator hung on the wall. When the minute comes to commence services,
+the Regulator is wound with a key and it starts to run. The canvas,
+in passing down at a fixed rate, informs the congregation of every
+change in the service, just as it had been previously planned.”</p>
+
+<p>“What think you of it?” asked the manager, after the partial
+explanation.</p>
+
+<p>“I do not believe that the church of the King’s Highway to which I
+belong could use it. It would tend only to confusion,” said Miss
+Church-Member.</p>
+
+<p>“Only till they become accustomed to it,” explained the inventor.
+“After a few weeks of use its value would be demonstrated. Then the
+congregation would not part with it under any consideration. You see,
+Miss Church-Member,” he continued as he offered them easy chairs,
+“there would be a definite time to close the service. The Regulator
+would move with the precision of a clock, and nobody would complain
+about the preacher speaking too long, for he would stop at a fixed
+time. It is so arranged that a little bell rings five minutes in advance
+of the time to stop preaching. It is sometimes a great satisfaction
+for the hearer to know when the sermon is nearly ended, and the
+Regulator would be a blessed boon to some preachers who find it
+difficult to stop talking after they get ‘warmed up,’ as they call it.”</p>
+
+<p>“How beautiful the thought that the bells of the Regulator would call
+the congregation to prayer, and a bell bid the time to change the
+devotion from prayer to song. You must not forget that this device is
+intended to educate the minister, choir, and congregation to a fine
+degree of accuracy in all their public devotions. See what opportunity
+this device offers for the display of ingenuity and tact on the part
+of a minister! He can, on the blank spaces, have a few pictures drawn.
+These will be interesting to children who cannot comprehend his sermon,
+or to an adult who loses the thread of the discourse. Does it not seem
+like a good thing for the church?” he asked, as he turned his gaze
+upon Miss Church-Member.</p>
+
+<p>“It seems more and more that way, and no doubt it will prove helpful
+if it gets a fair trial. How does it suit _your_ fancy?” she inquired
+of Mr. World.</p>
+
+<p>“It seems to me that all churches who know a good thing when they see
+it will get it at any cost. It just meets my idea exactly. I like to
+see things done decently and in order in the church. It always makes
+me nervous to get into a church where enthusiasm runs away with the
+meeting. It makes me feel somewhat as if I were in a trolley car that
+is running down grade while the motor-man has lost control of the
+brakes. It makes it uncomfortable to stay or to run.”</p>
+
+<p>“Have any of the churches introduced this novelty yet?” inquired Miss
+Church-Member.</p>
+
+<p>“None as yet. We are waiting for certain developments before placing
+this device on the market. The agents of our Secret Service will inform
+us when the time is ripe.”</p>
+
+<p>The manager then offered to conduct them to another floor which was
+devoted to the interests of the Prayer Meeting, but Miss Church-Member,
+having lost her interest in such kind of services, expressed a desire
+to visit some other part of the city.</p>
+
+
+<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop" />
+
+<div class="chapter">
+<h2 class="nobreak" id="CHAPTER_XVII">CHAPTER XVII.<br />THE WIZARD CITY.</h2>
+</div>
+
+<p>1. The weird city of inventors described.</p>
+
+<p>2. Its ultimate overthrow predicted in a realistic climax.</p>
+
+
+<p>I saw that Miss Church-Member was anxious to visit the vast tower in
+the central part of the city. So Mr. World, in deference to her wishes,
+and agreeably to his own desires, escorted her in that direction.</p>
+
+<p>Standing away at some distance, they were soon gazing upward at the
+awe-inspiring spectacle. Its grandeur and proportions now appeared to
+be greatly increased.</p>
+
+<p>They could see, with more distinctness, circling around the massive
+wizard cone, the aerial boulevards, ever alive with private conveyances,
+and the trolley cars each carrying a variety of passengers.</p>
+
+<p>“Will you accompany me on the trolley to the first series of hangings
+gardens?” cheerily invited Mr. World.</p>
+
+<p>“If we are permitted, and you think it safe to ascend,” she answered
+in a tremulous voice. He calmed her fears and led her to the central
+passenger room at the base of the tower. Here they saw a system of
+interior elevators carrying throngs of people to the numerous stations
+between the base and the highest dizzy view-point.</p>
+
+<p>Leading off to the right ran the double trolley system, and to the
+left the equally wide boulevard, each on the exterior of the massive
+tower.</p>
+
+<p>I saw the obliging Mr. World, with more than usual courtesy, conduct
+his friend to a seat on a trolley car bound for the aerial gardens.</p>
+
+<p>The ascent was smooth and afforded delightful opportunities to view,
+at every desirable angle, the surrounding city and its suburbs.</p>
+
+<p>“This is the most exhilarating ride of my life!” triumphantly cried
+Miss Church-Member as they circled higher and higher so gradually that
+more than ten miles were traveled ere the objective point was reached
+one thousand feet from the base.</p>
+
+<p>Here lay the variety gardens, suspended from the rigid side of the
+tower by a feat of architectural engineering surpassing anything in
+the natural world.</p>
+
+<p>Around the gardens the boulevards and the trolley lines circled
+horizontally, and also passed through some of the huge corridors which,
+on this level, diverge from the interior elevators toward the exterior
+gardens.</p>
+
+<p>When the trolley car reached this height Miss Church-Member at once
+fixed her eyes on the ponderous pillars on each side of the converging
+corridors, for she knew that more than four thousand feet of the tower’s
+amazing weight rested on these defiant granites.</p>
+
+<p>Mr. World and his pleasing friend meandered amongst the multitude from
+one to another of the hanging gardens, drinking in all the vain glories
+that this aerial world afforded. At last, wearied by the endless
+succession of extraordinary sights, they stole away to a quiet retreat
+on the outer edge of a garden farthest from the tower’s center.
+Reclining in hammocks, they conversed of all the greatness of the
+world.</p>
+
+<p>Looking upward they saw, fifteen hundred feet above them, the next
+series of hanging gardens; and during the lull in the music near by,
+they caught the strains falling from the upper orchestras like music
+from Heaven.</p>
+
+<p>“Will you go with me still higher to taste the sweetness of a more
+ethereal level?”</p>
+
+<p>Intoxicated with the charms already felt, Miss Church-Member was ready
+for any height. Upward they went on the venturesome trolley, admiring
+the phenomenal ride and the scenery it opened to their view in panoramic
+splendor. Their course wound round and round until they came to the
+horizontal circle twenty-five hundred feet above the base.</p>
+
+<p>This was a place of more refinement and beauty. The touch of the finer
+artists was seen in all the arrangement and style of the terraces and
+hanging gardens, but especially in the rich variety of flowers and
+plants that added their wealth to the novel combinations.</p>
+
+<p>Mr. World carefully guarded his much esteemed friend during their
+sight-seeing from garden to garden, for at times they encountered
+throngs of people.</p>
+
+<p>I saw them eventually seek rest on rustic chairs where their
+conversation deepened into the relations they sustained one to the
+other, succeeded at last by a tender, thoughtful silence.</p>
+
+<p>In the midst of their reveries they noticed a little spider, swinging
+on its silken thread, floating in the air between them.</p>
+
+<p>“You rude little creature! Why do you come, at such a time, between
+my friend and me?” said Miss Church-Member in a half humorous mood.</p>
+
+<p>“It may be for a purpose, dear. Perhaps the little insect poses here
+to remind us that we can never escape the foe that seeks to separate
+us.”</p>
+
+<p>“Quite an ingenious explanation,” she said with deepening seriousness.
+“But who is that lurking foe who seeks our separation?”</p>
+
+<p>“’Tis better to learn to know your enemies than to be told of them.
+Hence look through your eyes askance.”</p>
+
+<p>Just at this instant Miss Church-Member raised her hand and caught the
+little intruder, placing it alive into a locket which she had secretly
+carried ever since she had visited the Pawn Shop.</p>
+
+<p>“What can be the meaning of that?” queried Mr. World as he saw, through
+the glass of the little lid, the struggling insect.</p>
+
+<p>“So may it be to any foe that seeks to separate us,” she explained.</p>
+
+<p>“Then let me carry the locket,” he suggested. “You have captured the
+foe; allow me to keep him imprisoned.”</p>
+
+<p>There was a happy exchange of glances as she pressed the little prison
+into his hand. “It is yours forever,” she pledged under the sway of
+her rising emotions.</p>
+
+<p>And he, accepting it with a warm heart, spoke thus in glowing words:
+“I accept the endless task and also pledge to the utmost of my power
+to keep any foe imprisoned that seeks to rob your life of any passing
+happiness.”</p>
+
+<p>“Shall we go still higher?” he soon asked as he fixed his eyes on the
+dizzy terraces two thousand feet above them.</p>
+
+<p>“In your presence I fear no height,” was her confiding response.</p>
+
+<p>The trolley cars ascended no higher, so they proceeded to the interior
+elevators. But they were told that no visitors were allowed above that
+point that privilege being reserved alone for the inventors.</p>
+
+<p>“Are we permitted to visit the interior apartments of this tower, even
+below us?” asked Mr. World wistfully.</p>
+
+<p>“They are all doubly sealed. No one but an expert inventor, true and
+tried in our master’s service, ever passes through these secret
+chambers.”</p>
+
+<p>“May we know what particular branch of work is done in this tower?”</p>
+
+<p>“It is devoted alone to the invention and testing of weapons of warfare
+for the armies of our master, especially for the sharp-shooters
+stationed along the so-called King’s Highway.”</p>
+
+<p>Miss Church-Member trembled at this announcement and urged Mr. World
+to conduct her to the base of the tower that they might visit other
+parts of the city.</p>
+
+<p>As I was looking at all these things, a flash of light, coming from
+one side, blinded my vision, and as I turned I saw a heavenly messenger
+in a blaze of glory.</p>
+
+<p>“Hither, hither!” beckoned the sweet-faced angel.</p>
+
+<p>I was instantly at his side without effort, except an act of volition.
+He transported me almost instantaneously to the apex of the great tower
+in the Wizard City.</p>
+
+<p>There I stood without fear under the sweet charms of my angel guide
+who floated gently about me in the air.</p>
+
+<p>“O mortal man,” calmly spoke the angel, “thou shalt now be privileged,
+for a brief space of time, to gaze upon this Wizard City as angels do.
+Thy memory shall be strengthened so that thou shalt not forget the
+vision of these carnal things.”</p>
+
+<p>Then, in a manner surpassing all things human, scales fell from my
+eyes, and I was struck with horror at the awful sight that lay before
+me.</p>
+
+<p>“Look thou first into the interior of this tower,” bade the angel, as
+he pointed downward. All things were open to my view, and I saw many
+of the bright geniuses of the world in league with the imps of darkness,
+all busily engaged in the secret service of Satan.</p>
+
+<p>I saw how Satan used the ingenuity of man to carry forward his infamous
+schemes. Instead of the old rifles used in the earlier days of
+Christianity I saw in this tower almost numberless kinds of fatal
+weapons which send forth their poisonous and deadly discharges without
+smoke or sound, so that the wounded, not knowing whence the missiles
+come, might imagine that they were smitten of God.</p>
+
+<p>The angel informed me that every year this fiendish tower puts out
+into the hands of its agents many new devices, either for poisoning
+or wounding the disciples who travel on the King’s Highway, and who
+by any kind of negligence come within reach of Satan’s forces.</p>
+
+<p>“Seest thou,” continued my guide, “with what cunning Satan hath builded
+this tower? By its exterior beauty he gaineth the confidence of the
+unwary, and thus winneth countless thousands to his cause. And seest
+thou the depth to which it reaches, not six thousand feet below us, but
+ten times six thousand feet, into the bowels of the earth?”</p>
+
+<p>Then could I see, at a glance, the whole under-ground dominions
+stretching their borders far, wide, and deep. There was a small empire
+of groveling imps, each bent on the work of his particular branch.</p>
+
+<p>“Look thou now into the apartments of those ponderous wheels,” directed
+my glorious guide.</p>
+
+<p>Neither metal nor granite obstructed my vision. I saw delicate and
+complex machinery, and half-human creatures in league with mortal man,
+all bending to their tasks.</p>
+
+<p>“They all work in league with the Devil’s Optical College. The inventive
+genius of Hell hath contrived, in these graded departments, all the
+modern lenses that are so terribly warping the vision of an alarming
+number in the church and the world.</p>
+
+<p>“And seest thou,” continued the angel, as he pointed to a far section
+of the city, “those inventors plying their ingenuity in behalf of
+Satan’s Medical Colleges and Hospitals?</p>
+
+<p>“And also witness, in that nearer section, the viler groups at work
+inventing snares and traps for Satan’s allies to use in catching
+Heaven-bound pilgrims.</p>
+
+<p>“Also behold,” he continued, turning to another part of the city, “that
+special class of geniuses who work for Satan’s general emissaries as
+they journey far and wide to do exploits. How terribly they influence
+the weaker servants of our King!”</p>
+
+<p>Then I stood gazing, as the angel continued his interpreting, until
+I had seen the foul workings of this whole city.</p>
+
+<p>I was so filled with a mixture of grief and indignation that I cried
+out in painful anguish: “Why does not God send thunderbolts from his
+eternal throne, and smite this city to fragments?”</p>
+
+<p>Then the sweet angel calmly answered: “Not until the worm ceaseth to
+crawl, and thistles no more infest the ground. Till then the patience
+of God endureth and his sunshine falleth on the temples of Virtue and
+of Vice.”</p>
+
+<p>“And what comes at the end of patience?”</p>
+
+<p>“Then shall the taint of sin be purged from the earth, for every temple
+and pest-hole of Satan, including this whole Wizard City, will be
+consumed by an awful fire whose lurid light will glimmer long after
+the metals and granites of this great Tower shall have been reduced
+to ashes amidst the general ruin.”</p>
+
+
+<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop" />
+
+<div class="chapter">
+<h2 class="nobreak" id="CHAPTER_XVIII">CHAPTER XVIII.<br />THE FESTIVAL.</h2>
+</div>
+
+
+<p>1. The whole scheme of merchandising in the church is laid bare as
+Satan explains the origin of the word “Festival.”</p>
+
+
+<p>Looking once again through the open door, I saw that Mr. World and
+Miss Church-Member, after leaving the Wizard City, had gained admission
+to the auditorium where the Ways and Means Committee was in session.</p>
+
+<p>Miss Church-Member at once retired to the waiting-room in the rear,
+and sat quietly perusing a book while her companion remained in the
+large hall and listened to the proceedings.</p>
+
+<p>An agent of Satan occupied the chair. He was dressed in pleasing
+costume, and controlled the assemblage with parliamentary dignity.</p>
+
+<p>When Mr. World took a seat the large committee was engaged in a warm
+debate over a certain piece of ground occupying a space midway between
+the King’s Highway and the Broad Highway. This eligible site had been
+used for holding church-festivals to raise funds for the maintenance
+of gospel work. A few wealthy friends of Satan wanted this location
+to erect on it a club-house wherein they might revel and carouse as
+they wished.</p>
+
+<p>The question arose among the members of the committee as to which of
+the two uses would best subserve the purpose of their master who held
+a claim on the land.</p>
+
+<p>The chairman arose, after listening to the arguments at length, and
+addressed the audience with great coolness and deliberation: “Most
+worthy members of this committee,” commenced he, “you have spoken many
+words of truth this day. Your interest in this matter only shows your
+loyalty to our cause. ‘Club-House or Festival?’ that is the question.
+Surely we cannot dispense with either, but rather must we maintain
+both at any cost. As for this place in question, I am decidedly in
+favor of holding it for the use of the church. The Club-House will
+find a location elsewhere, but this ground is so favorably situated
+for church-merchandising that I urge you to hold it for such purposes.
+Have we not seen how eagerly the two classes mingle here? This place,
+being so accessible to all parties, makes it possible for the church
+to gather larger numbers and thereby reap greater financial results&mdash;
+which is the principal object of the church in holding these delightful
+affairs. Since the church is well supplied with everything it needs
+except money, let us do it a favor by rendering some assistance in
+that direction. Then we may reasonably expect that the church will,
+in return, do us a favor by being less hostile to our methods of
+operation, which, as you will admit, are highly honorable.”</p>
+
+<p>This speech had the desired effect. A resolution was quickly passed
+in harmony with the opinion of the chairman.</p>
+
+<p>The curiosity of Mr. World was now satisfied, for he had seen this
+famous committee in session. Therefore he repaired to the waiting-
+room, and while conducting Miss Church-Member from the building their
+attention was arrested by this announcement written in bold letters
+near the exit:</p>
+
+<p class="center">ANY ONE WISHING REFRESHMENTS CAN FIND THEM AT THE FESTIVAL ON THE
+CHURCH GROUNDS.</p>
+
+<p>“How does that announcement suit you?” interrogated Mr. World.</p>
+
+<p>“It comes at an opportune time,” she answered, her face brightening,
+“I had been hoping that we might soon have lunch.”</p>
+
+<p>They had gone but a few steps from the door when they heard cheery
+voices and strains.</p>
+
+<p>Here the Church receives money for souls from the Devil, while the
+Devil gets souls for money from the Church of music lending attractive
+life to the festival. Urged on by the thought of a pleasant hour, they
+quickened their pace unconsciously and were soon within sight of the
+grounds.</p>
+
+<p>I saw the multitude gathering in the grove. The mingling of the church
+and the world was so complete that one could scarcely tell from which
+path many had come.</p>
+
+<p class="center p0 p2"><span class="figcenter" id="img013">
+ <img src="images/013.jpg" class="w50" alt="The Festival" />
+</span></p>
+<p class="center p0 caption">The Festival. <br/>Here the Church receives money for souls from the Devil, while the Devil gets souls for money from the Church.<br /></p>
+
+<p>On this intervening ground everything appealed to the appetite, and
+the patrons knew that the more they ate or purchased the greater would
+be the success of the festival. Therefore some ate even unto gluttony
+for the benefit of the church, while the agents of Satan with skillful
+aim were sending poisoned arrows into the heart of true benevolence,
+and also endeavoring to arrest the minds of Christians so that they
+might pursue the Broader Path after their routine at the festival was
+ended.</p>
+
+<p>Thus I saw, falling into the coffers of the church, filthy lucre not
+sanctified by prayer or sacrifice, and from this seed the church hoped
+to reap a holy harvest.</p>
+
+<p>Mr. World and his companion spent a delightful season with the company
+and, thanks to Mr. World’s plethoric purse, proved themselves pleasingly
+generous in their patronage. Finally Miss Church-Member excused herself
+from Mr. World and joined a company of young ladies who were engaged
+in joyous pleasures.</p>
+
+<p>Mr. World, now alone, was walking leisurely about the grounds when
+Satan appeared and sauntered at his side “Are you not fearful,” asked
+Mr. World in the midst of a conversation, “that many of your subjects
+will be led into the Narrow Path by tarrying at this place and
+associating with so many Christians?”</p>
+
+<p>“Not in the least,” he replied, “for at such places as this I gain
+more subjects than I lose. So I expect to encourage forever
+sacred-merchandising all along my route. The churches are glad to use
+this ground even though it belongs to me, for I concede to them all
+the money. Naturally I prefer souls to money.”</p>
+
+<p>“How did this word ‘festival’ originate?” queried Mr. World after a
+brief pause in the conversation.</p>
+
+<p>“With pleasure I will explain. Once upon a time I called together my
+generals to determine upon new methods of winning converts to our
+cause, and promised to confer upon the one who should suggest the best
+plan, the honorable title ‘Fast Devil.’</p>
+
+<p>“A long intermission was granted to give my aids time to use their
+ingenuity in planning. All Hell was filled with students, each one
+striving to win the title.</p>
+
+<p>“At a given signal my cohorts re-assembled. Thus before me lay a vast
+army of anxious faces. I gave each one, who desired, an opportunity
+to speak. The sun revolved on his axis seven times ere the argument
+was finished. During this debate there was comparative peace on earth.”</p>
+
+<p>“Pray tell me,” further asked Mr. World, “What was the trend of their
+suggestions?”</p>
+
+<p>“I could relate it all, for I have every word recorded, but I shall
+not weary you.”</p>
+
+<p>“But at least give me a general idea.”</p>
+
+<p>“Willingly. One of my generals arose and said: ‘We can change some of
+our tactics without loss to our cause. The sword and torture only
+strengthen our enemies. We should resort more to the ‘wolf-
+in-sheep’s-clothing method.’</p>
+
+<p>“He could speak no more. A thundering sound of voices drowned his
+utterances. Thousands of my loyal leaders seconded his plans.</p>
+
+<p>“At last one of the speakers, who indeed won the prize, earnestly
+proposed a grand scheme, and the vast multitudes listened with rapt
+attention. His speech was short but fiery, and, rising to the occasion,
+he demanded that all his comrades should unite to destroy the simple
+voluntary spirit of Christian benevolence so that the church might go
+begging before the world and even resort to all manner of mercantile
+business for its support. The speaker declared that if the church could
+be induced to adopt such measures it would tend to divert her mind
+from interfering with the work to which he and his auditors were all
+loyally pledged.</p>
+
+<p>“This speech had a marvelous effect, and there was a deafening roar
+of voices in the applause which continued for a long space of time.</p>
+
+<p>“Then followed an animated discussion in which a host of trusted leaders
+engaged. Each one commented on the winning speech and offered
+suggestions how to awaken a trading interest in the church. It was
+conceded that first of all the church must feel the necessity of
+resorting to business. Accordingly a large committee was appointed to
+work systematically amongst the churches on earth, inducing their
+members to depart from the customs of the early church.</p>
+
+<p>“This committee did yeoman service and shrewdly prepared the way for
+the more complete work in harmony with the views of Fast Devil. Through
+the ages it succeeded in gradually influencing the church to engage
+in all manner of performances and trading schemes to gain support. The
+work of this committee is not yet at an end, for nearly every week we
+hear of some innovation which has crept into the church, or some new
+form of merchandising into which it has fortunately entered.</p>
+
+<p>“It is indeed gratifying that the church is casting off her unsightly
+spiritual robe and putting on the costume of merriment and trade. I
+hope the day will soon come when the church will have still less of
+the spiritual nonsense and more of these up-to-date methods to secure
+funds for its support.”</p>
+
+<p>As Satan spoke his last words he bid a brief adieu to Mr. World and
+hastened away to the side of a young man who was almost persuaded to
+yield to some elevating influence. I suddenly looked at Blackana whose
+presence I had well-nigh forgotten.</p>
+
+<p>“Have you been taking your ease in sleep?” I asked as an involuntary
+shudder shook my frame.</p>
+
+<p>“I never sleep. Suns may wax and wane, nations rise and fall, peoples
+live and die, but I am awake forever.”</p>
+
+<p>“Did you hear the conversation between Satan and Mr. World?”</p>
+
+<p>“Every word of it.”</p>
+
+<p>“Were you present when Satan held that great convocation to devise
+plans for more efficient work against the church of Jesus Christ on
+earth?”</p>
+
+<p>“I attended every session.”</p>
+
+<p>“And did you hear the speech of Fast Devil?”</p>
+
+<p>“I heard every word.”</p>
+
+<p>“And did Satan give to Mr. World a true account of the address?”</p>
+
+<p>“He gave only a condensed and garbled rendering of it.”</p>
+
+<p>“Then I command you, O Blackana, to give me a full reproduction of
+Fast Devil’s speech as far as you are able to translate the language
+of Hell into words that are intelligible to me. Can you remember each
+thought?”</p>
+
+<p>“I must remember, for I have not the power to forget,” and Blackana
+groaned aloud. “Oh, that I could bury in oblivion the myriad thoughts
+that sting me with remorse!” He paused a moment. “Am I to give you the
+whole&mdash;speech as Fast Devil delivered it originally?”</p>
+
+<p>“Thought for thought, and gesture for gesture,” I answered with
+authority.</p>
+
+<p>Ere the last syllable fell from my lips Blackana was suddenly
+transformed into a more terrifying creature than he was himself. I was
+paralyzed at the sight of the weird monster which I learned was the
+image of Fast Devil.</p>
+
+<p>There he stood, tall and erect, seven times the height of man, with
+sinews like iron-rope and with a face defying human description. His
+eyes were fiery with life, and determination marked every movement as
+he stepped forward to speak.</p>
+
+<p>Notwithstanding my consciousness of being sustained by supernatural
+power, I trembled as Blackana reproduced this noted speech of Fast
+Devil:</p>
+
+<p>“Most honored chief and glorious master,” he commenced, “be thou
+indulgent as I speak to thee and unto these my comrades who lie in
+anxious posture over this vast expanse of Hell. I am here to state an
+issue of which we have heard murmurings for many an age. To prepare
+for this hour I have taxed my ingenuity to its utmost.”</p>
+
+<p>Then with striking gestures of his awful arms he passionately continued:
+“Hope is no more crushed within me as I view the wide and measureless
+field of our possibilities, for I see empires within our reach if we
+but cease brooding over our dismal past and let this bright prospect
+kindle its flames within us. What spur need we to move us on but to
+look up and see the resplendent regions whence we fell, till hatred
+starts afresh within our beings and our every passion moves to its
+control.”</p>
+
+<p>With an outward swing of his great right arm he asked in strong
+appealing tones: “How can we best succeed against the church in which
+our enemy glories so unceasingly? What inroads can we make? In what
+manner shall we advance?”</p>
+
+<p>He vigorously seized a book. “Here is a Bible, borrowed from a saint.
+I turned its pages over and over that I might learn what pained the
+heart of Christ most grievously, vexing his inmost soul with
+indignation. What was it?” vociferously interrogated Fast Devil as he
+flung the book to the scorching winds of Hell. “’Twas that which
+hindered the cause of Christ most efficiently&mdash;_prostituting the house
+of God to worldly purposes_. Have we forgotten the vehemence with which
+this arch-enemy drove the money kings from His sacred abode, saying
+unto them: ‘My house is a house of prayer, but ye have made it a den
+of thieves,’ and how we like sneaking cowards crawled away, and thus
+our glorious scheme went by default?”</p>
+
+<p>Then Blackana uttered his final appeal with all the swing of his mighty
+body and the low vibrant thunder of his voice. “Back to your forts!
+Oh, back! ye dormant hosts around me! Not in the strength of arms, but
+with the subtlest webs that Hell can weave, and with the snares of
+silent treachery. We need no stronger weapons, and for our dress we
+will don sheep’s clothing of the finest wool. Thus who amongst the
+church can tell that we are not seeking her highest good? _Then as we
+strike at the heart of voluntary offering in the church, so shall we
+kill the spirit that gives it birth. The carcass of this dead spirit
+unburied we shall drag through the church for ages, and the germs of
+disease arising therefrom will bring more death into the ranks of our
+foes than all our weapons of warfare ever did.”_</p>
+
+<p>Blackana instantly resumed his former shape, and “while I was musing
+the fire burned.” I then looked out toward the festival ground and saw
+that Satan had returned to Mr. World and was explaining to him how
+helpful these festivals were to Christians.</p>
+
+<p>“Aside from the moral and religious influence,” he remarked, “how could
+the church defray her expenses if she did not engage in some innocent
+forms of merchandising, or use some novel scheme to decoy money from
+her admirers. Surely there can be no better way,” continued the Devil
+with an unholy grin. “If the church would maintain her honor before
+the world, she must not do differently. I _am satisfied if wily thee
+old way of voluntary giving is more and more discarded by the church.”_</p>
+
+<p>“But you began your former recital,” reminded Mr. World, “to inform
+me how the word ‘Festival’ originated. You have not yet succeeded in
+making it clear to me.”</p>
+
+<p>“It originated from the phrase of honor which was given the prize-
+winner, Fast Devil, but we changed the wording somewhat so that it
+might not seem obnoxious to the church.”</p>
+
+<p>Then, by a peculiar method of concrete marking, Satan continued: “The
+following is the process of development from the phrase to the word:
+‘Fast Devil;’ ‘_Fest Evil_;’ ‘FESTIVAL.’”</p>
+
+
+<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop" />
+
+<div class="chapter">
+<h2 class="nobreak" id="CHAPTER_XIX">CHAPTER XIX.<br />THE MISSIONARY COLLEGE.</h2>
+</div>
+
+
+<p>1. Mr. World and Miss Church-Member visit the great college and are
+strongly influenced in favor of Satan’s teachings concerning missionary
+work.</p>
+
+
+<p>The fellowship of Mr. World and Miss Church-Member grew increasingly
+delightful as they journeyed forth from the Festival. In their company
+were a few church-members who had also enjoyed the physical pleasures
+of the Festival and who preferred to reach Heaven by the most convenient
+path.</p>
+
+<p>The merry band of companions soon reached a certain Missionary Station
+which was controlled by pilgrims from the King’s Highway. The travelers
+were all very much amused at seeing tracts and other pieces of
+literature scattered over the Highway in front of the station.</p>
+
+<p>“How much one can get for nothing!” sneeringly remarked Mr. Bigot, as
+he pointed to the literature strewn across the way.</p>
+
+<p>“Surely there can be no harm in looking at such pieces of paper,” said
+Mrs. Lucre-Love as she lifted a booklet from the path and commenced
+a quiet perusal of it. “And what is it all about?” queried another who
+saw the eyes of Mrs. Lucre-Love fixed intently on the pamphlet.</p>
+
+<p>“Oh, it is nothing new! Only the old monotonous story of the heathen,
+followed by the usual appeal for funds. Evidently it is some sharper’s
+scheme to rob the people of their money.”</p>
+
+<p>Mr. World was near enough to hear her answer and with evident disgust
+he asked: “Where can one get reliable information on this subject,
+anyhow?”</p>
+
+<p>“At one of the Missionary Colleges, of course,” answered two or three
+in unison. “Yes, and I know from past experience that you will soon
+be at one. This station and this literature is all the evidence we
+need,” added Mrs. Lucre-Love.</p>
+
+<p>Mr. World and Miss Church-Member thence walked alone and soon beheld
+the great Missionary College whose higher domes kissed the lower clouds
+of heaven.</p>
+
+<p>“Surely some great missionary enthusiast must have erected these
+edifices,” said Miss Church-Member as they were turning to enter the
+section devoted to Home Missionary Work.</p>
+
+<p>The entrance ways were so crowded with students and visitors that Mr.
+World escorted his companion with difficulty to the plaza toward which
+the twenty-one halls of this section converged.</p>
+
+<p>The view of this part of the College from the plaza was at once
+beautiful and inspiring.</p>
+
+<p>Hall No. 4 was the first place they decided to enter. Over the door
+these words were hung:</p>
+
+<p class="center">HOME MISSION WORK FINANCIALLY CONSIDERED.</p>
+
+<p>Having reached the interior, Miss Church-Member, in particular, was
+surprised to see the many busy thousands in the large rooms of the
+hall, and to note with what carefulness every item of expense was kept
+of all the Home Mission Work of the world.</p>
+
+<p>Then they sought the main lecture-room whose large seating capacity
+was already well taken with a motley crowd of students and visitors.</p>
+
+<p>The lecturer was a woman of shrewd appearance. Her face was void of
+sympathy and her voice somewhat masculine. Her address was over one-half
+finished when the two companions entered, They listened carefully to
+her words which were in part as follows:</p>
+
+<p>“We are not to worship money, yet we are to guard against squandering
+it. The person who wastes one dollar sets a bad example to others and
+brings injury to himself. Woman is criticized for wastefulness in
+dress. I stand here to defend her, not because she is altogether
+innocent, but because her accusers are equally guilty in the same and
+in other directions. The money wasted in Home Missionary Work would
+feed the starving of all the world. Where does this money come from?
+The greater part of it comes from the purses of those who are burdened
+with all manner of financial obligations. What right have such people
+to rob others of their dues in order to support Home Mission Work? O,
+that the time may soon come when consistency will be manifested, and
+so much money no longer wasted in this sentimental manner!”</p>
+
+<p>The speaker proceeded, but the interest of the two listeners was
+flagging; so they quietly left the room.</p>
+
+<p>They next entered Hall No. 17, devoted to “_The Results of Home
+Missionary Work_.” But after remaining a very short time Miss
+Church-Member declared that she was interested more directly in
+Foreign Missionary Work.</p>
+
+<p>In deference to her wishes he at once accompanied her to the second
+section of the Missionary College, which was much larger than the
+first. Miss Church-Member led the way into one of the large halls where
+Satan, through his agents, gave special instruction concerning “_The
+Condition of the Heathen._” They listened to four speakers from whose
+brief addresses they received food for thought.</p>
+
+<p>The first speaker expounded the theory that “_Ignorance is Bliss_,”
+and declared that the heathen were happy and comfortable in their
+present condition.</p>
+
+<p>The second lecturer argued, at greater length, that the heathen were
+free from all responsibility as long as they were left alone, and that
+if God held them accountable, then their vague worship answered for
+a good conscience, and therefore they would reach Heaven by a simpler
+path.</p>
+
+<p>The third speaker declared that the heathen were now as God had made
+them, and therefore just as they should be. To establish this theory
+he used garbled arguments of predestination.</p>
+
+<p>The fourth assured the audience that the heathen, in due order, would
+rise to loftier conceptions by the same natural processes as the
+civilized peoples of to-day have risen from their rude primitive
+conditions.</p>
+
+<p>After examining some heathen relics the two companions spent some time
+near-by in a hall of the same section devoted to “_The Effects of the
+Gospel on the Heathen._”</p>
+
+<p>Its teachers were very emphatic in their utterances. They affirmed
+that the Gospel did not benefit the heathen, except that it brought
+to them civilization with all its attendant responsibilities and vices.</p>
+
+<p>One lecturer to whom they listened was very fiery. In a scathing manner
+the speaker pronounced censure on the Christian church for her
+ill-advised policy in Foreign Missionary Work.</p>
+
+<p>Mr. World and his close friend left the second section of the College
+without pausing to visit the recitation rooms where Satan’s Missionary
+Experts were constantly teaching graded classes. In a few moments they
+entered the largest edifice of the Missionary College which was erected
+for the special purpose of teaching “_The Comparative Need of Home and
+Foreign Missionary Work._”</p>
+
+<p>Upon entering, Miss Church-Member was surprised at the interior
+arrangements of the rooms and the exceptional beauty of their finish.</p>
+
+<p>After a much needed rest in one of the sub-departments, they went to
+one of the higher floors, hoping to hear another lecture on some
+missionary theme.</p>
+
+<p>Mr. World smiled as they entered the room and saw that a woman occupied
+the platform. In a jovial manner he remarked that “women must be the
+best missionary orators.”</p>
+
+<p>The speaker was keen-eyed and shrewd, and well knew how to use sophistry
+in pathos and wit. She expounded to the audience the doctrine of Satan
+under whose service she was pledged to loyalty.</p>
+
+<p>“We are all missionaries,” she commenced, “and cannot escape the
+responsibility which is imposed upon us. Our duty is imperative. We
+stand at the open door of opportunity and enter so slowly into the
+fields of work all around us. When one sees rank bigotry and
+narrow-mindedness on every hand, he feels like blushing that he ever
+sent money to convert the heathen in far-away lands. The heathen at
+our own doors are more blood-thirsty than the cannibals of distant
+climes. I appeal to you all, noble women especially, to rid your minds
+of the fallacy of foreign work and do the foreign work at home, even
+inside your own doors. (Applause, principally among the men, in which
+Mr. World heartily joined.) I must confess that, at one time, I was
+almost overcome by this craze of evangelizing the world. My delusion
+went so far that I could see visions of China, Africa, or the remote
+islands of the sea, and even imagine that I heard voices calling me
+thither. One night I dreamed a dream, the kindest of them all. I saw
+a woman standing on the shore of a river, her children drowning at her
+side. But she, unmindful of her own blood, was hastening to launch a
+boat into the stream that she might rescue a sinking dog on the farther
+shore. “Ungrateful wretch,” I cried aloud on my bed so that I was
+awakened by my own voice. I was so moved by the dream that I could
+sleep no more that night, but sought for some one to make known unto
+me the interpretation thereof. I soon learned, to my personal shame,
+that I was that woman. I then and there vowed that I would no more be
+guilty of so great a crime. (Great applause, with cries of “noble
+decision!” “common sense!”) From that hour I assure you that I have
+been trying to evangelize the world&mdash;not the one across the river,
+(applause) but the one on this side. (Applause.)</p>
+
+<p>“I have been working at my own home and find a task almost too great
+for me to do. If I should ever see the day when I get through with my
+own family, including my husband, (great applause among the women) I
+can then commence busying myself with my neighbors’ affairs and tell
+them also how to become perfect. (Laughter and applause.)</p>
+
+<p>“God never made a greater world than when he instituted the home. The
+woman who becomes inspired with international evangelization would do
+well if she would learn how to season victuals and cook them aright
+(shouting and applause among the men) and to give proper care to her
+home and her children. This is home missionary work.” (Continued
+applause.) The speaker was about to be seated, but the applause was
+rising, so she stepped forward again. “If this kind of missionary work
+be adopted, then the church will no longer be drained by repeated
+collections for missionary work, and that money will flow into better
+channels and prove an impetus to trade.” She stepped quickly from the
+stage while the final burst of applause rang loud and prolonged.</p>
+
+<p>“That was the greatest and most sensible missionary speech to which
+I have ever listened in my life,” chuckled Mr. World as he was moving
+toward the door with his companion.</p>
+
+<p>I learned from Blackana that this Missionary College of the Devil has
+wrought great mischief in the missionary operations of the church, ad
+that Satan glories in the fact that he has succeeded in sending these
+nefarious doctrines to the hearts of so many church-members and thereby
+kept a large part of the world in spiritual darkness.</p>
+
+<p>Then I took a passing glance at the King’s Highway and saw a shining
+pilgrim communing with God and casting his eyes over the hills of Time,
+looking for the coming of his Redeemer. From his lips this prayer
+arose, like sweet incense to Heaven: “O God, hasten the day when thy
+church will unite and go forth into all the world to preach the Gospel,
+instead of so large a part of it giving ear to the teaching of Satan’s
+missionary schools, thereby delaying the coming of thy dear Son!”</p>
+
+
+<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop" />
+
+<div class="chapter">
+<h2 class="nobreak" id="CHAPTER_XX">CHAPTER XX.<br />THE RIVAL CHURCHES.</h2>
+</div>
+
+
+<p>1. The two companions visit a church on the By-Path and are disgusted.</p>
+
+<p>2. Then they are delighted with the services of the Church of the World
+whose minister they visit.</p>
+
+
+<p>I saw the two happy companions leaving the Missionary College and
+proceeding on the Broad Highway. They were engaged in censuring the
+church for what they conceived to be its waste of time, talent, and
+mean in trying to convert the heathen.</p>
+
+<p>This harmony of opinions was most pleasing to Mr. World. It was in
+sweet contrast to what he had previously experienced in his earlier
+acquaintance with Miss Church-Member. Her likeness to him and her love
+for him were becoming more noticeable as their fellowship continued,
+for she observed _through her faithful lenses_ that his moral purity
+and refinement were above par.</p>
+
+<p>While they were yet criticising the church, Mr. World espied, not far
+ahead of them, another path leading to the right. “Behold the narrow
+path yonder,” he exclaimed in a somewhat surprised manner. “If it were
+not for a happy change in you, I would now be subjected to a score of
+sickly sentiments as to leaving this way and going with you to a harder
+one. Have I conjectured rightly?” he asked in a cheerful vein.</p>
+
+<p>“It is all too true,” she confessed. “If people could but see their
+folly before placing it on exhibition, what a blessing it would be to
+all around them!”</p>
+
+<p>On the By-Path stood a small church within easy reach of the Broad
+Highway. As they came nearer to the place of worship they heard music
+which attracted them to the very door of the church.</p>
+
+<p>“Let us enter,” she suggested.</p>
+
+<p>“I shall enjoy your pleasure,” he courteously replied. “Only see to
+it carefully that your glasses are properly adjusted, lest some strange
+glimmerings of light should bring pain or ruin to your eyes.”</p>
+
+<p>I saw Miss Church-Member re-adjusting her lenses while they were
+entering the church and taking seats in the rear of the room.</p>
+
+<p>The minister led the congregation in a fervent prayer which seemed to
+be altogether too Puritanical in the estimation of Mr. World and his
+friend. The preacher began his sermon. As he proceeded his countenance
+became more radiant. His clear eyes sparkled aright, and as he preached
+Christ and Him crucified even his raiment seemed bright and shining.</p>
+
+<p>It proved to be a memorable meeting. A few who evidently intended to
+ridicule were pricked in their hearts and, much to the disgust of some,
+cried out: “What must I do to be saved?”</p>
+
+<p>“Fools who came to scoff remained to pray.”</p>
+
+<p>“This is affectation in the extreme,” whispered Mr. World scornfully.</p>
+
+<p>“Quite enough of it, indeed,” she returned.</p>
+
+<p>The whole affair seemed to her so unreal that her mind could scarcely
+believe that she was ever connected seriously with such a method of
+worship.</p>
+
+<p>Still worse than all, through her warped vision and the aid of her
+eye-glasses well adjusted, she was led to discern a wicked motive in
+the mind of the minister. His utterances also appeared miserably narrow.</p>
+
+<p>At the request of Miss Church-Member they left the room, congratulating
+themselves that they were not compelled to remain longer.</p>
+
+<p>“All this reminds me of how simple and foolish I once was,” she said
+plaintively as they descended the front steps. “Is it possible that
+I was ever seriously connected with such a kind of worship? Yet
+ignorance is the mother of endless follies. Can we find no better place
+of worship than this?”</p>
+
+<p>“Better by far! I can easily lead you to a church where great varieties
+of truthful and yet comfortable doctrines are preached, pleasing to
+the ear, and fascinating to the senses. No blunt fellow stands in its
+pulpit, but rather a cultured and highly refined gentleman of modern
+type who delights to keep apace with the customs of the age. If you
+desire, I will gladly accompany you thither. It would be sad indeed
+were you to be turned away from religion altogether just because your
+own church is so unsuited to your advanced ideas.”</p>
+
+<p>The face of Miss Church-Member brightened, and she quickly expressed
+her desire to accompany him to such a church. Therefore Mr. World
+improved the first opportunity and conducted her to a large and
+beautiful edifice.</p>
+
+<p>“Here,” he said, “is the kind of church to which I am inclined. I give
+very liberally to the support of the Gospel as here preached. I like
+the broad-mindedness and liberal spirit which is manifested within the
+domain of this denomination.”</p>
+
+<p>“In what else does this church differ from the one to which I belong?”
+she asked. “In this denomination your conscience is not always pricked
+and you can do many innocent things without being called a sinner. You
+may also consult your personal feelings relative to church duties. One
+is not bound down by a galling yoke of ecclesiastical tyranny. Best
+of all, this is an up-to-date church. You can learn something about
+science, philosophy, and civil government. In your church one must
+listen to the thread-bare doctrines of the Bible, much to his personal
+discomfort. Your minister exercises a censorship over the consciences
+of his members from which I prefer to be excused. In fine, I can say
+that nothing is developed there but a long face and a sanctimonious
+soberness.”</p>
+
+<p>They entered the church, and were conducted to a front pew.</p>
+
+<p>The opening services were enrapturing to Miss Church-Member, and seemed
+unlike anything she had ever heard. The operatic rendition of the
+music, the ritualistic cast of the prayer and the soothing effect of
+the rhetorical essay which took the place of a sermon, all exercised
+a fascinating influence.</p>
+
+<p>As the minister neared the close of his essay, he said: “Christ intended
+that man should enjoy liberty in this life, and that he should educate
+himself in the best schools of art, science, and literature. Therefore
+one has a right to seek, in this infinitely great world of ours, for
+such things as will best educate his natural and spiritual being. If
+the theatre can supply part of this demand, let him go, as a student,
+and drink into his soul through the senses of sight and hearing. If
+the dance can elevate him somewhat in demeanor and classical grace,
+let him go there as a student. If some milder types of indulgence can
+bring him into a more thorough knowledge of the weaknesses of human
+nature, let him indulge, but only as a student with sincerest motives.
+In general, I would say, that your conscience is a reasonably safe
+guide and you cannot go far wrong by obeying its dictates. Be a student
+all the days of your life; familiarize yourself with both the virtues
+and the vices of human kind that you may be better qualified to defend
+the right and resist the wrong.”</p>
+
+<p>At the conclusion of the services I heard the minister announce that
+the church would hold a “razzle-dazzle” party on Friday evening, at
+which he hoped there would be a good attendance, as the church treasury
+was in sad need of replenishment. He also announced that all the
+prayer-meetings would be discontinued for two weeks, so as to permit
+a thorough practice for the coming Cantata. After the dismissal of the
+congregation the two continued on their journey, which was ever opening
+to them new avenues of delight.</p>
+
+<p>Miss Church-Member expressed supreme satisfaction regarding the
+scholarly sermon to which she had listened, and confessed that she had
+never heard a preacher in her own church take such advanced positions
+concerning the nature of human liberty.</p>
+
+<p>Mr. World felt elated because his companion had found such exquisite
+delight in the worship of the same church to which he adhered. He also
+remembered, with pleasure, that they had safely passed the little
+church on the By-Way, which represented the same doctrines as the
+church to which his now confiding friend belonged.</p>
+
+<p>“Would it not be more in keeping with your advanced Christianity if
+you were to withdraw your membership from your present connection and
+join a church more fitting to your degree?” were his suave words of
+invitation.</p>
+
+<p>“That would be a natural question to consider after I know the rules
+and regulations of the church to which I intend to go.”</p>
+
+<p>“That only indicates your wisdom,” said Mr. World insinuatingly. “Since
+you desire more congenial Christian fellowship, why not give your
+attention to the church toward which I lean?”</p>
+
+<p>“An agreeable suggestion,” she said. “Where can I get the desired
+information?”</p>
+
+<p>He answered the question by taking her to the home of the minister,
+and there introducing the subject.</p>
+
+<p>She was very favorably impressed by the courteous reception accorded
+her by so great and dignified a person.</p>
+
+<p>“You come seeking knowledge of the church. I assure you, my young
+friend, that I will gladly answer any questions. May I take the
+privilege of asking you whether you have ever belonged to any church?”</p>
+
+<p>She flushed with shame. “I will be true and tell you all. I had a great
+experience some years ago, when I was seeking Christ. In answer to my
+earnest petitions, I saw the most welcome beams of light that ever
+touched my poor soul. I knew I was converted to Christ and continued
+in his service ever since, although somewhat differently since I came
+into fellowship with Mr. World. I joined the church in which I was
+converted and still hold my membership there.”</p>
+
+<p>“How did you get so well acquainted with the happy Mr. World?”</p>
+
+<p>Miss Church-Member answered half in quaint humor and half in pathos:
+“I, at one time, thought he was a very wicked fellow, and in a prayerful
+mood I endeavored to rescue him. I knew he would not come by his own
+effort to my way of thinking, so I entered into an alliance with him
+for the purpose of quietly leading him unto the King’s Highway. I soon
+saw the bigotry of my former self, and through the kindness of Mr.
+World I have already been aided in my vision and improved in dress,
+and, better than all, I have enjoyed the privilege of worshiping my
+God in a more fitting temple, where true freedom is preached and
+practiced.”</p>
+
+<p>“Then it is your purpose to continue being a Christian, although you
+have left the King’s Highway?” asked the delighted clergyman.</p>
+
+<p>“As long as I live I will hold to my religion,” she said emphatically.</p>
+
+<p>“Then you are sound indeed both in purpose and doctrine. Did you wish
+to be visibly connected with our church?”</p>
+
+<p>“I wish to know first its rules and conditions of entrance.”</p>
+
+<p>The minister opened his Guide Book and, duly adjusting his spectacles,
+read in a pleasing manner: “Anyone wishing to unite with this church
+must comply with the following rules and regulations:</p>
+
+<p>“RULE I.&mdash;He must reach a reasonable degree of respectability, or
+endeavor to do so.</p>
+
+<p>“RULE II.&mdash;He must not wear clothing so plain as to attract undue
+attention.</p>
+
+<p>“RULE III.&mdash;He must not tolerate or countenance the common nuisances
+so prevalent in the churches of the King’s Highway.</p>
+
+<p>“RULE IV.&mdash;He must ever manifest a liberal spirit so as to keep in
+touch with the progress of the world.</p>
+
+<p>“RULE V.&mdash;He may engage in any practice that will give enlightenment
+on either the dark or the bright side of life. Members of this church
+ought to have a well-rounded education.</p>
+
+<p>“RULE VI.&mdash;He must never take advantage in buying or selling, except
+in such cases like Jacob’s, where he can bring good to himself or
+profit to the church.</p>
+
+<p>“RULE VII.&mdash;He must never give way to his temper, except in such cases
+where his personal liberty or his church is attacked.</p>
+
+<p>“RULE VIII.&mdash;He is to cultivate grace and etiquette through whatever
+channel possible.</p>
+
+<p>“RULE IX.&mdash;He is to be faithful in attending the services of his own
+church, except in cases of sickness or disinclination.</p>
+
+<p>“RULE X.&mdash;It must be his constant aim to reach Heaven by traveling
+diligently on a way wide enough to hold the attention and respect of
+an enlightened age.</p>
+
+<p>“These are our general rules. We have several thousand regulations
+covering every phase or avenue of life.”</p>
+
+<p>“What I have just now heard are certainly not as iron-clad as the rules
+of my church. Nothing is said of conversion, or spirituality, or of
+the Holy Spirit, or of the other Persons of the Trinity,” commented
+Miss Church-Member.</p>
+
+<p>“No, not of anything that is antiquated or, in other words, ‘out of
+date.’ The main church on earth must deal with practical things.”</p>
+
+<p>“What do you call ‘conversion’ in your church, or do you not believe
+in it?”</p>
+
+<p>“Beyond any doubt we believe in conversion. Just as soon as a person
+confesses his faith in our general rules he is converted, and is at
+once a good Christian. The Bible says that if one will only believe
+he is safe: or ‘saved already’ as the true Greek rendering has it.”</p>
+
+<p>“Then you hold to the Bible strictly?”</p>
+
+<p>“We are the only church that does really and truly hold to the Bible.
+We believe and teach it as it is preserved for the ages in the original
+Hebrew and Greek.”</p>
+
+<p>“But I notice that many of your rules seem to be at variance with
+certain parts of the Bible,” she boldly declared.</p>
+
+<p>“True enough, but those certain parts of the Bible do not belong to
+the genuine Scriptures. Whatever you find in the Bible contrary to our
+rules and regulations you can safely conclude is an interpolation and
+does not form a part of the inspired Word. Let me assure you, Miss
+Church-Member, that our discipline was written with great care by
+eminent scholars of the Hebrew and Greek; therefore how could there
+have been any error in it?”</p>
+
+<p>Miss Church-Member was slightly confused, and evidenced by her manner
+that she was ready to depart.</p>
+
+<p>“May I ask before you go,” continued the minister, “whether you are
+willing to join our church?”</p>
+
+<p>“I have been thinking,” she replied, “that I could do more good in my
+own church, not by fighting it, but by using _my_ influence quietly
+in trying to get some of its members to be more like I am. I have
+always had a missionary spirit. In that way I might satisfy my earlier
+ambitions and lead some one out of the mist into a better light.”</p>
+
+<p>“A very bright idea,” testified Mr. World, advancing with Miss
+Church-Member toward the door.</p>
+
+<p>“And may you succeed in your plans,” added the minister as they were
+stepping from the room. “There are millions who belong to my church
+in spirit, but who hold visible connection with some radical church
+of the King’s Highway. They are doing great service in eradicating
+old-time methods and planting the banners of a new liberty such as we
+three enjoy.”</p>
+
+
+<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop" />
+
+<div class="chapter">
+<h2 class="nobreak" id="CHAPTER_XXI">CHAPTER XXI.<br />FROM THE VALLEY OF CONVICTION TO THE DEVIL’S AUCTION.</h2>
+</div>
+
+
+<p>1. Depression of Miss Church-Member</p>
+
+<p>2. The Merry Village.</p>
+
+<p>3. The Famous Cross Roads.</p>
+
+<p>4. The Devil’s Auction.</p>
+
+
+<p>As Mr. World and Miss Church-Member proceeded on their journey they
+were frightened by a man who, with his hands uplifted and agony pictured
+on his face, came running toward them, shouting: “Let good sense control
+you and go no farther! Enchantment, spirits, witches, and unnamed
+hobgoblins dwell in every part of this hideous valley!”</p>
+
+<p>“Oh, terror! What can this mean?” nervously asked Mr. World, as the
+stranger stood panting for breath.</p>
+
+<p>“All a mystery! Even the air is filled with poison and weird music.
+I am thankful that I have escaped with my life.”</p>
+
+<p>“Come, come, Mr. Sin-Sick, tell us more about it. We may thereby profit
+greatly,” said Mr. World with more composure.</p>
+
+<p class="center p0 p2"><span class="figcenter" id="img014">
+ <img src="images/014.jpg" class="w75" alt="As Mr. World and his companion were entering the valley
+of Conviction a terrified man came running towards them. He ran away
+from the preaching of the gospel." />
+</span></p>
+<p class="center p0 caption">As Mr. World and his companion were entering the valley
+of Conviction a terrified man came running towards them. He ran away
+from the preaching of the gospel.<br /></p>
+
+
+<p>“I had just been traveling farther down the valley of Thoughtfulness
+and Conviction when I heard multitudes shouting praises to One whom
+they called their Redeemer, each waving aloft a banner bearing the
+imprint of a cross. On the cross I saw these words: ‘For God so loved
+the world that he gave his only begotten Son, that whosoever believeth
+in him should not perish, but have everlasting life.’ When I came
+nearer to the confusion I was suddenly seized with a peculiar conviction
+which brought grief to my soul; and, had I not made this timely retreat,
+I might have been brought under the power of those strange creatures.
+Oh, take heed and go with me some other way.”</p>
+
+<p>Mr. World readily consented, but Miss Church-Member was inclined to
+continue, confessing that she had once been a singer in such a valley,
+and surely no harm could befall them there. Mr. World thought it was
+the part of wisdom not to oppose her at this time, although he feared
+that she might be induced to leave him. He consented to go, pretending
+that it made no difference to him which way he traveled; but, as they
+walked on, the wary fellow was very careful not to step from the Broad
+Path.</p>
+
+<p>When they came in sight of the valley Miss Church-Member lifted her
+glasses to test the strength of her eyes. Memory brought stinging grief
+to her heart. She commenced sighing for the old paths and also wept
+that she had for so long a time abetted her former enemies.</p>
+
+<p>Her companion became alarmed at the new turn. “Be not so fool-hardy,”
+he warned. “Your eyes are being needlessly ruined. Quickly replace
+those glasses lest you become totally blind.”</p>
+
+<p>She obeyed promptly and thus the intensity of conviction passed. Had
+her spiritual ears been open, she might have heard an angel sadly
+singing:</p>
+<p class="p0">
+<span style="margin-left: 1em;">“Oh, hear the song of love that fills the air!</span><br />
+<span style="margin-left: 1em;">Oh, heed the voice that pleads in touching prayer!</span><br />
+<span style="margin-left: 1em;">Both fall upon your conscience now in vain,</span><br />
+<span style="margin-left: 1em;">Through vile deceit your nobler self is slain.”</span><br />
+</p>
+<p>In this vale she heard the word of God preached powerfully, and the
+calling of the Holy Spirit in unmistakable sweetness, but how could
+it affect one who wore such treacherous glasses and who considered her
+condition so favorable?</p>
+
+<p>She passed through the valley with her faithful friend without being
+lured from the Broad Highway.</p>
+
+<p>On the verge of the valley I saw a curiously shaped building and read
+these words over it:</p>
+
+<p class="center">TONS OF LAUGHTER: CHEAP ADMISSION.</p>
+
+<p>A man with a strong voice stood along the path and cried out: “Whoa!
+Whoa! Ye travelers of this way! Come hither and drive away your cruel
+cares. Here is the greatest exhibition in the world. Smile and walk
+lightly, laugh and grow fat!”</p>
+
+<p>Mr. World and his associate, however, did not enter this place, but
+passed on through the entire Merry Village. On each side of the way
+they saw an endless variety of gaudy advertisements, each one setting
+forth some leading feature of some frivolous, indecent, or gay
+performance.</p>
+
+<p>Miss Church-Member was not tempted as was her companion to spend time
+at such places. So he, in order to hold her company, sacrificed his
+desires and passed on without complaint.</p>
+
+<p>I now turned and spoke to Blackana who still mutely sat at his appointed
+post. “Tell me the meaning of the Merry Village being located so near
+the Valley of Conviction.”</p>
+
+<p>Without the faintest murmur he replied: “Many of the millions who pass
+through the valley are strangely affected with a sad countenance and
+a heavy heart, which indeed drive them into a frenzy so that they go
+toward the King’s Highway. Satan intends by the attractions of the
+Merry Village to divert the thought of all such travelers and hold
+them in the bounds of the Broad Highway. You will soon come to the
+path on which more people go to the narrow, rugged way than on all
+other paths combined. Were it not for this happy village, and the
+places beyond, many more would drop out of our ranks.”</p>
+
+<p>I doubted not the words of Blackana, and as I looked out again upon
+the Broad Highway, I saw that the two companions had just left the
+Merry Village and had come to the well beaten road leading to the
+right.</p>
+
+<p>Here stood a preacher who, in tearful earnestness, urged all travelers
+to go the right way. I saw many heeding his words and go running on
+the new way after throwing away many cumbrous things.</p>
+
+<p>At this place I saw some parting with their friends. One, in particular,
+I noticed who was pleading with another not to go, and ever clinging
+to him in bodily strength. Many who desired to leave the Broad Highway
+were similarly prevented.</p>
+
+<p>In the fork of the road stood a number of large churches in each of
+which services were held every hour of the day. These were the Devil’s
+churches, and were supplied by a courteous and shrewd class of
+ministers. On the left side of the way was a large garden and a series
+of groves, each filled with a merry throng of pleasure-seekers. Bands
+of music made the air resonant, and every device known to the world
+of sport could be found in full fling in these varied resorts where
+intoxicating drink was the main beverage, and dancing and gambling
+were the chief delights.</p>
+
+<p>The Broad Highway was especially wide at this junction. It led onward
+between the Devil’s churches and the pleasure grounds.</p>
+
+<p>The greatest confusion prevailed on this wide area. Many missionaries
+from the King’s Highway were busily engaged in speaking to the throngs
+that had come through the Valley of Conviction.</p>
+
+<p>There were also many friends of the Devil, in vulgar attire, persuading
+the multitudes to rest in the joyful grove, while other agents of
+Satan, in more saintly manner, urged attendance upon the church
+services.</p>
+
+<p>Thus I observed the heedless throng from the Valley of Conviction being
+attracted by the music and passing through the pleasure grounds, while
+an alarmingly large number attended the churches in the fork of the
+roads. A few stoics, without pausing, passed on along the Broad Highway.</p>
+
+<p>Only a few, comparatively, could be persuaded to turn their steps
+toward the King’s Highway.</p>
+
+<p>Mr. World and Miss Church-Member stood for a long time watching the
+ever-changing panorama of the surging crowds. He was desirous of
+visiting the groves, but Miss Church-Member was too piously inclined.
+So they were halting between these two desires when a saintly looking
+person approached them.</p>
+
+<p>“To what place are you journeying?” the beautiful stranger asked.</p>
+
+<p>“We are journeying to a place called Heaven,” promptly answered Miss
+Church-Member.</p>
+
+<p>“Congratulations, indeed,” spoke the stranger as he smiled. “You belong
+to the better class of travelers. Some, I fear, who go this way will
+miss Heaven. They are too much attracted by the frivolities of life
+and never have a desire to go to church.”</p>
+
+<p>“But we love the church,” spoke up Mr. World. “However we have had
+little time and no opportunity to enter one for some time.”</p>
+
+<p>“You are welcome to the services in one of yonder buildings,” said the
+stranger as he pointed toward the group of the Devil’s churches. “There
+you can listen with pleasure and profit to the latest style of
+preaching, and the special music will prove entertaining. You should,
+without fail, attend church, or you will never increase in spiritual
+knowledge.”</p>
+
+<p>Without further hesitation the two pushed their way through the crowd
+and entered one of the churches where they were greeted warmly and
+ushered to a prominent seat.</p>
+
+<p>The minister had already begun to speak and was growing eloquent as
+he warmed to his theme. They listened with absorbing interest to every
+word that fell from his lips.</p>
+
+<p>“Into this church,” the minister said, “come the wearied of heart,
+troubled perchance with inward fears resulting from the weird
+occurrences along the pathway through the Valley of Conviction. We bid
+you cast aside your thoughts of trouble and be at peace. There is a
+calmness you should covet untouched by such conviction.</p>
+
+<p>“They who sing and preach in that valley are low subjects of ignorance
+and folly, and happy for you if you succeed in totally forgetting all
+you saw or heard while passing through. Why should you worry about
+your condition? Are you not good enough? You have come hither from
+respectable parents, perhaps received Christian baptism, and can easily
+distinguish between right and wrong. Why should cruel daggers now
+pierce your heart? What you have done or expect to do is surely pleasing
+to your God. If you belong to the church, you are doubly safe. Let
+time change, or worlds fall, the church will stand forever. If you
+continue faithful here, you will have a glorious end; only be not
+influenced by the contemptible advocates of the Narrow Way, who show
+their vanity by their professions of superior sanctity. Be satisfied
+with the good, old, staid principles of this church, and be not swept
+away by every wind of doctrine that is blasting the earth with its
+sulphurous breath. Rejoice in your pilgrimage and let conviction no
+longer sadden your life.”</p>
+
+<p>After continuing at some length in this strain, the minister announced
+that a quartette would render an appropriate selection just received
+from the mountain-tops of Apathy.</p>
+
+
+<p class="center p0 p2"><span class="figcenter" id="img015">
+ <img src="images/015.jpg" class="w75" alt="The Devil’s Auction Here many church members, and others,
+pay their all for a few baubles of worldly pleasure." />
+</span></p>
+<p class="center p0 caption">The Devil’s Auction Here many church members, and others,
+pay their all for a few baubles of worldly pleasure.<br /></p>
+
+<p>The congregation
+seemed to be greatly pleased as these words were sung with a show of
+sentiment:</p>
+<p class="p0">
+<span style="margin-left: 1em;">“Come, ye that struggle</span><br />
+<span style="margin-left: 1em;">With thoughts of conviction;</span><br />
+<span style="margin-left: 1em;">Continue no longer</span><br />
+<span style="margin-left: 1em;">Such burdens to bear.</span><br />
+<span style="margin-left: 1em;">Throw off forever</span><br />
+<span style="margin-left: 1em;">This needless affliction;</span><br />
+<span style="margin-left: 1em;">And taste of the pleasures</span><br />
+<span style="margin-left: 1em;">That wisdom would share.</span><br />
+<span style="margin-left: 1em;">“There’s rest for the soul</span><br />
+<span style="margin-left: 1em;">In blissful forgetting;</span><br />
+<span style="margin-left: 1em;">’Tis bought by the prudent</span><br />
+<span style="margin-left: 1em;">At moderate cost.</span><br />
+<span style="margin-left: 1em;">Then cast to the winds</span><br />
+<span style="margin-left: 1em;">Thy worry and fretting,</span><br />
+<span style="margin-left: 1em;">And live in the sunshine</span><br />
+<span style="margin-left: 1em;">Where shadows are lost.”</span><br />
+</p>
+<p>At the conclusion of the services Mr. World conducted his friend from
+the church, and as they were moving again toward the surging crowds
+they heard the voice of an auctioneer.</p>
+
+<p>“Let us tarry a moment,” he urged as he turned his footsteps to that
+part of the Broad Highway known as the Devil’s Auction.</p>
+
+<p>A large company of men, women, and children were giving earnest heed
+to the auction which had been in progress all day.</p>
+
+<p>The auctioneer held in his hand a gaudy bauble of worldly pleasure.
+He cried in the full strength of his voice that such beautiful specimens
+of pleasure were very rare. At once the bidding for it grew lively.
+It was soon thrown out to a reckless mortal who seized it with unusual
+avidity.</p>
+
+<p>Then a door was opened in the rear, and lo, I beheld a series of rooms
+filled with baubles of every conceivable kind, enough to satisfy all
+who came for such lightsome things. One of extraordinary beauty was
+next offered. “What do I hear for it?” lustily shouted the auctioneer.</p>
+
+<p>The whole host bent forward eagerly to get a nearer view of the new
+attraction.</p>
+
+<p>“I’ll give one hour of time!” said an aged man.</p>
+
+<p>“An hour of time is bid, an hour of time! Who’ll give more?”</p>
+
+<p>“I’ll give one day!” joyously bid a thoughtless youth. He received it,
+and walked off in high glee.</p>
+
+<p>“Here is another! A novelty just out!” boldly cried the auctioneer.</p>
+
+<p>How anxiously all stepped forward, each one wishing to scrutinize the
+latest kind of pleasure offered.</p>
+
+<p>The highest bidder was a restless youth who offered his all for the
+coveted prize.</p>
+
+<p>Miss Church-Member was but little interested in these proceedings and
+urged her companion to the next auction-stand where certain rights and
+privileges were sold.</p>
+
+<p>On the stand stood a glib-tongued fellow who announced that he would
+first offer for sale the _Right to Sell Intoxicating Drink_. “How much
+do I hear?” shouted the auctioneer as the cosmopolitan crowd looked on.</p>
+
+<p>“Hundred dollars per annum!” cried the people of one state.</p>
+
+<p>“One hundred, one hundred, going at one hundred!”</p>
+
+<p>“Two hundred dollars!” bid the representatives of another state.</p>
+
+<p>“Three hundred dollars!” was another offer that immediately came in.</p>
+
+<p>“That is far below the value!” shouted the auctioneer. “Remember, all
+this money we get for licensing the saloon will go for charity or to
+help educate and civilise the people!”</p>
+
+<p>Thousands upon thousands cheered to the echo, while the wicked
+auctioneer and his allies were highly pleased at the spectacle.</p>
+
+<p>“Three hundred, three hundred! Altogether too low a sum for so great
+a privilege!”</p>
+
+<p>“Five hundred dollars!” cried the authorities of another state.</p>
+
+<p>“Going at five hundred, five hundred, five hundred!” rapidly and
+hilariously yelled the auctioneer, and the crowd cheered lustily.</p>
+
+<p>“Still going at five hundred, five hundred! Who’ll give six hundred?
+First, second, and last warning, and sold at five hundred dollars to
+the state represented by yonder group of delegates!”</p>
+
+<p>Thus the program continued, and the right to sell liquor under
+respectability was sold at varying prices. Mr. World and Miss
+Church-Member left long before the auction was ended. They paused not
+at the other centers where Satan’s agents were selling their worthless
+and death-dealing merchandize to the children of men.</p>
+
+
+<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop" />
+
+<div class="chapter">
+<h2 class="nobreak" id="CHAPTER_XXII">CHAPTER XXII.<br />THE DEVIL’S HOSPITAL.</h2>
+</div>
+
+
+<p>1. Miss Church-Member, suddenly attacked with heart trouble, is hurried
+away to the Hospital.</p>
+
+<p>2. She receives the attention of Satan’s fiendish surgical operators.</p>
+
+<p>3. A visit through the various wings of the Hospital and sub-offices.
+The horrifying work described.</p>
+
+
+<p>The travelers of the Broad Highway pushed onward by millions, seemingly
+unconscious of their end. Miss Church-Member had become so well
+accustomed to the ways of the world that she could now adapt herself
+with more ease to all the exigencies of the journey.</p>
+
+<p>In the midst of her favorable circumstances she was nursing the germs
+of an insidious disease which rendered her heart weaker and weaker.
+At times short, but sharp pains were felt; and more than once her hand
+flew to her breast in evidence of the inward struggle.</p>
+
+<p>Her disease reached a climax after she had gone not far beyond the
+Valley of Conviction. She was walking along in a happy mood, when she
+suddenly felt a pang in her heart and mentioned the circumstance to
+Mr. World who was still her faithful companion.</p>
+
+<p>“What can it be that has been giving you this trouble for so long a
+time?” he asked.</p>
+
+<p>“I know not,” she faintly replied as she stood still and pressed both
+hands to her heart.</p>
+
+<p>Thoroughly alarmed, Mr. World called for help while he supported her
+with his arm.</p>
+
+<p>“It seems strange,” gasped Miss Church-Member in a brief interval of
+relief, “that, with all the pure air along this way and the variety
+of things to engage my attention, I should be seized, at shortening
+intervals, with these cruel and unbearable heart-pangs. Oh, that I
+might be free from this intruder’s grasp! What shall I do? Where shall
+I go? I feel again the edge of the invisible blade!”</p>
+
+<p>At this she threw her arms upward and, shrieking in agony, was about
+to fall as she was caught by Mr. World.</p>
+
+<p>“Let us hurry her off to the nearest hospital,” promptly suggested one
+of the bystanders who had responded to the call for help. An ambulance
+carried the fainting Miss Church-Member to one of Satan’s hospitals
+near by.</p>
+
+<p class="center p0 p2"><span class="figcenter" id="img016">
+ <img src="images/016.jpg" class="w75" alt="An ambulance carried the fainting Miss Church-Member to
+one of Satan’s hospitals near by." />
+</span></p>
+<p class="center p0 caption">An ambulance carried the fainting Miss Church-Member to
+one of Satan’s hospitals near by.<br /></p>
+
+
+<p>The chief physician ordered the apparently lifeless form to be taken
+at once to an examination room, granting Mr. World the privilege of
+remaining by the side of his suffering friend. A quick investigation
+disclosed the fact that Miss Church-Member had been overcome by a
+partial paralysis of the heart, induced by intense mental anxiety
+dating from the time when she had passed through the Valley of
+Conviction.</p>
+
+<p>“Not a serious case,” said the suave doctor in reply to a question
+from the anxious Mr. World. “An operation will take away, almost
+entirely, the cause of this trouble.”</p>
+
+<p>“Will you not explain to me the trouble, and the nature of the
+operation?” nervously asked Mr. World.</p>
+
+<p>“Certain nerves which ramify through the human heart have been affected
+emotionally by the nonsensical teachings of the King’s Highway. These
+teachings are commonly known us ‘Narrow-Gauge Ideas.’ If these nerves
+are rendered insensible, there is scarcely any trouble of that kind
+again. We can, by an intricate operation, paralyze the mother-nerve
+leading to the heart, and thereafter you may expect to find the heart
+of this woman almost dead to the foolish influences that needlessly
+send conviction and remorse into so many lives.”</p>
+
+<p>While the physician was rapidly speaking these words, the surgeon had
+arrived, and they forthwith proceeded to the operating room.</p>
+
+<p>Mr. World watched the attendants as they carried Miss Church-Member
+away. He saw her no more that day, but heard that the operation was
+successful, and that the patient was resting quietly.</p>
+
+<p>One of the managers of the institution, knowing that Mr. World was
+companionless, offered to escort him through the various departments
+of the Hospital. To this he gave his hearty consent.</p>
+
+<p>They first went to the tower which proved to be a magnificent point
+of view. Here he could see far and wide, for the building itself was
+situated on elevated ground, and the tower rose far into the air.</p>
+
+<p>On one side of the Hospital stretched away the Broad Highway more
+pleasing at this point of the route than at many others, and far away
+it seemed to lead into pleasant woodland realms.</p>
+
+<p>On the other side of the building passed the King’s Highway, which,
+at this point, was exceedingly rough and uninviting to the view.</p>
+
+<p>Thus I saw how the shrewdness of Hell was exercised in locating
+hospitals at such places.</p>
+
+<p>“Ignorance is the mother of all that folly,” said Mr. World with a
+feeling of self-satisfaction, “I see a long line of separate buildings
+just below us&mdash;there along the King’s Highway. What purpose do they
+serve?”</p>
+
+<p>“Those are medical offices under the supervision of this hospital-
+staff. Any one traveling on the Narrow Path, and falling sick there,
+may enter for help and restoration. If the case be difficult, or
+requiring an operation, or even special nursing, the patient is brought
+to the hospital.”</p>
+
+<p>“Are you successful in most of your operations, especially with those
+patients who come from such a rugged path?”</p>
+
+<p>“Fortunately we succeed in effecting a cure in almost every case. We
+can only deal with those who voluntarily come to our medical staff.
+Many, in sad need of our help, pass by all our special offices without
+ever seeking advice.”</p>
+
+<p>“Are your patients foolish enough, after having been treated, to go
+back to that jolting road, and thus again invite their ills?”</p>
+
+<p>“Most of our patients go hence on the more delightful way which you
+see, and on which you have come hither.”</p>
+
+<p>“What diseases most commonly affect those who come to your physicians
+and hospitals for help?”</p>
+
+<p>“Let me answer your question by taking you down to those offices. You
+may there observe for yourself.”</p>
+
+<p>I saw Mr. World and his escort enter a physician’s office which stood
+as near the King’s Highway as Satan could build it.</p>
+
+<p>The doctor was examining a church deacon who, by reason of his disease,
+found it hard to travel on a way so narrow and rugged. He was given
+a vial of medicine with specific directions.</p>
+
+<p>After the patient had left, the doctor smiled derisively and pocketed
+his fee with ghoulish delight.</p>
+
+<p>“What ailed that man asked?” Mr. World. “Can you tell me the cause of
+his malady?” “He has been eating and eating sermons, exhortations, and
+pious literature, and has done scarcely any work for his so-called
+Master. Eating much and working little generally results in gout or
+rheumatic diseases. There are large numbers in the church coming here
+for treatment who are similarly affected. I suppose such Christians
+enjoy eating better than they enjoy working.”</p>
+
+<p>“Do you prepare them for better service on the King’s Highway?”</p>
+
+<p>“Never! My business is to give them such medicine as will make all
+kinds of spiritual food repulsive to them. Then, rather than starve,
+they go to the fat lands on the Broad Highway for which my medicine
+prepares them. There they eat of the fruit forbidden by their former
+Master, for it is sweet-tasting withal. Some go on in the forbidden
+kingdoms until death, and hold an honorable place in their first church.
+Others are dealt with more summarily on account of the radical views
+entertained by certain bigots who wage warfare against a man who finds
+delight in gardens other than his own.”</p>
+
+<p>The electric bell summoned the doctor to the door. He opened it, and
+there stood a pilgrim from the King’s Highway.</p>
+
+<p>She entered and, fully exhausted, sank into a chair.</p>
+
+<p>“What is the difficulty?” asked the physician in a cool manner.</p>
+
+<p>“Something terrible indeed, or else my comrades accuse me unjustly.”</p>
+
+<p>“With what do they charge you, Miss Goodly-Minded?” he questioned, as
+he felt her pulse.</p>
+
+<p>“I am accused of being out of order just because I do not run all the
+time to prayer-meeting and to other services of the church. They say
+I am not fit to travel this way, and therefore I have found it very
+difficult to get over some of the obstacles. Weariness and fatigue
+have almost dragged me to the earth. My persecution will prove to be
+my death unless you can give me some medicine to relieve me.”</p>
+
+<p>“Let me see your tongue,” the physician requested. This done, he
+continued: “Ah! I can easily see, by your coated tongue, that you have
+already eaten more good things than you could digest. If there is any
+error, it is because you have already gone to church too much. I have
+medicine to cure you.”</p>
+
+<p>At that he walked into another room and opened a secret door. I saw
+him pour a liquid from a large bottle labeled, “Satan’s Malaria Cure.”
+It contained a mixture of unbelief, ridicule, and self-righteousness.
+He filled a small vial with sugar pellets and saturated them with the
+mixture from the large bottle.</p>
+
+<p>“Take four globules every hour,” he directed, as he gave her the
+medicine, “and I would further advise that you travel for your health.”</p>
+
+<p>“What climate would be most helpful to me?” she asked, for she was a
+lady of considerable means and could go where she wished.</p>
+
+<p>“A colder climate where you will be free from the noonday sun, and
+breathe in a new atmosphere. This medicine will do the rest.”</p>
+
+<p>She passed out of the door just as a feeble man was entering. He was
+an old pilgrim and evidently suffering much.</p>
+
+<p>The doctor seized him by the hand with a strange vigor not even
+understood by Mr. World.</p>
+
+<p>“So you are under the power of ‘La Grippe,’” saluted the doctor.</p>
+
+<p>“Under the power of something, I am sure, for everything is wrong with
+me, and everything seems wrong to me,” was the slow answer.</p>
+
+<p>The doctor soon diagnosed his case, and gave him powders with
+directions.</p>
+
+<p>“It did not take you very long to attend to him,” said Mr. World, after
+the aged man left the office.</p>
+
+<p>“I deal with so many of that class that I keep the medicine ready. La
+Grippe is a splendid thing for my trade. It is affecting more pilgrims
+just now than any other disease. Some churches are more than decimated
+by the ravages of this plague.”</p>
+
+<p>The manager then conducted Mr. World into another office where the
+doctor was just giving medical attention to a young lady who was
+suffering with spiritual quinsy. It was so severe that she could not
+testify for Christ, and she wilfully passed by the “Great Physician”
+who could have healed her blessedly. She also passed by all the angels
+of mercy who throng the King’s Highway. She turned a deaf ear to all
+the singers who sang, “Then why will ye die?” Finally she was heavily
+pressed by her disease and, seeing a physician’s office which she could
+enter without climbing a step, she went in and chose rather to be
+treated by a doctor of the Devil, as if dead to all the offers of mercy
+which she had rejected.</p>
+
+<p>She accepted his treatment without question, and even felt at ease in
+conscience, thinking that the easy, bland method of this physician was
+in every way preferable to the searching methods adopted by the Healer
+Divine.</p>
+
+<p>She regained her voice, but it lost that sweet accent of heaven which
+once had characterized it. It was now difficult and embarrassing for
+her to pronounce the name of Jesus.</p>
+
+<p>All this proved painful and intolerable, so she took a by-path to the
+left called “Unchastity” where she found a whole vocabulary of speech
+more suited to her utterance.</p>
+
+<p>She spent the rest of her days in the habitations of immorality along
+the Broad Highway, unmindful of the tears and kindly solicitude of her
+entreating friends.</p>
+
+<p>Into the third medical wing the two went only to see the fiendish
+program carried on there as in the other offices. The first patient
+they saw was a young man who, through the misguidance of a weakling,
+was persuaded to enter the office.</p>
+
+<p>This physician, with a smile on his face, but vile purpose in his
+heart, administered wilfully the very medicine that gave a transient
+gratification to the patient’s craving for narcotics, and which would
+finally cause the appetite to break out anew into an inward burning
+and gnawing, swinging a master’s sash over him.</p>
+
+<p>The physician told him that his taste was inherited, and it would
+consequently require much patience ere he could be cured. He gave him
+the devilish medicine, and urged him to continue using it until the
+bottle was drained to its dregs.</p>
+
+<p>At first it gave the promised relief, but the young man, now more
+deeply contaminated by this concoction of Hell, raged in wilder passion
+than ever, and verily ran to his utmost on the By-Path of intemperance
+until the flower of his youth and manhood was blasted to the blackest,
+and his sense of honor lost in the hovels of vice and corruption which,
+in great variety, stood along the Broad Highway.</p>
+
+<p>The book-keepers of Hell placed an additional mark to the credit of
+this doctor, while the church looked on the young man’s fall somewhat
+indifferently, having been hardened by the frequency of similar
+occurrences.</p>
+
+<p>At the request of Mr. World the manager conducted him back to the
+hospital building and proceeded to show the various departments to him.</p>
+
+<p>There was some commotion in one of the operating rooms just as Mr.
+World entered. It proved to be the preliminary work necessary for
+dressing a severe scalp wound.</p>
+
+<p>It happened that a certain woman, named Mrs. Criticiser, who belonged
+to an active church, attempted to injure a good and holy man by hurling
+stones at him.</p>
+
+<p>She noticed that the little stones did him no harm, so she seized one
+of larger size and hurled it at him with great force. He, being a pure
+man, and standing on a rock, was not even touched by the missile. But
+it struck the great rock on which he was standing, rebounded with
+unexpected force, and struck the head of Mrs. Criticiser with stunning
+effect.</p>
+
+<p>It was seen that the stone had made an ugly gash on her head, more
+severe and painful than she intended to inflict on the good Mr. Class
+Leader. Her friends, being acquainted with the Devil’s Hospital,
+naturally carried her there for necessary attention.</p>
+
+<p>Mr. World saw Mrs. Criticiser brought into the room in a semi-conscious
+condition and watched the whole operation.</p>
+
+<p>The surgeon declared that a scar would be carried on her head all
+through life. Indeed there is no balm in Hell to cure the wounded head
+or heart so as not to leave a scar. Had she gone to the “Great
+Physician,” and asked Him aright to apply the “Balm of Gilead,” her
+head would have been healed aright.</p>
+
+<p>The manager then escorted Mr. World into one of the wards which was
+crowded to overflowing.</p>
+
+<p>They tarried at the bedside of a man whose left arm and right leg were
+bandaged. There lay the poor fellow awaiting the slow processes of
+healing for his fractured bones.</p>
+
+<p>It was on this wise that this man, a certain Mr. Treacherous, came to
+this sorry plight.</p>
+
+<p>He was an ambitious member of the church, and aimed to be elected to
+an office therein. His admirers were too few, so the majority vote was
+given for another, named Mr. Wisdom.</p>
+
+<p>This so aroused the jealousy of Mr. Treacherous that he was moved to
+seek amends for what he considered a stinging and crushing defeat.</p>
+
+<p>“This will I do,” said he, “I will dig a deep ditch across Mr. Wisdom’s
+path of success, and will shrewdly cover it from view, and as he chances
+along that way, in the course of his service, he will surely fall into
+this ditch to his hurt. Then will I glory in his downfall, so that the
+stings of this, my defeat, will not prick me so sharply.”</p>
+
+<p>So Mr. Treacherous, in the blackness of the night, digged the ditch
+and covered it ingeniously. Then he waited day after day to hear of
+Mr. Wisdom’s injury or death, that he might have cause for rejoicing.</p>
+
+<p>Now Mr. Treacherous, since his defeat, was so heavily weighed down
+with envy and a desire for revenge that he could not sleep soundly,
+and was wont to walk about the house in a somnambulistic manner.</p>
+
+<p>One night, under the influence of one of these strange spells, he went
+from the house and walked over the path that led to the ditch.</p>
+
+<p>To his great dismay and double disgrace he waked not until his body
+struck the bottom of the ditch. He was bruised and some of his bones
+were broken. Thus he lay there in agony and cried all night long for
+help.</p>
+
+<p>Ere the morning broke he wished a thousand times that he had not dug
+the ditch so deep, or rather, had not dug it at all.</p>
+
+<p>A band of searchers found him and, lifting him from his disgrace, they
+hurried him to this hospital, for he was not minded to humble himself
+still more by going to another place where Mr. Wisdom and his kind
+found relief in time of trouble.</p>
+
+<p>It is likely that Mr. Treacherous will never be able to walk again as
+perfectly as he did before, for it is the reputation of surgeons and
+physicians of this hospital, in dealing with cases of such extreme
+folly, that they so manipulate an operation as to render the patient
+incapable of complete recovery.</p>
+
+<p>Mr. World and his congenial escort moved on from patient to patient,
+passing many hundreds who had met with accidents on the Broad Highway.</p>
+
+<p>Many had been wounded by the “sword of the Spirit” and were now hoping
+to be cured by the processes here in vogue.</p>
+
+<p>In passing on through another ward their attention was called to a
+woman who lay on a couch and seemed to be suffering more than she was
+able to bear.</p>
+
+<p>Mr. World inquired concerning her, and was told that she was one Miss
+Busy-Body, a member in good standing of a radical church. She came to
+her grief in this strange manner: she had a special aptitude for
+sweeping before other people’s doors, and could always find dirt, even
+if she could not find anything better.</p>
+
+<p>She had been told repeatedly to sweep before her own door, but she did
+not heed this wise counsel, for she often said that there was no dirt
+visible about her own home.</p>
+
+<p>One day she went forth as usually, broom in hand, and swept the dirt
+from other doors than her own, much to the annoyance and provocation
+of her neighbors, for she always raised the dust incontinently.</p>
+
+<p>Now by her continual neglect at home the filth had accumulated to such
+an extent that when she returned home and attempted to enter the door,
+her foot slipped on the greasy step, and she fell, breaking her collar
+bone, two of her ribs, and otherwise injuring herself.</p>
+
+<p>The manager told Mr. World that many such cases came to them for help
+every day&mdash;some from the King’s Highway and still more from the Broad
+Highway.</p>
+
+<p>They soon came to the bedside of one named Mr. Jealousy who occupied
+a private room. He was somewhat convalescent when Mr. World saw him.</p>
+
+<p>Mr. Jealousy at one time was an active member of the church, but he
+undertook to stab Mr. Stability in the back. But Mr. Stability had a
+good back-bone so strong that no knife that Mr. Jealousy could handle
+was able to penetrate it.</p>
+
+<p>One time in desperation Mr. Jealousy flung himself violently upon his
+imaginary foe. But his blade broke, and he himself fell upon it, cutting
+a terrible gash in his side. He was taken to this hospital for help.</p>
+
+<p>Thus did Mr. Jealousy bring upon himself the disfavor of his church
+and he was forthwith expelled, for he refused to give the required
+promise of reformation.</p>
+
+<p>Mr. World and the manager now came to a large door.</p>
+
+<p>“In this room,” said the manager, “we keep all our cancer patients.
+We have a large number of them and, since they require special
+treatment, we keep them separate to facilitate the work of the
+physicians and nurses.”</p>
+
+<p>I saw them enter the room, and heard the words of surprise that fell
+from the lips of Mr. World as he saw the magnitude of this department.</p>
+
+<p>“These are they,” explained the chief of the division, “who came here
+through ‘profane and vain babblings.’”</p>
+
+<p>Mr. World then passed through the leprosy ward where he saw quite a
+few who were once cleansed by the Divine Healer, but who, failing to
+give thanks for their recovery, suffered fatal relapse and were now
+in the last stages of this dread disease.</p>
+
+<p>This place was so loathsome to him that he was hastened into the General
+Department where he saw all manner of patients, each in his particular
+dilemma.</p>
+
+<p>A great number of this section were suffering from disordered livers,
+and of these not a few came from the church.</p>
+
+<p>One such, who was a wealthy man, had so far protruded his
+disagreeableness upon the community that the church officials
+voluntarily gave him medicine for his liver. This was of no avail. He
+still grew more irritable and complained about the preacher, the sexton,
+the choir, and even his own wife. The weather never suited him, and
+when he gave any testimony about religion it was always a partial
+outline of the supposed or real sorrows and troubles of the Christian
+pilgrimage.</p>
+
+<p>While suffering from one of his morbid spells, he listened to the voice
+of the tempter who persuaded him to seek help at the hands of the
+physicians under the control of this Hospital. These doctors dosed him
+until they persuaded him to submit to an operation, and the wicked
+surgeon knew how to render him still more liable to trouble after his
+imaginary restoration toward which he was looking when Mr. World saw
+him.</p>
+
+<p>When he leaves this Hospital he can never be cured from the fiercer
+subsequent attacks unless he be born again, and such an event Satan
+knows is very unlikely to occur.</p>
+
+<p>Mr. World, in passing, spoke to quite a few who were suffering from
+spiritual dyspepsia, consumption, and a great number of other ailments
+which had developed into chronic form, or had made necessary the
+surgeon’s cruel knife, and then, turning to his obliging friend, asked
+if he could not now see Miss Church-Member.</p>
+
+<p>He was taken into a special department arranged for those who were
+convalescent.</p>
+
+<p>When she saw her faithful and loving friend, Miss Church-Member smiled
+for the first time since the operation.</p>
+
+<p>The pleasant interview soon ended at the behest of the nurse, and Mr.
+World was asked if he wished to enter the secret departments
+underground. This question aroused his curiosity and led to a lengthy
+conversation after which he expressed a desire to visit the secret
+chambers.</p>
+
+<p>He was conducted into a dark office and asked to sign a pledge that
+lay on a desk.</p>
+
+
+<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop" />
+
+<div class="chapter">
+<h2 class="nobreak" id="CHAPTER_XXIII">CHAPTER XXIII.<br />SATAN’S SECRET SERVICE.</h2>
+</div>
+
+
+<p>1. While Miss Church-Member is convalescent, Mr. World alone visits
+the underground apartments where secret sins are taught.</p>
+
+<p>2. The last horrible stages of vice represented.</p>
+
+
+<p>I saw Mr. World standing in a shadowy room and reading the conditions
+of entering “Satan’s Secret Service.” He was soon surprised by hearing
+a voice from a gloomy corner: “You cannot gain entrance to these secret
+abodes unless you sign that pledge.”</p>
+
+<p>“The meaning of the pledge is not clear to me. Who will explain it?”
+asked Mr. World somewhat tremulously.</p>
+
+<p>“You can read between those lines all you wish. Those sentences must
+be their own interpreters, and you must choose to sign or withdraw
+from this room, just as you prefer,” came the firm answer from the
+dark corner.</p>
+
+<p>Before Mr. World could decide what particular course to take, a hand
+gently touched his shoulder. He turned to see who stood in the rear.</p>
+
+<p>“O, Mr. World, thou needst not fear to sign the pledge and enter the
+secret service of our great and glorious master,” were the words that
+greeted him in a friendly tone.</p>
+
+<p>“Who art thou, and how camest thou here?” asked Mr. World in suspense.</p>
+
+<p>“I came here from ‘going to and fro in the earth, and from walking up
+and down in it.’” Then, without uttering another word, the strange
+visitor lifted the pledge from the desk and read it audibly:</p>
+
+<p class="p0">
+<span style="margin-left: 1.5em;">“Into these darker chambers let me go,</span><br />
+<span style="margin-left: 1.5em;">I promise to conceal its scenes of woe,</span><br />
+<span style="margin-left: 1.5em;">And solemnly declare, as here I stand,</span><br />
+<span style="margin-left: 1.5em;">That I will aid this secret working band.”</span><br />
+</p>
+
+<p>“What can there be about that pledge not suited to your wish? It means
+that you are to have your eyes opened to behold new things, and also
+to learn the secret laws of life, healthful to your marrow and your
+bones.”</p>
+
+<p>Mr. World hesitated no longer. He signed the document forthwith, and
+a pass-word was whispered into his ear.</p>
+
+<p>Suddenly a door opened at one end of the room, through which Mr. World
+walked into a large cavern which was illuminated only by faint
+glimmerings of light.</p>
+
+<p>He could discern faintly that many creatures were there whose uncanny
+noises, freighted with oaths and blasphemies, sent their sulphurous
+fumes around. Although Mr. World was accustomed to foul scenes and
+profanity, yet he was sickened at this deeper touch of Hell.</p>
+
+<p>“Where am I and how came I here?” he cried out excitedly. A woman came
+quickly in response to his outcry.</p>
+
+<p>“You are in a place of liberty and personal license,” she answered.
+“Here you are free from the annoyances of narrow-minded pilgrims from
+the King’s Highway, and you may spend a season in pure delight in these
+secret abodes which you will find more and more suited to the cravings
+of your natural heart and mind.”</p>
+
+<p>Now Mr. World was a somewhat judicious man, and although he would not
+sanction what he called church fanaticism, yet he had some self-respect,
+and had never allowed himself to reach the slum-level of society.</p>
+
+<p>“Here I cannot and will not stay. Are there no other apartments to
+which I can go?” he asked, as the woman offered him a glass of wine,
+and in a sensual way entreated him to remain.</p>
+
+<p>Mr. World was a lover of wine, but was suspicious of the place, and
+so he moved to go and found great difficulty in getting to another
+door, which, at last, he reached only by determination, and, giving
+a pass-word, he went into the first regular department of Satan’s
+Secret Service.</p>
+
+<p>This place, which was secretly connected with the Wizard City, was one
+of Satan’s centers from which originated schemes and devices to commit
+and practice embryonic murder.</p>
+
+<p>I saw in this dark cavern the sons and daughters of earth, high and
+low, noble and ignoble, and my heart bled within at what I further
+witnessed.</p>
+
+<p>Mr. World passed through from one section to another, studying carefully
+the secret processes in vogue, while illustrations, drawn by the artists
+of the Devil, instead of sending the blush of shame to his cheek, only
+fed his inner curiosity and verily aroused his baser passions.</p>
+
+<p>Having finished, he gave the pass-word and was admitted to a
+sub-department called Foeticide.</p>
+
+<p>This section, and the one he had just left, were located directly under
+the physicians’ offices along the King’s Highway. It could be seen
+that there was direct connection between these offices and the horrible
+subterraneous apartments through which Mr. World was now passing.</p>
+
+<p>So many unnatural and horrible things were practiced in this sub-
+department that Mr. World was shocked beyond measure, for he had never
+dreamed of the extent of the malpractice to which his eyes here bore
+testimony.</p>
+
+<p>All these things, while at first revolting, were only hardening his
+own heart to such an extent that, before he had passed through the
+last wing of the department, and heard the apologetic words of those
+who were in charge, he concluded that these agencies conduced to much
+good.</p>
+
+<p>“Oh!” thought I, “how the light of Hell casts a strange coloring over
+the things of earth, thereby creating false theories of mortal life.”</p>
+
+<p>By means of the pass-word Mr. World was enabled to visit the next
+department where he witnessed sights more revolting than in any place
+previously entered. Here groveled the youth under the power of so-called
+stimulating medicaments.</p>
+
+<p>Mr. World, with all his wickedness, was chilled with horror at these
+underground spectacles.</p>
+
+<p>Noticing his evident disgust, one came to him and offered soothing
+explanations to which he listened very attentively.</p>
+
+<p>“This is a blessed place,” spoke the newcomer. “We, who are skilled
+in crime, give the youthful an expert training in the ways of pollution
+and kindred types of immorality. It is far better to teach the young
+to sin aright and with least damage to themselves, than to place them
+under all restraint and see them fall more wretchedly than these.”</p>
+
+<p>With all the moral turpitude of Mr. World he was scarcely ready, at
+first hearing, to accept this grinding sophistry of Hell.</p>
+
+<p>“Are you quite sure, my friend, doubted Mr. World, that you are speaking
+words of soberness to me? Do you feel proud of the results of the work
+here accomplished?”</p>
+
+<p>“Proud indeed, for our master has given us encomiums for the splendid
+work accomplished. You see, Mr. World, it is a settled fact that young
+people will sin, notwithstanding all the influence exerted to the
+contrary. Such as we can persuade we take under our direction, and
+try, as soon as possible, to harden them in personal crime. Our
+physicians have special medicines to inflame their propensities, so
+that they may, by continual burning, consume themselves and spare the
+youth from otherwise being tormented day and night in these flames of
+passion. Are you so dull, Mr. World, that you cannot grasp such
+self-evident truth?”</p>
+
+<p>“It seems now somewhat clearer to my mind, but still my eyes behold
+such horrid scenes around me.”</p>
+
+<p>“I cannot question that,” continued the smooth-tongued agent of
+darkness, “yet what you see are but the lower stages. If you could
+look beyond these dark corridors and see the types of womanhood which
+grow out of this under-soil, you would no longer breathe in doubt or
+look with shuddering frame on scenes around you. All good things come
+forth through putrefaction. Then why should you despise the
+putrefaction? Be content, Mr. World, and as you walk along the path
+of life, remember this great College underground, and recommend its
+salient features to the rising generation. You have signed the pledge
+and promised to aid this secret working band. So do it with a vim,
+keeping in view the blossoms and the fruit of after-growth.”</p>
+
+<p>Mr. World was completely won by this false and devilish reasoning, and
+looked on the whole program of shame quite philosophically.</p>
+
+<p>He took full cognizance of the far-reaching effects of this section
+and, after an interview with one of the head physicians, he proceeded
+to visit the next section.</p>
+
+<p>But what he saw there will not be told. No pen can describe and no
+tongue relate the loathsome filth of this last stage of immorality.
+An awful stench filled the air arising from medicines of last resort
+and from the putrefying flesh that clothed the living skeletons.</p>
+
+<p>It was by mistake that Mr. World got into this place. The door opened
+to admit a few “Unfortunates,” as they were called by the attendants,
+and Mr. World, standing near by, entered without permission.</p>
+
+<p>He was no sooner inside the door than he was frantically seized by a
+sunken-eyed creature.</p>
+
+<p>“O man of health, deliver me from this inner eating and from the grave
+that opens to me its mouldy mouth!” was the heart-rending cry that
+grated on the ears of Mr. World.</p>
+
+<p>Another, hearing this pleading cry, came rushing toward the same spot
+and sobbed piteously:</p>
+
+<p>“Oh! Mr. World, have pity on me! I had help when I had means and
+vitality. Oh! give me some relief now.”</p>
+
+<p>Mr. World was so terror-stricken that he could not speak, but struggled
+with all his might to escape from the place.</p>
+
+<p>He gained double strength, but of no use. These two men imagined that
+they had a claim on him by reason of his name, and therefore held on
+with tightening grasp. For a moment Mr. World ceased his struggling
+and looked at his two pitiable beseechers.</p>
+
+<p>“I can give you nothing. Why torment me thus?” he tremblingly gasped
+with abated breath.</p>
+
+<p>“In our better days we gave all we had to the world and now we need
+help. Surely you can give it.” They became furious and ranted the more
+at the thought of their past folly.</p>
+
+<p>“Why come to me? Go to Mr. Flesh, or ask the Devil for help,” pleaded
+Mr. World.</p>
+
+<p>“We have served the World, the Flesh, and the Devil. All have failed
+us miserably. To whom else can we go but to anyone within our reach?
+Oh! forsake us not in this awful plight!”</p>
+
+<p>Poor Mr. World, unable longer to bear the sickening and threatening
+attack, sank to the filth-covered floor and groaned aloud.</p>
+
+<p>At once a fierce and powerful being came to the rescue and, flinging
+the two unfortunates aside, lifted Mr. World to his feet and looked
+down upon him with his awful eyes.</p>
+
+<p>Mr. Intemperance lay crouching near the side of Mr. Lust, each smarting
+under the pain of his fall.</p>
+
+<p>“How came you to this place?” sternly asked the monster.</p>
+
+<p>“By walking in at the door,” answered the terrified Mr. World.</p>
+
+<p>“Without permission?” he further asked.</p>
+
+<p>“There was no one there to ask, and I, being out sight-seeing, thought
+I might also enter in here.”</p>
+
+<p>The monster seized Mr. World by the arms and looked at him in a still
+more frightful manner.</p>
+
+<p>“You are not yet ready to come into this region, and if you will
+solemnly pledge me that you will never reveal what you have seen here,
+I will conduct you safely to the door; if not, you must remain here
+without a ray of hope until death gives relief.”</p>
+
+<p>Mr. World humbled himself and gave double assurance of secrecy. Then
+the grim creature conducted him a little to one side and bade him look
+down into a deep and dark yawning chasm.</p>
+
+<p>“Down there,” commenced the Old Monster, “runs the Black River deep
+and wide. The stream, coming from its distant source, drains the filthy
+realm of human society, and not far hence it enters into the boundless
+ocean of eternal death. The wild sounds which you hear are the unseen
+dashings of its never-ceasing waves, and the moans of those who have
+fallen victims to its merciless currents.”</p>
+
+
+<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop" />
+
+<div class="chapter">
+<h2 class="nobreak" id="CHAPTER_XXIV">CHAPTER XXIV.<br />THE LAST WARNING.</h2>
+</div>
+
+<p>1. Miss Church-Member is now induced to frequent the haunts of vice
+in the “Wicked Valley.”</p>
+
+<p>2. The blessed work of Warning as given by rescue bands from the King’s
+Highway.</p>
+
+<p>3. The heedless throngs passing by.</p>
+
+<p>4. The experiences at this place of Mr. World and Miss Church-Member.</p>
+
+
+<p>There was a joyful meeting in the reception room of the Hospital when
+Mr. World, returning from his underground experiences, met his beloved
+friend Miss Church-Member who had recovered sufficiently to resume the
+journey.</p>
+
+<p>In joyful spirits they sauntered forth on the wide and pleasant path,
+away from the Hospital and toward their imaginary Heaven.</p>
+
+<p>Miss Church-Member’s face was more cheerful and her footsteps more
+buoyant than at any time since she left the Valley of Conviction.</p>
+
+<p>Mr. World, observing her favorable condition, complimented her with
+these words: “Blessed be the memory of that Hospital, for I can see
+that your face is no more covered with the cloud of care that once
+robbed you of so many joys. The unkind intruder has drifted away, and
+now the light radiates from your every feature. It is also plainly
+evident that you are no more tormented by a troubled conscience.”</p>
+
+<p>“I am glad that my sufferings have not been in vain,” she modestly
+declared. “May the new light which you so readily notice in my face
+add to the pleasantness of our journey and the profit of our lives.”
+Their conversation grew more and more pleasant as they passed through
+a long stretch of woodland. They could see beyond, them, and in the
+rear, the legions that were traveling the same path and in the same
+direction.</p>
+
+<p>Emerging from the woodland they saw that their path came again in close
+proximity to the King’s Highway.</p>
+
+<p>The intervening space between the two paths, called the Wicked Valley,
+was all astir with every form of evil as practiced in the world of
+sin. In this vale nearly every traveler on the Broad Highway tarries
+awhile, and many are lured away from the Highway of the King here to
+mingle with the servants of Mammon.</p>
+
+<p>Mr. World and his friend paused opposite a cluster of magnificent
+buildings with frontage toward the Heavenly Way. Some were used by
+vulgar theatricals; some devoted to the sensual dance; some were
+occupied by the Devil’s maid-servants in prostitution, and many others
+were used as haunts of intemperance and personal pollution.</p>
+
+<p>All along the road to perdition at thousands of places stand such
+clusters of buildings, each under the command of one of Satan’s most
+efficient leaders.</p>
+
+<p>“Here,” said Mr. World, “let us take a long rest. If you have your
+glasses properly adjusted you can see new beauty behind magnificent
+walls.”</p>
+
+<p>She looked at first doubtfully. “Ah! I never frequented such places
+before. I would not as much as look at them.”</p>
+
+<p>“I doubt not your word, Miss Church-Member, but remember you are growing
+older and wiser. You are no more a narrow-minded creature influenced
+by prejudice and sophistry.”</p>
+
+<p>She was now in a condition to imagine that much of her earlier
+instruction was erroneous. She had not forgotten the teaching of the
+sermon in Mr. World’s church. Subsequently she reasoned that the only
+way to learn the taste of forbidden fruit was to eat of it.</p>
+
+<p>“I will enter these buildings as a student,” she soliloquized. “I will
+be cautious. Surely I have sufficiently clear judgment to discern
+between good and evil.”</p>
+
+<p>The crafty Mr. World, having won her confidence, escorted her all
+through the Wicked Valley. By a continual palliation she yielded one
+point after another until her virtue was sacrificed on a cursed altar.</p>
+
+<p>Satan assisted her in solving many perplexing problems when she reeled
+in the realm of doubt.</p>
+
+<p>At the conclusion of their protracted visit I heard the wicked Mr.
+World say to his beloved friend: “Your eyes are completely cured. You
+may now with safety lay aside the glasses. I hope you will never have
+occasion to use them again.”</p>
+
+<p>Of the multitudes that tarried here from the Narrow Way very few went
+out at the front door. Having stultified themselves, they passed from
+the rooms at the rear, and thenceforth traveled on the other path more
+suited to their changed natures.</p>
+
+<p>The two congenial companions, proceeding on their way, soon overtook
+a company of church-members.</p>
+
+<p>In the social intercourse which ensued each one resented the criticisms
+of those who refused to leave the Old Path.</p>
+
+<p>“Verily,” said one, “I now enjoy more liberty. I believe the road to
+Heaven should be as broad-gauged as possible.”</p>
+
+<p>“Certainly it should,” said another. “Those who want to climb hills
+and continually suffer inconveniences may do so. As for me, I want to
+reach Heaven on the easiest road. I believe this course leads to
+Paradise just as directly as the other.”</p>
+
+<p>These utterances were highly complimented by Mr. World, and he said
+that he was to be congratulated on meeting and associating with such
+congenial people. “On the way on which we are now traveling one can
+reach his reward as certainly and as speedily as on any other route.
+In addition, one can here enjoy natural and graceful pleasures which
+of course are not tolerated under the eyes of selfish and narrow-minded
+bigots.”</p>
+
+<p>I saw Mr. World and Miss Church-Member, now more intimate than ever,
+pass on alone, ever walking more hastily. Satan had told them, during
+their stay in the Wicked Valley, that the faster they journeyed the
+sooner and the more certainly would they reach their reward.</p>
+
+<p>Not far from the Wicked Valley there is a section called the Place of
+Warning. It has been maintained for thousands of years by virtuous
+workers from the King’s Highway. It is the last warning-station that
+travelers pass before reaching the Valley of the Shadow of Death, and
+here with tearful earnestness do the Shining Pilgrims of the cross
+speak their words of last caution, sing their sweet hymns of warning,
+and put forth every other loving endeavor in the hope of snatching
+some from the thoughtless throngs that go rushing by toward the Dark
+Valley.</p>
+
+<p>I listened and heard a voice from the Place of Warning speak to a
+motley crowd that were passing.</p>
+
+<p>“Whither go ye, whither go ye?”</p>
+
+<p>“We go to a better place called Heaven,” answered one of the company.</p>
+
+<p>“Then come hither and go on the Path of Life. The way on which ye are
+now traveling leadeth unto everlasting death.”</p>
+
+<p>“Aha! Aha! Aha!” cried they all. “We are well informed about the way
+and need no foreign voice to give direction.”</p>
+
+<p>Then came the solemn hymn of warning in words so tender and clear that
+each one could hear every sentence:</p>
+<p class="p0">
+<span style="margin-left: 1em;">“There’s a sad day coming,</span><br />
+<span style="margin-left: 1em;">A sad day coming.</span><br />
+<span style="margin-left: 1em;">There’s a sad coming by and by;</span><br />
+<span style="margin-left: 1em;">When the sinner shall hear his doom:</span><br />
+<span style="margin-left: 1em;">‘Depart, I know you not.’</span><br />
+<span style="margin-left: 1em;">Are you ready for that day to come?”</span><br />
+</p>
+<p>CHORUS:</p>
+
+<p>“Are you ready? Are you ready? Are you ready for the judgment day?”</p>
+
+<p>The words had not yet died on the air when a young man ran hastily
+from the company toward the Way of Life. His companions then gave vent
+to their ridicule, some even going after him and endeavoring to pull
+him back, but without avail.</p>
+
+<p>Some sang an idle song to drown the hymn of warning that still rang
+in their ears. Others engaged in boisterous conversation, and still
+others mocked with foul profanity. They passed on, and as far as I
+could see them they were pushing on to the Valley of Death.</p>
+
+<p>I saw another man who was heavily burdened with pieces of timber on
+which was written: “Faults of Church-Members.” He also came to the
+Place of Warning.</p>
+
+<p>“Throw off the cumbersome weight you are carrying on your back, and
+travel on the way where your burden will be light,” came a friendly
+voice from the Rescue Station.</p>
+
+<p>“I am not so foolish as to throw away my only hope,” he answered with
+unthankfulness in his tone.</p>
+
+<p>“‘Your only hope,’” repeated the voice of warning, “how can you explain
+such foolish words?”</p>
+
+<p>“With passing ease. I will soon come to the River of Death and with
+these boards I can make myself a raft whereon I can pass over safely.”</p>
+
+<p>Then spoke the voice of warning clearer than before:</p>
+
+<p>“O, foolish man! Knowest thou not that the River of Death, toward which
+thou art rapidly moving, cannot be crossed in a bark so frail? I have
+seen millions who tried in vain to ride its angry currents, but they
+sank beneath its dark waters. Come, O mortal man, if thou hast nothing
+better on which to depend, listen to the voice of wisdom and come,
+without delay, to the Path of Glory.”</p>
+
+<p>But the man passed on. I watched him till he reached the river, and
+saw him go from the shore in his self-constructed raft.</p>
+
+<p>“I sink! I sink! Save me!” he, cried in utmost agony of terror as his
+little raft whirled about, leaving the poor self-deceived fellow to
+the mercy of the waves.</p>
+
+<p>I saw others as they passed the Place of Warning. Thousands and tens
+of thousands, some now totally deaf to every voice of warning, some
+with cotton-filled ears, and others with instruments of music with
+which they drowned the calls of warning.</p>
+
+<p>Many more passed by who carried little balloons of self-righteousness
+with which they expected to rise above the murky River of Death.</p>
+
+<p>A young woman, who moved more cautiously, stopped at the Place of
+Warning and listened attentively.</p>
+
+<p>Directly a voice spoke to her: “Not far hence, O mortal woman, there
+is a wide river. It surges on forever. No one who goes this way can
+escape its waters. Listen now to the voice of Wisdom. Leave this
+blood-marked way of misery and woe, and come to these happier dominions
+where ‘her ways are ways of pleasantness, and all her paths are peace.’”</p>
+
+<p>“Surely I will not be lost,” she replied. “I am depending on the mercy
+of God who is too kind to be unjust. I will come out all right in the
+end.”</p>
+
+<p>“Take heed, my friend,” pleaded the warning voice. “You are hoping for
+mercy at the dividing line between time and eternity. Better forget
+not what the Scripture saith. ‘He that is unjust, let him be unjust
+still: and he which is filthy let him be filthy still.’ So thou canst
+not wilfully neglect so great salvation and hope that God will cover
+at last all thy folly. ‘Now is the accepted time; behold, now is the
+day of salvation.’ ‘To-day, if ye hear his voice, harden not your
+hearts’”</p>
+
+<p>“You have said nothing new to me. They are the old thread-bare passages
+that I have heard from my youth up, and I am minded to accept a broader
+view of these statements than you seem to take of them.”</p>
+
+<p>At this she tossed her head haughtily and continued her journey,
+resolving more firmly than ever that she would not spend eternity
+outside the Gates of Heaven.</p>
+
+<p>When she came to the Dark Valley and to the angry swelling currents,
+her pitiful prayer broke out from the long-covered depth of her soul.
+“Mercy, O mercy, to a wretch like me!” But no hand came to her rescue.</p>
+
+<p>I saw Mr. World and Miss Church-Member as they approached the Place
+of Warning. They heard the sweet music, rendered so excellently, but
+gave no attention to the sentiment expressed by the words. They listened
+only to the harmony of sounds.</p>
+
+<p>“O, Miss Church-Member!” pleaded a voice, “you who were once so
+earnestly engaged on the King’s Highway, will you not, before you reach
+the River of Death, forsake your perilous course and walk on the path
+of life eternal?”</p>
+
+<p>These words, which would have once brought conviction to her heart,
+only brought vanity to her head. “‘Judge not, that ye be not judged,’
+and go speak to the lost, not to me so well equipped to meet the direst
+foe. Turn your words to those on the other path, who go hobbling along
+in misery, not fit to live or die.”</p>
+
+<p>“Come, come!” put in Mr. World, “your pearls before swine are only
+trampled under foot. Forget not so quickly the teachings of our Lord.”</p>
+
+<p>As they passed on, in a self-righteous manner, she cheerily looked
+into his face and said: “It was kind in you to come so promptly to my
+rescue. I might have prattled there a whole day and yet not have shown
+them half their folly.”</p>
+
+
+<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop" />
+
+<div class="chapter">
+<h2 class="nobreak" id="CHAPTER_XXV">CHAPTER XXV.<br />THE VALLEY OF THE SHADOW OF DEATH.</h2>
+</div>
+<p>1. Mr. World and Miss Church-Member getting farther from the light.</p>
+
+<p>2. They drift into the deepening shadows where the path could be
+traveled only one way.</p>
+
+<p>3. The terrible experience of the two companions contending with the
+imps of the dark valley.</p>
+
+<p>4. Their sad and tragic end as they catch a glimpse of what they might
+have been.</p>
+
+
+<p>After leaving the place of the Last Warning, the Broad Highway grew
+darker and darker as it steadily diverged from the King’s Highway.</p>
+
+<p>The little light that Satan’s pilgrims do enjoy is borrowed from “the
+path of the just that shineth more and more unto the perfect day.”</p>
+
+<p>Mr. World saw the deepening shadows and endeavored to be as cheerful
+as usually, hoping thereby to prevent any alarm in the mind of his
+faithful friend.</p>
+
+<p>The path, though wide, was now steeply descending, and travelers often
+slipped on the steeper inclines.</p>
+
+<p>I saw that the two companions descended with difficulty, cautiously
+watching every footstop, lest they, like many others, should fall to
+their hurt. They now gave but little attention to the things along the
+way, and when they did pause for rest on the easier grades, they found
+the meadows more barren and everything more dark and dank.</p>
+
+<p>Miss Church-Member had been painfully conscious of these unhappy
+contrasts, and asked repeatedly the meaning of all that her eyes beheld
+and her heart realized, but Mr. World, true to his nature, partly
+allayed her fears with words of hope and glowing promises.</p>
+
+<p>But I heard her again ask with a quivering voice: “Where is the light
+that so lately lent its blessed cheer, and whither go we stumbling
+downward in the dark?”</p>
+
+<p>“We only go in the darkest hour that comes before the dawn,” he said
+with a firm voice but a trembling heart. “Be hopeful, my dear, I will
+not forsake you.”</p>
+
+<p>Her heart was not calmed, for she could see his distress which he had
+hoped to conceal, and no one could minimize the surrounding scenes
+which now seemed like omens of death.</p>
+
+<p>They stood still, and learned, upon inquiry, that they were standing
+in the Shadows of Premonition.</p>
+
+<p>Mr. World could no longer endure the strain. His bold attitude gave
+way to his rising fears, for he saw that his wasted life was ending
+with no opportunity of redeeming its days. His whole body quivered as
+they walked still farther in a desperate effort to find relief.</p>
+
+<p>Miss Church-Member was almost overcome as she continued looking upon
+the ominous darkness around. She soon realized that her only refuge
+whom she had seized by the arm proved miserably weak in this hour of
+great need.</p>
+
+<p>“Oh! Mr. World,” she cried, in utmost agony of mind, “where have you
+led me? Save me ere I perish!”</p>
+
+<p>He spoke not, but with his aspen fingers he pointed backward toward
+the sloping Highway. Then with all eagerness they endeavored to retrace
+their steps, but somehow they could do no more than stumble and fall,
+and when they were making their most desperate effort to return they
+heard a voice from someone invisible. This voice announced to them
+that here the path could be traveled only one way. The same voice urged
+them to push through the shadows and face their end like heroes. At
+this their hope died within them, and they had no more courage to
+struggle up the hill. They stood again in their wretched dilemma and
+heard the sound of distant waters, doleful to their ears, and from
+this they could distinguish the bitter wails of those who also found
+that they could not return.</p>
+
+<p>Mr. World and Miss Church-Member cast their eyes heavenward and
+discerned that they were standing in a very deep valley. _They saw the
+dim outlines of all their past evil life. Their deeds stretched away
+at interminable length, and in the aggregate they were piled, like
+ledge upon ledge, until they verily shut out the mercy of a just God._</p>
+
+<p>Here they stood in the first shadow of their self-constructed Hell.</p>
+
+<p>“Oh, what a valley!” shrieked Miss Church-Member, as her consciousness
+now revealed to her more in one second than all the fanciful dreams
+of a life-time evolved.</p>
+
+<p>And Mr. World was undone. He knew not which way to turn. He was
+speechless as he saw so clearly the worthless product of his life’s
+work almost overarching him.</p>
+
+<p>Finally Mr. World cried out excitedly: “If we cannot go back, neither
+will we go forward!”</p>
+
+<p>Then a grim monster spoke in a slow, dead tone: “No one remaineth here;
+away, away from this place!”</p>
+
+<p>Miss Church-Member was terrorized at the presence of so cold a creature
+and frantically cried out: “I cannot and will not endure it! Can I not
+go back to the Voice of Warning?”</p>
+
+<p>“Back? Never! No one who comes thus far ever goes back. During the
+earthly life of one called Jesus there was but one snatched from these
+lowlands, and he was the thief on the cross.”</p>
+
+<p>“If there was chance for a thief, there might be hope for me,” she
+sighed as her wretched face brightened.</p>
+
+<p>“Hope for you?” repeated the cold-hearted monster. “None whatever, and
+for none of your kind who come thus far. Pass on, make room for the
+thousands coming this way, the sound of whose tread you already hear.”</p>
+
+<p>Looking at Mr. World she pitifully sobbed: “Why do you not help me?
+You have brought me here; plead my cause.”</p>
+
+<p>“Alas, I cannot even plead my own!” He could say no more, for he took
+a longing glance backward, over the hills of time, where he could truly
+see, for the first time, the horrible depth of his folly.</p>
+
+<p>Then came the monstrous creature again and sternly commanded them:
+“Tarry no more on this side of the river’s brink.”</p>
+<p class="center p0 p2"><span class="figcenter" id="img017">
+ <img src="images/017.jpg" class="w75" alt="Struggling with the real and imaginary imps near the
+Black River in the Valley of the Shadow of Death." />
+</span></p>
+<p class="center p0 caption">Struggling with the real and imaginary imps near the
+Black River in the Valley of the Shadow of Death.<br /></p>
+
+<p>They tasted the bitter fruits of opportunities lost, and felt the awful
+pangs of a soul without hope as their reluctant footsteps carried them
+on through the valley made dark by the shadow of their own deeds.</p>
+
+<p>I then heard the discordant and agonizing wails of poor Miss
+Church-Member and her wretched companion; but the sounds fell
+harmoniously on the ears of Satan who listened to them chiming with
+the music of Hell, in its deathlike rhythm, as it reverberated forever
+from the depth beyond them, and from the throngs passing by.</p>
+
+<p>Miss Church-Member could no longer hold fast to Mr. World. It took
+both arms to contend with the real and imaginary imps who stood grinning
+at her folly, and grievously tormented her from all sides.</p>
+
+<p>“O mercy! mercy! Where am I?” she shrieked. “How can you be so
+heartless, Mr. World? Why not rid me of these fiends?”</p>
+
+<p>“Cry to me no more!” he groaned out in anguish. “I am also overwhelmed
+with foes and fears that verily drag me down with infernal and
+relentless grasp.”</p>
+
+<p>This only deepened her pathetic cry, for she saw that she was lost
+forever, and realized anew that Mr. World was unable to give help,
+contrary to all his promises of the past.</p>
+
+<p>Then did, they look forth, and beheld afar off the Valley of the Shadow
+of Death through which the King’s Highway passed. They saw that its
+foot-sore pilgrims leaned upon a rod and staff, and that they were
+supported by the pierced hands of a Friend that sticketh closer than
+a brother.</p>
+
+<p>Neither did the pilgrims fear any evil nor tremble at any foe, for
+Christ was their all in all, and his lovely light lit the whole valley
+until it was all aglow with heavenly radiance.</p>
+
+<p>This vision revealed to Mr. World and Miss Church-Member the place
+where _they_ might have been, and pierced their hearts as with a
+thousand daggers.</p>
+
+<p>They soon stood on the verge of the Awful River which was filled with
+the filth and slimy putrefaction of the world, the fungus growth of
+society, and the scum of all nationalities. From these currents came
+unearthly sounds, doleful lamentations, melancholy and hopeless.</p>
+
+<p>Not far down the stream they saw the fitful light of an eternal burning
+whose ghastly glare lit the water crests of the Black River.</p>
+
+<p>I saw a relentless monster, in deep silence, stretching forth his bony
+arm, and with his icy fingers he pushed the two companions from the
+brink of the river, thus bringing them face to face with the last enemy
+whose sharp sting they felt as they were being overwhelmed by the
+merciless waves.</p>
+
+<p class="center p0 p2"><span class="figcenter" id="img018">
+ <img src="images/018.jpg" class="w75" alt="When they who journey on the King’s Highway reach the
+River of Death, they are met by a convoy of angels and borne aloft to
+the gates of the Celestial City." />
+</span></p>
+<p class="center p0 caption">When they who journey on the King’s Highway reach the
+River of Death, they are met by a convoy of angels and borne aloft to
+the gates of the Celestial City.<br /></p>
+<p>Their heart-rending cries for mercy brought no relief. They had sinned
+against all light, and had even spurned the last kindly warning. The
+Door of Hope was shut forever.</p>
+
+<p>As they were sinking to rise no more they caught another vision of the
+Shining Pilgrims of the King’s Highway, and saw that when they reached
+the brink of the River of Death they were met by a convoy of angels,
+on whose snowy pinions they were borne aloft to the very gates of the
+Celestial City which apparently stood on white clouds.</p>
+
+<p class="center">THE END</p>
+
+
+<div style='display:block; margin-top:4em'>*** END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK MR. WORLD AND MISS
+CHURCH-MEMBER ***</div>
+<div style='text-align:left'>
+
+<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
+Updated editions will replace the previous one&#8212;the old editions will
+be renamed.
+</div>
+
+<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
+Creating the works from print editions not protected by U.S. copyright
+law means that no one owns a United States copyright in these works,
+so the Foundation (and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United
+States without permission and without paying copyright
+royalties. Special rules, set forth in the General Terms of Use part
+of this license, apply to copying and distributing Project
+Gutenberg&#8482; electronic works to protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG&#8482;
+concept and trademark. Project Gutenberg is a registered trademark,
+and may not be used if you charge for an eBook, except by following
+the terms of the trademark license, including paying royalties for use
+of the Project Gutenberg trademark. If you do not charge anything for
+copies of this eBook, complying with the trademark license is very
+easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose such as creation
+of derivative works, reports, performances and research. Project
+Gutenberg eBooks may be modified and printed and given away--you may
+do practically ANYTHING in the United States with eBooks not protected
+by U.S. copyright law. Redistribution is subject to the trademark
+license, especially commercial redistribution.
+</div>
+
+<div style='margin:0.83em 0; font-size:1.1em; text-align:center'>START: FULL LICENSE<br />
+<span style='font-size:smaller'>THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE<br />
+PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK</span>
+</div>
+
+<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
+To protect the Project Gutenberg&#8482; mission of promoting the free
+distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
+(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase &#8220;Project
+Gutenberg&#8221;), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full
+Project Gutenberg&#8482; License available with this file or online at
+www.gutenberg.org/license.
+</div>
+
+<div style='display:block; font-size:1.1em; margin:1em 0; font-weight:bold'>
+Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg&#8482; electronic works
+</div>
+
+<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
+1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg&#8482;
+electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
+and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
+(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all
+the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or
+destroy all copies of Project Gutenberg&#8482; electronic works in your
+possession. If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a
+Project Gutenberg&#8482; electronic work and you do not agree to be bound
+by the terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person
+or entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.
+</div>
+
+<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
+1.B. &#8220;Project Gutenberg&#8221; is a registered trademark. It may only be
+used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
+agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few
+things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg&#8482; electronic works
+even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See
+paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project
+Gutenberg&#8482; electronic works if you follow the terms of this
+agreement and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg&#8482;
+electronic works. See paragraph 1.E below.
+</div>
+
+<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
+1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation (&#8220;the
+Foundation&#8221; or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection
+of Project Gutenberg&#8482; electronic works. Nearly all the individual
+works in the collection are in the public domain in the United
+States. If an individual work is unprotected by copyright law in the
+United States and you are located in the United States, we do not
+claim a right to prevent you from copying, distributing, performing,
+displaying or creating derivative works based on the work as long as
+all references to Project Gutenberg are removed. Of course, we hope
+that you will support the Project Gutenberg&#8482; mission of promoting
+free access to electronic works by freely sharing Project Gutenberg&#8482;
+works in compliance with the terms of this agreement for keeping the
+Project Gutenberg&#8482; name associated with the work. You can easily
+comply with the terms of this agreement by keeping this work in the
+same format with its attached full Project Gutenberg&#8482; License when
+you share it without charge with others.
+</div>
+
+<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
+1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
+what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are
+in a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States,
+check the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this
+agreement before downloading, copying, displaying, performing,
+distributing or creating derivative works based on this work or any
+other Project Gutenberg&#8482; work. The Foundation makes no
+representations concerning the copyright status of any work in any
+country other than the United States.
+</div>
+
+<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
+1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
+</div>
+
+<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
+1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other
+immediate access to, the full Project Gutenberg&#8482; License must appear
+prominently whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg&#8482; work (any work
+on which the phrase &#8220;Project Gutenberg&#8221; appears, or with which the
+phrase &#8220;Project Gutenberg&#8221; is associated) is accessed, displayed,
+performed, viewed, copied or distributed:
+</div>
+
+<blockquote>
+ <div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
+ This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and most
+ other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no restrictions
+ whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it under the terms
+ of the Project Gutenberg License included with this eBook or online
+ at <a href="https://www.gutenberg.org">www.gutenberg.org</a>. If you
+ are not located in the United States, you will have to check the laws
+ of the country where you are located before using this eBook.
+ </div>
+</blockquote>
+
+<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
+1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg&#8482; electronic work is
+derived from texts not protected by U.S. copyright law (does not
+contain a notice indicating that it is posted with permission of the
+copyright holder), the work can be copied and distributed to anyone in
+the United States without paying any fees or charges. If you are
+redistributing or providing access to a work with the phrase &#8220;Project
+Gutenberg&#8221; associated with or appearing on the work, you must comply
+either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 or
+obtain permission for the use of the work and the Project Gutenberg&#8482;
+trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
+</div>
+
+<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
+1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg&#8482; electronic work is posted
+with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
+must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any
+additional terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms
+will be linked to the Project Gutenberg&#8482; License for all works
+posted with the permission of the copyright holder found at the
+beginning of this work.
+</div>
+
+<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
+1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg&#8482;
+License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
+work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg&#8482;.
+</div>
+
+<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
+1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
+electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
+prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
+active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
+Gutenberg&#8482; License.
+</div>
+
+<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
+1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
+compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including
+any word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access
+to or distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg&#8482; work in a format
+other than &#8220;Plain Vanilla ASCII&#8221; or other format used in the official
+version posted on the official Project Gutenberg&#8482; website
+(www.gutenberg.org), you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense
+to the user, provide a copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means
+of obtaining a copy upon request, of the work in its original &#8220;Plain
+Vanilla ASCII&#8221; or other form. Any alternate format must include the
+full Project Gutenberg&#8482; License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
+</div>
+
+<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
+1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
+performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg&#8482; works
+unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
+</div>
+
+<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
+1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
+access to or distributing Project Gutenberg&#8482; electronic works
+provided that:
+</div>
+
+<div style='margin-left:0.7em;'>
+ <div style='text-indent:-0.7em'>
+&#8226; You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive
+from the use of Project Gutenberg&#8482; works calculated using the
+method you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is
+owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg&#8482; trademark, but he has
+agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments must be paid within 60
+days following each date on which you prepare (or are legally required
+to prepare) your periodic tax returns. Royalty payments should be
+clearly marked as such and sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary
+Archive Foundation at the address specified in Section 4,
+&#8220;Information about donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
+Archive Foundation.&#8221;
+ </div>
+
+ <div style='text-indent:-0.7em'>
+&#8226; You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who
+notifies you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that
+s/he does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg&#8482;
+License. You must require such a user to return or destroy all copies of
+the works possessed in a physical medium and discontinue all use of and
+all access to other copies of Project Gutenberg&#8482; works.
+ </div>
+
+ <div style='text-indent:-0.7em'>
+&#8226; You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund
+of any money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
+electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days of
+receipt of the work.
+ </div>
+
+ <div style='text-indent:-0.7em'>
+&#8226; You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
+distribution of Project Gutenberg&#8482; works.
+ </div>
+</div>
+
+<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
+1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project
+Gutenberg&#8482; electronic work or group of works on different terms than
+are set forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing
+from the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the manager of
+the Project Gutenberg&#8482; trademark. Contact the Foundation as set
+forth in Section 3 below.
+</div>
+
+<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
+1.F.
+</div>
+
+<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
+1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
+effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
+works not protected by U.S. copyright law in creating the Project
+Gutenberg&#8482; collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg&#8482;
+electronic works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may
+contain &#8220;Defects,&#8221; such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate
+or corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other
+intellectual property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or
+other medium, a computer virus, or computer codes that damage or
+cannot be read by your equipment.
+</div>
+
+<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
+1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the &#8220;Right
+of Replacement or Refund&#8221; described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
+Gutenberg&#8482; trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
+Gutenberg&#8482; electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
+liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
+fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
+LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
+PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
+TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
+LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
+INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
+DAMAGE.
+</div>
+
+<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
+1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
+defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
+receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
+written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you
+received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium
+with your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you
+with the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in
+lieu of a refund. If you received the work electronically, the person
+or entity providing it to you may choose to give you a second
+opportunity to receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If
+the second copy is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing
+without further opportunities to fix the problem.
+</div>
+
+<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
+1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
+in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you ‘AS-IS’, WITH NO
+OTHER WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT
+LIMITED TO WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
+</div>
+
+<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
+1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
+warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of
+damages. If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement
+violates the law of the state applicable to this agreement, the
+agreement shall be interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or
+limitation permitted by the applicable state law. The invalidity or
+unenforceability of any provision of this agreement shall not void the
+remaining provisions.
+</div>
+
+<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
+1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
+trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
+providing copies of Project Gutenberg&#8482; electronic works in
+accordance with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the
+production, promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg&#8482;
+electronic works, harmless from all liability, costs and expenses,
+including legal fees, that arise directly or indirectly from any of
+the following which you do or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this
+or any Project Gutenberg&#8482; work, (b) alteration, modification, or
+additions or deletions to any Project Gutenberg&#8482; work, and (c) any
+Defect you cause.
+</div>
+
+<div style='display:block; font-size:1.1em; margin:1em 0; font-weight:bold'>
+Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg&#8482;
+</div>
+
+<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
+Project Gutenberg&#8482; is synonymous with the free distribution of
+electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of
+computers including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It
+exists because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations
+from people in all walks of life.
+</div>
+
+<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
+Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
+assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg&#8482;&#8217;s
+goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg&#8482; collection will
+remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
+and permanent future for Project Gutenberg&#8482; and future
+generations. To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary
+Archive Foundation and how your efforts and donations can help, see
+Sections 3 and 4 and the Foundation information page at www.gutenberg.org.
+</div>
+
+<div style='display:block; font-size:1.1em; margin:1em 0; font-weight:bold'>
+Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
+</div>
+
+<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
+The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non-profit
+501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
+state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
+Revenue Service. The Foundation&#8217;s EIN or federal tax identification
+number is 64-6221541. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg Literary
+Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent permitted by
+U.S. federal laws and your state&#8217;s laws.
+</div>
+
+<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
+The Foundation&#8217;s business office is located at 809 North 1500 West,
+Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887. Email contact links and up
+to date contact information can be found at the Foundation&#8217;s website
+and official page at www.gutenberg.org/contact
+</div>
+
+<div style='display:block; font-size:1.1em; margin:1em 0; font-weight:bold'>
+Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
+</div>
+
+<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
+Project Gutenberg&#8482; depends upon and cannot survive without widespread
+public support and donations to carry out its mission of
+increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
+freely distributed in machine-readable form accessible by the widest
+array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations
+($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
+status with the IRS.
+</div>
+
+<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
+The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
+charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
+States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
+considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
+with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations
+where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To SEND
+DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any particular state
+visit <a href="https://www.gutenberg.org/donate/">www.gutenberg.org/donate</a>.
+</div>
+
+<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
+While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
+have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
+against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
+approach us with offers to donate.
+</div>
+
+<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
+International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
+any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
+outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
+</div>
+
+<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
+Please check the Project Gutenberg web pages for current donation
+methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other
+ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. To
+donate, please visit: www.gutenberg.org/donate
+</div>
+
+<div style='display:block; font-size:1.1em; margin:1em 0; font-weight:bold'>
+Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg&#8482; electronic works
+</div>
+
+<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
+Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project
+Gutenberg&#8482; concept of a library of electronic works that could be
+freely shared with anyone. For forty years, he produced and
+distributed Project Gutenberg&#8482; eBooks with only a loose network of
+volunteer support.
+</div>
+
+<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
+Project Gutenberg&#8482; eBooks are often created from several printed
+editions, all of which are confirmed as not protected by copyright in
+the U.S. unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not
+necessarily keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper
+edition.
+</div>
+
+<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
+Most people start at our website which has the main PG search
+facility: <a href="https://www.gutenberg.org">www.gutenberg.org</a>.
+</div>
+
+<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
+This website includes information about Project Gutenberg&#8482;,
+including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
+Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
+subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.
+</div>
+
+</div>
+
+</body>
+</html>
diff --git a/6494-h/images/001.jpg b/6494-h/images/001.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..47e71a2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/6494-h/images/001.jpg
Binary files differ
diff --git a/6494-h/images/002.jpg b/6494-h/images/002.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f554a9e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/6494-h/images/002.jpg
Binary files differ
diff --git a/6494-h/images/003.jpg b/6494-h/images/003.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8278e03
--- /dev/null
+++ b/6494-h/images/003.jpg
Binary files differ
diff --git a/6494-h/images/004.jpg b/6494-h/images/004.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..72d4bb0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/6494-h/images/004.jpg
Binary files differ
diff --git a/6494-h/images/005.jpg b/6494-h/images/005.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9295f8f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/6494-h/images/005.jpg
Binary files differ
diff --git a/6494-h/images/006.jpg b/6494-h/images/006.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..61913ad
--- /dev/null
+++ b/6494-h/images/006.jpg
Binary files differ
diff --git a/6494-h/images/007.jpg b/6494-h/images/007.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5ba27bd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/6494-h/images/007.jpg
Binary files differ
diff --git a/6494-h/images/008.jpg b/6494-h/images/008.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ab41d04
--- /dev/null
+++ b/6494-h/images/008.jpg
Binary files differ
diff --git a/6494-h/images/009.jpg b/6494-h/images/009.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9ee5d95
--- /dev/null
+++ b/6494-h/images/009.jpg
Binary files differ
diff --git a/6494-h/images/010.jpg b/6494-h/images/010.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d8f652e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/6494-h/images/010.jpg
Binary files differ
diff --git a/6494-h/images/011.jpg b/6494-h/images/011.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..983c770
--- /dev/null
+++ b/6494-h/images/011.jpg
Binary files differ
diff --git a/6494-h/images/012.jpg b/6494-h/images/012.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6797d37
--- /dev/null
+++ b/6494-h/images/012.jpg
Binary files differ
diff --git a/6494-h/images/013.jpg b/6494-h/images/013.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d886aa7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/6494-h/images/013.jpg
Binary files differ
diff --git a/6494-h/images/014.jpg b/6494-h/images/014.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5a67bca
--- /dev/null
+++ b/6494-h/images/014.jpg
Binary files differ
diff --git a/6494-h/images/015.jpg b/6494-h/images/015.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d2e0cf8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/6494-h/images/015.jpg
Binary files differ
diff --git a/6494-h/images/016.jpg b/6494-h/images/016.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..51f6010
--- /dev/null
+++ b/6494-h/images/016.jpg
Binary files differ
diff --git a/6494-h/images/017.jpg b/6494-h/images/017.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a710306
--- /dev/null
+++ b/6494-h/images/017.jpg
Binary files differ
diff --git a/6494-h/images/018.jpg b/6494-h/images/018.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0a7139f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/6494-h/images/018.jpg
Binary files differ
diff --git a/6494-h/images/cover.jpg b/6494-h/images/cover.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..83ddcf1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/6494-h/images/cover.jpg
Binary files differ
diff --git a/LICENSE.txt b/LICENSE.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6312041
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LICENSE.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+This eBook, including all associated images, markup, improvements,
+metadata, and any other content or labor, has been confirmed to be
+in the PUBLIC DOMAIN IN THE UNITED STATES.
+
+Procedures for determining public domain status are described in
+the "Copyright How-To" at https://www.gutenberg.org.
+
+No investigation has been made concerning possible copyrights in
+jurisdictions other than the United States. Anyone seeking to utilize
+this eBook outside of the United States should confirm copyright
+status under the laws that apply to them.
diff --git a/README.md b/README.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bb0fb33
--- /dev/null
+++ b/README.md
@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
+Project Gutenberg (https://www.gutenberg.org) public repository for
+eBook #6494 (https://www.gutenberg.org/ebooks/6494)
diff --git a/old/6494.txt b/old/6494.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..124aece
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/6494.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,7874 @@
+Project Gutenberg's Mr. World and Miss Church-Member, by W. S. Harris
+
+Copyright laws are changing all over the world. Be sure to check the
+copyright laws for your country before downloading or redistributing
+this or any other Project Gutenberg eBook.
+
+This header should be the first thing seen when viewing this Project
+Gutenberg file. Please do not remove it. Do not change or edit the
+header without written permission.
+
+Please read the "legal small print," and other information about the
+eBook and Project Gutenberg at the bottom of this file. Included is
+important information about your specific rights and restrictions in
+how the file may be used. You can also find out about how to make a
+donation to Project Gutenberg, and how to get involved.
+
+
+**Welcome To The World of Free Plain Vanilla Electronic Texts**
+
+**eBooks Readable By Both Humans and By Computers, Since 1971**
+
+*****These eBooks Were Prepared By Thousands of Volunteers!*****
+
+
+Title: Mr. World and Miss Church-Member
+
+Author: W. S. Harris
+
+Release Date: September, 2004 [EBook #6494]
+[Yes, we are more than one year ahead of schedule]
+[This file was first posted on December 22, 2002]
+
+Edition: 10
+
+Language: English
+
+Character set encoding: ASCII
+
+*** START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK MR. WORLD AND MISS CHURCH-MEMBER ***
+
+
+
+
+Produced by Anne Soulard, Joshua Hutchison, Charles Franks
+and the Online Distributed Proofreading Team.
+
+
+
+
+
+MR. WORLD AND MISS CHURCH-MEMBER
+A TWENTIETH CENTURY ALLEGORY
+
+BY
+REV. W. S. HARRIS.
+
+
+
+
+to
+
+Edwin L. Bergstreser
+
+ WHOSE TESTED FRIENDSHIP I HAVE
+ ENJOYED FOR NEARLY TEN YEARS AND
+ WHOSE KINDLY INFLUENCE HELPED
+ ME TO PERSEVERE IN WRITING
+ THIS ALLEGORY
+ THIS BOOK IS AFFECTIONATELY
+ DEDICATED.
+
+
+
+
+Preface.
+
+
+After long and careful study we send forth this book to do its work.
+We offer no apology for adding one more volume to the endless library
+of modern times, constantly increasing at the rate of over one hundred
+volumes per week, the great bulk of which is consigned to the debris
+of the passing years. We pray that this book may find a field of
+usefulness rather than an early grave.
+
+We need not tell of the pleasures and difficulties we experienced in
+preparing these twenty-five chapters for the press. Let it be known,
+however, that we were seconded and assisted by several able critics
+who, each one independently of the others, kindly reviewed the
+manuscript. At the suggestions of these critics minor changes were
+made in the several manuscript editions. These critics deserve much
+credit especially for the literary finish there may be to this book.
+
+The illustrations were drawn by Paul J. Krafft, of New York. They
+evince patient study and careful work, and display a creative genius
+well suited to the field of allegory.
+
+The leading moral truths are developed in the memorable journey of
+Miss Church-Member upon the Broad Highway in company with the polite
+and yet fiendish Mr. World. In this lifelike journey the two companions
+come in contact with many of Satan's up-to-date schemes, and witness
+his far-extended operations in many a wicked realm. In the descriptions
+of all these things we have endeavored to be suggestive rather than
+exhaustive, for we have withheld the almost infinite details and brought
+to light only a mere synopsis of the panorama as seen from the lofty
+summit.
+
+Will not the reader, as he takes one step after another in the progress
+of the story, realize more keenly than ever the unspeakable deceptions
+of Satan, so bewitchingly robed in the garments of subtle treachery?
+The course of Miss Church-Member is a sad comment on the moving masses
+who are so thoroughly led captive by the Devil as to imagine that they
+are traveling on a more convenient way to Heaven while they are actually
+on the Broad Highway to destruction. The logical ending of such a life
+is pictured in the remorseful and tragical experiences of Mr. World
+and Miss Church-Member in the Valley of the Shadow of Death. It is our
+prayer that each reader may be saved from such a terminus of life by
+journeying on the King's Highway and taking Christ as his all in all.
+Then when he comes to the place made shadowy by the power of sin and
+death, he will be surrounded with a light from the sure city of God,
+and by a convoy of angels whose music will quell his rising fears and
+by whose power he will be transported to his never-ending home.
+
+THE AUTHOR.
+
+
+
+
+Contents
+
+ 1. The Meeting of Mr. World and Miss Church-Member
+ 2. The By-Path
+ 3. The Devil's Optical College
+ 4. Satan Interpreting Scripture
+ 5. The Devil's Pawn Shop
+ 6. Satan's Law Departments, (Underground)
+ 7. The Hill of Remorse
+ 8. The Valley of Temptation
+ 9. The Tower of Temptation
+ 10. Dark Schemes of Satan
+ 11. Schools of Literature,--First and Second Divisions
+ 12. The Theatre
+ 13. Schools of Literature,--Third Division
+ 14. The Devil's Temperance College
+ 15. Infernal School System
+ 16. Expert Inventors of the Broad Highway
+ 17. The Wizard City
+ 18. The Festival
+ 19. The Missionary College
+ 20. The Rival Churches
+ 21. From the Valley of Conviction to the Devil's Auction
+ 22. The Devil's Hospital
+ 23. Satan's Secret Service
+ 24. The Last Warning
+ 25. The Valley of the Shadow of Death
+
+
+List of Illustrations.
+
+ 1. Looking through the open door of the Twentieth Century
+ 2. Miss Church-Member hurries to the rescue of an unfortunate victim
+ 3. "Let us follow this shining path," hopefully urged Miss
+ Church-Member
+ 4. Leaving the Optical College
+ 5. A scene in the Devil's Pawn Shop
+ 6. The Shorter and Broader Way to Heaven
+ 7. The final triumph of right over the black hordes of civil iniquity
+ 8. On the Hill of Remorse
+ 9. The victory of Mrs. Discouraged on the Tower of Temptation
+ 10. The Devil's substitute for the prayer-meeting
+ 11. A scene in the Devil's Temperance College
+ 12. The Wizard City
+ 13. The Festival
+ 14. Mr. World and Miss Church-Member entering the Valley of Conviction
+ 15. The Devil's Auction
+ 16. Miss Church-Member carried to the Devil's Hospital
+ 17. Struggling with the real and imaginary imps near the Black River
+ 18. The glorious end of the righteous
+
+
+
+
+Introduction
+
+BY BISHOP RUDOLPH DUBS, D. D., LL. D.
+
+
+In response to the earnest request of the author of this book I have
+written these introductory words, after a careful, deliberate reading
+of the allegory. What I have written expresses my own opinion of the
+book, uninfluenced by motives of friendship for the author or any other
+consideration.
+
+The book is a powerful allegory, somewhat after the style of Pilgrim's
+Progress, but in no sense is it an imitation of any existing work of
+the kind. It is a masterful presentation, wrought out with excellent
+judgment and consummate skill.
+
+The creatures of the author's vivid imagination are perfectly formed
+and fittingly clothed, living, moving, feeling, talking, in complete
+harmony as the development of the great drama goes on to its
+consummation. The author has evidently made a careful and profound
+study of the manifold dangers which beset the Christian church and
+threaten her spirituality, and consequently her influence and power
+in saving the lost and maintaining the gospel standard of life and
+godliness in the world.
+
+The encroachments of worldings upon the church are truthfully and
+graphically set forth. The manifold forms of temptation and danger are
+clearly exposed, and faithful, tender, earnest warnings and admonitions
+are set over against them. In depicting the various efforts of Satan
+and his agents to lead Christians away from God and duty, the author
+shows an extensive knowledge of the devices of the evil one, as well
+as a clear insight into the drift and tendency of modern forms of
+wickedness.
+
+The final results of compromise with the world are set forth in vivid,
+graphic pictures drawn on the dark shadows as with a pencil of fire.
+The downward course of the deluded soul is followed, step by step; the
+snares and delusions of sin are exposed; the mask of vice is
+relentlessly torn away, and church-members can here see what fellowship
+with the world really means and whither it leads.
+
+The religious tone of the book throughout is excellent. The delusive
+character of sin is plainly pointed out. The devices of Satan are laid
+bare with unsparing hand. The abominations of vice are not concealed.
+All this is done in language well chosen and unexceptionable. The
+Christian life is pictured without cant or exaggeration. The beauty
+and blessedness of a devoted life are eloquently portrayed. True
+religion with its present comforts and its great rewards is presented
+in a most attractive form, and the contrast between the worlding and
+the faithful Christian, here and hereafter, is impressively set forth.
+
+With this favorable opinion of the book, to whose edifying pages I
+introduce the reader, I deem it proper for me also to recommend it
+most heartily as a book worthy of a place on every family table and
+in every Sunday-school library. Let young and old read its fascinating
+and instructive pages. Let it be circulated by hundreds and thousands
+of copies. May the blessing of God attend the book in its mission and
+ministry wherever it is read.
+
+RUDOLPH DUBS.
+
+_Chicago, Ill., March, 1901_.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER I.
+
+THE MEETING OF MR. WORLD AND MISS CHURCH-MEMBER
+
+1. The dying of a century compared to the waning of a day.
+
+2. The allegory opens with a panoramic view of human life, as seen
+through the open door of the twentieth century, on the Broad Highway
+and King's Highway. Blackana is introduced.
+
+3. Mr. World meets Miss Church-Member at a place called Fellowship.
+From here she journeys with him on the Broad Highway where she witnesses
+several sad endings of human life.
+
+
+In the closing hours of a long day I climbed a rugged path to a high
+eminence whence I overlooked a beautiful valley and watched, with
+increasing delight, the changing hues of earth and sky.
+
+As the shadows of twilight were deepening each moment grew more strange
+and mysterious until the waning day seemed to be transformed into the
+dying of the century. Then I saw, as "through a glass darkly," the
+whole panorama of human life, with its painful pictures of sadness and
+sin, and its blessed scenes of peace and righteousness. I also heard
+the unmistakable wails of a suffering humanity and the turmoils of
+myriad contentions, all strangely mingling with the songs of glory and
+the shouts of spiritual triumph.
+
+In deep silence I continued looking upon these endless confusions of
+the church and the world as they still played their perplexing parts
+in the fitful drama before me. All of this so preyed upon my mind that
+I involuntarily cried out, in the anguish of my soul: "When will
+confusion come to an end, and sweet peace cover the earth as the waters
+cover the sea?"
+
+"Will you wait for the winds to answer, or shall I?" replied a voice
+so passing strange that I was startled.
+
+I turned to see in whose presence I was and, to my horror, I beheld
+a dark creature unlike any mortal being. He was without definite form
+and not cumbered with any garments. His indescribable face was set
+with two bright eyes, softened in expression until a slight halo
+revealed to me a countenance half beautiful and half terrible. "Who
+are you, and what is your mission?" I finally ventured to ask after
+speech had found my lips, for I was altogether ignorant of his nature
+or purpose.
+
+"I am Blackana, from the lower world of spirits, and am commanded here
+to stay until released."
+
+[Illustration: Looking through the open door of the Twentieth Century.]
+
+"Until released? What power binds you here, and how long will you
+abide?" I asked in dread suspense. "I must remain, as your companion
+and interpreter, until the vision is past."
+
+I trembled under these announcements, but I was assured that underneath
+me were "the everlasting arms" and, moreover, I heard a still, small
+voice whispering within me: "Stand still, O mortal man! Neither Blackana
+nor any of his horde shall do thee harm. He hovers before thee at my
+bidding, and will leave thee only at my command. Ask him what thou
+wilt, and he must answer thee, even to the limit of his knowledge."
+
+At this juncture, and without a moment's warning, my vision was enlarged
+and an unusual light flashed upon me. Quickly I cast my wondering eyes
+all about me and saw that I was standing at the very threshold of a
+great door. It was of such imposing dimensions and so magnificently
+constructed that only the architects of Heaven could have designed it.
+
+Instinctively I turned to Blackana, whom I could now face without fear:
+"Where are we, and what is the meaning of this great door?" And as I
+spoke unseen hands swung it open upon its hinges.
+
+"We are standing at the open door of the twentieth century. You may
+look out into the coming years as far as you wish," replied Blackana
+in a cold, indifferent manner.
+
+Thrilled by such an unusual sight, and the thought which his
+interpretation and words suggested, I marveled at his sullenness, for
+Blackana did not so much as lift his head to see the spectacle.
+
+"O, Blackana!" I cried, "why are you so dead to such surroundings?"
+
+"These are mere playthings," was his gruff reply. "To me the doors of
+the centuries, which open and shut on the cycles of time, are as
+trifles, neither lessening my misery nor adding to my pleasure."
+
+During a brief, thoughtful silence I continued looking at him, as a
+shudder swept my whole being. I then turned from this creature so
+shrouded in mystery and, stepping forward to look through the open
+door, I was suddenly overawed at the still greater scenes which spread
+in wondrous panorama before my entranced vision.
+
+Under the new light I beheld a marvelous sight, for I could distinctly
+see the myriad millions of humanity moving on the paths of life toward
+a common goal.
+
+In the bright halo of the scene I saw the beautiful King's Highway,
+on which were marching the hosts of the church militant, led
+triumphantly by the Spirit of God to the very gates of the Celestial
+City, which, though distant, I could yet see under the dazzling light
+radiating from the central throne of glory as from untold suns.
+
+In the darker shadows of this same panorama I saw the Broad Highway
+with its thronging multitudes. Some, with deliberate step, scrutinizing
+the objects along the way; others, in mad haste, rushing on toward an
+awful destruction whose wreck and ruin loomed up dimly in the glare
+of an eternal burning.
+
+Among the happy pilgrims of the King's Highway was one named Miss
+Church-Member, who had left the Broad Way of death, and entered, through
+Christ, into that marvelous light wherein she was now walking. Her
+tread was in sweet harmony with the footsteps of her Master, and her
+beautiful face was all aglow with the passion of pure love.
+
+A pilgrim's robe added beauty to her form; a Bible, carried under her
+arm, gave some evidence of her spiritual character; and a religious
+emblem, worn over her heart, told that she was a member of some
+Christian organization.
+
+Miss Church-Member, in traveling her chosen path, tarried at a place
+called Fellowship which occupied a pleasing site close by the King's
+Highway. Here one could readily speak and associate with the travelers
+who moved in gay companies along the Broad Highway.
+
+At this visiting place she met a certain Mr. World--a good, jolly
+fellow, of corpulent build, who was attired in the fashion of the day,
+and bore himself with more than usual jauntiness in the presence of
+Miss Church-Member.
+
+After a pleasing conversation, in which Mr. World plied his Satanic
+shrewdness and sophistry, he was emboldened to give this brief
+invitation: "Will you journey a short distance with me on this Broader
+Way that I may prepare myself, with more facility, to accompany you
+where you wish, even on a path as narrow as the one you seem to love?"
+
+"Ah, Mr. World," she said, with a tolerant smile, "do you not know
+that you are walking on the way of danger and death? Why would you
+have me share your folly? It were a thousand times better for you to
+join me at once on a path that leads to everlasting happiness. Here
+you can drink the water of life in abundance, and feed upon angels'
+food. O, come, Mr. World," she added as she spoke more earnestly,
+"linger no longer, carry out the resolution which you have already
+broken repeatedly, and you will never regret so wise an action." Thus
+did Miss Church-Member urge upon him a course which, in her inimitable
+missionary spirit, she made really attractive to him. Although he
+appreciated her genuine earnestness, yet he could not be induced to
+heed her words.
+
+"You have covered the whole field of my intention," he courteously
+replied. "I sincerely wish to mend my ways, but there are certain
+things I must first overcome. How much better I could do this if one
+like you, in whom I have supreme confidence, would but journey at my
+side. Will you not do the work of a good missionary and, like Christ,
+adapt yourself to my level, that I may, by your uplifting influence,
+be drawn into a nobler life, and even have your companionship as I go
+up to the Highway of your King?"
+
+Miss Church-Member, being of a sympathetic nature and of strong
+missionary proclivities, refused to heed her many counselors who feared
+for her safety, and actually stepped still farther from her wonted
+path and journeyed at the side of Mr. World with the desire to compass
+his conversion. But her conscience, at first, troubled her and her
+feet moved with a suspicious tread.
+
+In this nervous, half confiding and half shrinking mood, she leaned
+lightly upon his arm, ever turning a deaf ear to the entreaties of her
+well-meaning friends who still hoped to dissuade her from this
+ill-advised course.
+
+Mr. World was keenly delighted at her concession and loyalty to him.
+He seemed to be willing to go to any sacrifice that might add to her
+comfort or increase her happiness. His many companions could readily
+see that Miss Church-Member felt "out of place." But she justified her
+own course by what she was aiming to do.
+
+He saw that her dress of righteousness was in wide contrast with the
+filthy rags that covered his own soul, and so he preferred to look
+upon the garments that adorned his outer person, and the gaudy scenes
+on either side of the way.
+
+I beheld this wide path along a great length, and I shuddered as I saw
+the masses thereon who were engaged in the frivolities of life as found
+in the swiftly passing pleasures of sense and sight. The thoughtless
+throngs were seemingly unconscious that underneath the whole length
+and breadth of the path there were strata of fire, and they were
+apparently blind to the sulphurous flames which, here and there, issued
+from openings into which many an unsuspecting traveler fell.
+
+Sad to relate, of all the moving multitudes there were but few, indeed,
+who took warning and fled toward the King's Highway. Many, like Miss
+Church-Member, were walking on the forbidden path for no other reason
+than some weak apology.
+
+"What mean these lurid openings?" nervously asked Miss Church-Member,
+for their flames excited her terror. Mr. World replied, with a look
+of surprise: "Have you never heard that these are to give light to
+pilgrims, such as we? Without them the way would prove very dark and
+dreary."
+
+"What a contrast," she exclaimed, "between these lights and those that
+illumine the King's Highway! They shine from above, with increasing
+splendor, while these cast forth, from below, their uncertain lights.
+It seems to me that the farther we go the darker becomes the way, and
+its lights the more inconstant,--so fitful is their gruesome glare."
+
+"Ah! I see what ails you," responded Mr. World. "Your eyes are at
+fault. We will presently meet the expert who will correct your vision
+ere your eyes are totally ruined."
+
+The attention of Miss Church-Member was suddenly attracted by seeing
+a man who was just sinking out of sight into the fire of destruction.
+As soon as he disappeared the flames burst forth in fury through the
+newly-made opening. Instantly a servant of Satan covered the breach
+so that observers could no longer hear the wails of the poor man, nor
+smell the fumes from the burning strata.
+
+Then did I look and, behold, I saw such places in countless variety,
+each attended by a servant of the Black Prince. Each opening made by
+an unfortunate victim was promptly sealed so that others, in passing
+along, would the more readily be ensnared in one of these fatal
+fissures.
+
+Miss Church-Member was more than alarmed at these sad endings of human
+life which now came to her attention more vividly than when she traveled
+on the King's Highway.
+
+She also saw, not far ahead of her, a woman sinking in utter despair,
+and ran to rescue her. But the unfortunate victim fell to her wretched
+ruin before the hands of Miss Church-Member could give assistance.
+
+"Help! help! I sink I know not whither," was her wailing cry, as she
+was passing out of sight, her arms outstretched beseechingly toward
+her would-be rescuer who arrived in time to see the first greedy flames
+that issued from the fresh opening.
+
+"Oh, horror!" shrieked Miss Church-Member as she turned toward Mr.
+World. "That ought to be enough to keep any one from such a snare of
+wickedness and vice."
+
+[Illustration: Miss Church-member hurries to the rescue of an
+unfortunate victim.]
+
+Without a moment's delay a demon rushed to the fiery opening and covered
+it from sight, completing his work so quickly and with such skill that
+neither the opening nor the glare of the flames were any longer
+perceptible. But Miss Church-Member refused to leave the spot, and
+with tears she urged Mr. World to place there a sign of warning so
+that other short-sighted, mortals who came that way might read and
+heed.
+
+"It would be only a waste of time and energy. I have seen hundreds of
+such places where travelers have gone down, even under the sign of the
+Cross."
+
+"Indeed, Mr. World, I feel as though I should stand here continually
+and speak words of personal warning to any one who might seem determined
+to walk in such a terrible path as this." Her finger pointed to the
+spot where she had just seen the poor victim fall to rise no more.
+
+"Look yonder," he hurriedly spoke, as he touched her arm. "Do you see
+that woman with her steps in the same direction? Now try your skill,"
+he added with more sneer than sympathy in his voice.
+
+She did not tarry to resent his attitude, but quickly went to the woman
+and asked her to pause a moment.
+
+"Are you willing to be saved from destruction?" earnestly asked Miss
+Church-Member.
+
+"I am safe enough," was the indifferent reply.
+
+"You are now walking rapidly toward an awful death," were her further
+words of warning.
+
+"What right have you to judge me," she curtly replied, "since you also
+are on this Broad Highway? Have I not heard already the words from
+those who also wear the pilgrim's robe, but who journey on the King's
+Highway? Their words brought conviction to my heart and tears to my
+eyes, but your words only stir up my indignation."
+
+"Why speak so unkindly to a friend? My only intention is to do you
+good. I just saw one who came to a horrible end by continuing a little
+farther in the same course that you are now pursuing."
+
+Then did the wicked woman fly into a rage. "You need no more concern
+yourself about me. I have two eyes--as many as you have. Look to your
+own future, not mine; at your own steps, and not at another's!"
+
+"Come," impatiently spoke Mr. World, as he drew her by the arm, "it
+is just as I expected; let us get away from this sickly atmosphere."
+But Miss Church-Member lingered only to see the heedless woman step
+to the last extreme and sink hopelessly, while her piteous cries for
+help came too late for any to rescue her.
+
+[Illustration: "Let us follow this shining path." hopefully urged Miss
+Church-Member. But it is too rough and steep for Mr. World.]
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER II.
+
+THE BY-PATH.
+
+1. In their journey Mr. World and Miss Church-Member come to the By-Path
+leading to the King's Highway; on this Miss Church-Member urges Mr.
+World to travel. He defers so decisive a step and defends his attitude
+by the use of sophistry.
+
+2. Miss Church-Member, still hoping to win Mr. World to a better path,
+forsakes the King's Highway and continues in his company.
+
+3. A tilt with Blackana who defends Miss Church-Member for traveling
+on the Broad Highway.
+
+
+The highway of the world was so broad that one could walk thereon as
+loosely as he wished without fear of stepping from it. Along the way
+there were so many things to attract the attention that the farther
+Miss Church-Member journeyed with Mr. World, the less frequently she
+looked toward the King's Highway. However, her face brightened and her
+hopes waxed strong as they suddenly came to a place where two ways met.
+
+With quick insight Miss Church-Member saw that the By-Path was a blessed
+one and that it led directly to the King's Highway.
+
+"Let us follow this shining path," she hopefully suggested. "I know
+it leads to the way of light and glory."
+
+"Not such a path, my friend," hastily replied Mr. World. "Do you not
+see the terrible hill to which it leads, and those who are even now
+struggling to climb its arduous heights?"
+
+"I clearly see it all," she calmly admitted, "but they who struggle
+most are endeavoring to carry many idols with them. If one will forsake
+his idols, he can, with ease and pleasure, mount to the shining summit
+which is but the edge of the King's glorious Highway. Come, Mr. World,
+hesitate no more. Let procrastination end, and go with me even to the
+hill, and I will help you to the summit--while Another will help you
+more."
+
+"Very true, very true," he said, though somewhat irritated, "but we
+have not yet come to the place where I may wisely follow your advice.
+This path turning away to the right leads to a place that may seem
+bright from this point, but nevertheless I know it to be a narrow,
+rugged way, whereon a few of your friends are trudging, eking out a
+miserable existence. Urge me not to go thither. If you leave me, I can
+neither accompany you nor give you my assistance. Surely you have
+learned, ere this, that your needs are of such a nature that you must
+inevitably suffer embarrassment without my little help."
+
+Miss Church-Member, with eyes but partly open to her own folly, was
+grievously perplexed and not a little disappointed. She fell on her
+knees and wept. Looking up pleadingly into his eyes, she faltered:
+
+"Twice have I yielded to you since we entered into companionship. You
+well remember the solemn promise you made, but at each time you deferred
+its fulfillment, and now I must again hear your vain excuses. I have
+suffered much for your sake, and have now the enmity of many a former
+friend, and even my pilgrim robe is becoming stained with the filth
+of this way."
+
+"Come, come, my friend, be a woman and not a sickly suppliant. The
+portion of the King's Highway which we would reach from this point is
+too rough for my feet to travel. We will shortly come to a more
+convenient place; then I can think more seriously of leaving this way."
+
+"Ah!" sighed Miss Church-Member, "you say that in your folly. I can
+testify, from knowledge, that the way is most delightful and leads to
+mansions incorruptible in the Celestial City." "Let us cease debating,"
+interrupted Mr. World, with ill-concealed impatience. "If you have
+sacrificed so much through my fellowship and imagine that you can find
+better company, you may leave, but you cannot expect me to accompany
+you on so thorny and rough a path as this which you have so foolishly
+proposed."
+
+Strengthened by the remnants of Christian virtue yet within her, she
+sprang to her feet and was about to execute her noble purpose of leaving
+him. But a number of Mr. World's friends quickly rallied and
+complimented Miss Church-Member on the good she had already done. "Mr.
+World is a better man since he has known you," said one. "If you will
+continue walking with him on his own level, no one can estimate the
+amount of good you will yet do for him," hopefully spoke another.
+
+These unexpected testimonies aroused anew her missionary spirit and
+changed her thoughts to these yielding sentences:
+
+"No sacrifice is too great, if victory but comes at last. If there is
+hope that Mr. World will cease deceiving me and walk in the path of
+truth, I will consent to be his companion still a little farther."
+
+"There is every hope of that," smilingly returned Mr. World as he
+suavely bowed to her and to the little group of companions who had
+given him such timely help.
+
+As I saw Mr. World and Miss Church-Member moving on, in closer
+fellowship than ever, I waxed warm with indignation, and addressed
+Blackana who was still lying at my side as motionless as the strata
+of the rock-ribbed earth:
+
+"Will you explain to me this folly of Miss Church-Member, who has not
+only disgraced her cause before the fiendish Mr. World, but who also
+continues with him in such unseemly intimacy?"
+
+"Miss Church-Member is not walking in folly. She is engaged in a noble
+work, endeavoring to elevate Mr. World to a higher Christian life,"
+was the answer from the lips of Blackana in a low, heavy voice.
+
+"Ah," said I, with a feeling of suspicion, "she is shining from the
+wrong lighthouse. The rays of truth will never reach him as long as
+she is in that position.
+
+"Perhaps they might in a miraculous way," suggested Blackana.
+
+"No good miracle is ever done in the steps of the Devil or in his
+dominions," I answered with boldness.
+
+Then did Blackana enlarge himself, and as he replied he looked down
+upon me significantly. "O puny mortal, instruct me not in the miracles
+of my master. More great things are done under the canopies of Hell
+than mortals ever know."
+
+At first I was filled with alarm, but under the voice of One invisible
+I rose as with superhuman strength, and I looked at him unflinchingly.
+"O horrible creature! I fear you not in any of your passions. You would
+even destroy me if you could, but you are forever restrained by the
+Power that holds authority over all!"
+
+There was a sudden rustling, unlike anything I had ever heard. The
+uncanny creature dashed toward me in his awful fury. But I moved not,
+neither was I touched. Then I stretched forth my hand and commanded
+him, in the name of One who is supreme, to cease his foolish ragings,
+else would he be instantly flung through the wastes of Hell.
+
+Blackana, knowing his limit, as all foul fiends do, dared to venture
+no further in his rage, but calmed himself and, with unexpected
+civility, he addressed me. He told me, in close detail, how Mr. World,
+by his binding promises to his companion, had played the part of folly
+rather than Miss Church-Member who did nothing more than enter upon
+a more convenient and a Broader Way to heaven, and that, too, in good
+company.
+
+"And what think you,--will Mr. World ever fulfill his binding promises?"
+
+"Do not doubt it, sir. Mr. World is an honorable gentleman. His promises
+are always fulfilled.
+
+"A lie! A lie! Can you not speak the truth?"
+
+Again he was about to rise into terrible proportions when a great hand
+moved the door on its hinges. Blackana, interpreting that movement
+better than I, continued in dread restraint. I looked again upon the
+Broad Highway, and saw how Mr. World had so completely won the
+confidence of Miss Church-Member that she now frequently expressed her
+sense of obligation to him, and declared that he was not so mean a
+fellow as some alleged, and as she had been inclined to believe.
+
+"Pray, tell me who seeks to injure my good reputation?" he courteously
+asked.
+
+"It has long been current talk on the King's Highway that you are
+deceitful and treacherous, and that you aim to lead people to ruin.
+You well know that I hoped, by mutual association, to win you to a
+better path. I find, even after some painful errors on my part, that
+you are not so much in need of reformation as I imagined. You are a
+very considerate and clever fellow, doubtless under the sway of a moral
+evolution, and whether I stay with you, or you go with me, it is now,
+to my mind, quite evident that you will soon reach a perfect condition."
+
+The wily Mr. World chuckled. "You are newly endowed with the gift of
+a wisdom whose inward glory has lent its brightness to your eye, and
+has given savor to your very words. If you continue in your present
+state of liberality and broad-mindedness, you will not only share all
+that I possess, but will wear a crown set with gems of truth."
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER III.
+
+THE DEVIL'S OPTICAL COLLEGE.
+
+1. The college described.
+
+2. Mr. World and Miss Church-Member have their eyes examined, and Miss
+Church-Member is supplied with lenses which warp her spiritual vision.
+
+3. The allegory shows how Satan supplies every conceivable kind of
+lenses to suit the people of the world and the church.
+
+4. Blackana, with deceptive words, attempts to defend Satan's course.
+
+
+This institution of Satan has been in operation since the creation of
+man, having been remodeled as often as advancement in style or skill
+demanded.
+
+Each one of the fourteen massive buildings was a gem of architectural
+beauty, and was devoted to a special line of study or practice. The
+entire group worked harmoniously toward the same end.
+
+In the course of their journey Mr. World and Miss Church-Member drew
+nigh to this great college, but the shrewd and wicked Mr. World remained
+silent, waiting for the first words of his companion. Miss
+Church-Member, however, as she looked upon the stupendous edifices,
+was so filled with wonder and admiration at the long stretches of
+masonry, and the perfect symmetry of parts, that she offered no comment
+until they were quite near the first building.
+
+"For what purpose is this group of great structures used?" were her
+words that broke the brief silence.
+
+"All for the sake of the eyes," he carelessly answered, as he called
+her attention to the King's Highway and the throngs of people that
+were admiring and entering the college from those parts.
+
+"It is indeed wonderful," she commented, "that so small a thing as the
+eye should demand the service of such great edifices."
+
+"The buildings are not too large nor too well equipped. Your surprise
+would not be so great were you to witness the large number from the
+two great highways that come here daily for treatment. You can see
+them now moving by thousands to and from the buildings. It might be
+wise for us to enter for consultation. My eyes, at least, may need
+some expert attention."
+
+She, being anxious to see the interior of at least one of the buildings,
+offered no objection to his shrewd suggestion.
+
+The building was so easy of access that there was not one step to
+climb. An electric elevator served to carry them to the sixty-fourth
+floor which formed a part of the huge dome into which the upper portion
+of the great structure converged. This style of architecture not only
+added to the beauty of the appearance, but also proved to be perfectly
+adapted to the uses of the college.
+
+The confidence of Miss Church-Member was fully won by the appearance
+of the interior and the courteous attention she received from the
+managers.
+
+The consulting physician examined the eyes of Mr. World, then
+congratulated him upon the clear vision he enjoyed, and informed him
+that his eyes required no immediate treatment.
+
+Turning to one side, Mr. World whispered to his companion: "While we
+are here you had better improve this opportunity and also get the
+benefit of an expert opinion."
+
+"I have not come prepared financially," she blushingly and faintly
+replied. "I did not even dream of seeking the service of a specialist."
+
+"That obstacle is easily overcome, for the examination is free, and
+if you should need further attention and would wish to receive it, I
+would deem it only a great pleasure to bear all the expenses."
+
+After a brief, thoughtful silence she consented to the preliminary
+examination. "Will you examine the eyes of my friend?" requested Mr.
+World as he stepped toward the chief oculist.
+
+The expert accordingly tested her sight. First he held up, at a
+distance, the "Delusion of the New Jerusalem," but she was totally
+blind to it. Then he submitted the "Deceptions of the Holy Bible" of
+which she could again see nothing.
+
+"Look through these windows to the Broad Highway, far out into the
+distance over rolling stretches of country. Can you see the gates of
+Heaven, at the end of the way?"
+
+Miss Church-Member looked carefully, but declared that she could not
+see anything that appeared like Heaven or the gates thereof.
+
+"Can you see that place called 'Perfect Peace' along the Broad Highway,"
+continued the oculist as he pointed to a far-off region.
+
+"I can see nothing that looks like it," she honestly confessed, quite
+surprised to discover the existence of these apparent defects of her
+vision.
+
+"A very sad and extreme case," murmured the examiner as he requested
+her to open her Bible.
+
+"Can you see, in that book, that all people shall be saved, and none
+perish?"
+
+"I am surely blind to that and always have been," she readily admitted
+with a little more boldness.
+
+"Perhaps you can see the justice of God in punishing the sinner?" he
+continued with a touch of sarcasm in his voice.
+
+"Plainly visible."
+
+"So I expected."
+
+He then proceeded to a more minute examination, after which he wrote
+a brief diagnosis and commended her to a specialist in the next
+building.
+
+She hesitated somewhat, but Mr. World, handing her, confidentially,
+a handsome sum of yellow coin from his bag of gold, brought words of
+deep thankfulness from her lips, and gave decision to her steps in the
+direction he desired.
+
+From the great dome they were taken in a closed car over the high
+suspension bridge to the adjoining building which was of still greater
+magnitude.
+
+The room into which they entered, at such a dizzy height, surpassed,
+in its unique arrangement, anything of the kind that they had thus far
+seen. In long and high glass cases lay all the modern appliances used
+by the most skillful hands. The furnishings blended harmoniously with
+the general environments. All this won the utter confidence of the new
+and unsuspecting visitor. "With pleasure," politely began Mr. World,
+"I present my friend, Miss Church-Member, who comes hither with
+defective eyes and a duly subscribed diagnosis from the chief of the
+oculists."
+
+The specialist whom he thus addressed made an additional examination,
+plying his craft with all the ingenuity he had learned from his master.
+At the conclusion he delivered himself in this wise:
+
+"I find, Miss Church-Member, that your eyes are very much out of order.
+A complex case, indeed. I have discovered ametropia in the particular
+form of irregular astigmatism. The pupil, covered by the unabsorbed
+remains of the pupillary membrane, is occluded by a deposition of
+inflammatory substance, occasioned by inflammation of the ciliary body.
+
+"I have also noticed a severe type of hemianopsia, which, I presume,
+had its origin in congeniture. Minor defects are also apparent, but
+it is unnecessary for me to give further details,"
+
+Miss Church-Member could not refrain from weeping bitterly at this sad
+announcement. "Is it possible to effect a cure?" she sobbed.
+
+"Ah! you need not thus lament," said the specialist in a tone of
+sympathy. "Millions have been altogether cured whose eyes were more
+diseased than are yours. Forget your tears and be at perfect peace.
+Calmly confide in our skill."
+
+She consented to their method, and was first subjected to a course of
+preliminary treatment. Many an hour she lay while her eyes were covered
+with cloths saturated with strange liquids. And when her eyes were
+uncovered she was compelled to sit in darkness, for the physician told
+her that her eyes had already suffered much on account of light. At
+times the pain was well nigh intolerable, but she endured it all
+heroically, hoping to gain thereby the boon of a complete cure.
+
+After this preparatory work one who was skilled in the best methods
+of the age performed the operation, and Miss Church-Member was comforted
+by the assurance that her eyes would be fitted with special lenses,
+and soon she could again behold the natural light of day.
+
+Mr. World was busily engaged during the treatment of Miss Church-
+Member, but he came repeatedly to her side and spoke words of cheer
+and urged her strict obedience to all directions.
+
+Finally her new lenses were pub to service, and Mr. World proffered
+his compliments profusely until the first impulses of vanity moved
+within her. _To be admired, on account of her appearance, seemed never
+so attractive as now!_
+
+What a new world opened to her view! She looked down upon the Broad
+Highway with a degree of pleasure hitherto unsuspected, and also upon
+the King's Highway, but only to see that the path was indeed a rough
+one and beset with trials and difficulties which, to her mind, now
+seemed unnecessary to a Christian life.
+
+In the same manner I looked into all the apartments of each building,
+and was astonished at the presence of so large a number from the King's
+Highway, and a still greater throng from the way of the world.
+
+"O Blackana!" I cried, "how long will this continue? Is there no end
+to deception? With such a changed view of things, how can Miss
+Church-Member crave for the King's Highway or urge Mr. World thither?"
+
+"Miss Church-Member will be happier where she is," answered my uncanny
+companion as he grinned horribly. "By the aid of her glasses she can
+both see and enjoy the wonderful scenes along the way." I knew that
+Blackana was covering the truth, but hesitated to insinuate as much.
+"Can you explain," I questioned in a half hopeful mood, "how those
+specialists can do their deceptive work so brazenly? Poor Miss
+Church-Member, deluded and defrauded, now stumbles rapidly onward with
+the fiendish Mr. World. Tell me, O agent of the Devil, do those
+creatures find delight in such horrible deeds?"
+
+"It is not a matter of pleasure or delight with them, but rather one
+of loyalty to their king, whom you call 'Devil.' To serve him poorly
+means a more bitter hell, but to serve him well brings honor from his
+hand."
+
+"But such honor!" I exclaimed, and then said: "I observe that Miss
+Church-Member wears colored lenses--tell me the meaning of this; and
+you, Blackana, hereafter deal no more in falsehood with me!" I demanded.
+
+Blackana shifted his position, and with marked reluctance proceeded
+to answer:
+
+"The Devil, my master, uses in his work all imaginable kinds of glasses,
+invented in the Wizard City. Every conceivable shade of color is made,
+each for its particular use. Through his agents Satan selects the lens
+for the patient's eye, and if it is worn as selected and directed, he
+has won a decisive victory."
+
+"Foul and fiendish plots of Hell," I involuntarily muttered; but
+Blackana listened in silence.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER IV.
+
+SATAN INTERPRETING SCRIPTURE.
+
+1. Mr. World and Miss Church-Member now take an easier method of
+traveling, for they ride on a strange vehicle down the gravity road.
+
+2. Miss Church-Member reads her Bible by the aid of her new glasses.
+
+3. She is assisted in understanding it by a minion of Satan who comes
+robed as an angel of light.
+
+4. Her glasses enable her to distinguish between the inspired and the
+uninspired parts of the Bible; for this ability she is highly
+complimented.
+
+
+The Broad Highway, after leaving the Optical College, was especially
+hard to travel. Here Mr. World secured a fashionable vehicle propelled
+by some secret force. Into this carriage he assisted Miss Church-Member,
+and each was delighted with the smooth descent down the gravity road.
+
+"This is delightful traveling," she said, as she reclined upon the
+luxurious cushions of the conveyance. Aided by her new glasses she
+enjoyed the scenery along the way more than ever. "I am glad you
+appreciate it," he smilingly returned. "According to my notion, riding
+is indeed preferable to walking. From these elevated carriages one can
+witness so much more of the world, and can also with more distinctness
+see the King's Highway with its trudging pilgrims seemingly unconscious
+of this better mode of travel."
+
+Miss Church-Member took a mere casual glance at the Old Path and her
+former associates, and seemed to feel thankful that she had risen from
+bigotry to a more charitable view of things.
+
+Her Bible, although closed altogether too long, had never been
+surrendered. But she had received strict orders not to read it until
+her eyes were fully adjusted to the new lenses.
+
+Now, however, she opened it and was reading it under the new light,
+lifting her eyes at close intervals so as to miss nothing of beauty
+or interest along this way of the world.
+
+Mr. World observed her careless manner,--how she turned from chapter
+to chapter in brief succession and fixed but little attention on any
+particular portion.
+
+"I would urge you," he kindly advised, "that if you feel aught of
+headache or heartache, through excessive reading, to close the book
+at once."
+
+[Illustration: Miss Church-member was reading the Bible to her companion
+when there appeared to them an interpreter who was like unto an angel
+of light.]
+
+She made no reply, but to his surprise was now deeply engaged in the
+perusal of the seventh chapter of Matthew.
+
+"I have heard that some parts of that book are very interesting," he
+said in his good natured way. "Will you not read aloud to me?"
+
+With a return of the old passion for his conversion she gladly complied
+and read the whole chapter while they continued gliding smoothly along.
+
+An interesting discussion ensued, during the course of which there
+joined them one who was like unto an angel of light.
+
+After hearing his smooth sentences of general Bible-knowledge, Miss
+Church-Member exclaimed: "Who art thou, and how didst thou gain so
+great a knowledge of this Book?"
+
+"I am but a harmless creature of the air, going whither I will. I have
+studied that Book through all the changes of time and understand every
+part of it. I would, even now, make any sentence as clear as light to
+thee."
+
+"And thinkest thou that this part is true?" hopefully asked Miss
+Church-Member as she raised the open Bible and pointed to the chapter
+she had just read.
+
+"Every sentence is true, but in reading it there is grave danger of
+misapprehension. Didst thou have difficulty with any particular part
+of the chapter?"
+
+"With verses thirteen and fourteen," she replied.
+
+The angelic interpreter then read them in a fine resonant voice.
+
+"'Enter ye in at the strait gate: for wide is the gate, and broad is
+the way, that leadeth to destruction, and many there be which go in
+hereat: Because strait is the gate, and narrow is the way, which leadeth
+unto life, and few there be that find it.'"
+
+"If these words are really true," quickly commented Miss Church-Member,
+"we must be traveling in the wrong way. Does it not appear so?" she
+queried, as she looked with increasing interest at the angelic being.
+
+"Naturally it does," he shrewdly answered, "especially if you look
+merely at the surface of the text; but the pearls of truth lie deeper."
+
+"I well know that the King's Highway is called the 'Narrow Way' and
+this, whereon we journey, the 'Broad Way.' Surely this part of Scripture
+is against us," insisted Miss Church-Member, as her countenance grew
+more troubled.
+
+"Thou needst not stumble at such easy Scripture; behold, the meaning
+is quite clear! They who travel on the so-called King's Highway are
+continually exaggerating the _merits_ of the way, thereby making it
+appear greater and broader than it really is. They go so far as to
+claim that the way is broad enough to accommodate all the people of
+the world, were they minded to travel thereon. Therefore those who
+thus make the way broad by their own conceits will meet with
+destruction. This is the meaning of verse thirteen."
+
+"It is certain, according to verse fourteen, that we have a strait
+gate, and none, on this road, imagine or claim that the way is broader
+than it is; so we are credited with having it called 'narrow,' for it
+is as narrow as we claim it to be."
+
+"Notwithstanding your explanation and the relief these glasses have
+given me, my conscience is still troubled, and methinks I hear a voice
+from this Bible chiding me. This is the chief barrier to my real
+happiness," she boldly confessed.
+
+"Thou shouldst not dwell in fear," spoke the shining adviser. "Do not
+allow the errors of any false teaching to mar the peace and happiness
+of this way. Bid farewell to all thy inward doubting, and taste the
+imperishable sweetness of the world, turning a deaf ear to the voice
+that chides thee unkindly."
+
+"But the voice comes from my Bible," she tremblingly declared.
+
+"Truly said, Miss Church-Member; it comes far enough _from_ the Bible.
+Why not listen to the voice that is the Bible. Thou art in harmony with
+every part of Scripture. Let not false voices drive thee on to deeper
+grief."
+
+She then looked at the shining form with more curiosity than ever
+before.
+
+"Who can this be?" she asked Mr. World in a passing whisper. "You have
+seen how he urges me to perfect peace, and so unselfishly."
+
+"'Tis but a happy friend that comes in the hour of need. Should we not
+give heed to his kindly voice? If the studying of that Bible gives you
+pain, adding to the weight that already wearies your heart, why not
+close the book and, continuing on this way of ease, look more carefully
+on outward things again?"
+
+"Think you, Mr. World, that I would lay down my Bible? This is the
+book that mother loved. It has always been my Book of books. It contains
+the code of laws that controls the whole spiritual world, and it is
+the only lamp that leads to light and to the gates of Heaven. You need
+it as much as I. Why ask me to lay it down?"
+
+"_Nay, nay,_" spoke the angel of light, "_urge her not to discard her
+Bible, but rather to get a true understanding of it._ Perhaps," he
+continued, turning again to Miss Church-Member, "thou hast met with
+other mysterious verses in this chapter. If so, I will gladly serve
+thee, for I love to give light to an honest heart."
+
+"I see nothing more now that gives me trouble. These glasses, which
+I got through the kindness of Mr. World, have helped me to understand
+your interpretation so that the rest of the chapter is quite clear to
+me."
+
+"And how does the whole Bible appear since thy sight is so improved
+by those fortunate lenses?"
+
+"It certainly appears vastly different," she confessed. "It is so much
+more liberal in its teachings than I ever before imagined."
+
+"_Hast thou become so far advanced that thou canst, with thy more
+comprehensive view, distinguish between the inspired and the uninspired
+parts?_" asked the shining one with an air of dignity.
+
+"Not clearly so, although I have recently doubted the genuineness of
+some parts which still hold their place in the book."
+
+"Thou art coming to the true light," he flatteringly replied. "Blessed
+is the event that ever changed thine eyes to see so great a truth. Oh,
+that all the world might thus drink from the fountain of knowledge!"
+
+"When will the time ever come that the Bible will be rid of its errors?"
+impatiently broke in Mr. World.
+
+"In that happy day when the mists of superstition shall vanish before
+the true light of personal liberty and free thinking," came the answer
+from the bright-robed angel who was none else than a minion of the
+Devil in disguise.
+
+"How could such a glorious work best be accomplished?" asked Mr. World
+whose interest now was more intensely aroused.
+
+"Only by Christians who ought to appoint a committee from their own
+number,--persons like our friend Miss Church-Member. This committee
+could decide, by a majority vote, what parts of the Bible to expunge.
+Then the church and the world would have a Bible reasonably free from
+errors. Our present Bible has so many objectionable parts which, of
+course, could not have been inspired, and any person who has the courage
+to correct it will be doing the world an incalculable service."
+
+"Amen and amen!" enthusiastically spoke Mr. World. "The Bible is
+certainly a great book, but it would be vastly improved if once rid
+of its interpolations and errors of translation. Any preacher who would
+use in his pulpit such an abridged Bible would have my profoundest
+respect, and I hereby pledge half my fortune to the first minister who
+will do himself the honor of taking such a step."
+
+"That will have its desired effect," smilingly commented Miss
+Church-Member, "for there are some gentlemen of the cloth who would
+quickly sacrifice any conviction for such a sum of money."
+
+"And here," added the angel of light, "I hold in my hand a crown of
+fame set with the gems of honor. I hereby engage to place a crown like
+this on the head of each minister who will, in preaching and teaching,
+abridge the Bible and ridicule its weaknesses. Of course he must not
+cast reflection upon the real Word of God. He must only denounce and
+destroy the errors that have crept into it."
+
+With these words the bright messenger disappeared, and Miss
+Church-Member endeavored again to know more about his identity, but
+Mr. World did not altogether satisfy her curiosity.
+
+Then, as they sped onward in their well-devised vehicle down the gravity
+road to Hell, Miss Church-Member continued reading her Bible quietly.
+
+"How changed the teachings of this book appear," she soliloquized. "I
+can now see how foolish I once was in taking so narrow a view of its
+truths."
+
+I took a passing glance at the King's Highway, and saw a virtuous and
+holy woman on her knees in prayer, with a Bible opened before her.
+
+She read from the Book, doubting not its words, and was pleading
+earnestly with God for a better understanding of them, until flash
+after flash of heavenly light filled her soul, making her face shine
+with more than human glory.
+
+To her the Devil, robed as an angel of light, made no appearance so
+long as I looked.
+
+Then I asked Blackana, and he told me that Satan feared that which was
+sharper than a two-edged sword more than a large number of professing
+Christians not filled with the word of God.
+
+"And what think you of Miss Church-Member?" I continued.
+
+"She is a fine character," spoke Blackana as a hideous grin spread
+over his face.
+
+Then I was moved with indignation, and I spoke with fire in my voice:
+"Give me no more deceptive words of Hell! Tell the naked truth. What
+is the estimate that Satan places on one who acts like Miss
+Church-Member?"
+
+Blackana moved not a feature at my changed attitude, but spoke calmly
+within the bounds of truth: "Satan considers such a one as a valuable
+ally to his cause, for she is now working against Jesus Christ on her
+imaginary road to Heaven. Nothing is more helpful to Satan than when
+members of the church believe that parts of the Bible are untrue. It
+is indeed gratifying to us," continued Blackana with a fiendish smile,
+"to see the twentieth century of the so-called Christian era opening
+with the church wrangling over her Bible more desperately than ever,
+and some of the learned leaders, and those of lesser light, laying the
+lash on him who believes that the regularly revised version of Scripture
+is of sufficient authority and approved of God."
+
+Thus Blackana, in dread reluctant tones, and with his tongue still
+unfriendly to Christ's cause, was continuing, when a voice from above
+gave this startling and silencing testimony.
+
+"_Such Scripture is an impregnable rock; and they, who by faith stand
+thereon, cannot be poisoned by the fiery darts which are hurled even
+by the latest invented guns from the Wizard City. All Hell secretly
+acknowledges the strength of this foundation, even though part of the
+church on earth refuses to do as much._"
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER V.
+
+THE DEVIL'S PAWN SHOP.
+
+1. Miss Church-Member with her new glasses looks upon her attire and,
+not being satisfied with her pilgrim's robe, exchanges it for up-to-date
+apparel.
+
+2. The similar action of Mr. Deacon and Mr. Elder described.
+
+
+Miss Church-Member, having closed her Bible, was engaged in a close
+scrutiny of her attire. By the aid of her glasses she realized very
+keenly that her garments were out of harmony with her environments.
+
+"Will you answer a frank question?" she modestly asked Mr. World. "Do
+you think my pilgrim's robe becomes me as it should?"
+
+"A very delicate question. I should never have ventured a criticism
+without your invitation to do so. Sincerely, your whole attire is
+somewhat antiquated. It is just as faulty as the Bible. So I would
+advise you to wear apparel more suited to your natural charms."
+
+"But where can such be found?" she blushingly asked, offering no comment
+upon Mr. World's aspersion upon the Holy Scriptures.
+
+[Illustration: A Scene in the Devil's Pawn Shop. "Her beautiful pilgrim
+robe was drawn through the dust and relegated to the rear."]
+
+"At numberless places along the way. In the distance I see an exchange
+store, duly authorized to do business along this Highway. If you so
+desire, we will proceed thither."
+
+She assented gratefully, and soon the vehicle stopped. The two alighted
+and stepped into the place known along the King's Highway as the Devil's
+Pawn Shop.
+
+This establishment was easily accessible from either Highway, and had
+been in operation for thousands of years, carrying on an extensive
+business.
+
+In such a place our parents pawned a glorious inheritance for a taste
+of forbidden fruit, and Esau exchanged a legitimate birth-right for
+a mere mess of pottage.
+
+In another similar place Judas sold his Lord and Master for thirty
+dirty pieces of silver; and Ananias and Sapphira pawned their natural
+and spiritual lives for a little worldly profit which was held but for
+a few hours, and that in guilt and pain.
+
+Satan has a Pawn Shop, or an exchange store, for every phase of desire
+that can enter into an unsatisfied heart, or a soul unduly ambitious.
+This one, into which Mr. World escorted Miss Church-Member, is intended
+for those who become dissatisfied with the dress of righteousness, or
+for any who wish a change in any part of their apparel. It proved
+intensely interesting to Miss Church-Member, with her new-found
+ambitions, to walk through the aisles of this great department store,
+each department being used for a separate kind of apparel.
+
+The entire Pawn Shop was full of old curiosities which had never been
+redeemed. These, and more recent specimens, told the story of many a
+faithless pilgrim. In the footwear department I saw many a "preparation
+of the gospel of peace" which had been pawned for shoes of worldliness,
+and elsewhere I saw the garments of truth which had been girt about
+the loins of the saints, but which had been exchanged for robes of
+vanity.
+
+There were also many antiquated pilgrims' robes which had been given
+for more fashionable attire.
+
+Miss Church-Member became more and more ashamed of her own robe as she
+saw how many already had effected the exchange which she was now
+contemplating.
+
+One of the shrewd attendants, observing the impatience of Miss
+Church-Member and the significant look of Mr. World, approached her
+and offered to render such assistance as she might desire.
+
+"I am feeling wretchedly out of place and out of style in my present
+condition. Can I not be dressed in a way more consistent with my
+station?"
+
+"We can readily and easily supply all your fancies," answered the
+attendant with a graceful bow and a smile which gave re-assurance to
+Miss Church-Member.
+
+The sad transformation was effected in a manner well pleasing to the
+Prince of Darkness. Her beautiful pilgrim's robe was drawn through the
+dust and relegated to the rear.
+
+My own heart saddened as I beheld the changed appearance of Miss
+Church-Member, who had just taken one more step in her downward course,
+and who was still vainly imagining that she was on the road to Heaven.
+
+I saw, with disgust, her fantastically feathered hat of conceit, her
+broad sleeves of self-righteousness, her ruby bracelets and necklace
+of vanity, her flowing garments of personal liberty, and her shoes of
+fashionable infidelity.
+
+Then they made a strong effort to induce her to pawn her Bible, but
+to no purpose, for she had clung to it so long that it had become a
+precious souvenir with which she declared she would never part. Thus
+I saw how some worship the Bible who do not worship God.
+
+Finally they emerged from the Pawn Shop, and glided along in their
+mysterious carriage more rapidly and smoothly than ever. The two happy
+companions, free from their former embarrassment, now enjoyed the
+scenes of life along the way with increasing pleasure. The moving
+masses, in their diversified employments, yielded constant
+entertainment.
+
+Miss Church-Member was soon agreeably surprised to see Mr. Deacon and
+Mr. Elder, who served in the same church to which she belonged. The
+carriage overtook them in a rather isolated place and stopped at their
+side, in obedience to the will of Miss Church-Member.
+
+"Can it possibly be that I meet two of my church officers at this
+unexpected time and place? How came it about that you also have chosen
+this 'Broader and Better Way' to Heaven?"
+
+The two men were slightly abashed at first and stood speechless as if
+in doubt what to say, or as if they were unable to recognize her.
+
+"Ho! ho!" cried Mr. Deacon, "here is Miss Church-Member who sits in
+one of our front pews."
+
+"Her appearance is wonderfully improved however," added Mr. Elder in
+an undertone.
+
+"How came you to adopt this dress and be in such close fellowship with
+Mr. World?" asked Mr. Deacon.
+
+"I am now in the midst of my missionary work, endeavoring to lead Mr.
+World into church membership," were her glib words of explanation,
+though, somehow, they were unsatisfying to her ear; but she was rapidly
+learning to stifle such unpleasant qualms of conscience.
+
+"She is doing a grand work," said Mr. Deacon to Mr. Elder with gestures
+of approbation.
+
+"Are you any better than you were since such an elevating influence
+has been thrown about you?" asked Mr. Elder, as he turned to Mr. World.
+
+"Happy for me that Miss Church-Member ever undertook my case, for I
+am now nearer joining the church than ever before."
+
+The two church-officials offered their hands to Mr. World in warm
+congratulation, and then praised Miss Church-Member for her timely
+efforts which they felt sure would terminate in his conversion.
+
+"What more is required of me in order that I may join your church?"
+inquired Mr. World in a voice of deepening earnestness.
+
+"Nothing more than to express your willingness," responded the two.
+Your morality is beyond suspicion, and your fulfillment of the duties
+of citizenship has always been praiseworthy; therefore your religion
+is quite exemplary. It lacks but your admission into the church."
+
+"I would have joined before now had it not been for a radical element
+potent in the councils of the church, and especially for the narrow
+views entertained by your minister. If you had another pastor, one of
+more liberal cast of mind, it would not only influence me to join, but
+many of my wealthy and honorable friends would do so as well."
+
+"It certainly is a sad state of affairs," sighed Miss Church-Member.
+"We are losing heavily by reason of such narrowness. I thought
+differently at one time, but these glasses have given me a wider and
+clearer range of vision."
+
+"Your words indicate a sound judgment," commented Mr. World, and the
+two church officials listened eagerly. "Why should the church compel
+a man to journey on a path so narrow that he can scarcely make any
+progress?"
+
+[Illustration: Mr. Elder, unable to push through the narrow pass of
+Consecration, was compelled to take the "Shorter and Broader Way to
+Heaven."]
+
+"A sensible view of it," said Mr. Elder, "for I have learned by
+experience that it is impossible to travel far in the way you mention.
+I tried it until recently, when I gave it up in disgust. I patronized
+an old established exchange store, disposed of a part of my outfit,
+and got in exchange something up-to-date, as you see from my appearance.
+I then endeavored to walk on the old path, but soon came to an
+especially narrow place called Consecration. I could not squeeze
+through. I struggled hard and long until one came to me and said: 'Let
+go what thou hast under thine arms and belted to thine heart, and them
+shalt go through with ease and rejoicing.' That was asking too much
+of me, for I paid a high price for these things and was minded to hold
+to them at all cost. I then endeavored more earnestly to push ahead,
+but found that I could not. As I looked around me, in despair, I saw
+a path leading to the left, under a beautiful arch, whereon I read
+this inscription:
+
+A SHORTER AND BROADER WAY TO HEAVEN.
+
+"This path I took and have been traveling comfortably thereon,
+especially since I found this still Broader Way into which it led. If
+only all church-members would know the comforts and advantages of this
+way, they could no longer refuse to travel it."
+
+"They are finding it out more and more every age," said Mr. World with
+a complacent smile. "The church and the world ought to be one and,
+according to the teaching of the Bible, how could this be better
+accomplished than by having the church come down to the level of the
+world, and from that point lift the world upward. That was Christ's
+method and example. The church of to-day should not wish to be greater
+than her Lord."
+
+The two church-officials looked at each other in surprise. "Without doubt
+that is broad-minded theology," first spoke Mr. Deacon.
+
+"It is indeed refreshing in contrast with what we must hear repeatedly
+from the troublesome element in the church," added the other.
+
+"Will you not tell us how you also came to reach this favored place?"
+inquired Miss Church-Member, as she gave her attention momentarily to
+Mr. Deacon.
+
+"It came about in a very odd manner. I had been wearing an old-style
+robe of righteousness, and gradually came to see that it was totally
+out of harmony with the higher thought of the age; so much so that I
+became odious to many liberal-minded people. A sharp struggle ensued
+between my conscience and my judgment. In the midst of this conflict
+I came to a place which offered to accept my old garments in exchange
+for seasonable attire. 'Anything for peace,' thought I; so I entered
+the establishment and selected this apparel, and these additional
+advantages. It cost me nothing but the mere willingness to exchange,
+and would I not have been foolish to refuse so much at so small a
+price?"
+
+"Without a doubt," quickly answered Miss Church-Member. The others
+forcibly confirmed her answer.
+
+"After I had completed my bargain I continued my diligence in the work
+of the church and in traveling on the good old Narrow Way. I came to
+a place called God Praise, and got through with little difficulty; but
+voices from unseen creatures spoke terror to my soul. In this
+unhappiness I trudged along until I came to a narrow pass known as
+Sacrifice. Through it I could not go. I struggled again and again. I
+also heard a voice saying unto me: 'If thou wilt wear the garments of
+salvation, and cast off these things of earth, then thou mayest pass
+through all thy sacrifice with ease and sweet delight.'
+
+"The voice troubled me much, for I feared it spoke the truth. There
+did I spend a long season in mortal dread and doubt, and thought I
+would rather die than suffer thus. Suddenly, as if blind to it before,
+I saw a sign apparently moving in circles about me. It settled to my
+left and thus it read:
+
+TO HEAVEN WITHOUT SACRIFICE.
+
+"At once a smooth path opened to view, and I chided myself for having
+been blind to it so long. I entered upon it and hastily pursued my
+journey, and soon from thence passed upon this Broad Gauge Road. I
+traveled hereon for a long time when, to my delight, I came across Mr.
+Elder. I assure you we have had companionable seasons. We are on our
+road to Heaven and expect eventually to reach that place. Many persons
+of the Narrow Gauge Road have told us that we are wrong, deceived, and
+would be hopelessly lost if we do not change our course, but methinks
+that those people are disregarding the Bible where it saith, 'Judge
+not that ye be not judged'; and 'Thou hypocrite, first cast out the
+beam out of thine own eye; and then shalt thou see clearly.'"
+
+"Ah! Mr. Deacon," quickly complimented Mr. World, "you must be a
+champion in the use of Bible truth. How can these bigots expect to
+stand when such Scripture condemns them? It will be a joyful time for
+all of us when these self-righteous critics shall have pulled the beams
+out of their eyes and be able to see us in our real innocence."
+
+While Mr. World was speaking these words he assisted Miss Church-
+Member into their strange vehicle and, when his last sentence was
+ended, they bade a hearty farewell to the two acquaintances and smoothly
+glided on, not tarrying to hear the words of commendation which each
+church-official was speaking simultaneously.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER VI.
+
+SATAN'S LAW DEPARTMENTS
+
+(_Underground._)
+
+1. An allegorical representation of Satan's underhanded methods in law
+and politics. All seen during a thrilling journey with Blackana through
+this underground regions (level below level) where the laws of Hell
+are hatched.
+
+2. A realistic climax,--ultimate triumph of right in the civil realm.
+
+
+I now saw two mountains so high that their shadows perpetually darkened
+the Broad Highway which covered the wide valley between them.
+
+In this Shadowy Vale many held permanent residence, until the whole
+region swarmed with teeming millions of every tongue and tribe on the
+face of the globe.
+
+At the base of the mountains, on each side of the way, there were
+numerous large openings through which imps of darkness were constantly
+passing. Most of them were habited as angels of light.
+
+"Tell me the mystery of those dismal openings," I asked as I turned
+to Blackana. "Words are inadequate to tell of the places to which they
+lead. To know aright one must see," he answered with marked
+indifference.
+
+For a moment I silently looked upon Blackana whose evasive answer had
+so greatly aroused my curiosity.
+
+"Beyond those ominous portals I can discern nothing," I murmured. "How
+can I be privileged to see what is there hidden?"
+
+"Come with me," coldly invited Blackana, "I will guide you to the
+nethermost realms now unseen by you. This I do not willingly, but I
+am thus commanded."
+
+Not wishing to receive my orders from the mouth of a demon, I talked
+to my better Friend who bade me go and be assured that _a body-guard
+of ten thousand would ever be at my side, though I saw them not._
+
+On wings, swifter than the wind, Blackana and I covered the intervening
+space. We stood in the dark valley at one of the openings, now appearing
+ten-fold larger than before, and the mountains reared their imposing
+crests as if to an endless height.
+
+"Follow me," grimly spoke Blackana as he advanced through the monstrous
+arcade into the deepening darkness.
+
+I remembered the ten thousand, and feared not as I followed. Downward
+and inward we went, with no light but a horrid glare casting its
+uncertain rays athwart our path.
+
+"Is this the passage-way to Destruction?" I cried, as I saw how spectral
+all things were, for more than a thousand grimy faces had already added
+their fitful glances to the glimmering scene.
+
+"The passage-way to Hell is not so smooth; we go to a better place,"
+he answered, without so much as turning his head.
+
+We finally stopped at a line of massive elevators, ever in busy motion,
+carrying the throngs upward or downward.
+
+As we paused, Blackana regarded me silently. I was then able, for the
+first time, to see his face clearly. No light reveals the countenance
+of a demon so well as the light of his own region.
+
+I stood as if paralyzed under his awful eyes. Oh! thought I, can two
+orbs picture such infinite depth of remorse; such absence of tenderness;
+such barrenness of sympathy, far beyond the most care-worn look of
+earth? Then, pervading all these lineaments of despair were the positive
+characteristics of his nature--malice, envy, and hatred. These lent
+their repulsive fires to his eye, already overcharged with insidious
+gleamings. I suddenly thought of my ten thousand, and my fears subsided.
+
+"It were better for you to remain a stranger to the greater depth and
+go no farther," were the words that finally came from Blackana's
+scarcely moving lips.
+
+"Fulfill your mission, Blackana! I fear not the deepest depth when I
+am thus equipped."
+
+"Where is your sword and where is your armor?" he tauntingly asked.
+
+"My steel is hid until I find a foe worthy of its mettle."
+
+Blackana quivered and resumed his task. He told me that above us, deep
+in the bowels of these mountains, were the more refined legislative
+halls of Satan; while below us, at varying and terrible depths, lay
+scattered many a brooding station where the lowest laws of Hell are
+hatched.
+
+"Let us go downward," I said, and scarcely had the words escaped my
+lips ere Blackana had ushered me into an elevator, holding me as we
+dropped down and down with increasing velocity, while a cold chill was
+freezing my heart, and my body playing the part of an aspen leaf.
+
+Never before had I been touched by so dreadful a hand, but I thought
+again of the ten thousand, and that lent warmth to my heart and calmness
+to my nerves. "To what great depth are we falling?" I soon ventured
+to ask, as I perceived that we were dashing downward at terrific speed.
+
+"We fall to no great depth; we go only a thousand furlongs to reach
+the first grand level, not stopping at these lesser places of which
+you get a glimpse in passing."
+
+"A thousand furlongs," I repeated, "down into the earth! Who ever heard
+of such a descent before?" But I still thought of my ten thousand,
+even though I could not conceive how they could follow me in such
+places.
+
+"At what rate do we now travel?" I nervously asked, for I felt the
+hand of Blackana still pressing me down lest the great elevator would
+fall faster than my body.
+
+"According to earthly reckoning we are falling twenty furlongs a second
+and our speed is still increasing with the descent," was the startling
+answer.
+
+I spoke no more, but found myself clutching the raised bars of the
+floor. I saw the glimmering light of many a region as we darted by at
+our lightning speed.
+
+In an incredibly short time we reached the first grand level. Blackana
+led me forth from the elevator into an immense cavern whose dimensions
+were apparently as limitless as the space between the earth and sky.
+It was illuminated by infernal lights and all astir with moving
+thousands in fabled dress and shape.
+
+Never before had I imagined or beheld such a scene. Pure gold was as
+plentiful as the water of the earth, and was abundantly used in the
+construction of vast halls whose overarching vaults were encrusted
+with priceless gems that dazzled like jets of crystallized light.
+
+"What weird world is this?" I asked in an awed tone.
+
+"This is one of my master's legislative centers, devoted to each
+separate government on earth. The many legislators of this whole region
+are ever busily engaged in determining upon their policy and methods
+of operation, and in endeavoring to influence the law-making body of
+each government to create and modify laws in harmony with the
+underground legislation here enacted."
+
+"Ah!" said I, "but this place is far from the surface where man dwells.
+How can there be such close connection?"
+
+Blackana smiled as he made a wonderful revelation to me. "This strange
+empire is in close touch with the whole human family, for there are
+thousands of wires leading from this dark realm to each government
+centre of earth. Satan thus communicates his wishes to each lawmaker,
+of every land, who will lend a listening ear to his schemes."
+
+Blackana then conducted me to an immense building divided into many
+sections. "Here is the electric centre of this level," he said.
+
+As I gazed I learned the secret of Satan's power in law. Thousands
+were here engaged in conversing with legislators on earth.
+
+I could understand no word of all these communications, for the section
+where I stood was devoted to Asiatic countries and the islands of the
+Pacific Ocean.
+
+"Take me, O Blackana, to the section connecting with the Western world
+that I may see the very wires that run to the United States of America."
+
+I soon stood in the interior of another large building, and with great
+interest listened to the operators communicating with some who were
+in authority at Washington, and with persons elsewhere who were
+interested in the formulation of laws for the whole country.
+
+"Does this never cease?" I questioned.
+
+"It continues through the days and nights of earth forever," came the
+reply.
+
+I was looking at the intricate system of wires and the stupendous
+proportions of the place, when suddenly I heard some one mention a
+name with which I was familiar. I was attracted close to the side of
+the operator that I might hear at least the one side of the
+conversation.
+
+"That bill should never become a law," said the operator, but I could
+not hear the reply.
+
+"Fight hard to defeat it. You will get heaps of gold if you succeed,"
+were the next words I heard at the lower 'phone.
+
+"Never mind them. I'll take care of that crowd. I will try once more
+to get their ear. I failed the last time, but I hope to succeed at my
+next endeavor." These words were spoken very plainly, but still I could
+hear no reply.
+
+"Suppose the other element has chances to win. Get ready at once and
+meet the situation. Go and speak to the chairman of the committee and
+early influence his mind in our favor. Offer any bribe you wish, for
+we have unlimited resources at our command."
+
+"If only I could hear the answer," thought I.
+
+Then the operator listened a long time, and I almost envied his
+privilege, wishing that I might also hear the human voice from the
+earth's surface.
+
+Blackana conducted me to other parts of the building, and I saw the
+fiendish program carried out at each point. Thousands of demons were
+in league with the law-makers of the world!
+
+"Oh! that I could cut these wires and restrict Satan's laws to these
+underground dominions," I said with rising boldness,
+
+"Silence, puny mortal! Know you not that others can hear you speak?
+Would you here be crushed to death so far from the light of day?"
+
+Superhuman strength moved me to answer thus: "Though all these hosts
+should hear me, I fear nothing. I am invincible, and should you take
+me to the deepest depths, amidst foul crawling imps, not one can harm
+me. Neither can you, Blackana.
+
+"Come on," he sneered, "cease your senseless sentences and follow me."
+
+I saw that Blackana endeavored to conceal the counter-currents of his
+heart, but nevertheless his agitation did not escape my notice.
+
+Back to the elevators we went, and with a throng of evil spirits we
+entered the central car and fell another thousand furlongs into the
+depth of the earth.
+
+We stopped at the second grand level into which I was ushered. I looked
+out over what seemed to be a new world with more light and more
+animation than was manifest on the first level.
+
+Boisterous demonstrations were heard on every hand, all made more
+hideous by the variety of evil spirits who added their din to the
+general bedlam. "What furious world is this?" I shouted.
+
+"This is Satan's political headquarters, and the place where his state
+laws are made. We are here connected with every state or divisional
+government in the world, and with every political movement that can
+be influenced by these underground voices."
+
+My indignation leaped over all bounds as the vileness of these
+iniquitous schemes pressed upon me. I heard the bands of music from
+those who had prostituted their talent to the second level.
+
+Blackana pushed me on through all the demonstrations, and then led me
+into a great structure more secluded than the electrical stations.
+Here the state laws are hatched, but, thanks to a higher sanctum, not
+all the brood see daylight.
+
+The plotters of Hell sat in this underground legislative centre, and
+I saw, to my horror, some state legislators occupying seats in this
+infamous quarter.
+
+Then said I to Blackana: "It is no more a mystery to me how so much
+of Hell is incorporated into the laws of the states in the country
+where I hold residence, as well as in all other parts of the world.
+How long have these things been?"
+
+"Since the beginning of law," was his indifferent reply.
+
+"It will not be so forever," I prophesied under a sudden spell of
+inspiration. "The time must come when the power of this level will be
+blasted forever. The owner of the tree will burn the worms and their
+nests from every branch."
+
+Then said Blackana tauntingly: "Neither flood, poison, fire, nor knife
+can ever destroy this section." Just as he spoke these words the whole
+edifice shook, and I heard a noise as if a shower of great stones had
+crashed into the roof and sides of the building. The legislators quaked
+with fear and all looked toward the ceiling. All of this instantly
+reminded me of the thousand lords who looked at the ominous handwriting
+on the wall at the feast of Belshazzar.
+
+"Explain it to me," I asked as I looked wonderingly at Blackana.
+
+"Urge it not, urge it not! Be content to dwell in ignorance!"
+
+"I am here to learn, and I would know what force or power can so
+well-nigh destroy this wretched center. Tell me the truth. I demand
+it."
+
+Then did Blackana move himself in his startling attitudes, as if loath
+to speak. He rolled his heavy eyes as his discordant voice yielded the
+unwilling explanation.
+
+"These are the votes that just fell in favor of reform in a campaign
+on earth. Such votes, under the panoply of prayer, strike more terror
+to these kingdoms than all else combined, and the most disastrous
+feature is that they go bounding from the buildings of this level ever
+downward and work their ruin from kingdom to kingdom, until they have
+wrought their havoc even to the lowest level. If we only knew the way
+to break the power of these votes, our comrades would not then dwell
+in constant dread of what might happen."
+
+"May you never learn that power, and may the votes of good citizenship
+ever increase in number until these legislative halls shall be broken
+to rise no more, and their inmates driven from their secret machinations
+to the abode prepared for the Devil and his angels."
+
+Blackana sprang at me in great rage.
+
+"Silence, you contemptible mortal! You have not such liberty of speech
+here! Why fling insults into the face of one more powerful than
+yourself?"
+
+"_Ho, ye ten thousand!_" I shouted with all my power, and Blackana
+fell backward at my very words. Sullen, but cowed, he arose to his
+feet and took me to the elevators.
+
+"Where next?" he gruffly asked.
+
+"What is on the next level below?" I inquired.
+
+"Greater proceedings than on this one. It is devoted to the government
+of counties, cities, boroughs, and villages, and their political work."
+
+"Pass it by and take me to the lowest level."
+
+"You do not know what you ask. The lowest level is very, very deep,
+and takes us where things have no weight. It is the lowest haunt outside
+of Hell, inhabited by the vilest imps. How can you live or move in
+such a realm?"
+
+"Not by the futile force of human power, but by the strength of Him
+who bids me go. I fear not, O Blackana; conduct me thither."
+
+What an awful experience followed! I was taken down at an amazing
+speed, held under the great hand of Blackana. We passed region after
+region of infernal lights, each one existing for the purpose of carrying
+out its part of Satan's fiendish plan.
+
+At length we stopped in the red glare of an awful burning amidst a
+company of hobgoblins out of harmony with all human shape or symmetry.
+
+"This must be the bed of Hell, indeed," I said, after I had conquered
+my rising fears. "Far from it, far from it!" answered Blackana. "We
+are now in the lowest legislative center _where foul fiends invent the
+horrible laws of personal pollution in the mortal body, and political
+bribery in the civil body._"
+
+Blackana held me by the hand. I seemed not to walk but rather to move
+along without effort, seeing the pictures of lowest life and ill-shaped
+spirits, some of monster size.
+
+Into an immense auditorium I was wafted, a building without foundations
+or floor. Here, amidst uncanny noises, hovered a vast throng of Satan's
+lowest legislators.
+
+The dreadful suggestions here given, and the terrible debates that
+followed, beggar human description. From all parts of the great hall
+the busy wires were communicating with every section of the earth's
+surface.
+
+Blackana, still holding me by the hand, spoke! thus in a derisive
+strain:
+
+"O mortal, now comes my glorious revenge I have tasted your insults
+until their galling bitterness grinds me still. I have craved for this
+hour when I might leave you to the mercy of the lowest, and bring you
+under my feet for ever."
+
+Then, turning to the chairman of the great assemblage, Blackana
+attracted his attention, and at once the attention of all the spectral
+monsters of the place.
+
+"Here," commenced he, "is a piece of mortal flesh, fresh from the
+surface. I have been forced, by some strange power, to conduct this
+mortal man through these nether levels until he has seen the workings
+of our underground plans and schemes. He must never see the light of
+day, lest the world above may know the true inwardness and source of
+such laws as are called cursed, and rise in hosts against our surface
+operations."
+
+At this Blackana thrust me forward, and I went straightway to the
+chairman who seized me by the back and held me aloft in his right hand,
+while a deafening roar of strident voices was measuring my doom.
+
+"_Ho, ye ten thousand!_" I cried aloud, at which the horrid chairman
+fell backward, and I dropped unharmed to his own chair as the whole
+host were rushing at me en masse.
+
+The chairman sprang to his feet and waved a wand. "Silence and order!"
+he commanded.
+
+Thousands of brandishing weapons were brought to a stand, and quietness
+reigned in a moment.
+
+"Why say you 'ten thousand'? What power lives in those words?" asked
+the chairman with a show of boldness, but in secret quaking. "Power
+unlimited, even over death, hell, and the grave. My flesh is not food
+for such as these."
+
+"Who can you be to talk thus boldly to your superiors?"
+
+"I am one who is sealed by the blood of Jesus, and have no superiors
+outside the gates of Heaven."
+
+"Why came you here?" he impatiently and furiously demanded. "Tell me
+while yet you have opportunity to speak."
+
+Then, fully confiding in my unseen Guard, I stood erect and said with
+boldness of speech: "I have come to learn the secrets of this
+underground legislation which is sending its blighting curse throughout
+the world. Having witnessed the wide extent of these secret operations,
+I will now return to the brotherhood of man and sound the alarm of a
+coming reformation. O, beware ye multitudes that now rise against me!
+I am not alone, nor forsaken. By faith I see armies of the living God.
+I declare, at this moment, that earth will not forever receive her
+laws from such a depth. The hour must come when these million wires
+will be broken beyond repair, and all you fiends go groveling under
+penal chains in darkness eternal."
+
+[Illustration: The armies of righteousness will some day triumph over
+the black hordes of civil iniquity.]
+
+No more could I speak, for the air was thickening all around me with
+a rush of wild demons whose threatening weapons thirsted for my blood.
+
+I stood motionless, glorying in the power of the Unseen, for I saw,
+shining far above me, a beautiful star of hope with peace and purity
+in its rays.
+
+In the same instant I again shouted, "_Ho, ye ten thousand!_" Oh, what
+a transformation took place! Regiment upon regiment of Heaven's military
+hosts, converging as from infinite depth of space, burst into sudden
+view, revealed by a dazzling light which filled the whole region arid
+dazed the infernal hosts as with blindness, while their weapons broke
+and fell beneath them in futile fragments.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER VII.
+
+THE HILL OF REMORSE.
+
+1. While climbing a steep hill Miss Church-Member is touched by Remorse.
+
+2. Satan's strategy in keeping her away from the Narrow Path.
+
+3. All her trouble is lost in company with Mr. World on the Mountain Top
+of Apathy.
+
+
+Returning to my former post of observation, and looking again through
+the open door, I beheld Mr. World and Miss Church-Member still riding
+on the gravity road. They were approaching the Shadowy Vale, and Mr.
+World was desirous that his friend should close her eyes until they
+had passed through the shadows.
+
+She reclined her head, and soon was resting so comfortably that she
+fell fast asleep and opened not her eyes until they had passed beyond
+the darker scenes of the miserable valley.
+
+Then did Mr. World engage her with artful and pleasant conversation,
+so that she might not fully observe the features that constantly make
+this part of the Broad Highway dark and dreary.
+
+Satan, unseen, hovered around them during their conversation which was
+well pleasing to him. At length, in partial disguise, he made himself
+visible, much to the terror of Miss Church-Member.
+
+"Fear not; no harm will befall you," said Mr. World re-assuringly as
+he laid his hand upon her shoulder.
+
+Satan smiled complaisantly, and spoke in soft tones: "Tremble not at
+my presence. I have come only to render you such assistance as may be
+especially helpful to you in your journey, and to disabuse your mind
+of such false impressions as you have evidently entertained concerning
+my character."
+
+So affable was his manner and so pleasing his address that, to her
+mind, he soon lost that shocking hideousness which characterized his
+first appearance, and evoked from Miss Church-Member this apology born
+of her guilty conscience: "You would not have seen me now on this path
+had Mr. World adhered strictly to his promises."
+
+"Indeed, Miss Church-Member," replied Satan, "you need have no regret
+for being here. You are to be congratulated upon the good judgment
+which led you into fellowship with Mr. World. It is your happy fortune
+that he has succeeded in preventing you from leaving him. You are an
+exception to a host of cranks, who, without investigation, are
+prejudiced by what they hear. You are broad-minded, independent, and
+will be found wiser and happier than the army of fools you have left."
+
+These words brought a mixture of pride and shame to her heart, and
+threw her mind into a state of great confusion.
+
+But by this time they had come to a long and steep hill called Remorse
+up which all pilgrims walked. Mr. World assisted his companion in
+alighting, and promised to give her all possible help in her efforts
+to climb the hill.
+
+Satan remained with them, and Miss Church-Member, under deepening
+remorse of conscience, loitered a few steps in the rear. Her bowed
+head indicated the warring of her thoughts. Then I saw that she cast
+a longing glance over the rough hills toward the King's Highway, and
+looked for some path by which she might go thither.
+
+Her two wily companions endeavored to allay her fears by offering all
+manner of cajolements, none of which either diverted or quieted her
+mind.
+
+"O ye friends of mine!" cried Miss Church-Member, "I can find rest
+only on yonder King's Highway. Can you show me the shortest path leading
+thereto? I cannot go to the summit of this hill."
+
+[Illustration: On the Hill of Remorse. Miss Church-Member cast a longing
+glance toward the King's Highway, and looked for some way by which she
+might go thither.]
+
+"It so happens," pleasantly replied the Devil, "that there is no way
+of reaching the so-called King's Highway from this part of our route,
+but, if you will have patience, we will conduct you safely to a point
+a little farther on where you can conveniently leave this way with all
+honor to yourself. In the meantime we will give you all the assistance
+that you may need, and every convenience that science can afford."
+
+Miss Church-Member wept tears of gratitude at this proffered kindness,
+and began to feel that this dark intruder was a friend with a rough
+exterior but a warm and congenial heart.
+
+"It is quite evident that you have been grossly misrepresented to me,"
+she faltered as her voice trembled with emotion. "I was told that you
+are the embodiment of envy, malice, and hatred, and vigorously opposed
+to everything religious."
+
+Satan looked at her in well-counterfeited amazement. "How wrongly I
+am judged by my enemies! How can I be opposed to all religion when I
+attend church and prayer-meeting regularly, and sedulously listen to
+the sermons and prayers while many sleep who claim to be better than
+I? You will pardon me, Miss Church-Member," he continued, "but allow
+me to bear the light burden you are carrying under your arm, and let
+us hasten from this sickly atmosphere to the refreshing air beyond the
+summit of the hill."
+
+"You are very kind, indeed," she said. "Please carry these books
+carefully, as I prize them very highly."
+
+As they pushed their way up the hill, I looked at Blackana who, with
+his eyes fixed upon me, sat as cold and motionless as a statue.
+
+"Tell me," I asked, "why Satan has falsified so greatly to Miss
+Church-Member."
+
+Blackana, with a show of uneasiness, answered interrogatively: "Wherein
+has he falsified?"
+
+"Did he not just inform Miss Church-Member that there is no way of
+reaching the King's Highway from the place where she had been standing?
+He well knew that there is a way opened by the Prince of the House of
+David. Why did he not tell her?"
+
+Blackana again grinned horribly while my indignation waxed stronger.
+Then came his pertinent reply: "My master is about his own business;
+that is why he is so successful in his work. It is not his business
+to point people away from his kingdom; his delight is rather in leading
+them upon his own Highway."
+
+"Oh! for the voice of a thousand trumpets, that I might reach the ear
+of Miss Church-Member, and break unto her the words of truth and life.
+See how she walks on between those two fiends, ever nearing an awful
+destruction, yet vainly imagining, through the deceitfulness of her
+advisers, that she is nearing the place where she can, with greater
+ease, leave her present course and join her comrades on the Shining
+Path. Oh, that I could send a messenger, good and swift, in her
+pursuit!"
+
+"Rest in ease, anxious mortal; she will get all necessary advice from
+her two friends," replied Blackana with a sardonic grin.
+
+I could no longer look into his face, for I was filled with contempt.
+I turned my eyes to see poor Miss Church-Member still struggling up
+the Hill of Remorse.
+
+When the top was finally reached I heard Mr. World congratulating her:
+"Well done, noble woman! You have fought Remorse until you have mastered
+it. The pains and pangs incident to this climbing are over, and if you
+should come to another hill you will ascend it with more ease. Look
+about you at these cool mountain resorts called Apathy, and join me
+in a needed recreation as we mingle with the merry multitudes amongst
+these shady bowers."
+
+She needed no second invitation, being glad to seek relief in
+forgetfulness of her guilt.
+
+As they went to their pleasures, Satan vanished to give attention to
+others who were ascending the same Hill of Remorse, some in a sullen
+mood and some with wails of anguish on their lips.
+
+The delightful resorts of Apathy were now quieting the mind of Miss
+Church-Member, for the attractions on the mountain top were so numerous
+and so ingeniously arranged that, as she gave full attention to them,
+she no longer suffered any pangs of remorse.
+
+On this plateau, so full of charms for every sense, I saw bands of
+music; gardens of shady retreat where one might while away the weary
+hours in gentle dalliance; and cooling fountains throwing forth their
+busy sprays.
+
+Artists were painting the scenes of worldly ease, and poets were writing
+sweet verses for the singers of the place.
+
+Miss Church-Member, who was a lover of the fine arts, asked Mr. World
+to tarry in one of the gardens of the poets where they might hear the
+songs of the season just from the pens of their authors.
+
+This was a novel privilege; so he readily consented and accompanied
+her into a garden near by. They were greeted by sounds of instrumental
+music and charming voices raised in song.
+
+After these harmonies died away a soloist sang a hymn that had been
+composed that same day. Her voice rendered each word distinctly:
+
+ Remorse is but the foe of all,
+ The rich and poor, the slave and free
+ Unfriendly comes its bitter call--
+ Perchance it comes this day to thee.
+
+ Then come, thou troubled seeking peace
+ From this unkind, intruding foe;
+ Let anxious cares no more increase;
+ Go bury all thy pangs of woe.
+
+ Forget the things that wake thy mind
+ To fleeting sorrows of the day;
+ Oh! come and be forever blind
+ To all except this Broader Way.
+
+Then followed a fiendish woman, in guise of a light-crowned angel, who
+delivered an address entitled "The True Peace of the World." While the
+applause which followed her remarks was dying away, an authoritative
+old gentleman arose. After standing a moment in dignified silence, he
+continued to carry out the program of the Devil by speaking on "False
+Lights from the so-called 'King's Highway.'"
+
+Next a quartette beautifully rendered a love song of the world; this
+also had been quite recently composed.
+
+ Sweet world, so bright and fair,
+ We would thy pleasures share
+ While days pass on.
+ Thou art our truest friend,
+ On thee our souls depend
+ Till life is gone.
+
+ In life's perplexing days,
+ Thou wilt, in every phase,
+ Be ever near.
+ While thy sweet, placid charms
+ Dispel our dread alarms
+ In times of fear.
+
+ Who else can give relief,
+ When bowed in heavy grief?
+ No one like thee.
+ Thou sendest rays of light,
+ Into our darkest night
+ Till shadows flee.
+
+The melody of this song and the sentiment of its words had a very
+decisive effect on Miss Church-Member. She looked into the eyes of Mr.
+World with more than poetry in her glance, for her heart was now
+thrilled with the first touches of true love for him.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER VIII.
+
+THE VALLEY OF TEMPTATION.
+
+1. In this valley the two great Highways run almost parallel.
+
+2. The intervening ground is all alive with Satan's schemes to entice,
+entrap and discourage Christians.
+
+3. The operation of Christian forces in this valley.
+
+
+After leaving the Hill of Remorse and the pleasure grounds of Apathy, Mr.
+World and Miss Church-Member proceeded on the Broad Highway which now
+gradually sloped toward a deep valley.
+
+"What is the name of the valley which we are now entering?" inquired
+Miss Church-Member.
+
+"'Tis but the Valley of Temptation," he carelessly answered.
+
+"Ah! I have heard of this valley," she replied. "Whenever I was tempted
+or tried on the King's Highway some one would caution: 'Be courageous,
+for you must go through the Valley of Temptation.' I am thankful, as
+I come to it, that I am on a Broader Way."
+
+"Many call this valley 'Entanglement,'" further continued Mr. World,
+"because of the large numbers who are here caught by the devices all
+along the way." I saw the whole valley in one view. It was very wide
+and more than a thousand experiences long and, from one end to the
+other, there were constant scenes of activity. The King's Highway and
+the Broad Highway ran almost parallel throughout the whole length of
+the valley.
+
+The entire space between the two paths was occupied by the agents of
+Satan, and by numerous rescue bands and missionary organizations of
+the King's Highway Church.
+
+I was informed that no traveler, who knows the experiences of life,
+ever escaped this valley. But the King of Glory gives his children
+assurance of no harm if they will heed his words and step not from the
+path upon any pretence. He has also placed, in plain view, countless
+signs of warning to keep his pilgrims from yielding to temptation, as
+it presents itself, with or without mask; and they who pass these
+testing-places in triumph are counted stable in their ways.
+
+I saw in the first part of the valley some of Satan's shrewdest agents
+at work. They were stationed along the Narrow Path at close intervals,
+and were endeavoring, by all kinds of schemes, to attract the attention
+of Christians as they journeyed through the valley.
+
+From one point they threw a hook baited with wealth over to the edge
+of the King's Highway way. I saw an ambitious Christian, contrary to
+the signs of warning and all advice, eagerly grasp this bait. Then did
+the agents of Satan pull gently. The man seeing a clue to wealth in
+his hand would not let it go, and so was drawn slowly and unconsciously
+over into the territory of the World. He did not see the strand that
+drew him, for it was invisible, nor was he conscious of being thus
+drawn, having his mind so fixed upon the object of his earnest pursuit.
+
+Thus do these agents ply their nefarious skill without ceasing, and
+so have drawn large numbers away from their original faith.
+
+Another agent I saw near-by throwing out a hook baited with fame. An
+ambitious youth let go all he had and seized the baited hook with
+singular avidity. It inspired him with inward hope, and he became so
+engaged in thinking of his golden future that he followed whither the
+gentle drawing led him, until he also reached the questionable ground
+of the World. There he became still further entangled until he was
+utterly under the sway of the tempter.
+
+Close by I saw an agent of the Devil fastening a book to a line and
+throwing it to the edge of the King's Highway. In bold letters it bore
+the title, "Forbidden Fruit," and under this title there was an impure
+picture.
+
+Many, in passing by, who saw the book would have examined it had it
+not been for their modesty.
+
+But one man, whose curiosity was stronger than his judgment, took the
+book and commenced perusing it. While thus engaged the invisible strands
+of influence drew the captive from the Narrow Way until he found a
+series of books and illustrations to enchain his attention, and Satan
+succeeded in totally winning his heart.
+
+I saw another book thrown to the edge of the Pilgrim's Path. This was
+taken by a woman who opened its pages and saw its evil tendencies.
+Although drawn by the invisible chord, she did not step from the path,
+but threw the book as far to one side as she could, and proceeded on
+her journey happily singing:
+
+ "Yield not to temptation,
+ For yielding is sin.
+ Each vict'ry will help you
+ Some other to win."
+
+This only enraged the wily foes, and they became more determined than
+ever to continue their work of deception and ruin.
+
+From one point or another I saw this dreadful work progressing. Each
+station used a different kind of bait, pleasing or attractive to some
+passing pilgrims. Here the enemy reaps a continual harvest
+notwithstanding all the preaching, advice, and influence brought to
+bear upon pilgrims to induce them to eschew all attractions not plainly
+found upon their own pathway.
+
+Some, whom Satan could not attract by a bait, he would catch with
+snares, many of which I saw in operation, each guarded continually by
+trusted servants of the Evil One.
+
+One of the subtlest of these snares consisted of a series of small,
+curiously shaped buildings. They stood as near to the King's Highway
+as Satan could place them, while glaring signs informed the pilgrims
+that they could here obtain knowledge upon any subject. Each building
+was so constructed that, at the will of a secret operator, it could
+be moved noiselessly from its resting place.
+
+Many an unsuspecting traveler who craved for a solution to some mystery
+would step into one of these neat rooms, and meet with a most cordial
+reception.
+
+I saw a man of more than usual intelligence, who had been faithful to
+his Master, stop and read the sign over these buildings: "Bureau of
+Information: All Mysteries Solved."
+
+"Here," thought he, "in this humble place I can perhaps find some
+pearls of thought which more inviting waters never yielded to me." He
+stepped in, not noticing that he thereby stepped to one side of the
+way.
+
+"Can I have a mystery solved here?" asked the visitor.
+
+"Without doubt, sir," was the confident response of a dignified
+professor who was in attendance.
+
+"Can you tell me the origin of sin?" asked the visitor.
+
+Just then I saw the building commence to move as the professor commenced
+to explain the difficult question.
+
+The professor talked so interestingly to the visitor that he held his
+attention until the building was moved, by the secret process, to the
+brow of the mountain, and over to the great building known as the
+"Devil's Theological School."
+
+"Perchance, my words," said the speaker, "are insufficient to fully
+satisfy your mind. Go now from the rear door to the College where all
+such perplexing questions are made clear."
+
+The visitor seizing, as he thought, a golden opportunity, gladly
+consented and, to his great surprise, found a building of magnificent
+proportions into which he entered.
+
+After listening a very short time to Satan's teaching on the origin
+of sin, he emerged from the school with a heavy bundle of opinions on
+his back, and failed to find the Old Way. After wandering and stumbling
+about on this summit of human learning, he finally found the Broad
+Highway whereon he could carry his vain burden with ease.
+
+These bureaus of information have ensnared so many learned men,
+including ministers and professors, that the King of Glory has here
+placed special signs of warning to all travelers; these have saved
+many men from the snare of "the fowler."
+
+I saw three young college students about to enter one of the bureaus.
+There stood an aged pilgrim near by who shouted:
+
+"Come! ye young men, out of the snare of the Devil, or ye will be taken
+captive by him at his will!"
+
+The voice sounded so friendly that they hesitated long enough to discern
+that the building did not touch the King's Highway.
+
+Then they remembered that they had been told long before to go by the
+King's Highway, and not to turn to the right hand nor to the left, nor
+even to step from the path, lest they should slip and fall to their
+hurt. So they passed on about their Father's business.
+
+Near the edge of the King's Highway I saw another device to catch men
+unawares. It was invented in the Wizard City and had been successfully
+used by Satan for many centuries.
+
+It was an _artificial woman_, dressed in modest apparel, and so
+constructed that the arms were uplifted and the heart plainly visible,
+making the curious image just unnatural enough to attract the attention
+of all pilgrims.
+
+Over the head of the image these words were written: "Touch this magic
+heart for the charms that follow."
+
+It was ridiculous to see how many of the young and old, in passing
+over this way of life, stepped from the path and tried the experiment.
+
+One man I saw who ventured to touch the mystic heart, and ere his eyes
+could look into the face of the image its arms embraced him in a
+tightening grasp.
+
+Away the image moved with graceful ease into Elysian bowers of sensual
+joy. There he remained to breathe its poisoned air and feed upon the
+husks of such a clime.
+
+I also saw a man of riper years who looked curiously at another image
+similar to the one that had just moved away. At first he was doubtful
+whether to test it or not, and as he stood in consideration he raised
+his eyes and saw these words plainly written over the King's Highway:-To
+ALL DESCENDANTS OF ADAM:
+
+Beware, O pilgrim, of this woman's heart, Lest you should from the
+Narrow Way depart; For if you touch a secret chord within, You're borne
+away to wider fields of sin.
+
+He read this sign a few times and also heard the voice of a good friend
+who told him that he had seen thousands go to ruin by not heeding this
+warning. Nevertheless he was urged by curiosity and carnality, and
+being hardened by former acts of disobedience and seeing nothing but
+innocent pleasure before him, he yielded to his baser desires.
+
+"O! rescue me, Mr. Law, I am in the clutches of this woman," was his
+beseeching cry, not long after. But I saw that no one came to his help.
+
+There were many such places in this valley where men, both young and
+old, were enticed; many of whom could not have been caught by the
+snares of vice at other places along the Broad Highway.
+
+I saw also, farther down the valley, that Satan used all manner of
+traps and nets to catch the silly and the foolish. That which attracted
+my attention the most was a series of stations built close to the
+King's Highway. At each place Satan employed a company of expert men
+who were trained to use a lasso. I saw certain men and women of the
+King's Highway who became so inflated with their own vanity and
+imaginations that they rose head and shoulder above their humbler
+comrades, thus enabling the lasso of Pride to get hold of them. Some,
+by heeding advice, escaped; others submitted to the drawing power and
+landed in the kingdoms of the World where they could worship their new
+god with increasing ardor.
+
+There was also a certain young man who doted so much on his own ways
+that his head rose unusually high. He was, therefore, easily caught
+by a lasso called Conceit. Good friends came to his rescue and told
+him to realize at once that he was nothing, and thereby he would
+suddenly become so small that he would drop completely out of his
+trouble.
+
+But he said that he could not believe a lie, whereat the lasso tightened
+still more about his neck, and he succeeded by still further struggling
+to remain a very brief time on the King's Highway; but being in pain,
+he soon yielded to the inevitable and went to worship before the shrine
+of his own god.
+
+I also saw that the women of the King's Highway were an exceeding great
+army, mighty in battling against the foe, much to the discomfiture of
+Satan and his allies.
+
+To counteract the influence of this sex Satan has plied his ingenuity
+ever since the beginning. In his Pharaoh fashion he has so manipulated
+the customs of the world that woman is trampled under foot in
+uncivilized lands, and in lands of light she is ostracized by sections
+of the Christian church and despised in the civil realm. And yet, with
+a faithful heart, she suffers this indignity and, looking up from
+underneath this weight, she offers to the powers that crush her down
+the holiest sacrifice that one can give.
+
+O spirit of the age, like flowers of Heaven, Thy fragrance will not
+die, but live eternal; And woman shall, some holier, happier day,
+Attain her highest glory in the world.
+
+Yet notwithstanding all these means wherewith Satan has made the path
+of woman so hard to travel, he has discovered that he can not disgrace
+her by any means so effectually as through the old temptation.
+
+Consequently Satan has kept the seed of the central tree of the garden
+and still raises, on the broad uplands of Hell, _forbidden fruit_
+which, through engrafting processes, has come to many varieties.
+
+This mysterious product of the tree, so suited to the natural palate
+of womankind, is provided abundantly on each side of the King's Highway
+along the whole length of the Valley of Temptation, and is offered,
+ostensibly, free of charge.
+
+I watched, with chagrin and horror, the subtle influences of this
+fiendish work, seeing young women and those of riper experience go
+down alike under this intoxication of Hell.
+
+As I looked again at the whole Valley, what sad sights of intemperance
+painfully greeted my eyes!
+
+The intervening ground was a veritable bed of iniquity, for it swarmed
+with half-clothed inebriates who patronized the miserable and filthy
+hovels of lowest resort, while inebriates, in finer array, entered the
+apartments which were decorated and finished in all the beauty that
+wealth could afford, and supplied with alcoholic beverages under a
+fashionable bill of fare.
+
+I could see the same Devil controlling all, and the same gutter or the
+same Hell receiving all who did not yield to the agencies of eternal
+life.
+
+Among the many temperance organizations that operated throughout the
+valley I observed a band of women who threatened to overthrow the evil.
+They had, by long persistent effort, discovered the underground
+connections between the distillery and the saloons, and therefore they
+were endeavoring to kill the traffic at the head. This movement at
+first created laughter in the ranks of the foe, but the women have
+continued patiently and have built a thousand batteries from which
+they hurl projectiles of death into the camp of intemperance. Since
+then the agents of darkness have ceased their laughter and instead
+have set to building defences behind which they hope to carry on their
+business with impunity.
+
+But the bands of women have entered into an eternal agreement, pledged
+their faith one to another, and have been calling upon Heaven for help;
+therefore they declare that no flag will be lowered, and no gun will
+be silent until the great wall around the city of their foes shall
+fall, either at a long blast of the horn or a continuous volley from
+their ramparts.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER IX.
+
+THE TOWER OF TEMPTATION.
+
+1. The tower affords the most advantageous view of the world and a
+most discouraging view of the King's Highway.
+
+2. The triumphant flight of Mrs. Discouraged from the tower's top to
+a place on the King's Highway called "Victory by Faith."
+
+3. Mr. World and Miss Church-Member ride from the tower's top in Satan's
+new air ship.
+
+
+Mr. World and Miss Church-Member continuing on the Broad Highway,
+entered the Valley of Temptation with all its gaiety and outward
+happiness. This valley is known by the pilgrims of the King's Highway
+as the Devil's Heaven, for here the tinsel of the world, the pomp of
+society, and the wealth of material grandeur are manifested in all
+their glory.
+
+"An exceedingly pleasant valley," said Mr. World as they drew nearer
+to the scenes of activity on each side of the way.
+
+"Beyond my anticipation, indeed. Our journey is growing more and more
+delightful," she joyously replied.
+
+As they journeyed on Miss Church-Member came into agreeable fellowship
+with some of her former Christian associates who, by looking over into
+the territory of the World, coveted its ways and were snared by one
+or another of Satan's devices to catch the unwary. The larger portion
+of these new recruits were firmly convinced that they were still
+traveling on the road to Heaven, even though they had fully left the
+Narrow Way.
+
+Miss Church-Member congratulated her comrades of earlier years on their
+happy choice of a wider and more pleasant path, and they accepted her
+invitation to spend a season together in the valley.
+
+These new associates were welcomed most cordially by Mr. World who
+left nothing undone that might add to their comfort or pleasure.
+
+The merry company passed down the valley and paused at a magnificent
+temperance saloon which occupied nearly the whole space between the
+two Highways. Into this place of attractive rooms I saw many enter
+from the King's Highway, much to the displeasure of their great Master.
+
+In this infernal guise Satan seduces many an unsuspecting traveler to
+take one more step downward toward the lowest service of his kingdom.
+Mr. World courteously offered refreshments and conducted his friends
+into the "Ladies Parlor" where they drank alleged unfermented wines,
+and admired the sculpture and works of art which adorned the place.
+They were then offered their choice of porter, sweet cider, root beer,
+hot punch (special for a cold), or eggnog for a weak heart. Thus each
+one was enabled to find a beverage directly suited to his need or
+taste, for some had contracted a cold, while others were suffering
+with cardiac troubles.
+
+Not far from this respectable place, and connected secretly therewith,
+stood a group of buildings patronized by the lower order of criminals
+and inebriates. These haunts bore a black reputation.
+
+Mr. World and his joyous companions, by reason of their refined natures
+and good standing in the church, would not so much as look at such
+despicable resorts, but continued their journey until they came to a
+wider section of the valley where they saw numberless rescue bands at
+work, but especially a great army of Endeavorers presenting a formidable
+front.
+
+"Whence came this company so great that it cannot be numbered?" asked
+Mr. World in a state of nervous agitation.
+
+One of the new companions quickly answered: "They come from the King's
+Highway and are trying to capture the kingdom of this world and bring
+it into subjection to God. I know all about them and can testify that
+they are a mighty and glorious band." The regiments of this great host
+were marching on, each soldier equipped with the full panoply of his
+station. Many of the pilgrims on the Broad Highway trembled at the
+presence of so powerful an army. It has caused the enemy much concern
+how to meet and, if possible, conquer this foe. This army of Endeavorers
+constantly grows and, according to the claims of the enemy, the most
+successful plans to oppose it are not yet matured. Satan has promised
+his forces that he would utterly rout these daring legions as soon as
+some new inventions of war can be perfected.
+
+The merry companions, not being moved with anger, endured the gigantic
+display of this host without chagrin.
+
+Mr. World quieted his rising fears and urged his comrades onward past
+the Tobacco Station until they reached the centre of the valley where
+the King's Highway was the roughest, and the Broad Highway the
+smoothest.
+
+Here was built the most remarkable structure of the valley. A high
+tower of imposing strength occupied the whole space between the two
+highways. Its foundations were broad and totally covered the King's
+Highway with a massive arch.
+
+This was known amongst Christians as the Devil's Tower, or Tower of
+Temptation. It was built by Satan, and was said to afford the finest
+view of the world to all who would consent to take a ride upward in
+its electric carriage.
+
+The location of the tower was perfectly adapted to the purpose intended.
+Scarcely any pilgrims _en route_ for Heaven passed by without taking
+a view of the sights.
+
+Before this mountain was built, a high mountain-cliff, on one side of
+the valley, was used by the agents of darkness for the same purpose.
+
+Thereon David ascended and saw the prosperity of the wicked until envy
+filled his soul, and his "steps had well-nigh slipped." Had it not
+been that by faith he looked to a mountain far away, and understood
+the end of the prosperous worldly minded, he might have there fallen
+to his death.
+
+Upon this mountain Satan took Christ, the Son of God, and showed him
+all the kingdoms of the world and the glory of them, and said unto
+him: "All these things will I give thee, if thou wilt fall down and
+worship me."
+
+From this tower Judas saw the wealth of the world, and there was
+begotten within him an inordinate craving for earthly gain which at
+last dragged him down to a miserable end.
+
+As time rolled on, Satan erected this magnificent tower higher than
+the loftiest crag of the mountain. I saw that Mr. World and his
+companions were looking at the exterior finish of the tower, after
+which they stepped to the base and spent some time in watching the
+many schemes that were employed to induce disheartened Christians to
+take the Broad Highway after descending the tower.
+
+They saw that one of the most successful of these schemes was a series
+of little offices occupied by fortune tellers of reputed ability. In
+one of these they saw an old woman with a mysterious face. She professed
+to be able, by her strange conjuring, to reveal the future of any life.
+
+A certain Mr. Downcast, who was a church-member and had just come from
+the top of the tower, visited this fortune teller, and by her
+descriptions of his happy future on the Broad Highway he was induced
+to travel thereon at once.
+
+Mr. World and his companions decided to get the benefit of the broad
+view which could be had from the top of the tower. They entered a car
+at the base and were delighted by the gentle ascent toward the clouds.
+
+Upon reaching the top of the tower they Were approached by an obliging
+attendant and furnished with spy glasses of great power with which
+they could see more distinctly the beauty and greatness of the world,
+and the roughness and inconvenience of traveling the King's Highway.
+_To each one was also given an ingenious pocket mirror in which could
+be seen, at any time, the inconsistencies of church-members._
+
+I saw throngs of people circling the top of the tower, and many evil
+agents busily engaged in the interest of their master.
+
+There had just come from the King's Highway a group of church-members
+upon whom the scenery had a doleful effect. Some were filled with
+melancholy, and some were sullen, while despondency sent germs of slow
+death into other minds.
+
+These conditions enabled Satan to destroy more easily all hope within
+them of ever succeeding on a way that appeared more rugged than ever,
+and also made them more desirous to taste the joys of this present
+life which now lay before them in such a winning way.
+
+I then saw one called Mrs. Discouraged who had never before seen so
+much of the world at once. She stood on the edge of the tower not far
+from Mr. World and his companions, and listened to one of the polite
+attendants who had given her also a spy glass.
+
+Mrs. Discouraged looked down upon the natural comforts of life which
+were here seen to best advantage. She saw, with ease, the Broad Highway
+presenting a picture of happiness as far as the glass could reach.
+
+Then did one of the smooth-tongued attendants speak to another group
+of pilgrims who also had just come from the King's Highway.
+
+"Witness the glory of the Broad Highway and see how it goes down this
+valley ever into finer stretches of country. See on yonder distant
+elevations that magnificent University of the World built at an enormous
+cost and sacrifice for the accommodation of all travelers. Each one
+of you who reaches the lower end of this valley should take the Mountain
+Trolley and spend a season at those schools. They occupy some of the
+grandest buildings in the world. Focus your glasses and behold the
+great sight."
+
+Continuing he said: "The path you see leading down there, in this other
+part of the valley, is called King's Highway, very rough indeed, as
+you all can see. Thereon it is hard to travel and difficult to stand
+still. It is so narrow that if a traveler should stand still, he is
+constantly harassed or pushed about by those who wish to pass on. The
+other highway furnishes a marked contrast, for there a person may stand
+still without annoyance to himself or anyone else. The way is so wide
+that he can even sit on an easy chair and yet not be in the way of
+others who wish to hasten on. The one who built this Wider Way kept
+in mind the convenience and comfort of travelers.
+
+"The so-called King's Highway," still continued the attendant, "is
+beset with many dangers, and passes through many places similar to the
+one far down the valley." They all looked through their glasses and
+saw the Meshes of Doubt on each side of the Narrow Way.
+
+"Those are the sorts of places," concluded the speaker, "that one must
+constantly pass through in the service of an imaginary king."
+
+Mrs. Discouraged saw all these things and heard all these words. She was
+so disheartened that she knew not what to do.
+
+"Have I served my God in vain?" she questioned inwardly. "Must all my
+testimonies fall to the earth? Surely the way of the world seems to
+be an easy way, and more suited to a person in trouble."
+
+She suddenly fell on her knees, as she was wont to do in such
+emergencies, and, behold, I saw her, on wings of prayer, fly in triumph
+from the tower's top, down the valley, over the Meshes of Doubt, and
+land on the King's Highway in a most glorious place called Victory by
+Faith. She thence went on her way rejoicing.
+
+[Illustration: The great victory of Mrs. Discouraged who, on wings of
+prayer, escaped from he Tower of Temptation to a place called Victory
+by Faith.]
+
+Then did the attendant on the tower speak of her in ridicule. "The
+poor mortal, in her insanity, has descended to a bad level and must,
+of necessity, climb yonder terrible hill which, as your eyes bear
+testimony, is the last part of the Narrow Way visible from this tower."
+
+"She went, however, in a miraculous way. Those wings were sure and
+steady, and I was pleased with the swiftness of her flight," said Mrs.
+Diligence who was also a pilgrim from the King's Highway.
+
+"Without doubt," answered the attendant, "but she went with heavy labor
+of her wings. Had she told me that she wished to take a flight, I could
+have given her a finer trip in one of the aerial ships lately invented
+by the experts of the Wizard City. I will summon one. Look no more at
+Mrs. Discouraged with wings, but fix your eyes toward the east, and
+you will soon witness the floating car whereon thousands go out daily
+from this tower into pleasant places."
+
+As he said this he gave a signal, and soon the strangely shaped airship
+came in sight, to the delight of all who saw it.
+
+"It must be far better," said one of the spectators, "to travel in a
+car like that, than to be working your wings in the air."
+
+"A thing of beauty." "The greatest invention of the century." "It moves
+as easily as a bird," were some of the various sentences that were
+spoken enthusiastically as the object drew nearer.
+
+"Shall we ride in it?" quickly asked Mr. World as he turned to the
+little group at his side.
+
+The new companions who so recently came from the King's Highway
+timorously fell back at his abrupt suggestion, but Miss Church-Member
+offered to accompany him.
+
+As the aerial machine was stopping at the tower Mr. World and Miss
+Church-Member speedily exchanged words of farewell and prepared for
+the new ride.
+
+They were soon numbered with a host of expectant passengers on board.
+The lines were loosened and the weird airship cut the wind like a large
+bird on wing, and sped away to the pleasure grounds along the Broad
+Highway where most of the passengers, being blinded by sin, found such
+delightsome fellowship that they refused thereafter to travel on any
+other than the Wider Way.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER X.
+
+DARK SCHEMES OF SATAN.
+
+1. The two companions land far down the valley on "The Midway," whence
+they take the Mountain Trolley and visit the underground Schools of
+Suicide.
+
+2. Satan's primitive address on Literature.
+
+
+The aerial car carried Mr. World and Miss Church-Member to the far end
+of the Valley of Temptation where they spent a delightful season in
+the pleasures of sense and sight.
+
+They lingered mostly on the wide intervening space between the two
+paths which was known in this part of the valley as "The Midway." Here
+they saw a large number of pilgrims from the King's Highway who were
+engaging in one or another of the endless amusements which can be
+enjoyed without stepping altogether on the Broad Highway.
+
+On this long Midway humanity swarmed by millions. Some, forgetful of
+their vows, or regardless of their honor, stepped into the lower haunts
+of vice, and offered sweet flowers of purity and fragrance in exchange
+for dry and filthy husks from the floor of the stall. But Miss
+Church-Member, in keeping with her moral character, did not surrender
+her chastity, and although she had such continual fellowship with Mr.
+World she yet held the respect of many other church-members; for it
+was quite fashionable to belong to the church and still walk in the
+ways of the world. Satan, under a hellish guise, offered to give, even
+before death, handsome rewards to any church-member who succeeds in
+carrying a certain amount of the world with him on his way to Heaven,
+and multitudes were trying the experiment. Some, in hope of winning
+larger prizes, were verily loaded down with the worrying weights of
+the world.
+
+Looking away from this immediate vicinity of the valley, any traveler
+could see, far above the surrounding scenes, the "University of the
+World," whose front buildings crested the mountain elevations for many
+miles. This imposing sight had awakened the admiration of Mr. World
+and his friend, and had it not been for the countless attractions of
+the Midway they would have hurriedly pushed their way to the schools,
+immediately after the aerial car had carried them over the proud domes
+of the University and landed them in the vale.
+
+During one of the darker periods which now and then cover the whole
+Midway with its shadows, the two companions caught the flashes of
+variously-colored lights which emanated from every part of the elevated
+structure, making the entire mountain appear as if a vast crown of
+nature were decked with dazzling diamonds rare.
+
+Miss Church-Member was excited by this unusual show of brilliancy, and
+nothing on the lower level could any longer hold her attention.
+
+"How can we best rise to that glorious summit?" she inquired with a
+glow of enthusiasm.
+
+"Ah," smiled Mr. World, "surely we need not think of walking up this
+mountain. Have you forgotten the obliging attendant who advised us as
+we stood on the beautiful tower? Did he not direct us to take the
+Mountain Trolley?"
+
+Without delay they sought the Midway station, entered one of the
+up-to-date cars, and instead of going directly to the mountain top
+they were surprised to find that they were being carried into the
+bowels of the mountain.
+
+"Whence go we dashing through the dark?" asked the terror-stricken
+Miss Church-Member as she held fast to Mr. World.
+
+But ere her escort could answer they came into an immense cavern dimly
+lighted. The car stopped at a station called Rest, and a voice announced
+in distinct tones: "Come, ye troubled or distressed, and ye who are
+disgraced! Here linger in this underground school and learn of the
+rest that is for the weary."
+
+"What is your wish?" courteously asked Mr. World.
+
+"I am neither in trouble nor in disgrace. Why should I tarry?"
+
+"Only to see the lower schools before we go to the higher," was his
+winning answer.
+
+They alighted and walked forth in the dismal light. They could readily
+discern strangely shaped buildings of a costly type. The air was
+stifling, and everything wore a melancholy dress; yet, withal, there
+was a pleasing charm about the place. Some secret touch in the doleful
+music, or some bright tinge to the ominous shadows, awakened a curiosity
+and a hope in the visitors that prevented them from leaving the cavern
+at once.
+
+In a half-decided mood Mr. World and Miss Church-Member meandered
+through this sickly region, and had decided to leave the place when
+they saw this illuminated motto over a massive arch:
+
+TO ALL WHO ARE DISGRACED! THE SHORTEST ROUTE TO REST! (ENTRANCE.)
+
+A genial attendant informed Mr. World that visitors were welcome, but
+Miss Church-Member consented to enter only after some hesitancy. It
+was indeed a dark school, with long narrow halls where one could only
+see the darker side of life. Everything about the place evidenced the
+dark designs of Satan. The teachers in this infamous place, by a series
+of graded instructions, suggested to their pupils that suicide was the
+surest and shortest road to rest. In the darker rooms of the rear I
+saw, to my horror, a scene that neither Mr. World nor Miss Church-Member
+was permitted to see. _It was the daily graduating class of this school
+of suicide._ Each member of the class was instructed by what new method
+he might rend the strand of life with his own hand, in the desperate
+and sickening hope of finding rest "where their worm dieth not, and
+the fire is not quenched."
+
+I quickly turned from this revolting spectacle, and saw that Mr. World
+and Miss Church-Member had returned to the station called Rest. They
+boarded the first car and were soon speeding on through Dismal Tunnel.
+It was a welcome moment when the car emerged from the darkness into
+the light of day and took its winding course upward toward the microcosm
+of schools, which, as seen from this side of the mountain, also
+presented a picture of imposing magnitude.
+
+When the car reached the University station Mr. World and his friend
+alighted, and at once entered one of the carriages in waiting. They
+were hurried away toward a group of immense structures known as the
+"College of the World's Literature;" and yet with all the immensity
+of its buildings, it was but a small part of the whole University which
+lay far extended over the distant mountain elevations.
+
+As the noiseless carriage sped along I turned toward Blackana, who,
+in strange muteness still tarried at my side. "I command you, O Black
+Interpreter, to tell me of the origin and management of this College
+of Literature." As I spoke he turned his face in a manner that made
+me tremble. His sepulchral, husky voice only added to my uneasiness.
+
+"It originated," he explained, "in simpler form, immediately after
+Satan commenced operations on the face of the earth. Parallel with the
+progress of every age it has increased to its present proportions.
+That which you see is but the central point of this great educational
+enterprise. Its unseen branches extend into every part of the world.
+The whole system is under the control of Satan. His most learned
+disciples have charge of the special departments."
+
+"And what is the purpose of this limitless scheme?" I further queried.
+The whole organism of Blackana quivered with reluctance as if he would
+not answer. "Refuse me not," I continued, "you well know that I have
+underneath me the everlasting arms."
+
+He was restless for a moment, angrily rolling his awful eyes. Suddenly
+his attitude changed and he thus calmly answered my question: "The
+purpose of all these schools is to counteract and, if possible, to
+destroy the influence of the teachings of Him who is called Jesus
+Christ. He was once visible in the flesh and declared that his kingdom
+was everlasting. Of him it was said that he would reign till he put
+all things under his feet."
+
+Then did Blackana add with fiery emphasis: "_Neither my master nor any
+of his allies will ever be put under his feet._ Satan's words ran wild
+as he addressed the insulted hosts of Hell on this issue." Knowing
+that Blackana had a perfect memory, I commanded that he should reproduce
+Satan's address in my own dialect.
+
+Like a flash of lightning he flung himself to the winds around me,
+thereby transforming himself into the image of Satan. It appeared as
+if a thousand spirits in fitful rage were dancing in mid-air.
+
+Then his voice pealed forth the logic of Hell as Satan had spoken it
+centuries before: "Have ye heard, my noble comrades, how that Heaven
+flings insults into our teeth? Not satisfied that we grovel on these
+remains of empire, we are further threatened with being cast miserably
+under his feet. Whose feet I ask? The feet of our direst foe, whom to
+worship, as he desireth, means serfdom worse than ours. Is there one
+of you who will surrender his native dignity in such a fashion?"
+
+Millions of voices rendered the air hideous with their cries, so
+accurately did Blackana reproduce it all.
+
+"I knew your sentiments," continued he, triumph ringing in his tones.
+"What can we do but stand unitedly on our rustic frontier, and push
+the conquest on to farther realms. Then all Heaven will learn that we
+are made of grit too fine and true to lie beneath the feet of any foe."
+
+As Blackana continued, I was struck with shuddering terror at his awful
+gestures; but conscious that no harm could befall me, I continued
+listening to his flaming oratory.
+
+"We must arise and seize our opportunities. Go forth, under cover of
+night, and sow the seed of our own growing; this will flourish in the
+very soil that Christ would bring to highest cultivation. The germs
+of our literature, rooted in human soil and growing secretly beneath
+the surface, shall spread throughout the world and come to fruitage
+in the light of every clime.
+
+"We must build schools of literature, inspire the authors of the world
+with our fine creed, and thereby spread our doctrines to the myriad
+readers of every land and tongue. Who then, amongst our enemies, can
+kill the appetite when once 'tis roused to craving for the carnal?
+Give me the quill and the coming pen and press, and I can create thought
+at my bidding and turn the main streams of human endeavor into
+whatsoever channels I choose; and thus our river shall run full, while
+other streams are drying.
+
+"With such a work how can our cause grow less or we go groveling under
+any foot? Impossible, my heroes! for we will live in glorious triumph
+to the end of time. On to your tasks, listening multitudes, and he who
+most successfully counteracts the so-called 'Truth' shall be a ruler
+in my kingdom, and shine more brightly than the radiance of all this
+region."
+
+Thus was the speech suddenly ended, and I heard the unearthly
+reverberations of the fiendish cheering by the mighty host, while the
+form of Satan vanished; but from his waning shadows Blackana came forth
+and in death-like silence again resumed his sullen attitude at my side.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XI.
+
+SCHOOLS OF LITERATURE. FIRST AND SECOND DIVISIONS.
+
+1. The schools described.
+
+2. The literature of the world tainted by the teachers of darkness.
+
+3. Satan's rules for the winning author.
+
+
+The College of Literature, in three grand divisions, occupied one of
+the most attractive sites of all the territory covered by the University
+of the World. It was owned and controlled by Satan, and was visited
+by the children of the human family from every portion of the earth.
+
+Mr. World and Miss Church-Member came thither in a conveyance. They
+stood before the massive structure which comprised the first division
+of the College. Around them were the living fountains which, like
+pearls in billows of green, played upon the expansive lawn. While they
+strolled along the pebbled paths they were lost in admiration as they
+continued looking upon the stupendous building which towered far into
+the air and extended as far as the eye could reach. In breathless
+silence they noted first its size, then its durability, and marveled
+most at the splendid symmetry of the parts, each blending into a perfect
+whole.
+
+"Heaven must have inspired so great and beautiful a design," was the
+first comment of Miss Church-Member. "Those porticos hanging in mid-air,
+those domes and pillars, dreamlike, stand before me more like a hundred
+fabled castles than aught real to sight or touch."
+
+"Indeed the world affords rich and delightful privileges to all who
+will but walk in her ways," said Mr. World just as they arrived at one
+of the large entrances, over which these words were written:
+
+DEPOSITORY OF THE WORLD'S LITERATURE, WELCOME TO ALL!
+
+As Miss Church-Member viewed the weighty pillars on each side of the
+entrance, she exclaimed: "This is indeed a rare opportunity. Methinks
+I could revel, with delight, forever in fields of literature. Come,
+Mr. World, let us at once pass through the massive doors and learn
+what we can from so great a source."
+
+Although the literary tastes of Mr. World were not strongly developed,
+yet he offered no objections to her request. He seemed willing to
+suffer any inconvenience for her sake so long as she traveled on the
+Broad Highway. As they were entering the building I saw that many from
+the church and the world were also pushing their way into the interior
+that they might get a glimpse of the inner halls, and visit the ones
+that were best suited to their fancies.
+
+Miss Church-Member was surprised when she saw the unique arrangement
+of the interior. There were twenty-eight magnificent halls so
+constructed that they converged toward a large central office into
+which I saw Mr. World and his companion enter, profoundly impressed
+with the smallness of the single human mind.
+
+After answering the stipulated questions, they registered under the
+rules and regulations and were given certificates entitling them to
+all the privileges which this first division of the College accorded
+to visitors.
+
+In the commodious office they learned that each of the twenty-eight
+halls contained a distinctive line of literature, systematically
+arranged in numerous sub-departments; and that competent librarians
+superintended the literature of each hall and of each department.
+
+Miss Church-Member ascertained also that each hall was centrally
+supplied with a lecture room having an immense seating capacity, and
+that learned professors, each in their turn, occupied the platform and
+constantly gave lectures which were intended to describe and illustrate
+the class of literature represented in their faculties.
+
+After considerable time spent in the office, they passed through the
+long and wide circular lobby, reading the beautifully emblazoned
+inscriptions over each entrance door, but they could not immediately
+decide into which hall they would first enter.
+
+At length after a pleasant loitering, Mr. World led his charming comrade
+into the fourth hall, over whose entrance, in plain words, this
+inscription appeared:
+
+ALL THAT WAS EVER WRITTEN CONCERNING JESUS CHRIST.
+
+They first chose to enter a sub-department where ancient scrolls,
+parchments, and papyri could be seen in tiresome variety. Miss
+Church-Member scanned most carefully some of the manuscripts which had
+never been published.
+
+In other sections of the hall there were books and pamphlets of all
+descriptions, each one referring to Jesus Christ in a favorable or an
+unfavorable manner.
+
+During these visitations the attendants extended unusual courtesies
+to Mr. World and his faithful friend, and also to the endless procession
+of visitors and students who were constantly moving through these
+departments. Finally the two companions proceeded to the lecture room
+of this hall and listened to an address entitled: "The Divinity of
+Christ," by one of Satan's ablest advocates a professor with
+ecclesiastical titles. His gestures were unique and his style altogether
+persuasive.
+
+I heard his words with great displeasure, for they taught the philosophy
+of Hell, with Heaven on the face of it.
+
+"I must congratulate myself," commenced he, "on having the privilege
+of addressing so intelligent a class of people. I only hope that I may
+be helpful to you in your quest of knowledge.
+
+"The central theme of this hall is 'Jesus Christ' and I shall now
+proceed to speak of his so-called 'Divinity.' I cannot question that
+there is a supreme hand in the works of nature, but after careful
+research I am compelled to doubt the genuineness of the Divinity which
+is ascribed to Christ. True enough, his childhood was blameless, and
+he possessed exceptional wisdom so that many of his countrymen believed
+him to be more than human. In this manner the idea of his Divinity
+originated, and this fallacy grew as the man grew.
+
+"He was shrewd, and possessed a great amount of magnetic force which
+was trained and used with remarkable skill, all of which made him pose
+as a god before a credulous and unsuspecting public. The ignorance and
+gross superstition of that age made a fit soil for the spread of
+Christ's doctrine and the idea that he was Divine.
+
+"When Jesus discerned that his claims were more readily accepted by
+the poorer and more ignorant class of people, he lauded them in his
+teachings, while the learned and more respectable classes were subjected
+to his abuse and sarcasm.
+
+"By his unusual tactics" overcame the prejudices of his enemies and,
+for a long time, escaped punishment. But finally he was arrested and
+convicted and, notwithstanding his so-called Divine power, he came to
+an inglorious end by death on a cross. His friends, unable to prevent
+his cursed death, quickly formed a plot to perpetuate his doctrines.
+They carried out their plot by stealthily robbing Christ's body from
+the grave and secretly burying it elsewhere, and then spreading the
+news that he, of his own power, came forth from the grave. To complete
+the fraud they also claimed, a little later, that he had ascended into
+Heaven. What was the purpose of all this? It was to prove that Christ
+was Divine and thereby to make his teachings authoritative and eternal.
+
+"I wish to inform you that the manuscripts and parchments, in sub-
+department number six of this hall, all point to the fact that Jesus
+Christ was born like any other babe and that his father was Joseph.
+Dishonest, indeed, is any one who would rob Joseph of this honor.
+'Honor to whom honor is due.' While Christ was a great man, he never
+had in him the elements of Divinity. Let millions in the world glory
+in their imaginary theology, yet that is no reason why scholarly
+research should be put to naught, or why it should be sacrificed. We
+are living in the morning twilight of a better day when God shall be
+worshiped and Jesus Christ ignored when all thought of Divinity will
+center at the true focus and a man will no longer receive the glory
+that belongs to God."
+
+The vigorous applause which followed the remarks of this speaker fell
+with grating horror on my ears. "Can it be possible," thought I, "that
+any one can publicly teach such doctrines of Hell, and be thus
+applauded? Whither are so many of the church and the world drifting
+that they should give ear to such theology as it comes from the mouth
+of the Devil?"
+
+Miss Church-Member and her escort left the lecture room and visited
+a few more of the sub-departments where they saw many objects of
+literary interest and, with the aid of experts, examined some of the
+old manuscripts dating back to the time of Christ. They left the hall
+and were next attracted by the words over the entrance of Hall No. 9
+appearing thus:
+
+LITERATURE ON LIFE.
+
+1. Vegetable Life. 2. Animal Life. 3. Mental Life. 4. Spiritual Life.
+
+At the suggestion of Miss Church-Member they entered, and could readily
+see that the attendants and lecturers of this hall were also of a very
+high class. One of the speakers elaborated on the theory that life is
+the result of spontaneous generation.
+
+Another, in speaking on spiritual life, made special reference to the
+fact that Jesus Christ claimed to be the "Life," and then proceeded
+to refute this claim by a series of arguments which were altogether
+too philosophical to be understood by the two companions.
+
+Finding no pleasure in this metaphysical atmosphere, Mr. World conducted
+his companion to the adjoining hall devoted to the "Literature of
+Fiction."
+
+Here they spent a season delightfully, perusing works of fiction and
+listening to addresses, all of which advocated the views of Satan.
+
+I heard one of the lecturers, in a discussion on "The License of Pure
+Fiction" make these dangerous remarks: "The highest fiction of the
+world is that in which human life is pictured in ideal colors, even
+though it be done at the expense of truth.
+
+"There can be no harm if the reader should gain a false view of life.
+The very charm of such a view will act as a stimulus to a wider
+experience and to a higher culture.
+
+"In our real life, as we come in daily contact with the world, we see
+and suffer enough. Therefore it cannot be harmful if fiction carries
+us into strange worlds of morality or into any mythical realm. I give
+you but the result of long and careful study, and I advise you to read
+the wildest and most exciting forms of fiction, and thereby get the
+healthful and exhilarating effect that comes from total mental
+absorption. All this will tend to the development of your nature so
+that you will, by contrast, better appreciate the substantial things
+of life."
+
+I saw that Mr. World and Miss Church-Member next visited the hall
+devoted to the "Literature of the Passions." After they had entered,
+Miss Church-Member, at first, felt embarrassed, and her sense of modesty
+would not have allowed her to remain had it not been that her conscience
+was eased by these conditions:
+
+1. She saw that among the moving thousands that were present in the
+massive hall many belonged to the higher classes of society.
+
+2. She was also informed that not a few of the throng held good
+membership in various branches of the visible church.
+
+3. She readily observed that Mr. World was so much delighted that she
+offered no protest, and that he seemed to take an interest in the
+endless program as carried out in one department or another.
+
+In this poisonous hall Miss Church-Member stultified herself more than
+in any other place which she had ever before visited, and thereby added
+one more decisive step in her downward course. She tarried longest in
+one of the sub-departments where Satan's expert doctors of literature
+delivered their special lectures on the writings of each author as far
+as they related directly or indirectly to the passions.
+
+These avowed experts carried on their fiendish work under the cover
+of a pleasing dignity. After their crafty manner they quoted or read
+the fine sentences of an author, preferably those of a sensual cast,
+and then placed a premium on the passionate by describing the fine
+style of the author and showing how true to nature was the language
+he employed.
+
+Thus I saw that the leaders of this department were using the choicest
+and the foulest productions of the pen, gathered from the authors of
+all lands, languages and ages, and Miss Church-Member, by degrees
+almost imperceptible, voluntarily sacrificed her finer moral taste on
+a popular and polluted altar.
+
+To a pure heart there was an unclean cast and a withering effect
+prevalent throughout all the departments of this hall, and my heart
+burned as I continued observing how the agents of Satan plied their
+subtle influences so as to popularize this cosmopolitan resort. So
+effectually has Satan entrenched his views that some of the strong
+defenders of this hall of literature are connected with the church,
+and types of this same teaching have found their way into some of the
+Christian schools of the world.
+
+After this protracted visit Mr. World and Miss Church-Member left this
+hall and continued their studies in hall after hall, until more than
+one half of the twenty-eight halls were visited. Their next objective
+point was the second grand division of this College devoted to "_The
+Elements of Success in Authorship._"
+
+My heart trembled at what my eyes saw. The great army of writers who
+studied in this department came from all countries of the earth. "Can
+it be true," thought I, "that so large a portion of our authors get
+at least a part of their training in the schools of the Devil?"
+
+"O Blackana!" I sighed, "how long have these things been?"
+
+"Since the beginning of literature," was his cold and brief reply.
+
+"Always so large a percentage of the world's authors found at that
+school?"
+
+"It has never been on the decrease," he continued. "So many have visited
+these halls that it has been a veritable meeting-place of almost all
+authors of all lands and all ages at some stage in their careers. Some
+who came tarried long; others, not satisfied, foolishly drifted to the
+schools of the King's Highway which ever carry on their work in
+opposition to the University of the World."
+
+Here also, in this second grand division, the subtlest kind of teaching
+was prevalent. In one sub-division Mr. World and Miss Church-Member
+read these general laws written in bold letters where all who desired
+could read:
+
+RULES FOR THE WINNING AUTHOR.
+
+1. Give quality rather than quantity.
+
+2. If you will not compose your best, compose nothing. The world is
+heavily overstocked with inferior compositions.
+
+3. Write nothing that will cause regret on your death-bed.
+
+4. Do not follow in the rut. Go by some path untraveled before, over
+land or sea, and tell the world of your new discoveries.
+
+5. To be acceptable, in the highest sense, you must teach differently
+than others, even though it be at the expense of what is commonly
+called "truth." Novelty is the winning feature.
+
+6. In any one composition strive first to arouse the curiosity of your
+intended readers; then keep the curiosity suspended and finally give
+it satisfaction in accordance with the aim in view.
+
+7. You may be influenced by religion, but not by religious nonsense.
+If your writings win, you are a teacher of millions. So, in order to
+reach the public ear, you may cater to the tastes and wishes of the
+majority.
+
+8. If you see some vile conditions of humanity, send out, in your
+writings, vials of vileness. "Like cures like." If any part of the
+church cries, "poison, poison!" you may justify yourself by the fact
+that the so-called "poison" in your productions will only neutralize
+the poison so prevalent in society, on the same principle that poison
+is administered to a sickly body in order to effect a cure.
+
+9. You are always safest when you are true to nature, even though some
+sentimental people may charge you with being vulgar.
+
+10. Words of profanity are not allowable if they are the mere expression
+of the author, but any foul or profane expression may be quoted. An
+author should not be charged with the impropriety of his characters
+who are merely taken from actual life.
+
+The above ten commandments, if properly interpreted and obeyed, will
+surely lead to literary success.
+
+Then Mr. World escorted his confiding friend from hall to hall of this
+second grand division, and at many intervals they could be seen spending
+a quiet season on the lawns which surrounded the entire structure.
+
+Their tastes were now more in harmony than ever, and their friendship
+was fast reaching that intimacy where each one was searching for pearls
+in the deep ocean of the other's love.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XII.
+
+THE THEATRE.
+
+1. Mr. World and his friend tarry at Satan's Theatres which lay in
+seven grades, one below the other.
+
+2. A description of the "Century Session" held by the demons having
+in charge the Theatre interests of Satan.
+
+
+The College of Theatres lay between the second and third divisions of
+the Schools of Literature. The numerous structures were built on so
+large a scale, and after such winning designs, that the attention of
+many travelers was attracted to them and thereby to the performances
+given within their walls.
+
+Here could be found some of the graduates of the Schools of Literature
+who were constantly engaged on one or another of the stages.
+
+All these theatrical attractions belonged to the first grade and formed
+a part of a great system of Theatres which lay in seven grades, one
+below the other, each serving its part to engross the human mind with
+the carnal and sensual things of life.
+
+The performances of the first grade were practically free from the
+vulgar touches found, with increasing intensity, as one goes downward
+toward the seventh grade which lay beneath the Midway in the Valley
+of Temptation.
+
+In these Satanic Theatres of the first grade respectability is
+maintained purposely so as to ensnare as many professing Christians
+as possible, for there are many in the ranks of the church who are
+building with nothing but wood, hay, and stubble. The scheme works so
+Well that the Devil is trying to form a "Stage Trust," and get all the
+talent of the King's Highway to unite. Thus Satan seems to encourage
+morality in order to carry out his deeply laid schemes of moral
+pollution.
+
+I looked into the inward workings of this terrible system. I saw
+multitudes descending downward from the first grade, many of whom
+ceased not until they had passed through all the seven grades. The
+scenes and revelations that came to my eyes beggar all description.
+My heart sickened as I beheld the millions wallowing in the mire of
+fleshly lusts, apparently living for no higher purpose than to see the
+latest novelties of expressing lewdness and sensuality.
+
+"This is brute life, indeed," I soliloquized, "for it can be easily
+seen that the hearts of these people are so seared and their ears so
+dull that they have no desire for the music of celestial choirs, or
+the ecstacies that rise from heart-communion with God."
+
+I also saw that there were numberless underground connections between
+the lower Theatres and the Schools of Suicide, and with the varied
+haunts of Prostitution that infested the whole region.
+
+This startling fact also forced its way to my attention:--_the money
+flowing from the entire seven grades fell into one treasury_, so that
+they who moved in the supposed moral atmosphere of the first and second
+grades were, nevertheless, patrons of the whole iniquitous business.
+At once I thought of the churches that were in sympathy, or league,
+with this part of the work along the Broad Highway. And I inwardly
+uttered these sad sentences:
+
+"_It is no more a mystery why such churches have lost their holy
+influence and their warmth of spiritual life, while worldliness
+flourishes from the pew to the pulpit_."
+
+[Illustration: The Devil's Substitute to the Prayer-Meeting (The
+Christians left their Bibles at home.)]
+
+Mr. World and Miss Church-Member spent several seasons of leisure in
+the Theatres of the first and second grades. Finally he invited her
+to accompany him to a Refined Vaudeville in the third grade Theatre
+district. It happened to be on the same day of the week that she had
+formerly been accustomed to attend prayer meeting. This fact awakened
+memories of bygone days, and brought feelings of sadness to her heart.
+Mr. World, by an artful diversity of language, arrested her mind and
+calmed her conscience as he playfully remarked: "This will be a good
+substitute for the prayer-meeting."
+
+I saw the two enter the Vaudeville with many other church-members that
+mingled with the jostling crowds. These Christians left their Bibles
+at home, while some took as a substitute their opera glasses. They can
+see through these better than they can through their Bibles.
+
+While Mr. World and Miss Church-Member tarried at the Theatres, I was
+permitted to see a conference of the evil spirits that had in charge
+the Theatre interests of Satan. The conference met at the opening of
+the year 1901 what was called "The Century Session."
+
+For the time I was lost to all other surroundings, and I could hear
+all and see all as if I occupied the best seat. The unusual parliament
+seemed to be held underground, and yet one could enter directly from
+the surface of the earth.
+
+The assemblage was controlled by a highly honored chief, cool and
+deliberate in manner. Every kind of imp imaginable could be found in
+the number that constituted the many committees.
+
+I witnessed every part of the diabolical proceedings, and will here
+disclose a portion of these doubly sealed secrets.
+
+After all preliminaries were brushed away, I heard seven ominous clangs,
+and silence reigned supreme. The chairman rose to speak. What a mingling
+of light and darkness! How truly Satanic his every feature and every
+move! How earnest his brief address, every word in the interest of
+Satan's blasting work.
+
+"Give heed, oh, ye co-workers, bound under oath to give a true report!
+Our cause has made advances, and our work calls for the ripest service
+we can give. _The theatre modernized is fast winning the church. All
+honor, ye spirits who played your parts so well!_ The century has just
+closed, but not our opportunity. Let coming years be one of mightier
+conquest. Down with the narrow truth and morbid righteousness, and all
+things else that check our onward marching!" For a moment the chairman
+was silent. Then, as he raised his hand, I heard a hideous clang which
+proved to be the signal for the report of "The-Moral-Effect-of-the-Theatre"
+committee. Forthwith the whole committee stood _en masse_ before the
+chairman. "Our work goes on with speed," cried the leader of the gang.
+"In every district we are gaining ground."
+
+"I have watched your progress with joyful pride," answered the chairman,
+as he smiled in hellish glee. "But I noted the sharp conflicts you had
+with certain reformers in the churches."
+
+"Some of them we cannot conquer," despairingly admitted the leader.
+
+"Grieve not over forts you cannot take, but make good use of those
+that have surrendered."
+
+"They are firing our guns splendidly," quickly intercepted the leader,
+as he rose and read the following report:
+
+1. "We have labored earnestly in the ranks of the church until many
+more of her members now believe that the moral effect of our Theatres
+is helpful.
+
+2. "We have succeeded in dividing the members of many churches on this
+question, and have witnessed, with pleasure, the many kinds of quarrels
+that have resulted therefrom.
+
+3. "We have succeeded in turning the tide of many periodicals, so that
+the defense of the Theatre, as a moral stimulant, is more general than
+ever."
+
+As the leader closed his brief report, the chairman offered his
+compliments, and the host cheered with vigor.
+
+The committee retired. The chairman again lifted his hand and two
+clangs were heard. This was the signal for the appearance of the
+"Park-Theatre" committee.
+
+"Good tidings, or ill?" tersely asked the chairman.
+
+"Good tidings of the first degree," cheerily replied the leader of the
+committee as he proceeded to read his document:
+
+1. "We labored, with all zeal, to carry out the schemes concocted
+previously.
+
+2. "We have succeeded in locating a series of free Theatres at every
+summer park where we could possibly induce the management to admit
+them.
+
+3. "These Theatres, even though they be of a third or fourth class,
+are doing a great service for us by implanting a taste for other grades.
+
+4. "By this happy medium we are winning young people and church-members
+by the thousand, for they can attend these Park exhibitions without
+being severely criticised.
+
+5. "We are careful to give them enough immoral and sensual bait to
+draw them further. (Wild applause.)
+
+6. "These innocent Park Theatres must not be abandoned, for they are
+a sure training school. We hereby pledge ourselves anew to go forth
+more earnestly to our tasks." (Furious applause over the whole
+assembly.)
+
+"Have you met with any hindrances to your work?" queried the chairman
+of the meeting.
+
+"Many indeed. Some Parks refuse our class of Theatres, while others
+are closed to every class. But our committee is determined to push
+ahead."
+
+"Onward, ye comrades," urged the chairman. "Buy up the stock of every
+Park, if possible, and furnish recreation for the church. Do not become
+too bold at first in the introduction of lewd and foolish plays, or
+you may be fought by the popular churches."
+
+"Hardly possible," replied the leader. "So many in the church are glad
+to wink at these incongruities, for they are thereby given a chance
+to satisfy their carnal appetites without being classed with the regular
+Theatre crowd."
+
+"This is one of our happiest modern hits," chuckled the chairman, as
+the committee turned away, amidst the mad-like cheering,
+
+Next I saw that the chairman raised his hand, and at once I heard three
+sharp clangs which were the signal for the "Church-Choir" committee.
+"What has the church-choir to do with the Theatre," thought I, as I
+saw the obedient host answering to their call.
+
+"What tidings, good or ill?" asked the chairman in a tone of confidence.
+
+"Progress slow, but sure," briefly answered the leader of the committee
+as he stepped a little nearer to the chairman to give his report.
+
+"Ours is a difficult task. Some choirs are hedged about that we cannot
+so much as reach them with suggestions. Nevertheless, we have succeeded
+in many sections, notably in certain large cities. We report, with
+pride, that some churches have engaged genuine theatrical singers to
+render special selections during the regular Sunday services. Is it
+not an evidence of our success when the opera-stage singer of Saturday
+night furnishes the chief solo for church-goers on Sunday morning?
+This is winning certain people to the Theatre, for in many instances
+they cannot wait until the next Sunday; so they visit several theatres
+during the week to keep their spiritual strength renewed."
+
+Then the demons cheered to the echo, and I listened with a sad, heavy
+heart.
+
+The leader continued:
+
+"We are also endeavoring to get the regular church-choirs to imitate
+the popular theatrical stars. Of course, we do not oppose the use of
+religious words, if we cannot induce them to sing our selections. We
+are aiming to create a taste for the up-to-date novelties in music,
+in contrast to the old dry singing in certain churches of the King's
+Highway." (Prolonged applause.)
+
+As this tall, wiry demon continued to unfold his deep-laid plans, I
+well understood why Satan has selected the church-choir as an objective
+point, and has delegated so large a number of imps to do work in that
+special direction. I then cried within me: "Oh, that these churches
+would not use their choir-corners as an advertising medium for the
+Theatre! And that choirs, in their musical devotions, may be led by
+the Spirit of God rather than by the imps of Hell!"
+
+This committee retired with special encomiums.
+
+The chairman rose and I heard four sonorous clangs which summoned the
+"Ministerial" committee. At once its members, in their sedate and
+portly attitudes, surged down the massive aisles.
+
+I shuddered as I saw the variety of these mean Satanic faces, portraying
+a depth of vileness, mingled with shrewd and scholarly insight. With
+great care I studied this pack of Hell-hounds, gathered from the ends
+of the earth, now standing in sullen mood, ready to give their report.
+
+"What tidings, good or ill?" asked the chairman.
+
+"The tidings are good," replied the famous leader. "By our efforts we
+have silenced many a voice which formerly thundered against us. To-day
+many more ministers are in sympathy with the modern Theatre of the
+higher grades, although not a few of these must hold their views in
+secret. Others speak apologetically, and still more come out in bold
+defense of what they term the 'Select Theatre.'"
+
+"What do you consider the most hopeful line of your work?" further
+asked the chairman.
+
+"Our work in the theological schools," quickly responded the leader.
+"Special sections of our committee have labored with stealthy vigor
+to capture the preacher before he reaches the pulpit. The last years
+of the century have witnessed phenomenal gains for our cause. By winning
+the theological student early to our Theatrical theories we are likely
+to gain his heart and sympathy in after years. Our success along these
+lines is the most hopeful sign of the times, and bespeaks the ushering
+in of more sensible conditions. (Furious applause.)
+
+"Before retiring," continued the leader, "let me quote the utterances
+of a certain broad-minded clergyman: 'The clean Theatre of the twentieth
+century will be, and ought to be, the moral prayer-meeting for
+Christians, while the spiritual prayer-meeting will be held in the
+church as usual.'"
+
+The whole army of devils cheered like madmen. I was so aroused that
+I felt that ecclesiastical lynch law should be applied to any minister
+whose utterances caused such jubilee among the legions of Hell.
+
+I could not remain to hear the report of:
+
+"The Moral Play" committee,
+
+"The Variant Dance" committee,
+
+"The Sacred Concert" committee and other committees whose names I could
+not learn.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XIII.
+
+SCHOOLS OF LITERATURE. THIRD DIVISION
+
+1. Seven separate halls described.
+
+2. The far-reaching schemes of Satan to pollute the Press and the Pen.
+
+
+Mr. World and Miss Church-Member, after spending several hours at the
+Theatres, moved toward the vast groups of buildings comprising the
+third division of the College of Literature. The structures lay in a
+semi-circle facing a magnificent court, in the center of which there
+was a park of surpassing loveliness. On an immense arch, over the
+center of the park, these words were hung in shining letters:
+
+THIRD DIVISION:
+
+TRUE CHRISTIANITY AND LITERATURE.
+
+As Mr. World and his charming companion entered this great central
+court, they were quite overcome by the size and beauty of the three
+score halls, each one widening as its depth increased. Some towered
+one thousand feet in the air while others sent their proud domes, as
+it were, into the clouds.
+
+The two companions mingled with the multitudes, engaged in the common
+pleasures of this open court, and watched with poetic delight the
+sparkling fountains, while sweet strains of music from scattered
+orchestras lent their charms to the soul. The shrubbery, flowers and
+plants, as well as the works of sculpture and pictorial art, all
+appeared as if angel fingers had been employed in their production and
+arrangement.
+
+The season here spent by Miss Church-Member was the happiest that she
+had yet experienced since she had left the King's Highway. To think
+that she was now living in the threshold of True Christianity, in its
+relation to literature, was at once novel and refreshing to her mind,
+for she now claimed to be a more faithful Christian than ever before.
+
+During their protracted stay at this division they visited the following
+halls, each one devoted to a specific purpose:
+
+Hall No. 3. "The Bible from a Literary Standpoint."
+
+Hall No. 8. "The Best Literature for a Sunday School Class."
+
+Hall No. 9. "The Best Literature for Sunday school Libraries."
+
+Hall No. 13. "The Best Literature for a True Christian to Read."
+
+Hall No. 16. "Literature for a Christian's 'Grip' when on a Vacation."
+
+Hall No. 27. "The Sunday Newspaper and Other Publications."
+
+Hall No. 38. "The Best Way of Conducting a Religious Newspaper."
+
+Mr. World spent a day with his appreciative friend under the teaching
+of Hall No. 3. The professors were exceptionally brilliant, and so won
+the confidence of their many hearers that what they said seemed to
+have more weight than even the Bible. They tried to demonstrate that
+the literary style of the Bible was far below par.
+
+When they entered Hall No. 8 they were surprised to see how large a
+number of Sunday school workers and teachers were already there. The
+meeting that day was held largely in the form of an open parliament,
+and a discussion was in progress concerning the use of the Bible in
+the class during the study of the lesson.
+
+"Would it not be preferable," asked an interested visitor, "to use the
+Bible in the class during the study of the lesson, and use the special
+helps only for preparation?"
+
+"Don't think of it, don't think of it!" abruptly answered the teacher.
+"It would only be a step backward."
+
+"It appears to me," continued the visitor, "that our young people ought
+to become more familiar in using and handling the Bible, and if it
+were used in connection with the study of the lesson it would surely
+prove to be a valuable help, even beyond what the present system
+affords."
+
+"And would you throw aside all the very valuable side lights to the
+lesson that are being produced in such rich variety and abundance?'
+hurriedly asked a Sunday school teacher who was present on a furlough.
+
+"Nay, nay," earnestly spoke the visitor, "let the press go on, but let
+not its fruit be substituted for the bread of life. Fruit is good,
+delicious and healthful, but we need the staff of life. _Let the real
+actual Bible be handled and used in the teaching of the lesson. Then
+whatever else is wise to use as an auxiliary help may be brought into
+service_. That is my platform, pure and simple."
+
+The leader of the meeting was agitated. He impatiently rose to his
+feet before the last words had fallen from the visitor's lips.
+
+"Let us use reason," he said, with a light vein of sarcasm in his
+voice. "Is it not true that the average child sees enough of the Bible
+in his home and in the public schools, and that he greatly relishes
+a change when he comes to the Sunday school?"
+
+"That's only too true," spoke up the worldly element who were there
+in large numbers.
+
+"Let me assure you," continued the speaker as he was warming to his
+theme under false fires of devilish sophistry, "in the day when the
+Bible was used in the Sunday school classes, spiritual ignorance
+abounded more than now."
+
+"Why not be satisfied with rapid advancement, instead of inviting
+retrogression in knowledge, and a double decimation in Sunday school
+attendance, by compelling scholars to go searching through a book as
+uninteresting and unfathomable to them as the Bible?"
+
+"One great hindrance to Sunday school work is its pious and
+sanctimonious tendency. If the schools of the twentieth century are
+to be successful, we must have less of that Bible stiffness in them,
+and still more of an open sociability."
+
+The worldly element and some of the Sunday school teachers were now
+cheering heartily. But the speaker continued:
+
+"Instead of going to an extreme that means death to the Sunday school
+by advocating that an army of cold Bibles should go walking into the
+service, I should rather advocate a change in the other direction, for
+I am even opposed to the tons of cheap literature filled with cloudy
+opinions that are now being scattered throughout our schools. We need
+lesson helps that are interspersed with incidents of adventure, and
+startling stories that have fire and life in them. Let some publisher
+take the hint.
+
+"Then the boy or girl whose daily reading may consist of that style
+of writing will find the Sunday school more congenial to his nature,
+and he will go there with a bound. In that manner you are certain to
+win the boy's heart, after which you can, with tact, send the spiritual
+truth deeper into his soul. From such a scholar keep the Bible as far
+away as possible It is not even necessary to lay stress on the fact
+that the lesson text is, taken from the Bible.
+
+"If the teacher can succeed in holding his respect for the Sunday
+school, then, in after years, when he is more matured and is better
+able to reason, you may bring the Bible itself more directly to his
+attention, and you will secure better results than are prevalent to-day
+in the Sunday school world."
+
+The audience cheered lustily. In this cheering Mr. World and his
+companion joined. The visitor, who was deeply grieved at the warm
+reception of such destructive doctrines, arose to speak, but the
+intolerant cried out: "Away with him! We want no more bigotry and
+one-hundred-years-behind-the time speeches!" At the suggestion of the
+chairman he was hurried from the room to appear before a commission
+on lunacy.
+
+The speech had its desired effect. The great majority of the audience
+were convinced that the Bible was not a "drawing card," and that it
+should not be introduced into the class study if it could possibly be
+avoided. A few pledged that they would do all in their power to effect
+a revolution in the present system of lesson helps.
+
+Mr. World and Miss Church-Member left this hall and entered Hall No.
+9. It was a rare privilege for them to walk through the largest Sunday
+school library in the world, where many committees were at work
+selecting books for their respective Sunday schools.
+
+Satan had so ingeniously managed the composition of these books, and
+so artfully arranged them on the endless shelves, that one could
+scarcely discern the good parts of a book from the bad, or determine
+in which section of the hall the largest percentage of good books could
+be found. In this way committees almost invariably picked up
+considerable chaff with the wheat.
+
+I looked at Blackana and sighed: "Oh! Blackana, how long will these
+things be? If only a conflagration would reduce the contents of that
+hall to ashes!"
+
+"Ah! mortal," he coldly replied, "these things will never be destroyed,
+for the building is fire proof. Surely the Sunday school should get
+as much of its library as possible from a source so well protected."
+
+"For what fiendish reason?" I asked as I was moved with indignation.
+
+"Nothing fiendish about it. Satan can furnish books at less cost, and
+thereby be of material financial help to the Sunday school. Furthermore,
+he is able to furnish a larger variety and a more inviting class of
+books, with more spicy fiction, and less of that deadness so generally
+characteristic of the books coming from the hand of a narrow-minded
+Christian."
+
+"Silence, thou agent of the Devil! Thou art again dealing in falsehood.
+When thou speakest to me, speak truthfully or hold thy tongue in
+quietness."
+
+He rolled his eyes at me, but spoke no more.
+
+In the early hours of the following day I saw the same two companions
+enter Hall No. 13 devoted to "The Best Literature for a True Christian
+to Read." They moved leisurely from table to table scanning and reading
+the books and booklets which, in great variety, lay before them.
+
+Weariness urged them to a seat in the lecture department where they
+were entertained by a scholarly address on "_Choice Literature for a
+Christian._"
+
+"It must not be forgotten." said the speaker in one part of his address,
+"that the mind can be ruined by lack of vigorous exercise. In the
+physical body the stomach would become weak and sickly were it not
+compelled, quite frequently, to digest strong foods or a great variety
+of them. So also the mind, in order to reach its true development,
+needs a wide variety of thought-food. Not alone that of a
+sickly-sentimental or sanctimonious kind which in its place is all
+right, but such a variety as will best stimulate the mind in a
+well-rounded, liberal education. In particular, a good Christian should
+peruse such literature as will inform him thoroughly concerning the
+enemies of Christianity. He should not spurn, but rather study
+infidelity, skepticism and every other hostile movement, so that he
+may be able the better to appreciate his own position. The Bible is
+not so much a book for reading, as a book of reference, and therefore
+a Christian's loyalty to Christ must not be measured by his reading
+and studying the Bible, but by his success in locating the enemies of
+the cross and studying their designs, looking over their encampments,
+and estimating the strength of their weapons. If he becomes thus
+acquainted with the foe, he is in better position to order an advance,
+or to effect a treaty whereby much strife may be avoided."
+
+Hall No. 16 was next visited. It offered to its patrons a happy time.
+Here the work of the artist was in pleasing evidence. On beautiful
+walls were pictured retreats of all kinds. The games and sports, in
+endless variety, which make merry the park, field and glen, were the
+subjects of some of the paintings.
+
+These were the titles of some of the larger wall paintings:
+
+"A restful day under the oak."
+
+"The campers at the midday meal."
+
+"An hour of idle reading." "Around the camp-fire at night."
+
+"At rest beside the bounding brook."
+
+"Along the beach at bathing time."
+
+"The cottage by the sea."
+
+Nothing was said about the paintings on the wall; they were merely
+suggestive of the refreshment that came after toil.
+
+The lecturer of this hall was a jolly man, an athlete of fine
+proportions, whose splendid appearance attracted the attention of the
+throng of listeners.
+
+"We are not here to discuss the good or evil which comes from various
+kinds of recreation, but to tell you, from experience, what kind of
+reading to take with you when you go on a vacation, or a pleasure trip.
+As you are seeking rest for the body so let your religious books have
+a rest. Leave them all at home, except the Bible, and prayer book,--you
+might take them along to be used in case of sickness or accident. Then
+put in your 'grip' some humorous books, such as will make you merry.
+Besides these place therein some other very light reading, such as
+will rest the mind from the more serious things of life.
+
+"As a father delighteth to see his children roam and romp in glee over
+the meadows after the time of faithful toil, so the Heavenly Father
+delighteth to see _his_ true children lay aside the seriousness of
+prayer and Bible study, and go forth in joyful rest to the seashore,
+or to the quiet glen in the fastnesses of the woods. If you follow
+these directions, you will get the cream of pleasure and profit, and
+return to your secular or religious work with renewed vigor."
+
+I saw many ministers, of the gospel in the audience, but not all
+seconded the words of the speaker. Mr. World and his confiding companion
+were surprised after entering Hall No. 27 to find on exhibition a copy
+of all the periodical publications of the world. This was a large hall
+and had sub-divisions, each devoted to a distinct class of literature.
+One department contained all non-sectarian religious publications;
+another the sectarian; still a third was devoted to daily newspapers,
+partisan and non-partisan; yet another contained all trade journals;
+another all the scientific periodicals, and thus the plan was continued
+throughout.
+
+This was the busiest place of all, for some of the periodicals had
+their offices in this hall, while others had representatives there,
+so that countless thousands thronged the sub-departments daily. Each
+sub-department had its own corps of lecturers.
+
+Many editors, before entering into active service, take the entire
+series of courses offered by this hall, and are thus taught to
+prevaricate, abbreviate, and exaggerate, or do ought else to attain
+the end in view.
+
+I saw Mr. World and Miss Church-Member pass by one sub-department after
+another. They were not pleased with the excitement that prevailed.
+They had intended however to pause at the department devoted especially
+to the Sunday newspaper question, and tarried at the door long enough
+merely to catch these few words from one of the speakers:
+
+"I am a member of the church myself, and bear an honorable name therein;
+but I am unwilling to be classed with a set of bigots who would rob
+us of our personal liberties and, if possible, place all kinds of
+restrictive measures about our inalienable rights. I stand for liberty
+first of all, and tyranny never. Why should one dictate to me what I
+shall read on Sunday? I look at my Bible more than one hundred times
+a year, and read a Sunday newspaper only fifty-two times. It was a
+happy change that started the regular press of the country to yield
+seven issues a week, and thereby send forth additional rays of
+enlightenment to a people who are in sad need of all that they can get
+to increase their intelligence.
+
+"According to my opinion there are so many practices that are worse
+than reading a Sunday newspaper that Satan must surely be annoyed to
+see a man engaged in such a harmless pursuit. Happy, indeed, would we
+all be if the---"
+
+The two companions passed on and heard no more, until they left this
+hall and paid a brief visit to Hall No. 38 devoted to "_The Best Way
+of Conducting a Religious Newspaper_."
+
+There were very few editors present, but the debate amongst them was
+vigorous and, at times, very contentious, much to the interest and
+enjoyment of the spectators.
+
+The question being discussed was: "_How Can We Best Increase the
+Circulation of the Church Paper?_"
+
+After a few exchanges of opinions, the chairman of the meeting
+advocated, with grave dignity, that all religious newspapers should
+be more conformed to the tastes and the level of a hungry world. "There
+is too great a contrast," said he, "between the mental condition of
+the laymen and the high, cold tone of the average religious paper. Let
+the editor of a church paper do as did his Master Jesus Christ,--come
+down to the level of the world, where he can reach the heart and the
+ear of the common people of whom the masses are composed. No paper
+should be so holy that it cannot adapt itself to the development of
+the natural as well as the spiritual part of man."
+
+These remarks were warmly applauded.
+
+Next an editor of a religious paper arose, and spoke with decision:
+
+"I want to be as liberal and broad-minded as God would have me be. I
+came to this hall with doubtful steps. I cannot say that I have profited
+thereby. My mind is at variance with the chairman of this meeting. He
+says: 'All religious papers should be more conformed to the tastes of
+the hungry world.' Let me ask, with all honesty, what is the taste of
+the hungry world? Is it not a terribly perverted taste, a hungering
+for the black sins of death? I contend that it is the work of a good
+paper to be a beacon light, even though it shines from a lofty
+light-house. It may thereby shine out farther and wider. Away with the
+doctrine of devils that would pervert the truth and send with merciless
+fling----"
+
+At this juncture the speaker was seized by an officer who came running
+in at the ringing of a bell and arrested the editor on the charge of
+"disturbing the peace," which, the chairman declared, was due to a
+diseased state of his mind.
+
+Miss Church-Member was freightened from the hall by this episode, and
+was followed by her less fearful companion.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XIV.
+
+THE DEVIL'S TEMPERANCE COLLEGE.
+
+1. Mr. World and his companion visit this immense college, with many
+wings, all devoted to teaching every phase of the temperance question
+in accordance with Satan's views.
+
+2. A view of the millions who attend this college.
+
+
+Automobiles are used by the agents of Satan to convey students and
+visitors from one college to another of the great University of the
+World.
+
+I saw Miss Church-Member and her cherished escort leave the College of
+Literature in one of these up-to-date carriages.
+
+"Shall we tarry at the athletic field?" asked Mr. World as they came
+to a famous sporting ground.
+
+"Let us rather hasten to the Temperance College," she suggested. But
+her manner indicated that she did not wish to urge him away from the
+place of his heart's desire.
+
+"Altogether at your pleasure," he smiled, as he sank back into the
+comfortable cushions of the conveyance.
+
+They soon reached the desired locality, saw the moving millions from
+all portions of the earth, and heard the ceaseless babble of their
+voices harmonizing with the work of this college which was known among
+the pilgrims of the King's Highway as _The Devil's Temperance College._
+It covered many acres of ground, and consisted of many immense
+buildings, around which clustered many smaller structures serving for
+auxiliary purposes.
+
+When Mr. World and Miss Church-Member walked about the college grounds,
+and saw more closely the magnitude and beauty of the edifices, they
+were so overawed that their tongues offered no comment.
+
+They mingled a while with the merry multitude, and then at one corner
+of the group entered the gigantic building devoted to the subject of
+Temperance and the Bible. They hoped thereby to get the consensus of
+opinion on one of the complex questions of the day.
+
+At the bureau of information the two companions were directed to the
+Public Hall of Debate, which was reached by the aid of one of the
+numerous electric elevators. The Great Hall had an auditorium of one
+hundred feet in height and a seating capacity fully capable of
+accommodating the visiting multitudes. The acoustics were so perfect
+that one, at the farther end of the room, could easily hear the speaker
+on the stage. When Mr. World and his friend had entered the hall they
+were surprised to learn that many of the auditors were members of the
+more radical churches along the King's Highway.
+
+The corps of high titled professors who occupied the stage spoke at
+intervals, or answered questions which were propounded by persons in
+the audience.
+
+Over the stage I saw in illuminated letters: TEMPERANCE AND THE BIBLE.
+
+An aged man was speaking when the two comrades took seats near the
+center of the room.
+
+"We are not here," explained the venerable man, "to prove that the
+Bible is either false or true. We leave that question for other schools
+to decide. It is our province to show what the Bible teaches on this
+important theme. Temperance is a word so misused and so abused that
+it becomes people of sound judgment to go to the rock bottom of the
+question as viewed in the light of Scripture."
+
+Then, adjusting his green spectacles, the speaker opened the Bible and
+offered to explain, or to have explained, any part of it that bore on
+the subject of "Temperance from a Bible Standpoint."
+
+A breathless silence followed until a moderate-drinking church-member
+arose with Bible in hand. "Did Christians, during the life of Christ,
+drink wine?" he asked, in a self-righteous manner.
+
+The speaker called upon Mr. Wine Expert who quickly stepped forward
+from his chair on the stage.
+
+"There can be no doubt," he affirmed, "but that they drank wine freely.
+They knew enough in that day not to discard a good thing."
+
+Hundreds of people sprang to their feet, but Mr. Venerable ordered
+that one should speak at a time and that they all should be seated and
+first listen to the questioner.
+
+"Was that wine the same, in kind, that Noah drank, as related in Gen.
+9:21?"
+
+"Identical."
+
+"And the same that is used to-day in the commercial world?"
+
+"It is the same as the good wine that is used to-day. There are many
+modern adulterations."
+
+The questioner took his seat. A man from London then obtained the
+floor. He also held a Bible as he spoke.
+
+"I am a temperance worker in one of the districts of London, and would
+like to know whether you conclude by your former assertion concerning
+the early Christians that the Bible does not speak against wine
+drinking?"
+
+"Not in a single place. How could it do so consistently?" answered the
+Devil's expert.
+
+"Will you please turn to Prov. 20:1. 'Wine is a mocker, strong drink
+is raging: and whosoever is deceived thereby is not wise.' How do you
+harmonize this passage with what you have just asserted?" The man from
+London sat down.
+
+"Quite an easy task for one who has given honest study to the question,"
+said Mr. Wine Expert. "Wine is a mocker. Just as wisdom mocks at the
+calamity of those who reject it in Prov. 1:26. So, wine, personified
+in a similar manner, mocks at the folly of those who refuse it.
+(Applause.) Strong drink is raging. Just as in Jonah 1:15, the sea was
+raging in protest against Jonah because he refused to preach the truth
+to the people. So in this passage, 'strong drink is raging,' because
+so many church-members and ministers refuse to preach the real truth
+to the people on the subject of strong drink. (Prolonged applause.)
+If there were as much said against me falsely, as has been spoken
+against strong drink, I would not only rage, but would go raging and
+foaming over this stage in protest. (Tremendous applause and shouting
+from the people of the world.) I tell you more, my friends, strong
+drink will keep on raging as long as old Voices and 'The New Voice'
+of cranks and idiots are heard to squeak out their childish nonsense
+to an enlightened people." (Furious applause and demonstrations.)
+
+"The last part of the passage is easily to be understood," continued
+the speaker. "'Whosoever is deceived thereby is not wise.' How could
+a person be wise who allows himself to be deceived and hoodwinked
+concerning as good a thing as wine or strong drink?"
+
+"Nobody, we need not fear," cried out a brewer from one side of the
+room.
+
+"There is however a host," continued Mr. Wine Expert, "who are woefully
+deceived, and who are endeavoring to force their deceptions upon the
+state."
+
+"And I am one of them," shouted a tall man from Kansas, U. S. A., as
+he violently jumped to his feet, and remained standing.
+
+"I would suggest," calmly interrupted the venerable leader, "that our
+special photographer take a snap shot of this man. We are always glad
+to keep a record of such monstrosities. He looks like a fair specimen
+of a deceived man. (Laughter.) He is lean and bony, and if any one of
+you never before saw such a man, take a full view of him now. Suppose
+you," he said, as he continued pointing at the Kansas man, "slowly
+make a full revolution on your feet so that each one can here see all
+sides of you,--if you have more than one side." (Great applause amongst
+the people of the world.)
+
+The man from Kansas stood still till the voice of the insulting outcry
+died away.
+
+"I can stand abuse; I can stand irony and sarcasm; but I thank God
+that where I live I need no longer endure the insults of the Rum Devil.
+(Suppressed applause.) If Mr. Venerable thinks I am the only man present
+who comes under his classification of 'deceived persons,' I will
+demonstrate to him his folly, for there are many thousands here who
+have not yet bowed the knee to Baal."
+
+"Out of order!" "Put him out!" "Away with him!" came from the audience.
+
+"If there is a person here opposed to the Rum Traffic, let him rise,"
+fearlessly continued the tall man.
+
+Up sprang a W. C. T. U. leader; then another person; then a hundred
+from Maine; yea, a thousand more until over seven thousand, from all
+parts of the world, stood on their feet.
+
+"Remain standing, I ask you! Let not one of you act the coward! There
+are others here today, who came in, as I did, to visit. Stand up! Show
+your colors! If you remain seated you will be classed with the enemy.
+The time to honor your cause is at hand. I ask you seventy thousand
+church-members present to choose this day whom you will serve."
+
+Mr. Venerable, who was an experienced man in these uprisings, whispered
+to an excited saloon-keeper: "Let them proceed. A house divided against
+itself can not stand."
+
+"I demand order," shouted a high-license advocate who owned a brewery,
+but the agitated fellow was soon calmed by these personal words from
+the venerable chairman: "_Let these people go. They will soon get into
+factional contention and thereby break the point of their steel more
+effectually than we could do it._"
+
+"Remain standing, ye noble band of men and women!" shouted the Kansas
+man with increasing earnestness. "You, who are too cowardly or
+indifferent to rise from your seats, are throwing your influence this
+day on the side of the enemy, thereby casting a reflection on the
+church of our Lord Jesus Christ, and--"
+
+This was more than a certain minister could bear. So, before the Kansas
+man had finished his last sentence, he sprang excitedly to his feet
+and shook his fist defiantly: "I want it distinctly understood that
+I am just as good as the man from Kansas, and just as much of a
+temperance man, but I don't believe in this way of showing my colors.
+I would not be standing now had I not been insulted more by that crank
+of one idea, standing there, than by Mr. Wine Expert who so contemptibly
+perverted Scripture."
+
+Mr. Wine Expert sprang to the edge of the stage to defend his position,
+but Mr. Venerable was instantly at his side. "_Come, come, don't spoil
+that fight; suffer rather than have them combine against you,_" were
+the quiet words of logic that brought him to his seat without uttering
+a word.
+
+Then up jumped a few prominent church-members to express their
+indignation at the adverse criticism of the Kansas man.
+
+"Those are exactly my sentiments, and I here offer my protest against
+this manner of procedure," said one as he looked approvingly at the
+minister.
+
+"And so do I." "I am most emphatically of the same opinion." "I stand
+here, a true temperance man, to express my indignation at that Kansas
+prodigy," were some of the expressions which came from temperance men
+who were not willing to be classed with the seven thousand.
+
+Then upwards of one hundred women rose to their feet and indignantly
+rebuked the Kansas man for his misjudgment in starting this factional
+display. This provoked some radical leaders of the W. C. T. U. who
+chanced to be there as detectives or visitors. They also arose in
+defense of the Kansas man.
+
+I saw the tumult rising. Disorder was pre-dominant. Hundreds tried to
+speak at once. Saloon-keepers, brewers, whiskey politicians, and the
+professors on the stage were smiling in ghoulish glee. They enjoyed
+it more than a prize fight, and the results were at once more disastrous
+and more deplorable.
+
+As the conflict waxed hotter some men and women were screaming, and
+some fainting, and some resorted to blows. Others scrambled to get
+from the room. The elevators were put in quick service, and I saw Mr.
+World and Miss Church-Member, with thousands of others, running from
+the scene of the fight.
+
+"Let us go to another building," suggested Miss Church-Member.
+
+A very short time after this I saw them enter the largest building of
+all the Temperance College. It stood centrally amongst the great group,
+and was devoted to "_Hygiene and Temperance._"
+
+[Illustration: A Scene in the Devils Temperance College The fight
+between the temperence factions was greatly enjoyed by the saloon-
+keepers, brewers, and whisky politicians.]
+
+After learning that they came as visitors, a director advised them to
+pass the many medical wings on separate flats and go to the great
+auditorium on one of the higher floors. Proceeding, in obedience to
+the advice given, they soon beheld a room of greater size and
+magnificence than the one which they had just left, and as they were
+taking seats they fixed their attention on the lecturer who had already
+been speaking for an hour. He was discoursing on the relation of strong
+drink to the stomach.
+
+"It must be remembered," affirmed he, "that the stomach was made to
+serve man. The appetite is the true criterion by which he may know
+what his body needs. If he feels a thirst for alcoholic drink, it is
+akin to a hunger for any special class of foods. He is not to ask his
+servant, the stomach, whether it is willing to do the work of
+transformation. He is to give it the work to do. The stomach will do
+it, unless that particular digestive function is lost. It is claimed
+by some who know more about ditch-digging than about physiology, that
+alcoholic beverages ruin the lining of the stomach, creating ulcers,
+and other disorders. This kind of teaching reminds me of a conundrum.
+'Why is a scientific temperance man like a dead man in his coffin?'
+Who can answer it?"
+
+"Because each one ought to be buried," guessed a liquor-merchant from
+Paris. (Laughter.)
+
+"A good guess," said the speaker, but you have not yet hit the mark."
+
+"Because needer von dem is vert any ding," said the proprietor of a
+beer-saloon from Germany. (Increased laughter.)
+
+"You are still away from my idea," spoke the lecturer.
+
+"I know it," said a rum-lawyer. "It is because they both lie."
+(Applause.)
+
+"That's exactly the truth of the matter. These so-called 'scientific
+temperance men' are accountable for more lies imposed on a credulous
+public than can be corrected for many years to come. Any sensible man
+knows that moderate drinking is healthful to the stomach. If a man
+drinks too much, he is liable to trouble, just like a man who eats too
+much, or sleeps too much, or even talks too much about temperance.
+(Applause and laughter.) I tell you, my good friends, a little of that
+elixir of life is just as good for my stomach as it was for Timothy's,
+and the good man Paul would say the same thing if he were here to-day.
+(Cries from the world of "that's so!" and "hurrah for Paul!") I am
+satisfied to have a great man like Paul on my side, even if I must
+know that some of his pigmy disciples are against me." (Increased
+applause.)
+
+This speech was especially enjoyed by Mr. World who himself was addicted
+to a moderate use of alcoholic beverages. An announcement came from
+the platform that in an hour the eminent Dr. Strauss of Europe would
+discourse on "The Effect of Malt Liquors on the Heart," and those who
+wished to remain might spend the interim in social intercourse.
+
+In consequence of this announcement the major part of the audience
+dispersed in varying groups, and discussed the merits of the lecture
+just ended.
+
+Every creed was there represented by a few or more of its members,
+many of whom were favorably and deeply impressed by the argument of
+the Devil as it was given in the address.
+
+Others I saw, not a few, who laid bare this iniquitous scheme of
+presenting the untruth, and declared that they would no more give ear
+to any teaching that came from that source.
+
+This gave rise to endless quibblings and contentions between
+church-members of the same faith and those of separate creeds. These
+disputes continued with increasing bitterness until the hour had passed.
+
+All eyes were fixed upon the stage as the portly Dr. Strauss arose to
+speak. His voice at first was slow and deep, and in all he was the
+personification of dignity. The first part of his lecture was a very
+convincing argument in favor of what is called the "_Normal Use of
+Malt Liquors_." He declared that moderate drinking could have no evil
+effect on the action of the heart, except in rare cases. To prove his
+general statement and to win the confidence of his hearers, he quoted
+over forty printed and written extracts from eminent physicians of the
+world.
+
+After this general survey of his argument, he entered into details and
+illustrated the second division of his lecture by the use of pictorial
+charts. In this manner the construction and action of the heart were
+concretely shown.
+
+In the third division of the lecture the Prince of Darkness showed his
+skill in manipulating the utterances of the speaker. By a second series
+of illustrated charts the lecturer intended to show how alcoholic
+beverages, in coursing through the human system, benefited the heart
+rather than injured it. In trying to establish this point he used the
+subtlest sophistry of Satan.
+
+Through the three divisions of the discourse I heard vigorous applause,
+and when, in the smooth language of his final climax, he uttered the
+last word and was returning to his seat, there was a deafening roar
+from all parts of the vast hall. To the mind of Miss Church-Member the
+argument of Dr. Strauss was unanswerable, and consequently she was
+obliged to revise her radical opinions on the temperance question; and
+not only she, but a host of others from the ranks of the Christian
+church were influenced similarly.
+
+After leaving this hall the happy pair spent a long time in passing
+through some of the other buildings of the group. _Miss Church-Member
+was so filled with the doctrines of the Devil that she thought of going
+as a missionary to the pilgrims of the Narrow Way._
+
+During their visit at the Temperance College Mr. World conducted his
+ever-faithful friend through some of the fashionable temperance-saloons
+connected with the institution.
+
+Miss Church-Member would not have entered and much less indulged in
+the questionable beverages, had she not been so strongly influenced
+by the prolonged visit at the section of the group devoted to the study
+of "_Temperate and Intemperate Drinks._"
+
+I was sorely vexed at the operations of this whole college and, looking
+at Blackana, I said impatiently:
+
+"How can your comrades find delight in such an impish work--covering
+truth and scattering hellish sophistry abroad?"
+
+"Delight?" repeated Blackana. "This world is but the Devil's Heaven,
+and those in his kingdom find chiefest delight in thorns, and not in
+flowers; in spinning sophistry, and not in dead things like truth and
+logic."
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XV.
+
+INFERNAL SCHOOL SYSTEM.
+
+1. A general view of the vast University of the World with all its
+subordinate operations. All working in harmony to destroy the good
+that God would do in the world.
+
+
+The University of the World is so extensive that one could not visit
+all its parts during the course of a life-time, but there is a place
+called the Magic Observatory whence an observer can have a bird's-eye
+view of all the principal scholastic operations of the Broad Highway.
+
+The Observatory is owned and controlled by careful agents of Satan who
+will allow only certain persons to get the benefit of so extensive a
+view.
+
+Mr. World and Miss Church-Member left the ground of the Temperance
+College and proceeded to get permission to rise to the glorious heights
+of the Observatory. Mr. World secured permission, but his companion,
+not having had sufficient experience in the service of Satan, was
+refused a pass. The difficulty was settled by a happy thought. Miss
+Church-Member suggested that while he should improve the opportunity
+and rise to see the sights, she would visit the College of Fashions,
+for which privilege she had been yearning.
+
+I saw that Mr. World spent a long time in viewing the endless
+proportions of the noted Observatory, and finally stood on the lofty
+viewpoint with an interpreter at his side.
+
+He was then directed to a seat on a mechanical device that moved in
+a circle; and as he sat there he looked through the powerful glasses
+of the immense telescope.
+
+He first beheld the Schools of the Fine Arts, with their myriad students
+who swarmed through a group of buildings so large that it covered the
+first sweep of the telescope.
+
+At the next turn of the magic device Mr. World saw the Special Schools
+of Mathematics whose prevalent tendency was to destroy faith. Here the
+mind of each student was taught to submit everything to the tests of
+proof, so that by the time one's training was finished he would believe
+only what could be scientifically demonstrated. In this way Satan
+induced many a student to disregard the Bible because he could not
+reduce all its teachings to the cold and rigid rules of human reasoning.
+
+Thus does Satan manipulate affairs so that many of the Christian schools
+of the earth have imbibed a similar course:--first exalting Reason,
+and doing nothing to correspondingly develop in the student the
+functions of Faith.
+
+When the telescope again turned Mr. World saw the Schools of Metaphysics
+where Satan operated in harmony with the limitless scheme of the whole
+University.
+
+Next the College of Theology came within the range of vision. Here the
+clergymen of the Broad Highway are prepared to teach the doctrines of
+Hell under the guise of "Broad-Minded Theology." I envied not Mr.
+World's position, for I could also see what his wondering eyes beheld.
+As I took a transient view of this vast group of Theological Halls,
+and saw how many human beings resorted hither for information, I could
+the better understand why the world is kept so full of perverted truth.
+There is a daily inflow of ecclesiastics into this College, even such
+as become dissatisfied with the Theology as taught on the Highway of
+the King.
+
+At the next turn of the telescope Mr. World saw the extensive Business
+College whither so large a number of merchants go to learn how to
+advertise, and also how to get rich quickly. One hall alone is set
+apart for the purpose of teaching a merchant how to practice fraud
+without injuring his good standing in the church; another hall teaches
+how far a business man may venture into prevarication without lying;
+while a still larger hall is devoted to the wholesale trade, and is
+intended to teach the best methods of adulterating foods while yet
+allowing them to be sold for genuine goods.
+
+Mr. World was deeply interested in the view afforded by the next turn
+of the telescope, for the magnificent groups of buildings comprising
+the College of Fashions now lay before his admiring vision. He knew
+that his beloved friend was somewhere amongst the moving throngs that
+ever kept the College astir.
+
+I looked in wonderment upon the far-reaching operations of this Satanic
+center. The teachings of this College were so far-reaching that the
+seeds of endless follies were planted in the generations yet unborn.
+
+In one of the larger halls of this imposing group I saw an endless and
+popular variety of the gods of Fashion. They were worshiped by the
+slavish legions who were willing to sacrifice their all rather than
+forsake their chosen idols.
+
+Mr. World plainly saw the connection between this College of Fashions
+and the Devil's Pawn Shop. The next item in the weird program was the
+Devil's Optical College which Mr. World and Miss Church-Member had
+visited in the earlier days of their companionship. Satan's Medical
+Schools also lay in the same line of vision, and were intimately
+connected with the Devil's Hospital which had numberless branches in
+all parts of the world.
+
+And next the vast College of Literature flashed before the admiring
+eyes of Mr. World. As seen through the telescope this section presented
+a most beautiful picture.
+
+The surface Schools of Law next attracted the attention of the spectator
+who was surprised to get so large a view of these operations.
+
+Mr. World still moved in the magic circle, and saw the whole program
+as revealed at the angle at which the telescope was inclined. When the
+first circle was completed, the telescope dropped to a new angle and
+started on its second revolution, disclosing to the observer a new
+world of schools, all of which were also comprehended in the University
+of the World.
+
+The Missionary College proved to be an interesting sight, as did also
+the Devil's Temperance College.
+
+One of the most surprising sights that greeted Mr. World in this second
+revolution was Satan's Modern College of Narcotics which is a series
+of schools built and operated with great care, intended to counteract
+the special efforts ever being put forth by the devotees of the King's
+Highway to teach the relations of narcotics to the nervous system.
+Formerly Satan did this branch of work in one of the wings of the
+Temperance College, but on account of the great stress put on this
+subject by the Surpassing Schools of the Christ, Satan has built this
+modern institution, and now the church is in confusion because _so
+many of its members have such an indistinct vision that they cannot
+discern between the wool of the sheep and the hair of the wolf, even
+when each animal is wearing its own hide._
+
+The most mysterious schools revealed by this second revolution were
+called the Schools of Emergency. These required the skill of the
+interpreters to give Mr. World an idea of their work.
+
+This is also a modern idea of the Evil One, and since their erection
+the schools have been patronized by an astonishingly large number of
+disappointed church-members who receive instruction more readily from
+the modern methods here in vogue than from the old-time system.
+
+Then did Mr. World behold a new line of schools in course of erection,
+but the interpreter refused to give him satisfaction when he asked the
+purpose of these new schools.
+
+When the great telescope had finished the second revolution, Mr. World
+was surprised to see that it commenced on the third round as the outer
+end of the telescope pointed more directly toward the base of the
+Observatory.
+
+Startling scenes were now laid bare. The underground schools of this
+Great University seemed to be greater than the surface operations.
+
+Mr. World first saw the Opium Schools, built in the form of large dens.
+After this came the Schools of Iniquity, operated in darkness. Here
+all forms of evil are taught and made to appear justifiable under
+certain conditions. Many of these underground schools could not be
+clearly seen by Mr. World, but ere the telescope completed its third
+revolution he saw the Schools of Suicide more distinctly than during
+his visit, and got a glimpse of the limitless Law Departments
+Underground, and the terrible pictures of sadness and sin as seen
+beneath the Devil's Hospital.
+
+Mr. World raised his eyes from the telescope and looked towards the
+interpreter. "What lies beyond those vast elevations?" he asked as he
+pointed to a rugged mountain range farther down the Broad Highway.
+
+"Back of those mountains lies the beautiful Wizard City, shut in from
+all the world. Ask nothing more about it."
+
+"But may I not enter it?"
+
+"Not unless you are fortunate enough to discover one of the paths that
+lead to the Summit. From thence one can see the City."
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XVI.
+
+EXPERT INVENTORS OF THE BROAD HIGHWAY.
+
+1. Mr. World and Miss Church-Member fail to see the Ways and Means
+Committee at work.
+
+2. They are directed to the city where expert inventors are constantly
+employed in devising weapons and all kinds of devices.
+
+3. They see a few inventions which are just being perfected to
+facilitate the services of the churches along the King's Highway.
+
+
+After Mr. World's remarkable experiences on the Observatory, he gladly
+called for his friend, Miss Church-Member, who accompanied him on
+another branch of the Mountain Trolley.
+
+They alighted at a station called Progress, and proceeded on the Broad
+Highway. Neither of them became wearied in listening to the experiences
+of the other during their brief separation.
+
+Ere long they came to a large hall which was used by the Ways and Means
+Committee of the Broad Highway.
+
+They obtained permission to visit the interior of the hall, hoping
+thereby to see the famous committee in session. But, after being
+escorted from room to room by a guide, they were informed, upon reaching
+the main auditorium, that the committee was holding a secret session,
+and that no visitors would be allowed to enter during that day.
+
+"How soon will visitors be admitted?' asked Mr. World, with a shade
+of disappointment in his tone.
+
+"Not until the matter now under consideration is settled. It may be
+two hours, perhaps two days," was the indefinite reply.
+
+"And where can we spend the interim with most profit and interest?"
+further interrogated Mr. World.
+
+The guide, looking through a window, described a path leading to a
+lofty summit. "When you reach that elevation," explained he, "you will
+see, in the busy vale beyond, the Wizard City.
+
+"Most of the experiments performed in that wondrous vale are closed
+forever from the view of mortal man; but so much of the work as you
+are allowed to see will interest you for many days."
+
+"In my opinion such a privilege is greater than the one we are here
+denied," smilingly spoke Miss Church-Member.
+
+"True indeed, my friend, unless the climbing of the hill should prove
+to be a more arduous task than you imagine," cautioned Mr. World.
+
+"Each of you will be pleasantly surprised," promptly affirmed the
+guide, "for they only can climb to that summit who do so willingly,
+and by them it is easily accomplished."
+
+"Is there no shorter way thither than by that winding path?" slowly
+asked Mr. World.
+
+"There is but one shorter route, and that is underground. No one is
+permitted to go that way until he has passed the summit and has reached
+the seventh degree in the secret service of our Master."
+
+"Ah! so there is an underground connection between this place and the
+Expert Inventors?" said Miss Church-Member in a low tone, and with a
+look of suspicion.
+
+"Be not in the least alarmed. The Ways and Means Committee and the
+Expert Inventors work in harmony, each supplementing the work of the
+other. It is therefore essential that between them there be as close
+connection as possible, not only for convenience of travel, but for
+insuring secrecy."
+
+"Then why are the two places so far apart?" queried Miss Church-Member.
+
+"Everything is perfectly arranged. If you could see the underground
+world between the two sites you would readily observe the logical
+relation of all parts. But the bell rings; I must go," continued the
+guide. "If you wish further information you may obtain it at the
+office," and with a courteous bow he withdrew.
+
+That same day I saw the two travelers climb with ease to the summit
+from whence they beheld the most curious sight that had yet met their
+gaze since their fellowship had begun.
+
+Down in the long and deep sloping vale before them, shut in from all
+the world, lay a large city of fantastic structures.
+
+The weird outlines of this marvelous city extended downward into the
+darkness of the earth, while the height of its buildings varied from
+the common even unto the amazing.
+
+The form of the city, and the shape of its buildings, were the most
+bizarre features of all. Only a few of the edifices bore resemblance
+to any which the travelers had ever before seen.
+
+Toward one end of the city they saw a cluster of buildings which, taken
+as a whole, resembled a gigantic tree towering to a great height and
+covered with strange foliage.
+
+[Illustration: In the "Wizard City" Satan devises novelties, such as
+"Angelette" for choir singing the "Service Regulator" for taking the
+Holy Spirit's place in worship, etc.]
+
+At the other end of the city the structures were divided into more
+than a hundred groups, resembling somewhat variously-shaped balloons
+of monstrous size.
+
+The sides of the city were constructed somewhat after the manner of
+immense Ferris wheels, of amazing diameter. The compartments therein
+actually moved up or down according to the range of vision desired by
+the Inventors in their experimenting.
+
+The central part of the city was the most notable of all. Here, with
+an average diameter of ten hundred feet, rose a circular structure
+tapering irregularly until it settled to a point six thousand feet in
+the air. Around this, as a center, ranged terraces, hanging gardens,
+aerial boulevards, and spiral electric railways.
+
+After viewing this wonderful valley for many hours, the companions
+took one of the perfected automobiles and covered the long gradual
+descent to a depth of ten thousand feet perpendicular.
+
+As they neared the base, I looked at Blackana, and asked: "How long
+have those Schools of Invention been in operation?"
+
+"Since the creation of man."
+
+"What is the real purpose of their existence?"
+
+"To invent devices and weapons helpful to our cause in peace or war,
+and more particularly to concoct new schemes for the use of the churches
+along the King's Highway and the Way of the World."
+
+"Oh! that the earth might see all this foul inwardness, and discern
+aright the bland deception with which those subtle plots are executed!"
+
+A Satanic smile covered the features of Blackana as he assured me that
+the earth does know of these things, and has known of them for ages,
+but is too well pleased with them to offer serious opposition.
+
+In disgust I turned from Blackana and saw that Mr. World and Miss
+Church-Member had reached the suburbs of the Wizard City where they
+read this unexpected notice over a large brazen gate:
+
+NONE ADMITTED EXCEPT THEY TO WHOM THE PORTER OPENETH.
+
+"Ah! all our toil may be in vain," sighed Miss Church-Member.
+
+They stood for a brief time in a quandary, discussing how one may know
+whether or not the Porter will open the gate. Finally the stalwart
+Porter approached them and spoke: "With what motive and for what purpose
+would ye enter?"
+
+Mr. World, with native tact, was ready with an answer: "I am in full
+sympathy with the work done in this city and have with me my friend
+who is still a member of a church standing along the King's Highway."
+
+The Porter advanced with graceful bearing and bowed to Miss
+Church-Member. "Perchance," said he, "you have come to receive some
+new ideas for the benefit of the church?"
+
+"You have surmised it," she blushingly replied. "The church to which
+I belong is sadly behind the age in its methods of work. I am hoping
+that the inventive genius of this city can give me some features new
+and attractive, that I may, in my missionary work, help to introduce
+them into antiquated churches."
+
+"Yours is a worthy mission," politely said the Porter, "and I herewith
+hand you a card which will admit both of you into the department of
+the city, number seven hundred and seventy-seven."
+
+Instantly the gate flew wide open, and the happy couple passed through
+joyfully. They walked by the many fairy-like buildings, closing their
+eyes to all the special scenes so that they might give their first
+attention to the department indicated by the Porter.
+
+With little difficulty they found the place desired, and handed the
+card to a curator who conducted them to the general manager.
+
+"I infer, by this card," said the manager, "that you are hoping to
+find some new schemes to facilitate the work and service of the church."
+
+"That is our aim," answered Miss Church-Member.
+
+"I am glad that you are so ambitious to keep apace with the times. In
+this marvelous age of mechanism all things are done by devices and
+machinery, and the church that would keep step with the spirit of
+progress must also be run by mechanism. The services of such a
+congregation should be controlled by a rigid methodical law, so that
+everything will move like clock-work. The church of to-day, in its
+movement towards form and ceremony, is approaching the highest laws
+of universal harmony. This hopeful tendency is most helpful to the
+soul of man and most pleasing to God."
+
+"Just my idea exactly," chimed in Mr. World. "The churches along the
+King's Highway are stubbornly fighting these modern improvements. They
+are very slow in catching up with the spirit of the age. Does that not
+seem true, Miss Church-Member?"
+
+"I must confess I see it more clearly now than ever. Nature is run by
+unerring, unchangeable law; why should not all spiritual operations
+come under the same principle? Formality, after all, is the highest
+point to be reached."
+
+"Your mind easily grasps the truth, I perceive," responded the manager.
+"What can bring things into better form than to get as much machinery
+as possible into church worship? In this building a thousand experts
+are constantly employed in devising and perfecting mechanical
+arrangements to facilitate the services of the church. Perhaps you
+would be pleased to see some of the results of our work by passing
+through some of the sub-departments?"
+
+"For my part," replied Miss Church-Member, "I am more than passingly
+interested in these things, and if Mr. World does not object to
+accompany us, I will be grateful to improve this opportunity to look
+upon your work."
+
+After completing preliminary arrangements I saw the manager conduct
+his two visitors on the easy running elevator to the floor which was
+devoted especially to singing.
+
+"As it is your wish," said the manager "to see the latest, we will not
+tarry at these lesser rooms, but proceed immediately to the corner of
+the chief experts where I will be pleased to show to you the best
+novelty on the floor." They walked down the long room, passing on each
+side of the aisle one set of busy workers after another. They stopped
+at one of the far corners and beheld, in advance, the latest novelty
+to be used for singing in church service.
+
+It was an artificial woman, neatly attired and filled with a complicated
+mechanism so constructed that when certain electric keys were touched
+by the unseen operator, articulate sounds like unto a human voice
+issued forth, while the expression of the whole face, and the
+natural-like heaving of the breast, all moved in harmony with the
+artificial sounds. The invention so much resembled a living creature
+of beauty that Miss Church-Member at first thought it was really human.
+
+Mr. World was so well pleased with the novelty that he unconsciously
+seated himself upon a couch and looked on in amazement. The beauty of
+the female form attracted his attention as much as the voice that
+pealed forth bewitchingly from the lips.
+
+"The greatest thing in the world!" he said after a period of ecstatic
+silence. "The church that gets such a singer into its choir will have
+a packed house at every service."
+
+"I never so much as dreamed of such a thing before. Have any of the
+churches yet tried the experiment?" wonderingly asked Miss
+Church-Member.
+
+"The time has not yet come," replied the manager. "Our experts have
+been perfecting this fine piece of mechanism for many years, but it
+is not yet quite satisfactory. We shall continue until it is well-nigh
+perfect. In the meantime we are trying to prepare the way so that the
+people will gladly receive such an addition to their church machinery.
+It is our intention to be able to supply _angelettes_, (for that is
+the name by which this invention will be known) of any size, and with
+apparel suitable for any special or ordinary occasion of church worship.
+The angelette is to be so perfected that it will render vocal music
+without a break. That will be a happy day when people can worship God
+without aging themselves hoarse or without being annoyed by the discords
+so prevalent in congregational and choir singing and, moreover, have
+none of the evil effects that come from choir quarrels."
+
+"I can plainly see," commented Miss Church-Member as they moved toward
+another floor, "that the church is only in the morning twilight of its
+progress. The wonders of today will pale into insignificance at the
+coming of the greater things." They dropped to a lower floor and stepped
+from the elevator.
+
+"This floor is devoted to the '_Order of Church Service_'" explained
+the manager. "It is indeed surprising to see what a variety of devices
+are here suggested to get the churches to pin themselves down to a
+fixed law of service in such a way that all else must bend to it or
+appear ridiculous. Some churches, claiming to be led by the Spirit,
+are constantly out of order. One cannot even imagine what is coming
+next. That is a foolish, haphazard way of conducting a religious
+service. We are doing all we can to correct these errors. I will take
+you at once to the expert's room and let you see the latest piece of
+mechanism which we hope very soon to offer for public use."
+
+Far out in one end of the building I saw the three enter a room where
+men were busily engaged at work.
+
+"Will you kindly show these two visitors the workings of your new
+invention called the 'Service Regulator,'" requested the manager as
+he looked at the chief inventor.
+
+A large curtain was raised and there it hung. No larger than a family
+clock. The inventor opened a door of the Regulator, and carefully
+explained its works. He called their attention especially to a roil
+of blackboard canvas that passed from an upper to a lower cylinder
+when the Regulator was running.
+
+I heard the inventor, in explaining, use these words: "The minister
+arranges the program in advance and then marks the whole order of
+service on the canvas roll, allowing as much time for each part of the
+service as he thinks proper. The canvas is then replaced and the
+Regulator hung on the wall. When the minute comes to commence services,
+the Regulator is wound with a key and it starts to run. The canvas,
+in passing down at a fixed rate, informs the congregation of every
+change in the service, just as it had been previously planned."
+
+"What think you of it?" asked the manager, after the partial
+explanation.
+
+"I do not believe that the church of the King's Highway to which I
+belong could use it. It would tend only to confusion," said Miss
+Church-Member.
+
+"Only till they become accustomed to it," explained the inventor.
+"After a few weeks of use its value would be demonstrated. Then the
+congregation would not part with it under any consideration. You see,
+Miss Church-Member," he continued as he offered them easy chairs,
+"there would be a definite time to close the service. The Regulator
+would move with the precision of a clock, and nobody would complain
+about the preacher speaking too long, for he would stop at a fixed
+time. It is so arranged that a little bell rings five minutes in advance
+of the time to stop preaching. It is sometimes a great satisfaction
+for the hearer to know when the sermon is nearly ended, and the
+Regulator would be a blessed boon to some preachers who find it
+difficult to stop talking after they get 'warmed up,' as they call it."
+
+"How beautiful the thought that the bells of the Regulator would call
+the congregation to prayer, and a bell bid the time to change the
+devotion from prayer to song. You must not forget that this device is
+intended to educate the minister, choir, and congregation to a fine
+degree of accuracy in all their public devotions. See what opportunity
+this device offers for the display of ingenuity and tact on the part
+of a minister! He can, on the blank spaces, have a few pictures drawn.
+These will be interesting to children who cannot comprehend his sermon,
+or to an adult who loses the thread of the discourse. Does it not seem
+like a good thing for the church?" he asked, as he turned his gaze
+upon Miss Church-Member.
+
+"It seems more and more that way, and no doubt it will prove helpful
+if it gets a fair trial. How does it suit _your_ fancy?" she inquired
+of Mr. World.
+
+"It seems to me that all churches who know a good thing when they see
+it will get it at any cost. It just meets my idea exactly. I like to
+see things done decently and in order in the church. It always makes
+me nervous to get into a church where enthusiasm runs away with the
+meeting. It makes me feel somewhat as if I were in a trolley car that
+is running down grade while the motor-man has lost control of the
+brakes. It makes it uncomfortable to stay or to run."
+
+"Have any of the churches introduced this novelty yet?" inquired Miss
+Church-Member.
+
+"None as yet. We are waiting for certain developments before placing
+this device on the market. The agents of our Secret Service will inform
+us when the time is ripe."
+
+The manager then offered to conduct them to another floor which was
+devoted to the interests of the Prayer Meeting, but Miss Church-Member,
+having lost her interest in such kind of services, expressed a desire
+to visit some other part of the city.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XVII.
+
+THE WIZARD CITY.
+
+1. The weird city of inventors described.
+
+2. Its ultimate overthrow predicted in a realistic climax.
+
+
+I saw that Miss Church-Member was anxious to visit the vast tower in
+the central part of the city. So Mr. World, in deference to her wishes,
+and agreeably to his own desires, escorted her in that direction.
+
+Standing away at some distance, they were soon gazing upward at the
+awe-inspiring spectacle. Its grandeur and proportions now appeared to
+be greatly increased.
+
+They could see, with more distinctness, circling around the massive
+wizard cone, the aerial boulevards, ever alive with private conveyances,
+and the trolley cars each carrying a variety of passengers.
+
+"Will you accompany me on the trolley to the first series of hangings
+gardens?" cheerily invited Mr. World.
+
+"If we are permitted, and you think it safe to ascend," she answered
+in a tremulous voice. He calmed her fears and led her to the central
+passenger room at the base of the tower. Here they saw a system of
+interior elevators carrying throngs of people to the numerous stations
+between the base and the highest dizzy view-point.
+
+Leading off to the right ran the double trolley system, and to the
+left the equally wide boulevard, each on the exterior of the massive
+tower.
+
+I saw the obliging Mr. World, with more than usual courtesy, conduct
+his friend to a seat on a trolley car bound for the aerial gardens.
+
+The ascent was smooth and afforded delightful opportunities to view,
+at every desirable angle, the surrounding city and its suburbs.
+
+"This is the most exhilarating ride of my life!" triumphantly cried
+Miss Church-Member as they circled higher and higher so gradually that
+more than ten miles were traveled ere the objective point was reached
+one thousand feet from the base.
+
+Here lay the variety gardens, suspended from the rigid side of the
+tower by a feat of architectural engineering surpassing anything in
+the natural world.
+
+Around the gardens the boulevards and the trolley lines circled
+horizontally, and also passed through some of the huge corridors which,
+on this level, diverge from the interior elevators toward the exterior
+gardens.
+
+When the trolley car reached this height Miss Church-Member at once
+fixed her eyes on the ponderous pillars on each side of the converging
+corridors, for she knew that more than four thousand feet of the tower's
+amazing weight rested on these defiant granites.
+
+Mr. World and his pleasing friend meandered amongst the multitude from
+one to another of the hanging gardens, drinking in all the vain glories
+that this aerial world afforded. At last, wearied by the endless
+succession of extraordinary sights, they stole away to a quiet retreat
+on the outer edge of a garden farthest from the tower's center.
+Reclining in hammocks, they conversed of all the greatness of the
+world.
+
+Looking upward they saw, fifteen hundred feet above them, the next
+series of hanging gardens; and during the lull in the music near by,
+they caught the strains falling from the upper orchestras like music
+from Heaven.
+
+"Will you go with me still higher to taste the sweetness of a more
+ethereal level?"
+
+Intoxicated with the charms already felt, Miss Church-Member was ready
+for any height. Upward they went on the venturesome trolley, admiring
+the phenomenal ride and the scenery it opened to their view in panoramic
+splendor. Their course wound round and round until they came to the
+horizontal circle twenty-five hundred feet above the base.
+
+This was a place of more refinement and beauty. The touch of the finer
+artists was seen in all the arrangement and style of the terraces and
+hanging gardens, but especially in the rich variety of flowers and
+plants that added their wealth to the novel combinations.
+
+Mr. World carefully guarded his much esteemed friend during their
+sight-seeing from garden to garden, for at times they encountered
+throngs of people.
+
+I saw them eventually seek rest on rustic chairs where their
+conversation deepened into the relations they sustained one to the
+other, succeeded at last by a tender, thoughtful silence.
+
+In the midst of their reveries they noticed a little spider, swinging
+on its silken thread, floating in the air between them.
+
+"You rude little creature! Why do you come, at such a time, between
+my friend and me?" said Miss Church-Member in a half humorous mood.
+
+"It may be for a purpose, dear. Perhaps the little insect poses here
+to remind us that we can never escape the foe that seeks to separate
+us."
+
+"Quite an ingenious explanation," she said with deepening seriousness.
+"But who is that lurking foe who seeks our separation?"
+
+"'Tis better to learn to know your enemies than to be told of them.
+Hence look through your eyes askance."
+
+Just at this instant Miss Church-Member raised her hand and caught the
+little intruder, placing it alive into a locket which she had secretly
+carried ever since she had visited the Pawn Shop.
+
+"What can be the meaning of that?" queried Mr. "World as he saw, through
+the glass of the little lid, the struggling insect.
+
+"So may it be to any foe that seeks to separate us," she explained.
+
+"Then let me carry the locket," he suggested. "You have captured the
+foe; allow me to keep him imprisoned."
+
+There was a happy exchange of glances as she pressed the little prison
+into his hand. "It is yours forever," she pledged under the sway of
+her rising emotions.
+
+And he, accepting it with a warm heart, spoke thus in glowing words:
+"I accept the endless task and also pledge to the utmost of my power
+to keep any foe imprisoned that seeks to rob your life of any passing
+happiness."
+
+"Shall we go still higher?" he soon asked as he fixed his eyes on the
+dizzy terraces two thousand feet above them.
+
+"In your presence I fear no height," was her confiding response.
+
+The trolley cars ascended no higher, so they proceeded to the interior
+elevators. But they were told that no visitors were allowed above that
+point that privilege being reserved alone for the inventors.
+
+"Are we permitted to visit the interior apartments of this tower, even
+below us?" asked Mr. World wistfully.
+
+"They are all doubly sealed. No one but an expert inventor, true and
+tried in our master's service, ever passes through these secret
+chambers."
+
+"May we know what particular branch of work is done in this tower?"
+
+"It is devoted alone to the invention and testing of weapons of warfare
+for the armies of our master, especially for the sharp-shooters
+stationed along the so-called King's Highway."
+
+Miss Church-Member trembled at this announcement and urged Mr. World
+to conduct her to the base of the tower that they might visit other
+parts of the city.
+
+As I was looking at all these things, a flash of light, coming from
+one side, blinded my vision, and as I turned I saw a heavenly messenger
+in a blaze of glory.
+
+"Hither, hither!" beckoned the sweet-faced angel.
+
+I was instantly at his side without effort, except an act of volition.
+He transported me almost instantaneously to the apex of the great tower
+in the Wizard City.
+
+There I stood without fear under the sweet charms of my angel guide
+who floated gently about me in the air.
+
+"O mortal man," calmly spoke the angel, "thou shalt now be privileged,
+for a brief space of time, to gaze upon this Wizard City as angels do.
+Thy memory shall be strengthened so that thou shalt not forget the
+vision of these carnal things."
+
+Then, in a manner surpassing all things human, scales fell from my
+eyes, and I was struck with horror at the awful sight that lay before
+me.
+
+"Look thou first into the interior of this tower," bade the angel, as
+he pointed downward. All things were open to my view, and I saw many
+of the bright geniuses of the world in league with the imps of darkness,
+all busily engaged in the secret service of Satan.
+
+I saw how Satan used the ingenuity of man to carry forward his infamous
+schemes. Instead of the old rifles used in the earlier days of
+Christianity I saw in this tower almost numberless kinds of fatal
+weapons which send forth their poisonous and deadly discharges without
+smoke or sound, so that the wounded, not knowing whence the missiles
+come, might imagine that they were smitten of God.
+
+The angel informed me that every year this fiendish tower puts out
+into the hands of its agents many new devices, either for poisoning
+or wounding the disciples who travel on the King's Highway, and who
+by any kind of negligence come within reach of Satan's forces. "Seest
+thou," continued my guide, "with what cunning Satan hath builded this
+tower? By its exterior beauty he gaineth the confidence of the unwary,
+and thus winneth countless thousands to his cause. And seest thou the
+depth to which it reaches, not six thou sand feet below us, but ten
+times six thousand feet, into the bowels of the earth?"
+
+Then could I see, at a glance, the whole under-ground dominions
+stretching their borders far, wide, and deep. There was a small empire
+of groveling imps, each bent on the work of his particular branch.
+
+"Look thou now into the apartments of those ponderous wheels," directed
+my glorious guide.
+
+Neither metal nor granite obstructed my vision. I saw delicate and
+complex machinery, and half-human creatures in league with mortal man,
+all bending to their tasks.
+
+"They all work in league with the Devil's Optical College. The inventive
+genius of Hell hath contrived, in these graded departments, all the
+modern lenses that are so terribly warping the vision of an alarming
+number in the church and the world.
+
+"And seest thou," continued the angel, as he pointed to a far section
+of the city, "those inventors plying their ingenuity in behalf of
+Satan's Medical Colleges and Hospitals?
+
+"And also witness, in that nearer section, the viler groups at work
+inventing snares and traps for Satan's allies to use in catching
+Heaven-bound pilgrims.
+
+"Also behold," he continued, turning to another part of the city, "that
+special class of geniuses who work for Satan's general emissaries as
+they journey far and wide to do exploits. How terribly they influence
+the weaker servants of our King!"
+
+Then I stood gazing, as the angel continued his interpreting, until
+I had seen the foul workings of this whole city.
+
+I was so filled with a mixture of grief and indignation that I cried
+out in painful anguish: "Why does not God send thunderbolts from his
+eternal throne, and smite this city to fragments?"
+
+Then the sweet angel calmly answered: "Not until the worm ceaseth to
+crawl, and thistles no more infest the ground. Till then the patience
+of God endureth and his sunshine falleth on the temples of Virtue and
+of Vice."
+
+"And what comes at the end of patience?"
+
+"Then shall the taint of sin be purged from the earth, for every temple
+and pest-hole of Satan, including this whole Wizard City, will be
+consumed by an awful fire whose lurid light will glimmer long after
+the metals and granites of this great Tower shall have been reduced
+to ashes amidst the general ruin."
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XVIII.
+
+THE FESTIVAL.
+
+1. The whole scheme of merchandising in the church is laid bare as
+Satan explains the origin of the word "Festival."
+
+
+Looking once again through the open door, I saw that Mr. World and
+Miss Church-Member, after leaving the Wizard City, had gained admission
+to the auditorium where the Ways and Means Committee was in session.
+
+Miss Church-Member at once retired to the waiting-room in the rear,
+and sat quietly perusing a book while her companion remained in the
+large hall and listened to the proceedings.
+
+An agent of Satan occupied the chair. He was dressed in pleasing
+costume, and controlled the assemblage with parliamentary dignity.
+
+When Mr. World took a seat the large committee was engaged in a warm
+debate over a certain piece of ground occupying a space midway between
+the King's Highway and the Broad Highway. This eligible site had been
+used for holding church-festivals to raise funds for the maintenance
+of gospel work. A few wealthy friends of Satan wanted this location
+to erect on it a club-house wherein they might revel and carouse as
+they wished.
+
+The question arose among the members of the committee as to which of
+the two uses would best subserve the purpose of their master who held
+a claim on the land.
+
+The chairman arose, after listening to the arguments at length, and
+addressed the audience with great coolness and deliberation: "Most
+worthy members of this committee," commenced he, "you have spoken many
+words of truth this day. Your interest in this matter only shows your
+loyalty to our cause. 'Club-House or Festival?' that is the question.
+Surely we cannot dispense with either, but rather must we maintain
+both at any cost. As for this place in question, I am decidedly in
+favor of holding it for the use of the church. The Club-House will
+find a location elsewhere, but this ground is so favorably situated
+for church-merchandising that I urge you to hold it for such purposes.
+Have we not seen how eagerly the two classes mingle here? This place,
+being so accessible to all parties, makes it possible for the church
+to gather larger numbers and thereby reap greater financial results--
+which is the principal object of the church in holding these delightful
+affairs. Since the church is well supplied with everything it needs
+except money, let us do it a favor by rendering some assistance in
+that direction. Then we may reasonably expect that the church will,
+in return, do us a favor by being less hostile to our methods of
+operation, which, as you will admit, are highly honorable."
+
+This speech had the desired effect. A resolution was quickly passed
+in harmony with the opinion of the chairman.
+
+The curiosity of Mr. World was now satisfied, for he had seen this
+famous committee in session. Therefore he repaired to the waiting-
+room, and while conducting Miss Church-Member from the building their
+attention was arrested by this announcement written in bold letters
+near the exit:
+
+ANY ONE WISHING REFRESHMENTS CAN FIND THEM AT THE FESTIVAL ON THE
+CHURCH GROUNDS.
+
+"How does that announcement suit you?" interrogated Mr. World.
+
+"It comes at an opportune time," she answered, her face brightening,
+"I had been hoping that we might soon have lunch."
+
+They had gone but a few steps from the door when they heard cheery
+voices and strains.
+
+Here the Church receives money for souls from the Devil, while the
+Devil gets souls for money from the Church of music lending attractive
+life to the festival. Urged on by the thought of a pleasant hour, they
+quickened their pace unconsciously and were soon within sight of the
+grounds.
+
+I saw the multitude gathering in the grove. The mingling of the church
+and the world was so complete that one could scarcely tell from which
+path many had come.
+
+On this intervening ground everything appealed to the appetite, and
+the patrons knew that the more they ate or purchased the greater would
+be the success of the festival. Therefore some ate even unto gluttony
+for the benefit of the church, while the agents of Satan with skillful
+aim were sending poisoned arrows into the heart of true benevolence,
+and also endeavoring to arrest the minds of Christians so that they
+might pursue the Broader Path after their routine at the festival was
+ended.
+
+Thus I saw, falling into the coffers of the church, filthy lucre not
+sanctified by prayer or sacrifice, and from this seed the church hoped
+to reap a holy harvest.
+
+Mr. World and his companion spent a delightful season with the company
+and, thanks to Mr. World's plethoric purse, proved themselves pleasingly
+generous in their patronage. Finally Miss Church-Member excused herself
+from Mr. World and joined a company of young ladies who were engaged
+in joyous pleasures.
+
+Mr. World, now alone, was walking leisurely about the grounds when
+Satan appeared and sauntered at his side "Are you not fearful," asked
+Mr. World in the midst of a conversation, "that many of your subjects
+will be led into the Narrow Path by tarrying at this place and
+associating with so many Christians?"
+
+"Not in the least," he replied, "for at such places as this I gain
+more subjects than I lose. So I expect to encourage forever
+sacred-merchandising all along my route. The churches are glad to use
+this ground even though it belongs to me, for I concede to them all
+the money. Naturally I prefer souls to money."
+
+"How did this word 'festival' originate?" queried Mr. World after a
+brief pause in the conversation.
+
+"With pleasure I will explain. Once upon a time I called together my
+generals to determine upon new methods of winning converts to our
+cause, and promised to confer upon the one who should suggest the best
+plan, the honorable title 'Fast Devil.'
+
+"A long intermission was granted to give my aids time to use their
+ingenuity in planning. All Hell was filled with students, each one
+striving to win the title.
+
+"At a given signal my cohorts re-assembled. Thus before me lay a vast
+army of anxious faces. I gave each one, who desired, an opportunity
+to speak. The sun revolved on his axis seven times ere the argument
+was finished. During this debate there was comparative peace on earth."
+
+"Pray tell me," further asked Mr. World, "What was the trend of their
+suggestions?"
+
+"I could relate it all, for I have every word recorded, but I shall
+not weary you."
+
+"But at least give me a general idea."
+
+"Willingly. One of my generals arose and said: 'We can change some of
+our tactics without loss to our cause. The sword and torture only
+strengthen our enemies. We should resort more to the 'wolf-
+in-sheep's-clothing method.'
+
+"He could speak no more. A thundering sound of voices drowned his
+utterances. Thousands of my loyal leaders seconded his plans.
+
+"At last one of the speakers, who indeed won the prize, earnestly
+proposed a grand scheme, and the vast multitudes listened with rapt
+attention. His speech was short but fiery, and, rising to the occasion,
+he demanded that all his comrades should unite to destroy the simple
+voluntary spirit of Christian benevolence so that the church might go
+begging before the world and even resort to all manner of mercantile
+business for its support. The speaker declared that if the church could
+be induced to adopt such measures it would tend to divert her mind
+from interfering with the work to which he and his auditors were all
+loyally pledged.
+
+"This speech had a marvelous effect, and there was a deafening roar
+of voices in the applause which continued for a long space of time.
+
+"Then followed an animated discussion in which a host of trusted leaders
+engaged. Each one commented on the winning speech and offered
+suggestions how to awaken a trading interest in the church. It was
+conceded that first of all the church must feel the necessity of
+resorting to business. Accordingly a large committee was appointed to
+work systematically amongst the churches on earth, inducing their
+members to depart from the customs of the early church.
+
+"This committee did yeoman service and shrewdly prepared the way for
+the more complete work in harmony with the views of Fast Devil. Through
+the ages it succeeded in gradually influencing the church to engage
+in all manner of performances and trading schemes to gain support. The
+work of this committee is not yet at an end, for nearly every week we
+hear of some innovation which has crept into the church, or some new
+form of merchandising into which it has fortunately entered.
+
+"It is indeed gratifying that the church is casting off her unsightly
+spiritual robe and putting on the costume of merriment and trade. I
+hope the day will soon come when the church will have still less of
+the spiritual nonsense and more of these up-to-date methods to secure
+funds for its support."
+
+As Satan spoke his last words he bid a brief adieu to Mr. World and
+hastened away to the side of a young man who was almost persuaded to
+yield to some elevating influence. I suddenly looked at Blackana whose
+presence I had well-nigh forgotten.
+
+"Have you been taking your ease in sleep?" I asked as an involuntary
+shudder shook my frame.
+
+"I never sleep. Suns may wax and wane, nations rise and fall, peoples
+live and die, but I am awake forever."
+
+"Did you hear the conversation between Satan and Mr. World?"
+
+"Every word of it."
+
+"Were you present when Satan held that great convocation to devise
+plans for more efficient work against the church of Jesus Christ on
+earth?"
+
+"I attended every session."
+
+"And did you hear the speech of Fast Devil?"
+
+"I heard every word."
+
+"And did Satan give to Mr. World a true account of the address?"
+
+"He gave only a condensed and garbled rendering of it."
+
+"Then I command you, O Blackana, to give me a full reproduction of
+Fast Devil's speech as far as you are able to translate the language
+of Hell into words that are intelligible to me. Can you remember each
+thought?"
+
+"I must remember, for I have not the power to forget," and Blackana
+groaned aloud. "Oh, that I could bury in oblivion the myriad thoughts
+that sting me with remorse!" He paused a moment. "Am I to give you the
+whole--speech as Fast Devil delivered it originally?"
+
+"Thought for thought, and gesture for gesture," I answered with
+authority.
+
+Ere the last syllable fell from my lips Blackana was suddenly
+transformed into a more terrifying creature than he was himself. I was
+paralyzed at the sight of the weird monster which I learned was the
+image of Fast Devil.
+
+There he stood, tall and erect, seven times the height of man, with
+sinews like iron-rope and with a face defying human description. His
+eyes were fiery with life, and determination marked every movement as
+he stepped forward to speak.
+
+Notwithstanding my consciousness of being sustained by supernatural
+power, I trembled as Blackana reproduced this noted speech of Fast
+Devil:
+
+"Most honored chief and glorious master," he commenced, "be thou
+indulgent as I speak to thee and unto these my comrades who lie in
+anxious posture over this vast expanse of Hell. I am here to state an
+issue of which we have heard murmurings for many an age. To prepare
+for this hour I have taxed my ingenuity to its utmost."
+
+Then with striking gestures of his awful arms he passionately continued:
+"Hope is no more crushed within me as I view the wide and measureless
+field of our possibilities, for I see empires within our reach if we
+but cease brooding over our dismal past and let this bright prospect
+kindle its flames within us. What spur need we to move us on but to
+look up and see the resplendent regions whence we fell, till hatred
+starts afresh within our beings and our every passion moves to its
+control."
+
+With an outward swing of his great right arm he asked in strong
+appealing tones: "How can we best succeed against the church in which
+our enemy glories so unceasingly? What inroads can we make? In what
+manner shall we advance?"
+
+He vigorously seized a book. "Here is a Bible, borrowed from a saint.
+I turned its pages over and over that I might learn what pained the
+heart of Christ most grievously, vexing his inmost soul with
+indignation. What was it?" vociferously interrogated Fast Devil as he
+flung the book to the scorching winds of Hell. "'Twas that which
+hindered the cause of Christ most efficiently--_prostituting the house
+of God to worldly purposes_. Have we forgotten the vehemence with which
+this arch-enemy drove the money kings from His sacred abode, saying
+unto them: 'My house is a house of prayer, but ye have made it a den
+of thieves,' and how we like sneaking cowards crawled away, and thus
+our glorious scheme went by default?"
+
+Then Blackana uttered his final appeal with all the swing of his mighty
+body and the low vibrant thunder of his voice. "Back to your forts!
+Oh, back! ye dormant hosts around me! Not in the strength of arms, but
+with the subtlest webs that Hell can weave, and with the snares of
+silent treachery. We need no stronger weapons, and for our dress we
+will don sheep's clothing of the finest wool. Thus who amongst the
+church can tell that we are not seeking her highest good? _Then as we
+strike at the heart of voluntary offering in the church, so shall we
+kill the spirit that gives it birth. The carcass of this dead spirit
+unburied we shall drag through the church for ages, and the germs of
+disease arising therefrom will bring more death into the ranks of our
+foes than all our weapons of warfare ever did."_
+
+Blackana instantly resumed his former shape, and "while I was musing
+the fire burned." I then looked out toward the festival ground and saw
+that Satan had returned to Mr. World and was explaining to him how
+helpful these festivals were to Christians.
+
+"Aside from the moral and religious influence," he remarked, "how could
+the church defray her expenses if she did not engage in some innocent
+forms of merchandising, or use some novel scheme to decoy money from
+her admirers. Surely there can be no better way," continued the Devil
+with an unholy grin. "If the church would maintain her honor before
+the world, she must not do differently. I _am satisfied if wily thee
+old way of voluntary giving is more and more discarded by the church."_
+
+"But you began your former recital," reminded Mr. World, "to inform
+me how the word 'Festival' originated. You have not yet succeeded in
+making it clear to me."
+
+"It originated from the phrase of honor which was given the prize-
+winner, Fast Devil, but we changed the wording somewhat so that it
+might not seem obnoxious to the church."
+
+Then, by a peculiar method of concrete marking, Satan continued: "The
+following is the process of development from the phrase to the word:
+'Fast Devil;' '_Fest Evil_;' 'FESTIVAL.'"
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XIX.
+
+THE MISSIONARY COLLEGE.
+
+1. Mr. World and Miss Church-Member visit the great college and are
+strongly influenced in favor of Satan's teachings concerning missionary
+work.
+
+
+The fellowship of Mr. World and Miss Church-Member grew increasingly
+delightful as they journeyed forth from the Festival. In their company
+were a few church-members who had also enjoyed the physical pleasures
+of the Festival and who preferred to reach Heaven by the most convenient
+path.
+
+The merry band of companions soon reached a certain Missionary Station
+which was controlled by pilgrims from the King's Highway. The travelers
+were all very much amused at seeing tracts and other pieces of
+literature scattered over the Highway in front of the station.
+
+"How much one can get for nothing!" sneeringly remarked Mr. Bigot, as
+he pointed to the literature strewn across the way.
+
+"Surely there can be no harm in looking at such pieces of paper," said
+Mrs. Lucre-Love as she lifted a booklet from the path and commenced
+a quiet perusal of it. "And what is it all about?" queried another who
+saw the eyes of Mrs. Lucre-Love fixed intently on the pamphlet.
+
+"Oh, it is nothing new! Only the old monotonous story of the heathen,
+followed by the usual appeal for funds. Evidently it is some sharper's
+scheme to rob the people of their money."
+
+Mr. World was near enough to hear her answer and with evident disgust
+he asked: "Where can one get reliable information on this subject,
+anyhow?"
+
+"At one of the Missionary Colleges, of course," answered two or three
+in unison. "Yes, and I know from past experience that you will soon
+be at one. This station and this literature is all the evidence we
+need," added Mrs. Lucre-Love.
+
+Mr. World and Miss Church-Member thence walked alone and soon beheld
+the great Missionary College whose higher domes kissed the lower clouds
+of heaven.
+
+"Surely some great missionary enthusiast must have erected these
+edifices," said Miss Church-Member as they were turning to enter the
+section devoted to Home Missionary Work.
+
+The entrance ways were so crowded with students and visitors that Mr.
+World escorted his companion with difficulty to the plaza toward which
+the twenty-one halls of this section converged.
+
+The view of this part of the College from the plaza was at once
+beautiful and inspiring.
+
+Hall No. 4 was the first place they decided to enter. Over the door
+these words were hung:
+
+HOME MISSION WORK FINANCIALLY CONSIDERED.
+
+Having reached the interior, Miss Church-Member, in particular, was
+surprised to see the many busy thousands in the large rooms of the
+hall, and to note with what carefulness every item of expense was kept
+of all the Home Mission Work of the world.
+
+Then they sought the main lecture-room whose large seating capacity
+was already well taken with a motley crowd of students and visitors.
+
+The lecturer was a woman of shrewd appearance. Her face was void of
+sympathy and her voice somewhat masculine. Her address was over one-half
+finished when the two companions entered, They listened carefully to
+her words which were in part as follows:
+
+"We are not to worship money, yet we are to guard against squandering
+it. The person who wastes one dollar sets a bad example to others and
+brings injury to himself. Woman is criticized for wastefulness in
+dress. I stand here to defend her, not because she is altogether
+innocent, but because her accusers are equally guilty in the same and
+in other directions. The money wasted in Home Missionary Work would
+feed the starving of all the world. Where does this money come from?
+The greater part of it comes from the purses of those who are burdened
+with all manner of financial obligations. What right have such people
+to rob others of their dues in order to support Home Mission Work? O,
+that the time may soon come when consistency will be manifested, and
+so much money no longer wasted in this sentimental manner!"
+
+The speaker proceeded, but the interest of the two listeners was
+flagging; so they quietly left the room.
+
+They next entered Hall No. 17, devoted to "_The Results of Home
+Missionary Work_." But after remaining a very short time Miss
+Church-Member declared that she was interested more directly in
+Foreign Missionary Work.
+
+In deference to her wishes he at once accompanied her to the second
+section of the Missionary College, which was much larger than the
+first. Miss Church-Member led the way into one of the large halls where
+Satan, through his agents, gave special instruction concerning "_The
+Condition of the Heathen._" They listened to four speakers from whose
+brief addresses they received food for thought.
+
+The first speaker expounded the theory that "_Ignorance is Bliss_,"
+and declared that the heathen were happy and comfortable in their
+present condition.
+
+The second lecturer argued, at greater length, that the heathen were
+free from all responsibility as long as they were left alone, and that
+if God held them accountable, then their vague worship answered for
+a good conscience, and therefore they would reach Heaven by a simpler
+path.
+
+The third speaker declared that the heathen were now as God had made
+them, and therefore just as they should be. To establish this theory
+he used garbled arguments of predestination.
+
+The fourth assured the audience that the heathen, in due order, would
+rise to loftier conceptions by the same natural processes as the
+civilized peoples of to-day have risen from their rude primitive
+conditions.
+
+After examining some heathen relics the two companions spent some time
+near-by in a hall of the same section devoted to "_The Effects of the
+Gospel on the Heathen._"
+
+Its teachers were very emphatic in their utterances. They affirmed
+that the Gospel did not benefit the heathen, except that it brought
+to them civilization with all its attendant responsibilities and vices.
+
+One lecturer to whom they listened was very fiery. In a scathing manner
+the speaker pronounced censure on the Christian church for her
+ill-advised policy in Foreign Missionary Work.
+
+Mr. World and his close friend left the second section of the College
+without pausing to visit the recitation rooms where Satan's Missionary
+Experts were constantly teaching graded classes. In a few moments they
+entered the largest edifice of the Missionary College which was erected
+for the special purpose of teaching "_The Comparative Need of Home and
+Foreign Missionary Work._"
+
+Upon entering, Miss Church-Member was surprised at the interior
+arrangements of the rooms and the exceptional beauty of their finish.
+
+After a much needed rest in one of the sub-departments, they went to
+one of the higher floors, hoping to hear another lecture on some
+missionary theme.
+
+Mr. World smiled as they entered the room and saw that a woman occupied
+the platform. In a jovial manner he remarked that "women must be the
+best missionary orators."
+
+The speaker was keen-eyed and shrewd, and well knew how to use sophistry
+in pathos and wit. She expounded to the audience the doctrine of Satan
+under whose service she was pledged to loyalty.
+
+"We are all missionaries," she commenced, "and cannot escape the
+responsibility which is imposed upon us. Our duty is imperative. We
+stand at the open door of opportunity and enter so slowly into the
+fields of work all around us. When one sees rank bigotry and
+narrow-mindedness on every hand, he feels like blushing that he ever
+sent money to convert the heathen in far-away lands. The heathen at
+our own doors are more blood-thirsty than the cannibals of distant
+climes. I appeal to you all, noble women especially, to rid your minds
+of the fallacy of foreign work and do the foreign work at home, even
+inside your own doors. (Applause, principally among the men, in which
+Mr. World heartily joined.) I must confess that, at one time, I was
+almost overcome by this craze of evangelizing the world. My delusion
+went so far that I could see visions of China, Africa, or the remote
+islands of the sea, and even imagine that I heard voices calling me
+thither. One night I dreamed a dream, the kindest of them all. I saw
+a woman standing on the shore of a river, her children drowning at her
+side. But she, unmindful of her own blood, was hastening to launch a
+boat into the stream that she might rescue a sinking dog on the farther
+shore. "Ungrateful wretch," I cried aloud on my bed so that I was
+awakened by my own voice. I was so moved by the dream that I could
+sleep no more that night, but sought for some one to make known unto
+me the interpretation thereof. I soon learned, to my personal shame,
+that I was that woman. I then and there vowed that I would no more be
+guilty of so great a crime. (Great applause, with cries of "noble
+decision!" "common sense!") From that hour I assure you that I have
+been trying to evangelize the world--not the one across the river,
+(applause) but the one on this side. (Applause.)
+
+"I have been working at my own home and find a task almost too great
+for me to do. If I should ever see the day when I get through with my
+own family, including my husband, (great applause among the women) I
+can then commence busying myself with my neighbors' affairs and tell
+them also how to become perfect. (Laughter and applause.)
+
+"God never made a greater world than when he instituted the home. The
+woman who becomes inspired with international evangelization would do
+well if she would learn how to season victuals and cook them aright
+(shouting and applause among the men) and to give proper care to her
+home and her children. This is home missionary work." (Continued
+applause.) The speaker was about to be seated, but the applause was
+rising, so she stepped forward again. "If this kind of missionary work
+be adopted, then the church will no longer be drained by repeated
+collections for missionary work, and that money will flow into better
+channels and prove an impetus to trade." She stepped quickly from the
+stage while the final burst of applause rang loud and prolonged.
+
+"That was the greatest and most sensible missionary speech to which
+I have ever listened in my life," chuckled Mr. World as he was moving
+toward the door with his companion.
+
+I learned from Blackana that this Missionary College of the Devil has
+wrought great mischief in the missionary operations of the church, ad
+that Satan glories in the fact that he has succeeded in sending these
+nefarious doctrines to the hearts of so many church-members and thereby
+kept a large part of the world in spiritual darkness.
+
+Then I took a passing glance at the King's Highway and saw a shining
+pilgrim communing with God and casting his eyes over the hills of Time,
+looking for the coming of his Redeemer. From his lips this prayer
+arose, like sweet incense to Heaven: "O God, hasten the day when thy
+church will unite and go forth into all the world to preach the Gospel,
+instead of so large a part of it giving ear to the teaching of Satan's
+missionary schools, thereby delaying the coming of thy dear Son!"
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XX.
+
+THE RIVAL CHURCHES.
+
+1. The two companions visit a church on the By-Path and are disgusted.
+
+2. Then they are delighted with the services of the Church of the World
+whose minister they visit.
+
+
+I saw the two happy companions leaving the Missionary College and
+proceeding on the Broad Highway. They were engaged in censuring the
+church for what they conceived to be its waste of time, talent, and
+mean in trying to convert the heathen.
+
+This harmony of opinions was most pleasing to Mr. World. It was in
+sweet contrast to what he had previously experienced in his earlier
+acquaintance with Miss Church-Member. Her likeness to him and her love
+for him were becoming more noticeable as their fellowship continued,
+for she observed _through her faithful lenses_ that his moral purity
+and refinement were above par.
+
+While they were yet criticising the church, Mr. World espied, not far
+ahead of them, another path leading to the right. "Behold the narrow
+path yonder," he exclaimed in a somewhat surprised manner. "If it were
+not for a happy change in you, I would now be subjected to a score of
+sickly sentiments as to leaving this way and going with you to a harder
+one. Have I conjectured rightly?" he asked in a cheerful vein.
+
+"It is all too true," she confessed. "If people could but see their
+folly before placing it on exhibition, what a blessing it would be to
+all around them!"
+
+On the By-Path stood a small church within easy reach of the Broad
+Highway. As they came nearer to the place of worship they heard music
+which attracted them to the very door of the church.
+
+"Let us enter," she suggested.
+
+"I shall enjoy your pleasure," he courteously replied. "Only see to
+it carefully that your glasses are properly adjusted, lest some strange
+glimmerings of light should bring pain or ruin to your eyes."
+
+I saw Miss Church-Member re-adjusting her lenses while they were
+entering the church and taking seats in the rear of the room.
+
+The minister led the congregation in a fervent prayer which seemed to
+be altogether too Puritanical in the estimation of Mr. World and his
+friend. The preacher began his sermon. As he proceeded his countenance
+became more radiant. His clear eyes sparkled aright, and as he preached
+Christ and Him crucified even his raiment seemed bright and shining.
+
+It proved to be a memorable meeting. A few who evidently intended to
+ridicule were pricked in their hearts and, much to the disgust of some,
+cried out: "What must I do to be saved?"
+
+"Fools who came to scoff remained to pray."
+
+"This is affectation in the extreme," whispered Mr. World scornfully.
+
+"Quite enough of it, indeed," she returned.
+
+The whole affair seemed to her so unreal that her mind could scarcely
+believe that she was ever connected seriously with such a method of
+worship.
+
+Still worse than all, through her warped vision and the aid of her
+eye-glasses well adjusted, she was led to discern a wicked motive in
+the mind of the minister. His utterances also appeared miserably narrow.
+
+At the request of Miss Church-Member they left the room, congratulating
+themselves that they were not compelled to remain longer.
+
+"All this reminds me of how simple and foolish I once was," she said
+plaintively as they descended the front steps. "Is it possible that
+I was ever seriously connected with such a kind of worship? Yet
+ignorance is the mother of endless follies. Can we find no better place
+of worship than this?"
+
+"Better by far! I can easily lead you to a church where great varieties
+of truthful and yet comfortable doctrines are preached, pleasing to
+the ear, and fascinating to the senses. No blunt fellow stands in its
+pulpit, but rather a cultured and highly refined gentleman of modern
+type who delights to keep apace with the customs of the age. If you
+desire, I will gladly accompany you thither. It would be sad indeed
+were you to be turned away from religion altogether just because your
+own church is so unsuited to your advanced ideas."
+
+The face of Miss Church-Member brightened, and she quickly expressed
+her desire to accompany him to such a church. Therefore Mr. World
+improved the first opportunity and conducted her to a large and
+beautiful edifice.
+
+"Here," he said, "is the kind of church to which I am inclined. I give
+very liberally to the support of the Gospel as here preached. I like
+the broad-mindedness and liberal spirit which is manifested within the
+domain of this denomination."
+
+"In what else does this church differ from the one to which I belong?"
+she asked. "In this denomination your conscience is not always pricked
+and you can do many innocent things without being called a sinner. You
+may also consult your personal feelings relative to church duties. One
+is not bound down by a galling yoke of ecclesiastical tyranny. Best
+of all, this is an up-to-date church. You can learn something about
+science, philosophy, and civil government. In your church one must
+listen to the thread-bare doctrines of the Bible, much to his personal
+discomfort. Your minister exercises a censorship over the consciences
+of his members from which I prefer to be excused. In fine, I can say
+that nothing is developed there but a long face and a sanctimonious
+soberness."
+
+They entered the church, and were conducted to a front pew.
+
+The opening services were enrapturing to Miss Church-Member, and seemed
+unlike anything she had ever heard. The operatic rendition of the
+music, the ritualistic cast of the prayer and the soothing effect of
+the rhetorical essay which took the place of a sermon, all exercised
+a fascinating influence.
+
+As the minister neared the close of his essay, he said: "Christ intended
+that man should enjoy liberty in this life, and that he should educate
+himself in the best schools of art, science, and literature. Therefore
+one has a right to seek, in this infinitely great world of ours, for
+such things as will best educate his natural and spiritual being. If
+the theatre can supply part of this demand, let him go, as a student,
+and drink into his soul through the senses of sight and hearing. If
+the dance can elevate him somewhat in demeanor and classical grace,
+let him go there as a student. If some milder types of indulgence can
+bring him into a more thorough knowledge of the weaknesses of human
+nature, let him indulge, but only as a student with sincerest motives.
+In general, I would say, that your conscience is a reasonably safe
+guide and you cannot go far wrong by obeying its dictates. Be a student
+all the days of your life; familiarize yourself with both the virtues
+and the vices of human kind that you may be better qualified to defend
+the right and resist the wrong."
+
+At the conclusion of the services I heard the minister announce that
+the church would hold a "razzle-dazzle" party on Friday evening, at
+which he hoped there would be a good attendance, as the church treasury
+was in sad need of replenishment. He also announced that all the
+prayer-meetings would be discontinued for two weeks, so as to permit
+a thorough practice for the coming Cantata. After the dismissal of the
+congregation the two continued on their journey, which was ever opening
+to them new avenues of delight.
+
+Miss Church-Member expressed supreme satisfaction regarding the
+scholarly sermon to which she had listened, and confessed that she had
+never heard a preacher in her own church take such advanced positions
+concerning the nature of human liberty.
+
+Mr. World felt elated because his companion had found such exquisite
+delight in the worship of the same church to which he adhered. He also
+remembered, with pleasure, that they had safely passed the little
+church on the By-Way, which represented the same doctrines as the
+church to which his now confiding friend belonged.
+
+"Would it not be more in keeping with your advanced Christianity if
+you were to withdraw your membership from your present connection and
+join a church more fitting to your degree?" were his suave words of
+invitation.
+
+"That would be a natural question to consider after I know the rules
+and regulations of the church to which I intend to go."
+
+"That only indicates your wisdom," said Mr. World insinuatingly. "Since
+you desire more congenial Christian fellowship, why not give your
+attention to the church toward which I lean?"
+
+"An agreeable suggestion," she said. "Where can I get the desired
+information?"
+
+He answered the question by taking her to the home of the minister,
+and there introducing the subject.
+
+She was very favorably impressed by the courteous reception accorded
+her by so great and dignified a person.
+
+"You come seeking knowledge of the church. I assure you, my young
+friend, that I will gladly answer any questions. May I take the
+privilege of asking you whether you have ever belonged to any church?"
+
+She flushed with shame. "I will be true and tell you all. I had a great
+experience some years ago, when I was seeking Christ. In answer to my
+earnest petitions, I saw the most welcome beams of light that ever
+touched my poor soul. I knew I was converted to Christ and continued
+in his service ever since, although somewhat differently since I came
+into fellowship with Mr. World. I joined the church in which I was
+converted and still hold my membership there."
+
+"How did you get so well acquainted with the happy Mr. World?"
+
+Miss Church-Member answered half in quaint humor and half in pathos:
+"I, at one time, thought he was a very wicked fellow, and in a prayerful
+mood I endeavored to rescue him. I knew he would not come by his own
+effort to my way of thinking, so I entered into an alliance with him
+for the purpose of quietly leading him unto the King's Highway. I soon
+saw the bigotry of my former self, and through the kindness of Mr.
+World I have already been aided in my vision and improved in dress,
+and, better than all, I have enjoyed the privilege of worshiping my
+God in a more fitting temple, where true freedom is preached and
+practiced."
+
+"Then it is your purpose to continue being a Christian, although you
+have left the King's Highway?" asked the delighted clergyman.
+
+"As long as I live I will hold to my religion," she said emphatically.
+
+"Then you are sound indeed both in purpose and doctrine. Did you wish
+to be visibly connected with our church?"
+
+"I wish to know first its rules and conditions of entrance."
+
+The minister opened his Guide Book and, duly adjusting his spectacles,
+read in a pleasing manner: "Anyone wishing to unite with this church
+must comply with the following rules and regulations:
+
+"RULE I.--He must reach a reasonable degree of respectability, or
+endeavor to do so.
+
+"RULE II.--He must not wear clothing so plain as to attract undue
+attention.
+
+"RULE III.--He must not tolerate or countenance the common nuisances
+so prevalent in the churches of the King's Highway.
+
+"RULE IV.--He must ever manifest a liberal spirit so as to keep in
+touch with the progress of the world.
+
+"RULE V.--He may engage in any practice that will give enlightenment
+on either the dark or the bright side of life. Members of this church
+ought to have a well-rounded education.
+
+"RULE VI.--He must never take advantage in buying or selling, except
+in such cases like Jacob's, where he can bring good to himself or
+profit to the church.
+
+"RULE VII.--He must never give way to his temper, except in such cases
+where his personal liberty or his church is attacked.
+
+"RULE VIII.--He is to cultivate grace and etiquette through whatever
+channel possible.
+
+"RULE IX.--He is to be faithful in attending the services of his own
+church, except in cases of sickness or disinclination.
+
+"RULE X.--It must be his constant aim to reach Heaven by traveling
+diligently on a way wide enough to hold the attention and respect of
+an enlightened age.
+
+"These are our general rules. We have several thousand regulations
+covering every phase or avenue of life."
+
+"What I have just now heard are certainly not as iron-clad as the rules
+of my church. Nothing is said of conversion, or spirituality, or of
+the Holy Spirit, or of the other Persons of the Trinity," commented
+Miss Church-Member.
+
+"No, not of anything that is antiquated or, in other words, `out of
+date.' The main church on earth must deal with practical things."
+
+"What do you call `conversion' in your church, or do you not believe
+in it?"
+
+"Beyond any doubt we believe in conversion. Just as soon as a person
+confesses his faith in our general rules he is converted, and is at
+once a good Christian. The Bible says that if one will only believe
+he is safe: or `saved already' as the true Greek rendering has it."
+
+"Then you hold to the Bible strictly?"
+
+"We are the only church that does really and truly hold to the Bible.
+We believe and teach it as it is preserved for the ages in the original
+Hebrew and Greek."
+
+"But I notice that many of your rules seem to be at variance with
+certain parts of the Bible," she boldly declared.
+
+"True enough, but those certain parts of the Bible do not belong to
+the genuine Scriptures. Whatever you find in the Bible contrary to our
+rules and regulations you can safely conclude is an interpolation and
+does not form a part of the inspired Word. Let me assure you, Miss
+Church-Member, that our discipline was written with great care by
+eminent scholars of the Hebrew and Greek; therefore how could there
+have been any error in it?"
+
+Miss Church-Member was slightly confused, and evidenced by her manner
+that she was ready to depart.
+
+"May I ask before you go," continued the minister, "whether you are
+willing to join our church?"
+
+"I have been thinking," she replied, "that I could do more good in my
+own church, not by fighting it, but by using _my_ influence quietly
+in trying to get some of its members to be more like I am. I have
+always had a missionary spirit. In that way I might satisfy my earlier
+ambitions and lead some one out of the mist into a better light."
+
+"A very bright idea," testified Mr. World, advancing with Miss
+Church-Member toward the door.
+
+"And may you succeed in your plans," added the minister as they were
+stepping from the room. "There are millions who belong to my church
+in spirit, but who hold visible connection with some radical church
+of the King's Highway. They are doing great service in eradicating
+old-time methods and planting the banners of a new liberty such as we
+three enjoy."
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXI.
+
+FROM THE VALLEY OF CONVICTION TO THE DEVIL'S AUCTION.
+
+1. Depression of Miss Church-Member
+
+2. The Merry Village.
+
+3. The Famous Cross Roads.
+
+4. The Devil's Auction.
+
+
+As Mr. World and Miss Church-Member proceeded on their journey they
+were frightened by a man who, with his hands uplifted and agony pictured
+on his face, came running toward them, shouting: "Let good sense control
+you and go no farther! Enchantment, spirits, witches, and unnamed
+hobgoblins dwell in every part of this hideous valley!"
+
+"Oh, terror! What can this mean?" nervously asked Mr. World, as the
+stranger stood panting for breath.
+
+"All a mystery! Even the air is filled with poison and weird music.
+I am thankful that I have escaped with my life."
+
+"Come, come, Mr. Sin-Sick, tell us more about it. We may thereby profit
+greatly," said Mr. World with more composure.
+
+[Illustration: As Mr. World and his companion were entering the valley
+of Conviction a terrified man came running towards them. He ran away
+from the preaching of the gospel.]
+
+"I had just been traveling farther down the valley of Thoughtfulness
+and Conviction when I heard multitudes shouting praises to One whom
+they called their Redeemer, each waving aloft a banner bearing the
+imprint of a cross. On the cross I saw these words: 'For God so loved
+the world that he gave his only begotten Son, that whosoever believeth
+in him should not perish, but have everlasting life.' When I came
+nearer to the confusion I was suddenly seized with a peculiar conviction
+which brought grief to my soul; and, had I not made this timely retreat,
+I might have been brought under the power of those strange creatures.
+Oh, take heed and go with me some other way."
+
+Mr. World readily consented, but Miss Church-Member was inclined to
+continue, confessing that she had once been a singer in such a valley,
+and surely no harm could befall them there. Mr. World thought it was
+the part of wisdom not to oppose her at this time, although he feared
+that she might be induced to leave him. He consented to go, pretending
+that it made no difference to him which way he traveled; but, as they
+walked on, the wary fellow was very careful not to step from the Broad
+Path.
+
+When they came in sight of the valley Miss Church-Member lifted her
+glasses to test the strength of her eyes. Memory brought stinging grief
+to her heart. She commenced sighing for the old paths and also wept
+that she had for so long a time abetted her former enemies.
+
+Her companion became alarmed at the new turn. "Be not so fool-hardy,"
+he warned. "Your eyes are being needlessly ruined. Quickly replace
+those glasses lest you become totally blind."
+
+She obeyed promptly and thus the intensity of conviction passed. Had
+her spiritual ears been open, she might have heard an angel sadly
+singing:
+
+ "Oh, hear the song of love that fills the air!
+ Oh, heed the voice that pleads in touching prayer!
+ Both fall upon your conscience now in vain,
+ Through vile deceit your nobler self is slain."
+
+In this vale she heard the word of God preached powerfully, and the
+calling of the Holy Spirit in unmistakable sweetness, but how could
+it affect one who wore such treacherous glasses and who considered her
+condition so favorable?
+
+She passed through the valley with her faithful friend without being
+lured from the Broad Highway.
+
+On the verge of the valley I saw a curiously shaped building and read
+these words over it:
+
+TONS OF LAUGHTER: CHEAP ADMISSION.
+
+A man with a strong voice stood along the path and cried out: "Whoa!
+Whoa! Ye travelers of this way! Come hither and drive away your cruel
+cares. Here is the greatest exhibition in the world. Smile and walk
+lightly, laugh and grow fat!"
+
+Mr. World and his associate, however, did not enter this place, but
+passed on through the entire Merry Village. On each side of the way
+they saw an endless variety of gaudy advertisements, each one setting
+forth some leading feature of some frivolous, indecent, or gay
+performance.
+
+Miss Church-Member was not tempted as was her companion to spend time
+at such places. So he, in order to hold her company, sacrificed his
+desires and passed on without complaint.
+
+I now turned and spoke to Blackana who still mutely sat at his appointed
+post. "Tell me the meaning of the Merry Village being located so near
+the Valley of Conviction."
+
+Without the faintest murmur he replied: "Many of the millions who pass
+through the valley are strangely affected with a sad countenance and
+a heavy heart, which indeed drive them into a frenzy so that they go
+toward the King's Highway. Satan intends by the attractions of the
+Merry Village to divert the thought of all such travelers and hold
+them in the bounds of the Broad Highway. You will soon come to the
+path on which more people go to the narrow, rugged way than on all
+other paths combined. Were it not for this happy village, and the
+places beyond, many more would drop out of our ranks."
+
+I doubted not the words of Blackana, and as I looked out again upon
+the Broad Highway, I saw that the two companions had just left the
+Merry Village and had come to the well beaten road leading to the
+right.
+
+Here stood a preacher who, in tearful earnestness, urged all travelers
+to go the right way. I saw many heeding his words and go running on
+the new way after throwing away many cumbrous things.
+
+At this place I saw some parting with their friends. One, in particular,
+I noticed who was pleading with another not to go, and ever clinging
+to him in bodily strength. Many who desired to leave the Broad Highway
+were similarly prevented.
+
+In the fork of the road stood a number of large churches in each of
+which services were held every hour of the day. These were the Devil's
+churches, and were supplied by a courteous and shrewd class of
+ministers. On the left side of the way was a large garden and a series
+of groves, each filled with a merry throng of pleasure-seekers. Bands
+of music made the air resonant, and every device known to the world
+of sport could be found in full fling in these varied resorts where
+intoxicating drink was the main beverage, and dancing and gambling
+were the chief delights.
+
+The Broad Highway was especially wide at this junction. It led onward
+between the Devil's churches and the pleasure grounds.
+
+The greatest confusion prevailed on this wide area. Many missionaries
+from the King's Highway were busily engaged in speaking to the throngs
+that had come through the Valley of Conviction.
+
+There were also many friends of the Devil, in vulgar attire, persuading
+the multitudes to rest in the joyful grove, while other agents of
+Satan, in more saintly manner, urged attendance upon the church
+services.
+
+Thus I observed the heedless throng from the Valley of Conviction being
+attracted by the music and passing through the pleasure grounds, while
+an alarmingly large number attended the churches in the fork of the
+roads. A few stoics, without pausing, passed on along the Broad Highway.
+
+Only a few, comparatively, could be persuaded to turn their steps
+toward the King's Highway.
+
+Mr. World and Miss Church-Member stood for a long time watching the
+ever-changing panorama of the surging crowds. He was desirous of
+visiting the groves, but Miss Church-Member was too piously inclined.
+So they were halting between these two desires when a saintly looking
+person approached them.
+
+"To what place are you journeying?" the beautiful stranger asked.
+
+"We are journeying to a place called Heaven," promptly answered Miss
+Church-Member.
+
+"Congratulations, indeed," spoke the stranger as he smiled. "You belong
+to the better class of travelers. Some, I fear, who go this way will
+miss Heaven. They are too much attracted by the frivolities of life
+and never have a desire to go to church."
+
+"But we love the church," spoke up Mr. World. "However we have had
+little time and no opportunity to enter one for some time."
+
+"You are welcome to the services in one of yonder buildings," said the
+stranger as he pointed toward the group of the Devil's churches. "There
+you can listen with pleasure and profit to the latest style of
+preaching, and the special music will prove entertaining. You should,
+without fail, attend church, or you will never increase in spiritual
+knowledge."
+
+Without further hesitation the two pushed their way through the crowd
+and entered one of the churches where they were greeted warmly and
+ushered to a prominent seat.
+
+The minister had already begun to speak and was growing eloquent as
+he warmed to his theme. They listened with absorbing interest to every
+word that fell from his lips.
+
+"Into this church," the minister said, "come the wearied of heart,
+troubled perchance with inward fears resulting from the weird
+occurrences along the pathway through the Valley of Conviction. We bid
+you cast aside your thoughts of trouble and be at peace. There is a
+calmness you should covet untouched by such conviction.
+
+"They who sing and preach in that valley are low subjects of ignorance
+and folly, and happy for you if you succeed in totally forgetting all
+you saw or heard while passing through. Why should you worry about
+your condition? Are you not good enough? You have come hither from
+respectable parents, perhaps received Christian baptism, and can easily
+distinguish between right and wrong. Why should cruel daggers now
+pierce your heart? What you have done or expect to do is surely pleasing
+to your God. If you belong to the church, you are doubly safe. Let
+time change, or worlds fall, the church will stand forever. If you
+continue faithful here, you will have a glorious end; only be not
+influenced by the contemptible advocates of the Narrow Way, who show
+their vanity by their professions of superior sanctity. Be satisfied
+with the good, old, staid principles of this church, and be not swept
+away by every wind of doctrine that is blasting the earth with its
+sulphurous breath. Rejoice in your pilgrimage and let conviction no
+longer sadden your life."
+
+After continuing at some length in this strain, the minister announced
+that a quartette would render an appropriate selection just received
+from the mountain-tops of Apathy.
+
+[Illustration: The Devil's Auction Here many church members, and others,
+pay their all for a few baubles of worldly pleasure.] The congregation
+seemed to be greatly pleased as these words were sung with a show of
+sentiment:
+
+ "Come, ye that struggle
+ With thoughts of conviction;
+ Continue no longer
+ Such burdens to bear.
+ Throw off forever
+ This needless affliction;
+ And taste of the pleasures
+ That wisdom would share.
+ "There's rest for the soul
+ In blissful forgetting;
+ 'Tis bought by the prudent
+ At moderate cost.
+ Then cast to the winds
+ Thy worry and fretting,
+ And live in the sunshine
+ Where shadows are lost."
+
+At the conclusion of the services Mr. World conducted his friend from
+the church, and as they were moving again toward the surging crowds
+they heard the voice of an auctioneer.
+
+"Let us tarry a moment," he urged as he turned his footsteps to that
+part of the Broad Highway known as the Devil's Auction.
+
+A large company of men, women, and children were giving earnest heed
+to the auction which had been in progress all day.
+
+The auctioneer held in his hand a gaudy bauble of worldly pleasure.
+He cried in the full strength of his voice that such beautiful specimens
+of pleasure were very rare. At once the bidding for it grew lively.
+It was soon thrown out to a reckless mortal who seized it with unusual
+avidity.
+
+Then a door was opened in the rear, and lo, I beheld a series of rooms
+filled with baubles of every conceivable kind, enough to satisfy all
+who came for such lightsome things. One of extraordinary beauty was
+next offered. "What do I hear for it?" lustily shouted the auctioneer.
+
+The whole host bent forward eagerly to get a nearer view of the new
+attraction.
+
+"I'll give one hour of time!" said an aged man.
+
+"An hour of time is bid, an hour of time! Who'll give more?"
+
+"I'll give one day!" joyously bid a thoughtless youth. He received it,
+and walked off in high glee.
+
+"Here is another! A novelty just out!" boldly cried the auctioneer.
+
+How anxiously all stepped forward, each one wishing to scrutinize the
+latest kind of pleasure offered.
+
+The highest bidder was a restless youth who offered his all for the
+coveted prize.
+
+Miss Church-Member was but little interested in these proceedings and
+urged her companion to the next auction-stand where certain rights and
+privileges were sold.
+
+On the stand stood a glib-tongued fellow who announced that he would
+first offer for sale the _Right to Sell Intoxicating Drink_. "How much
+do I hear?" shouted the auctioneer as the cosmopolitan crowd looked on.
+
+"Hundred dollars per annum!" cried the people of one state.
+
+"One hundred, one hundred, going at one hundred!"
+
+"Two hundred dollars!" bid the representatives of another state.
+
+"Three hundred dollars!" was another offer that immediately came in.
+
+"That is far below the value!" shouted the auctioneer. "Remember, all
+this money we get for licensing the saloon will go for charity or to
+help educate and civilise the people!"
+
+Thousands upon thousands cheered to the echo, while the wicked
+auctioneer and his allies were highly pleased at the spectacle.
+
+"Three hundred, three hundred! Altogether too low a sum for so great
+a privilege!"
+
+"Five hundred dollars!" cried the authorities of another state.
+
+"Going at five hundred, five hundred, five hundred!" rapidly and
+hilariously yelled the auctioneer, and the crowd cheered lustily.
+
+"Still going at five hundred, five hundred! Who'll give six hundred?
+First, second, and last warning, and sold at five hundred dollars to
+the state represented by yonder group of delegates!"
+
+Thus the program continued, and the right to sell liquor under
+respectability was sold at varying prices. Mr. World and Miss
+Church-Member left long before the auction was ended. They paused not
+at the other centers where Satan's agents were selling their worthless
+and death-dealing merchandize to the children of men.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXII.
+
+THE DEVIL'S HOSPITAL.
+
+1. Miss Church-Member, suddenly attacked with heart trouble, is hurried
+away to the Hospital.
+
+2. She receives the attention of Satan's fiendish surgical operators.
+
+3. A visit through the various wings of the Hospital and sub-offices.
+The horrifying work described.
+
+
+The travelers of the Broad Highway pushed onward by millions, seemingly
+unconscious of their end. Miss Church-Member had become so well
+accustomed to the ways of the world that she could now adapt herself
+with more ease to all the exigencies of the journey.
+
+In the midst of her favorable circumstances she was nursing the germs
+of an insidious disease which rendered her heart weaker and weaker.
+At times short, but sharp pains were felt; and more than once her hand
+flew to her breast in evidence of the inward struggle.
+
+Her disease reached a climax after she had gone not far beyond the
+Valley of Conviction. She was walking along in a happy mood, when she
+suddenly felt a pang in her heart and mentioned the circumstance to
+Mr. World who was still her faithful companion.
+
+"What can it be that has been giving you this trouble for so long a
+time?" he asked.
+
+"I know not," she faintly replied as she stood still and pressed both
+hands to her heart.
+
+Thoroughly alarmed, Mr. World called for help while he supported her
+with his arm.
+
+"It seems strange," gasped Miss Church-Member in a brief interval of
+relief, "that, with all the pure air along this way and the variety
+of things to engage my attention, I should be seized, at shortening
+intervals, with these cruel and unbearable heart-pangs. Oh, that I
+might be free from this intruder's grasp! What shall I do? Where shall
+I go? I feel again the edge of the invisible blade!"
+
+At this she threw her arms upward and, shrieking in agony, was about
+to fall as she was caught by Mr. World.
+
+"Let us hurry her off to the nearest hospital," promptly suggested one
+of the bystanders who had responded to the call for help. An ambulance
+carried the fainting Miss Church-Member to one of Satan's hospitals
+near by.
+
+[Illustration: An ambulance carried the fainting Miss Church-Member to
+one of Satan's hospitals near by.]
+
+The chief physician ordered the apparently lifeless form to be taken
+at once to an examination room, granting Mr. World the privilege of
+remaining by the side of his suffering friend. A quick investigation
+disclosed the fact that Miss Church-Member had been overcome by a
+partial paralysis of the heart, induced by intense mental anxiety
+dating from the time when she had passed through the Valley of
+Conviction.
+
+"Not a serious case," said the suave doctor in reply to a question
+from the anxious Mr. World. "An operation will take away, almost
+entirely, the cause of this trouble."
+
+"Will you not explain to me the trouble, and the nature of the
+operation?" nervously asked Mr. World.
+
+"Certain nerves which ramify through the human heart have been affected
+emotionally by the nonsensical teachings of the King's Highway. These
+teachings are commonly known us `Narrow-Gauge Ideas.' If these nerves
+are rendered insensible, there is scarcely any trouble of that kind
+again. We can, by an intricate operation, paralyze the mother-nerve
+leading to the heart, and thereafter you may expect to find the heart
+of this woman almost dead to the foolish influences that needlessly
+send conviction and remorse into so many lives."
+
+While the physician was rapidly speaking these words, the surgeon had
+arrived, and they forthwith proceeded to the operating room.
+
+Mr. World watched the attendants as they carried Miss Church-Member
+away. He saw her no more that day, but heard that the operation was
+successful, and that the patient was resting quietly.
+
+One of the managers of the institution, knowing that Mr. World was
+companionless, offered to escort him through the various departments
+of the Hospital. To this he gave his hearty consent.
+
+They first went to the tower which proved to be a magnificent point
+of view. Here he could see far and wide, for the building itself was
+situated on elevated ground, and the tower rose far into the air.
+
+On one side of the Hospital stretched away the Broad Highway more
+pleasing at this point of the route than at many others, and far away
+it seemed to lead into pleasant woodland realms.
+
+On the other side of the building passed the King's Highway, which,
+at this point, was exceedingly rough and uninviting to the view.
+
+Thus I saw how the shrewdness of Hell was exercised in locating
+hospitals at such places.
+
+"Ignorance is the mother of all that folly," said Mr. World with a
+feeling of self-satisfaction, "I see a long line of separate buildings
+just below us--there along the King's Highway. What purpose do they
+serve?"
+
+"Those are medical offices under the supervision of this hospital-
+staff. Any one traveling on the Narrow Path, and falling sick there,
+may enter for help and restoration. If the case be difficult, or
+requiring an operation, or even special nursing, the patient is brought
+to the hospital."
+
+"Are you successful in most of your operations, especially with those
+patients who come from such a rugged path?"
+
+"Fortunately we succeed in effecting a cure in almost every case. We
+can only deal with those who voluntarily come to our medical staff.
+Many, in sad need of our help, pass by all our special offices without
+ever seeking advice."
+
+"Are your patients foolish enough, after having been treated, to go
+back to that jolting road, and thus again invite their ills?"
+
+"Most of our patients go hence on the more delightful way which you
+see, and on which you have come hither."
+
+"What diseases most commonly affect those who come to your physicians
+and hospitals for help?"
+
+"Let me answer your question by taking you down to those offices. You may
+there observe for yourself."
+
+I saw Mr. World and his escort enter a physician's office which stood
+as near the King's Highway as Satan could build it.
+
+The doctor was examining a church deacon who, by reason of his disease,
+found it hard to travel on a way so narrow and rugged. He was given
+a vial of medicine with specific directions.
+
+After the patient had left, the doctor smiled derisively and pocketed
+his fee with ghoulish delight.
+
+"What ailed that man asked?" Mr. World. "Can you tell me the cause of
+his malady?" "He has been eating and eating sermons, exhortations, and
+pious literature, and has done scarcely any work for his so-called
+Master. Eating much and working little generally results in gout or
+rheumatic diseases. There are large numbers in the church coming here
+for treatment who are similarly affected. I suppose such Christians
+enjoy eating better than they enjoy working."
+
+"Do you prepare them for better service on the King's Highway?"
+
+"Never! My business is to give them such medicine as will make all
+kinds of spiritual food repulsive to them. Then, rather than starve,
+they go to the fat lands on the Broad Highway for which my medicine
+prepares them. There they eat of the fruit forbidden by their former
+Master, for it is sweet-tasting withal. Some go on in the forbidden
+kingdoms until death, and hold an honorable place in their first church.
+Others are dealt with more summarily on account of the radical views
+entertained by certain bigots who wage warfare against a man who finds
+delight in gardens other than his own."
+
+The electric bell summoned the doctor to the door. He opened it, and
+there stood a pilgrim from the King's Highway.
+
+She entered and, fully exhausted, sank into a chair.
+
+"What is the difficulty?" asked the physician in a cool manner.
+
+"Something terrible indeed, or else my comrades accuse me unjustly."
+
+"With what do they charge you, Miss Goodly-Minded?" he questioned, as
+he felt her pulse.
+
+"I am accused of being out of order just because I do not run all the
+time to prayer-meeting and to other services of the church. They say
+I am not fit to travel this way, and therefore I have found it very
+difficult to get over some of the obstacles. Weariness and fatigue
+have almost dragged me to the earth. My persecution will prove to be
+my death unless you can give me some medicine to relieve me."
+
+"Let me see your tongue," the physician requested. This done, he
+continued: "Ah! I can easily see, by your coated tongue, that you have
+already eaten more good things than you could digest. If there is any
+error, it is because you have already gone to church too much. I have
+medicine to cure you."
+
+At that he walked into another room and opened a secret door. I saw
+him pour a liquid from a large bottle labeled, "Satan's Malaria Cure."
+It contained a mixture of unbelief, ridicule, and self-righteousness.
+He filled a small vial with sugar pellets and saturated them with the
+mixture from the large bottle.
+
+"Take four globules every hour," he directed, as he gave her the
+medicine, "and I would further advise that you travel for your health."
+
+"What climate would be most helpful to me?" she asked, for she was a
+lady of considerable means and could go where she wished.
+
+"A colder climate where you will be free from the noonday sun, and
+breathe in a new atmosphere. This medicine will do the rest."
+
+She passed out of the door just as a feeble man was entering. He was
+an old pilgrim and evidently suffering much.
+
+The doctor seized him by the hand with a strange vigor not even
+understood by Mr. World.
+
+"So you are under the power of 'La Grippe,'" saluted the doctor.
+
+"Under the power of something, I am sure, for everything is wrong with
+me, and everything seems wrong to me," was the slow answer.
+
+The doctor soon diagnosed his case, and gave him powders with
+directions.
+
+"It did not take you very long to attend to him," said Mr. World, after
+the aged man left the office.
+
+"I deal with so many of that class that I keep the medicine ready. La
+Grippe is a splendid thing for my trade. It is affecting more pilgrims
+just now than any other disease. Some churches are more than decimated
+by the ravages of this plague."
+
+The manager then conducted Mr. World into another office where the
+doctor was just giving medical attention to a young lady who was
+suffering with spiritual quinsy. It was so severe that she could not
+testify for Christ, and she wilfully passed by the "Great Physician"
+who could have healed her blessedly. She also passed by all the angels
+of mercy who throng the King's Highway. She turned a deaf ear to all
+the singers who sang, "Then why will ye die?" Finally she was heavily
+pressed by her disease and, seeing a physician's office which she could
+enter without climbing a step, she went in and chose rather to be
+treated by a doctor of the Devil, as if dead to all the offers of mercy
+which she had rejected.
+
+She accepted his treatment without question, and even felt at ease in
+conscience, thinking that the easy, bland method of this physician was
+in every way preferable to the searching methods adopted by the Healer
+Divine.
+
+She regained her voice, but it lost that sweet accent of heaven which
+once had characterized it. It was now difficult and embarrassing for
+her to pronounce the name of Jesus.
+
+All this proved painful and intolerable, so she took a by-path to the
+left called "Unchastity" where she found a whole vocabulary of speech
+more suited to her utterance.
+
+She spent the rest of her days in the habitations of immorality along
+the Broad Highway, unmindful of the tears and kindly solicitude of her
+entreating friends.
+
+Into the third medical wing the two went only to see the fiendish
+program carried on there as in the other offices. The first patient
+they saw was a young man who, through the misguidance of a weakling,
+was persuaded to enter the office.
+
+This physician, with a smile on his face, but vile purpose in his
+heart, administered wilfully the very medicine that gave a transient
+gratification to the patient's craving for narcotics, and which would
+finally cause the appetite to break out anew into an inward burning
+and gnawing, swinging a master's sash over him.
+
+The physician told him that his taste was inherited, and it would
+consequently require much patience ere he could be cured. He gave him
+the devilish medicine, and urged him to continue using it until the
+bottle was drained to its dregs.
+
+At first it gave the promised relief, but the young man, now more
+deeply contaminated by this concoction of Hell, raged in wilder passion
+than ever, and verily ran to his utmost on the By-Path of intemperance
+until the flower of his youth and manhood was blasted to the blackest,
+and his sense of honor lost in the hovels of vice and corruption which,
+in great variety, stood along the Broad Highway.
+
+The book-keepers of Hell placed an additional mark to the credit of
+this doctor, while the church looked on the young man's fall somewhat
+indifferently, having been hardened by the frequency of similar
+occurrences.
+
+At the request of Mr. World the manager conducted him back to the
+hospital building and proceeded to show the various departments to him.
+
+There was some commotion in one of the operating rooms just as Mr.
+World entered. It proved to be the preliminary work necessary for
+dressing a severe scalp wound.
+
+It happened that a certain woman, named Mrs. Criticiser, who belonged
+to an active church, attempted to injure a good and holy man by hurling
+stones at him.
+
+She noticed that the little stones did him no harm, so she seized one
+of larger size and hurled it at him with great force. He, being a pure
+man, and standing on a rock, was not even touched by the missile. But
+it struck the great rock on which he was standing, rebounded with
+unexpected force, and struck the head of Mrs. Criticiser with stunning
+effect.
+
+It was seen that the stone had made an ugly gash on her head, more
+severe and painful than she intended to inflict on the good Mr. Class
+Leader. Her friends, being acquainted with the Devil's Hospital,
+naturally carried her there for necessary attention.
+
+Mr. World saw Mrs. Criticiser brought into the room in a semi-conscious
+condition and watched the whole operation.
+
+The surgeon declared that a scar would be carried on her head all
+through life. Indeed there is no balm in Hell to cure the wounded head
+or heart so as not to leave a scar. Had she gone to the "Great
+Physician," and asked Him aright to apply the "Balm of Gilead," her
+head would have been healed aright.
+
+The manager then escorted Mr. World into one of the wards which was
+crowded to overflowing.
+
+They tarried at the bedside of a man whose left arm and right leg were
+bandaged. There lay the poor fellow awaiting the slow processes of
+healing for his fractured bones.
+
+It was on this wise that this man, a certain Mr. Treacherous, came to
+this sorry plight.
+
+He was an ambitious member of the church, and aimed to be elected to
+an office therein. His admirers were too few, so the majority vote was
+given for another, named Mr. Wisdom.
+
+This so aroused the jealousy of Mr. Treacherous that he was moved to
+seek amends for what he considered a stinging and crushing defeat.
+
+"This will I do," said he, "I will dig a deep ditch across Mr. Wisdom's
+path of success, and will shrewdly cover it from view, and as he chances
+along that way, in the course of his service, he will surely fall into
+this ditch to his hurt. Then will I glory in his downfall, so that the
+stings of this, my defeat, will not prick me so sharply."
+
+So Mr. Treacherous, in the blackness of the night, digged the ditch
+and covered it ingeniously. Then he waited day after day to hear of
+Mr. Wisdom's injury or death, that he might have cause for rejoicing.
+
+Now Mr. Treacherous, since his defeat, was so heavily weighed down
+with envy and a desire for revenge that he could not sleep soundly,
+and was wont to walk about the house in a somnambulistic manner.
+
+One night, under the influence of one of these strange spells, he went
+from the house and walked over the path that led to the ditch.
+
+To his great dismay and double disgrace he waked not until his body
+struck the bottom of the ditch. He was bruised and some of his bones
+were broken. Thus he lay there in agony and cried all night long for
+help.
+
+Ere the morning broke he wished a thousand times that he had not dug
+the ditch so deep, or rather, had not dug it at all.
+
+A band of searchers found him and, lifting him from his disgrace, they
+hurried him to this hospital, for he was not minded to humble himself
+still more by going to another place where Mr. Wisdom and his kind
+found relief in time of trouble.
+
+It is likely that Mr. Treacherous will never be able to walk again as
+perfectly as he did before, for it is the reputation of surgeons and
+physicians of this hospital, in dealing with cases of such extreme
+folly, that they so manipulate an operation as to render the patient
+incapable of complete recovery.
+
+Mr. World and his congenial escort moved on from patient to patient,
+passing many hundreds who had met with accidents on the Broad Highway.
+
+Many had been wounded by the "sword of the Spirit" and were now hoping
+to be cured by the processes here in vogue.
+
+In passing on through another ward their attention was called to a
+woman who lay on a couch and seemed to be suffering more than she was
+able to bear.
+
+Mr. World inquired concerning her, and was told that she was one Miss
+Busy-Body, a member in good standing of a radical church. She came to
+her grief in this strange manner: she had a special aptitude for
+sweeping before other people's doors, and could always find dirt, even
+if she could not find anything better.
+
+She had been told repeatedly to sweep before her own door, but she did
+not heed this wise counsel, for she often said that there was no dirt
+visible about her own home.
+
+One day she went forth as usually, broom in hand, and swept the dirt
+from other doors than her own, much to the annoyance and provocation
+of her neighbors, for she always raised the dust incontinently.
+
+Now by her continual neglect at home the filth had accumulated to such
+an extent that when she returned home and attempted to enter the door,
+her foot slipped on the greasy step, and she fell, breaking her collar
+bone, two of her ribs, and otherwise injuring herself.
+
+The manager told Mr. World that many such cases came to them for help
+every day--some from the King's Highway and still more from the Broad
+Highway.
+
+They soon came to the bedside of one named Mr. Jealousy who occupied
+a private room. He was somewhat convalescent when Mr. World saw him.
+
+Mr. Jealousy at one time was an active member of the church, but he
+undertook to stab Mr. Stability in the back. But Mr. Stability had a
+good back-bone so strong that no knife that Mr. Jealousy could handle
+was able to penetrate it.
+
+One time in desperation Mr. Jealousy flung himself violently upon his
+imaginary foe. But his blade broke, and he himself fell upon it, cutting
+a terrible gash in his side. He was taken to this hospital for help.
+
+Thus did Mr. Jealousy bring upon himself the disfavor of his church
+and he was forthwith expelled, for he refused to give the required
+promise of reformation.
+
+Mr. World and the manager now came to a large door.
+
+"In this room," said the manager, "we keep all our cancer patients.
+We have a large number of them and, since they require special
+treatment, we keep them separate to facilitate the work of the
+physicians and nurses."
+
+I saw them enter the room, and heard the words of surprise that fell
+from the lips of Mr. World as he saw the magnitude of this department.
+
+"These are they," explained the chief of the division, "who came here
+through 'profane and vain babblings.'"
+
+Mr. World then passed through the leprosy ward where he saw quite a
+few who were once cleansed by the Divine Healer, but who, failing to
+give thanks for their recovery, suffered fatal relapse and were now
+in the last stages of this dread disease.
+
+This place was so loathsome to him that he was hastened into the General
+Department where he saw all manner of patients, each in his particular
+dilemma.
+
+A great number of this section were suffering from disordered livers,
+and of these not a few came from the church.
+
+One such, who was a wealthy man, had so far protruded his
+disagreeableness upon the community that the church officials
+voluntarily gave him medicine for his liver. This was of no avail. He
+still grew more irritable and complained about the preacher, the sexton,
+the choir, and even his own wife. The weather never suited him, and
+when lie gave any testimony about religion it was always a partial
+outline of the supposed or real sorrows and troubles of the Christian
+pilgrimage.
+
+While suffering from one of his morbid spells, he listened to the voice
+of the tempter who persuaded him to seek help at the hands of the
+physicians under the control of this Hospital. These doctors dosed him
+until they persuaded him to submit to an operation, and the wicked
+surgeon knew how to render him still more liable to trouble after his
+imaginary restoration toward which he was looking when Mr. World saw
+him.
+
+When he leaves this Hospital he can never be cured from the fiercer
+subsequent attacks unless he be born again, and such an event Satan
+knows is very unlikely to occur.
+
+Mr. World, in passing, spoke to quite a few who were suffering from
+spiritual dyspepsia, consumption, and a great number of other ailments
+which had developed into chronic form, or had made necessary the
+surgeon's cruel knife, and then, turning to his obliging friend, asked
+if he could not now see Miss Church-Member.
+
+He was taken into a special department arranged for those who were
+convalescent.
+
+When she saw her faithful and loving friend, Miss Church-Member smiled
+for the first time since the operation.
+
+The pleasant interview soon ended at the behest of the nurse, and Mr.
+World was asked if he wished to enter the secret departments
+underground. This question aroused his curiosity and led to a lengthy
+conversation after which he expressed a desire to visit the secret
+chambers.
+
+He was conducted into a dark office and asked to sign a pledge that
+lay on a desk.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXIII.
+
+SATAN'S SECRET SERVICE.
+
+1. While Miss Church-Member is convalescent, Mr. World alone visits
+the underground apartments where secret sins are taught.
+
+2. The last horrible stages of vice represented.
+
+
+I saw Mr. World standing in a shadowy room and reading the conditions
+of entering "Satan's Secret Service." He was soon surprised by hearing
+a voice from a gloomy corner: "You cannot gain entrance to these secret
+abodes unless you sign that pledge."
+
+"The meaning of the pledge is not clear to me. Who will explain it?"
+asked Mr. World somewhat tremulously.
+
+"You can read between those lines all you wish. Those sentences must
+be their own interpreters, and you must choose to sign or withdraw
+from this room, just as you prefer," came the firm answer from the
+dark corner.
+
+Before Mr. World could decide what particular course to take, a hand
+gently touched his shoulder. He turned to see who stood in the rear.
+
+"O, Mr. World, thou needst not fear to sign the pledge and enter the
+secret service of our great and glorious master," were the words that
+greeted him in a friendly tone.
+
+"Who art thou, and how camest thou here?" asked Mr. World in suspense.
+
+"I came here from 'going to and fro in the earth, and from walking up
+and down in it.'" Then, without uttering another word, the strange
+visitor lifted the pledge from the desk and read it audibly:
+
+ "Into these darker chambers let me go,
+ I promise to conceal its scenes of woe,
+ And solemnly declare, as here I stand,
+ That I will aid this secret working band."
+
+"What can there be about that pledge not suited to your wish? It means
+that you are to have your eyes opened to behold new things, and also
+to learn the secret laws of life, healthful to your marrow and your
+bones."
+
+Mr. World hesitated no longer. He signed the document forthwith, and
+a pass-word was whispered into his ear.
+
+Suddenly a door opened at one end of the room, through which Mr. World
+walked into a large cavern which was illuminated only by faint
+glimmerings of light.
+
+He could discern faintly that many creatures were there whose uncanny
+noises, freighted with oaths and blasphemies, sent their sulphurous
+fumes around. Although Mr. World was accustomed to foul scenes and
+profanity, yet he was sickened at this deeper touch of Hell.
+
+"Where am I and how came I here?" he cried out excitedly. A woman came
+quickly in response to his outcry.
+
+"You are in a place of liberty and personal license," she answered.
+"Here you are free from the annoyances of narrow-minded pilgrims from
+the King's Highway, and you may spend a season in pure delight in these
+secret abodes which you will find more and more suited to the cravings
+of your natural heart and mind."
+
+Now Mr. World was a somewhat judicious man, and although he would not
+sanction what he called church fanaticism, yet he had some self-respect,
+and had never allowed himself to reach the slum-level of society.
+
+"Here I cannot and will not stay. Are there no other apartments to
+which I can go?" he asked, as the woman offered him a glass of wine,
+and in a sensual way entreated him to remain.
+
+Mr. World was a lover of wine, but was suspicious of the place, and
+so he moved to go and found great difficulty in getting to another
+door, which, at last, he reached only by determination, and, giving
+a pass-word, he went into the first regular department of Satan's
+Secret Service.
+
+This place, which was secretly connected with the Wizard City, was one
+of Satan's centers from which originated schemes and devices to commit
+and practice embryonic murder.
+
+I saw in this dark cavern the sons and daughters of earth, high and
+low, noble and ignoble, and my heart bled within at what I further
+witnessed.
+
+Mr. World passed through from one section to another, studying carefully
+the secret processes in vogue, while illustrations, drawn by the artists
+of the Devil, instead of sending the blush of shame to his cheek, only
+fed his inner curiosity and verily aroused his baser passions.
+
+Having finished, he gave the pass-word and was admitted to a
+sub-department called Foeticide.
+
+This section, and the one he had just left, were located directly under
+the physicians' offices along the King's Highway. It could be seen
+that there was direct connection between these offices and the horrible
+subterraneous apartments through which Mr. World was now passing.
+
+So many unnatural and horrible things were practiced in this sub-
+department that Mr. World was shocked beyond measure, for he had never
+dreamed of the extent of the malpractice to which his eyes here bore
+testimony.
+
+All these things, while at first revolting, were only hardening his
+own heart to such an extent that, before he had passed through the
+last wing of the department, and heard the apologetic words of those
+who were in charge, he concluded that these agencies conduced to much
+good.
+
+"Oh!" thought I, "how the light of Hell casts a strange coloring over
+the things of earth, thereby creating false theories of mortal life."
+
+By means of the pass-word Mr. World was enabled to visit the next
+department where he witnessed sights more revolting than in any place
+previously entered. Here groveled the youth under the power of so-called
+stimulating medicaments.
+
+Mr. World, with all his wickedness, was chilled with horror at these
+underground spectacles.
+
+Noticing his evident disgust, one came to him and offered soothing
+explanations to which he listened very attentively.
+
+"This is a blessed place," spoke the newcomer. "We, who are skilled
+in crime, give the youthful an expert training in the ways of pollution
+and kindred types of immorality. It is far better to teach the young
+to sin aright and with least damage to themselves, than to place them
+under all restraint and see them fall more wretchedly than these."
+
+With all the moral turpitude of Mr. World he was scarcely ready, at
+first hearing, to accept this grinding sophistry of Hell.
+
+"Are you quite sure, my friend, doubted Mr. World, that you are speaking
+words of soberness to me? Do you feel proud of the results of the work
+here accomplished?"
+
+"Proud indeed, for our master has given us encomiums for the splendid
+work accomplished. You see, Mr. World, it is a settled fact that young
+people will sin, notwithstanding all the influence exerted to the
+contrary. Such as we can persuade we take under our direction, and
+try, as soon as possible, to harden them in personal crime. Our
+physicians have special medicines to inflame their propensities, so
+that they may, by continual burning, consume themselves and spare the
+youth from otherwise being tormented day and night in these flames of
+passion. Are you so dull, Mr. World, that you cannot grasp such
+self-evident truth?"
+
+"It seems now somewhat clearer to my mind, but still my eyes behold
+such horrid scenes around me."
+
+"I cannot question that," continued the smooth-tongued agent of
+darkness, "yet what you see are but the lower stages. If you could
+look beyond these dark corridors and see the types of womanhood which
+grow out of this under-soil, you would no longer breathe in doubt or
+look with shuddering frame on scenes around you. All good things come
+forth through putrefaction. Then why should you despise the
+putrefaction? Be content, Mr. World, and as you walk along the path
+of life, remember this great College underground, and recommend its
+salient features to the rising generation. You have signed the pledge
+and promised to aid this secret working band. So do it with a vim,
+keeping in view the blossoms and the fruit of after-growth."
+
+Mr. World was completely won by this false and devilish reasoning, and
+looked on the whole program of shame quite philosophically.
+
+He took full cognizance of the far-reaching effects of this section
+and, after an interview with one of the head physicians, he proceeded
+to visit the next section.
+
+But what he saw there will not be told. No pen can describe and no
+tongue relate the loathsome filth of this last stage of immorality.
+An awful stench filled the air arising from medicines of last resort
+and from the putrefying flesh that clothed the living skeletons.
+
+It was by mistake that Mr. World got into this place. The door opened
+to admit a few "Unfortunates," as they were called by the attendants,
+and Mr. World, standing near by, entered without permission.
+
+He was no sooner inside the door than he was frantically seized by a
+sunken-eyed creature.
+
+"O man of health, deliver me from this inner eating and from the grave
+that opens to me its mouldy mouth!" was the heart-rending cry that
+grated on the ears of Mr. World.
+
+Another, hearing this pleading cry, came rushing toward the same spot
+and sobbed piteously:
+
+"Oh! Mr. World, have pity on me! I had help when I had means and
+vitality. Oh! give me some relief now."
+
+Mr. World was so terror-stricken that he could not speak, but struggled
+with all his might to escape from the place.
+
+He gained double strength, but of no use. These two men imagined that
+they had a claim on him by reason of his name, and therefore held on
+with tightening grasp. For a moment Mr. World ceased his struggling
+and looked at his two pitiable beseechers.
+
+"I can give you nothing. Why torment me thus?" he tremblingly gasped
+with abated breath.
+
+"In our better days we gave all we had to the world and now we need
+help. Surely you can give it." They became furious and ranted the more
+at the thought of their past folly.
+
+"Why come to me? Go to Mr. Flesh, or ask the Devil for help," pleaded
+Mr. World.
+
+"We have served the World, the Flesh, and the Devil. All have failed
+us miserably. To whom else can we go but to anyone within our reach?
+Oh! forsake us not in this awful plight!"
+
+Poor Mr. World, unable longer to bear the sickening and threatening
+attack, sank to the filth-covered floor and groaned aloud.
+
+At once a fierce and powerful being came to the rescue and, flinging
+the two unfortunates aside, lifted Mr. World to his feet and looked
+down upon him with his awful eyes.
+
+Mr. Intemperance lay crouching near the side of Mr. Lust, each smarting
+under the pain of his fall.
+
+"How came you to this place?" sternly asked the monster.
+
+"By walking in at the door," answered the terrified Mr. World.
+
+"Without permission?" he further asked.
+
+"There was no one there to ask, and I, being out sight-seeing, thought
+I might also enter in here."
+
+The monster seized Mr. World by the arms and looked at him in a still
+more frightful manner.
+
+"You are not yet ready to come into this region, and if you will
+solemnly pledge me that you will never reveal what you have seen here,
+I will conduct you safely to the door; if not, you must remain here
+without a ray of hope until death gives relief."
+
+Mr. World humbled himself and gave double assurance of secrecy. Then
+the grim creature conducted him a little to one side and bade him look
+down into a deep and dark yawning chasm.
+
+"Down there," commenced the Old Monster, "runs the Black River deep
+and wide. The stream, coming from its distant source, drains the filthy
+realm of human society, and not far hence it enters into the boundless
+ocean of eternal death. The wild sounds which you hear are the unseen
+dashings of its never-ceasing waves, and the moans of those who have
+fallen victims to its merciless currents."
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXIV.
+
+THE LAST WARNING.
+
+1. Miss Church-Member is now induced to frequent the haunts of vice
+in the "Wicked Valley."
+
+2. The blessed work of Warning as given by rescue bands from the King's
+Highway.
+
+3. The heedless throngs passing by.
+
+4. The experiences at this place of Mr. World and Miss Church-Member.
+
+
+There was a joyful meeting in the reception room of the Hospital when
+Mr. World, returning from his underground experiences, met his beloved
+friend Miss Church-Member who had recovered sufficiently to resume the
+journey.
+
+In joyful spirits they sauntered forth on the wide and pleasant path,
+away from the Hospital and toward their imaginary Heaven.
+
+Miss Church-Member's face was more cheerful and her footsteps more
+buoyant than at any time since she left the Valley of Conviction.
+
+Mr. World, observing her favorable condition, complimented her with
+these words: "Blessed be the memory of that Hospital, for I can see
+that your face is no more covered with the cloud of care that once
+robbed you of so many joys. The unkind intruder has drifted away, and
+now the light radiates from your every feature. It is also plainly
+evident that you are no more tormented by a troubled conscience."
+
+"I am glad that my sufferings have not been in vain," she modestly
+declared. "May the new light which you so readily notice in my face
+add to the pleasantness of our journey and the profit of our lives."
+Their conversation grew more and more pleasant as they passed through
+a long stretch of woodland. They could see beyond, them, and in the
+rear, the legions that were traveling the same path and in the same
+direction.
+
+Emerging from the woodland they saw that their path came again in close
+proximity to the King's Highway.
+
+The intervening space between the two paths, called the Wicked Valley,
+was all astir with every form of evil as practiced in the world of
+sin. In this vale nearly every traveler on the Broad Highway tarries
+awhile, and many are lured away from the Highway of the King here to
+mingle with the servants of Mammon.
+
+Mr. World and his friend paused opposite a cluster of magnificent
+buildings with frontage toward the Heavenly Way. Some were used by
+vulgar theatricals; some devoted to the sensual dance; some were
+occupied by the Devil's maid-servants in prostitution, and many others
+were used as haunts of intemperance and personal pollution.
+
+All along the road to perdition at thousands of places stand such
+clusters of buildings, each under the command of one of Satan's most
+efficient leaders.
+
+"Here," said Mr. World, "let us take a long rest. If you have your
+glasses properly adjusted you can see new beauty behind magnificent
+walls."
+
+She looked at first doubtfully. "Ah! I never frequented such places
+before. I would not as much as look at them."
+
+"I doubt not your word, Miss Church-Member, but remember you are growing
+older and wiser. You are no more a narrow-minded creature influenced
+by prejudice and sophistry."
+
+She was now in a condition to imagine that much of her earlier
+instruction was erroneous. She had not forgotten the teaching of the
+sermon in Mr. World's church. Subsequently she reasoned that the only
+way to learn the taste of forbidden fruit was to eat of it.
+
+"I will enter these buildings as a student," she soliloquized. "I will
+be cautious. Surely I have sufficiently clear judgment to discern
+between good and evil."
+
+The crafty Mr. World, having won her confidence, escorted her all
+through the Wicked Valley. By a continual palliation she yielded one
+point after another until her virtue was sacrificed on a cursed altar.
+
+Satan assisted her in solving many perplexing problems when she reeled
+in the realm of doubt.
+
+At the conclusion of their protracted visit I heard the wicked Mr.
+World say to his beloved friend: "Your eyes are completely cured. You
+may now with safety lay aside the glasses. I hope you will never have
+occasion to use them again."
+
+Of the multitudes that tarried here from the Narrow Way very few went
+out at the front door. Having stultified themselves, they passed from
+the rooms at the rear, and thenceforth traveled on the other path more
+suited to their changed natures.
+
+The two congenial companions, proceeding on their way, soon overtook
+a company of church-members.
+
+In the social intercourse which ensued each one resented the criticisms
+of those who refused to leave the Old Path.
+
+"Verily," said one, "I now enjoy more liberty. I believe the road to
+Heaven should be as broad-gauged as possible."
+
+"Certainly it should," said another. "Those who want to climb hills
+and continually suffer inconveniences may do so. As for me, I want to
+reach Heaven on the easiest road. I believe this course leads to
+Paradise just as directly as the other."
+
+These utterances were highly complimented by Mr. World, and he said
+that he was to be congratulated on meeting and associating with such
+congenial people. "On the way on which we are now traveling one can
+reach his reward as certainly and as speedily as on any other route.
+In addition, one can here enjoy natural and graceful pleasures which
+of course are not tolerated under the eyes of selfish and narrow-minded
+bigots."
+
+I saw Mr. World and Miss Church-Member, now more intimate than ever,
+pass on alone, ever walking more hastily. Satan had told them, during
+their stay in the Wicked Valley, that the faster they journeyed the
+sooner and the more certainly would they reach their reward.
+
+Not far from the Wicked Valley there is a section called the Place of
+Warning. It has been maintained for thousands of years by virtuous
+workers from the King's Highway. It is the last warning-station that
+travelers pass before reaching the Valley of the Shadow of Death, and
+here with tearful earnestness do the Shining Pilgrims of the cross
+speak their words of last caution, sing their sweet hymns of warning,
+and put forth every other loving endeavor in the hope of snatching
+some from the thoughtless throngs that go rushing by toward the Dark
+Valley.
+
+I listened and heard a voice from the Place of Warning speak to a
+motley crowd that were passing.
+
+"Whither go ye, whither go ye?"
+
+"We go to a better place called Heaven," answered one of the company.
+
+"Then come hither and go on the Path of Life. The way on which ye are
+now traveling leadeth unto everlasting death."
+
+"Aha! Aha! Aha!" cried they all. "We are well informed about the way
+and need no foreign voice to give direction."
+
+Then came the solemn hymn of warning in words so tender and clear that
+each one could hear every sentence:
+
+ "There's a sad day coming,
+ A sad day coming.
+ There's a sad coming by and by;
+ When the sinner shall hear his doom:
+ 'Depart, I know you not.'
+ Are you ready for that day to come?"
+
+CHORUS:
+
+"Are you ready? Are you ready? Are you ready for the judgment day?"
+
+The words had not yet died on the air when a young man ran hastily
+from the company toward the Way of Life. His companions then gave vent
+to their ridicule, some even going after him and endeavoring to pull
+him back, but without avail.
+
+Some sang an idle song to drown the hymn of warning that still rang
+in their ears. Others engaged in boisterous conversation, and still
+others mocked with foul profanity. They passed on, and as far as I
+could see them they were pushing on to the Valley of Death.
+
+I saw another man who was heavily burdened with pieces of timber on
+which was written: "Faults of Church-Members." He also came to the
+Place of Warning.
+
+"Throw off the cumbersome weight you are carrying on your back, and
+travel on the way where your burden ill be light," came a friendly
+voice from the Rescue Station.
+
+"I am not so foolish as to throw away my only hope," he answered with
+unthankfulness in his tone.
+
+"'Your only hope,'" repeated the voice of warning, "how can you explain
+such foolish words?"
+
+"With passing ease. I will soon come to the River of Death and with
+these boards I can make myself a raft whereon I can pass over safely."
+
+Then spoke the voice of warning clearer than before:
+
+"O, foolish man! Knowest thou not that the River of Death, toward which
+thou art rapidly moving, cannot be crossed in a bark so frail? I have
+seen millions who tried in vain to ride its angry currents, but they
+sank beneath its dark waters. Come, O mortal man, if thou hast nothing
+better on which to depend, listen to the voice of wisdom and come,
+without delay, to the Path of Glory."
+
+But the man passed on. I watched him till he reached the river, and
+saw him go from the shore in his self-constructed raft.
+
+"I sink! I sink! Save me!" he, cried in utmost agony of terror as his
+little raft whirled about, leaving the poor self-deceived fellow to
+the mercy of the waves.
+
+I saw others as they passed the Place of Warning. Thousands and tens
+of thousands, some now totally deaf to every voice of warning, some
+with cotton-filled ears, and others with instruments of music with
+which they drowned the calls of warning.
+
+Many more passed by who carried little balloons of self-righteousness
+with which they expected to rise above the murky River of Death.
+
+A young woman, who moved more cautiously, stopped at the Place of
+Warning and listened attentively.
+
+Directly a voice spoke to her: "Not far hence, O mortal woman, there
+is a wide river. It surges on forever. No one who goes this way can
+escape its waters. Listen now to the voice of Wisdom. Leave this
+blood-marked way of misery and woe, and come to these happier dominions
+where 'her ways are ways of pleasantness, and all her paths are peace.'"
+
+"Surely I will not be lost," she replied. "I am depending on the mercy
+of God who is too kind to be unjust. I will come out all right in the
+end."
+
+"Take heed, my friend," pleaded the warning voice. "You are hoping for
+mercy at the dividing line between time and eternity. Better forget
+not what the Scripture saith. 'He that is unjust, let him be unjust
+still: and he which is filthy let him be filthy still.' So thou canst
+not wilfully neglect so great salvation and hope that God will cover
+at last all thy folly. 'Now is the accepted time; behold, now is the
+day of salvation.' 'To-day, if ye hear his voice, harden not your
+hearts'"
+
+"You have said nothing new to me. They are the old thread-bare passages
+that I have heard from my youth up, and I am minded to accept a broader
+view of these statements than you seem to take of them."
+
+At this she tossed her head haughtily and continued her journey,
+resolving more firmly than ever that she would not spend eternity
+outside the Gates of Heaven.
+
+When she came to the Dark Valley and to the angry swelling currents,
+her pitiful prayer broke out from the long-covered depth of her soul.
+"Mercy, O mercy, to a wretch like me!" But no hand came to her rescue.
+
+I saw Mr. World and Miss Church-Member as they approached the Place
+of Warning. They heard the sweet music, rendered so excellently, but
+gave no attention to the sentiment expressed by the words. They listened
+only to the harmony of sounds.
+
+"O, Miss Church-Member!" pleaded a voice, "you who were once so
+earnestly engaged on the King's Highway, will you not, before you reach
+the River of Death, forsake your perilous course and walk on the path
+of life eternal?"
+
+These words, which would have once brought conviction to her heart,
+only brought vanity to her head. "'Judge not, that ye be not judged,'
+and go speak to the lost, not to me so well equipped to meet the direst
+foe. Turn your words to those on the other path, who go hobbling along
+in misery, not fit to live or die."
+
+"Come, come!" put in Mr. World, "your pearls before swine are only
+trampled under foot. Forget not so quickly the teachings of our Lord."
+
+As they passed on, in a self-righteous manner, she cheerily looked
+into his face and said: "It was kind in you to come so promptly to my
+rescue. I might have prattled there a whole day and yet not have shown
+them half their folly."
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXV.
+
+THE VALLEY OF THE SHADOW OF DEATH.
+
+1. Mr. World and Miss Church-Member getting farther from the light.
+
+2. They drift into the deepening shadows where the path could be
+traveled only one way.
+
+3. The terrible experience of the two companions contending with the
+imps of the dark valley.
+
+4. Their sad and tragic end as they catch a glimpse of what they might
+have been.
+
+
+After leaving the place of the Last Warning, the Broad Highway grew
+darker and darker as it steadily diverged from the King's Highway.
+
+The little light that Satan's pilgrims do enjoy is borrowed from "the
+path of the just that shineth more and more unto the perfect day."
+
+Mr. World saw the deepening shadows and endeavored to be as cheerful
+as usually, hoping thereby to prevent any alarm in the mind of his
+faithful friend.
+
+The path, though wide, was now steeply descending, and travelers often
+slipped on the steeper inclines.
+
+I saw that the two companions descended with difficulty, cautiously
+watching every footstop, lest they, like many others, should fall to
+their hurt. They now gave but little attention to the things along the
+way, and when they did pause for rest on the easier grades, they found
+the meadows more barren and everything more dark and dank.
+
+Miss Church-Member had been painfully conscious of these unhappy
+contrasts, and Asked repeatedly the meaning of all that her eyes beheld
+and her heart realized, but Mr. World, true to his nature, partly
+allayed her fears with words of hope and glowing promises.
+
+But I heard her again ask with a quivering voice: "Where is the light
+that so lately lent its blessed cheer, and whither go we stumbling
+downward in the dark?"
+
+"We only go in the darkest hour that comes before the dawn," he said
+with a firm voice but a trembling heart. "Be hopeful, my dear, I will
+not forsake you."
+
+Her heart was not calmed, for she could see his distress which he had
+hoped to conceal, and no one could minimize the surrounding scenes
+which now seemed like omens of death.
+
+They stood still, and learned, upon inquiry, that they were standing
+in the Shadows of Premonition.
+
+Mr. World could no longer endure the strain. His bold attitude gave
+way to his rising fears, for he saw that his wasted life was ending
+with no opportunity of redeeming its days. His whole body quivered as
+they walked still farther in a desperate effort to find relief.
+
+Miss Church-Member was almost overcome as she continued looking upon
+the ominous darkness around. She soon realized that her only refuge
+whom she had seized by the arm proved miserably weak in this hour of
+great need.
+
+"Oh! Mr. World," she cried, in utmost agony of mind, "where have you
+led me? Save me ere I perish!"
+
+He spoke not, but with his aspen fingers he pointed backward toward
+the sloping Highway. Then with all eagerness they endeavored to retrace
+their steps, but somehow they could do no more than stumble and fall,
+and when they were making their most desperate effort to return they
+heard a voice from someone invisible. This voice announced to them
+that here the path could be traveled only one way. The same voice urged
+them to push through the shadows and face their end like heroes. At
+this their hope died within them, and they had no more courage to
+struggle up the hill. They stood again in their wretched dilemma and
+heard the sound of distant waters, doleful to their ears, and from
+this they could distinguish the bitter wails of those who also found
+that they could not return.
+
+Mr. World and Miss Church-Member cast their eyes heavenward and
+discerned that they were standing in a very deep valley. _They saw the
+dim outlines of all their past evil life. Their deeds stretched away
+at interminable length, and in the aggregate they were piled, like
+ledge upon ledge, until they verily shut out the mercy of a just God._
+
+Here they stood in the first shadow of their self-constructed Hell.
+
+"Oh, what a valley!" shrieked Miss Church-Member, as her consciousness
+now revealed to her more in one second than all the fanciful dreams
+of a life-time evolved.
+
+And Mr. World was undone. He knew not which way to turn. He was
+speechless as he saw so clearly the worthless product of his life's
+work almost overarching him.
+
+Finally Mr. World cried out excitedly: "If we cannot go back, neither
+will we go forward!"
+
+Then a grim monster spoke in a slow, dead tone: "No one remaineth here;
+away, away from this place!"
+
+Miss Church-Member was terrorized at the presence of so cold a creature
+and frantically cried out: "I cannot and will not endure it! Can I not
+go back to the Voice of Warning?"
+
+"Back? Never! No one who comes thus far ever goes back. During the
+earthly life of one called Jesus there was but one snatched from these
+lowlands, and he was the thief on the cross."
+
+"If there was chance for a thief, there might be hope for me," she
+sighed as her wretched face brightened.
+
+"Hope for you?" repeated the cold-hearted monster. "None whatever, and
+for none of your kind who come thus far. Pass on, make room for the
+thousands coming this way, the sound of whose tread you already hear."
+
+Looking at Mr. World she pitifully sobbed: "Why do you not help me?
+You have brought me here; plead my cause."
+
+"Alas, I cannot even plead my own!" He could say no more, for he took
+a longing glance backward, over the hills of time, where he could truly
+see, for the first time, the horrible depth of his folly.
+
+Then came the monstrous creature again and sternly commanded them:
+"Tarry no more on this side of the river's brink."
+
+[Illustration: Struggling with the real and imaginary imps near the
+Black River in the Valley of the Shadow of Death.]
+
+They tasted the bitter fruits of opportunities lost, and felt the awful
+pangs of a soul without hope as their reluctant footsteps carried them
+on through the valley made dark by the shadow of their own deeds.
+
+I then heard the discordant and agonizing wails of poor Miss
+Church-Member and her wretched companion; but the sounds fell
+harmoniously on the ears of Satan who listened to them chiming with
+the music of Hell, in its deathlike rhythm, as it reverberated forever
+from the depth beyond them, and from the throngs passing by.
+
+Miss Church-Member could no longer hold fast to Mr. World. It took
+both arms to contend with the real and imaginary imps who stood grinning
+at her folly, and grievously tormented her from all sides.
+
+"O mercy! mercy! Where am I?" she shrieked. "How can you be so
+heartless, Mr. World? Why not rid me of these fiends?"
+
+"Cry to me no more!" he groaned out in anguish. "I am also overwhelmed
+with foes and fears that verily drag me down with infernal and
+relentless grasp."
+
+This only deepened her pathetic cry, for she saw that she was lost
+forever, and realized anew that Mr. World was unable to give help,
+contrary to all his promises of the past.
+
+Then did, they look forth, and beheld afar off the Valley of the Shadow
+of Death through which the King's Highway passed. They saw that its
+foot-sore pilgrims leaned upon a rod and staff, and that they were
+supported by the pierced hands of a Friend that sticketh closer than
+a brother.
+
+Neither did the pilgrims fear any evil nor tremble at any foe, for
+Christ was their all in all, and his lovely light lit the whole valley
+until it was all aglow with heavenly radiance.
+
+This vision revealed to Mr. World and Miss Church-Member the place
+where _they_ might have been, and pierced their hearts as with a
+thousand daggers.
+
+They soon stood on the verge of the Awful River which was filled with
+the filth and slimy putrefaction of the world, the fungus growth of
+society, and the scum of all nationalities. From these currents came
+unearthly sounds, doleful lamentations, melancholy and hopeless.
+
+Not far down the stream they saw the fitful light of an eternal burning
+whose ghastly glare lit the water crests of the Black River.
+
+I saw a relentless monster, in deep silence, stretching forth his bony
+arm, and with his icy fingers he pushed the two companions from the
+brink of the river, thus bringing them face to face with the last enemy
+whose sharp sting they felt as they were being overwhelmed by the
+merciless waves.
+
+[Illustration: When they who journey on the King's Highway reach the
+River of Death, they are met by a convoy of angels and borne aloft to
+the gates of the Celestial City.]
+
+Their heart-rending cries for mercy brought no relief. They had sinned
+against all light, and had even spurned the last kindly warning. The
+Door of Hope was shut forever.
+
+As they were sinking to rise no more they caught another vision of the
+Shining Pilgrims of the King's Highway, and saw that when they reached
+the brink of the River of Death they were met by a convoy of angels,
+on whose snowy pinions they were borne aloft to the very gates of the
+Celestial City which apparently stood on white clouds.
+
+THE END
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+End of Project Gutenberg's Mr. World and Miss Church-Member, by W. S. Harris
+
+*** END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK MR. WORLD AND MISS CHURCH-MEMBER ***
+
+This file should be named 6494.txt or 6494.zip
+
+Produced by Anne Soulard, Joshua Hutchison, Charles Franks
+and the Online Distributed Proofreading Team.
+
+Project Gutenberg eBooks are often created from several printed
+editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the US
+unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we usually do not
+keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition.
+
+We are now trying to release all our eBooks one year in advance
+of the official release dates, leaving time for better editing.
+Please be encouraged to tell us about any error or corrections,
+even years after the official publication date.
+
+Please note neither this listing nor its contents are final til
+midnight of the last day of the month of any such announcement.
+The official release date of all Project Gutenberg eBooks is at
+Midnight, Central Time, of the last day of the stated month. A
+preliminary version may often be posted for suggestion, comment
+and editing by those who wish to do so.
+
+Most people start at our Web sites at:
+https://gutenberg.org or
+http://promo.net/pg
+
+These Web sites include award-winning information about Project
+Gutenberg, including how to donate, how to help produce our new
+eBooks, and how to subscribe to our email newsletter (free!).
+
+
+Those of you who want to download any eBook before announcement
+can get to them as follows, and just download by date. This is
+also a good way to get them instantly upon announcement, as the
+indexes our cataloguers produce obviously take a while after an
+announcement goes out in the Project Gutenberg Newsletter.
+
+http://www.ibiblio.org/gutenberg/etext03 or
+ftp://ftp.ibiblio.org/pub/docs/books/gutenberg/etext03
+
+Or /etext02, 01, 00, 99, 98, 97, 96, 95, 94, 93, 92, 92, 91 or 90
+
+Just search by the first five letters of the filename you want,
+as it appears in our Newsletters.
+
+
+Information about Project Gutenberg (one page)
+
+We produce about two million dollars for each hour we work. The
+time it takes us, a rather conservative estimate, is fifty hours
+to get any eBook selected, entered, proofread, edited, copyright
+searched and analyzed, the copyright letters written, etc. Our
+projected audience is one hundred million readers. If the value
+per text is nominally estimated at one dollar then we produce $2
+million dollars per hour in 2002 as we release over 100 new text
+files per month: 1240 more eBooks in 2001 for a total of 4000+
+We are already on our way to trying for 2000 more eBooks in 2002
+If they reach just 1-2% of the world's population then the total
+will reach over half a trillion eBooks given away by year's end.
+
+The Goal of Project Gutenberg is to Give Away 1 Trillion eBooks!
+This is ten thousand titles each to one hundred million readers,
+which is only about 4% of the present number of computer users.
+
+Here is the briefest record of our progress (* means estimated):
+
+eBooks Year Month
+
+ 1 1971 July
+ 10 1991 January
+ 100 1994 January
+ 1000 1997 August
+ 1500 1998 October
+ 2000 1999 December
+ 2500 2000 December
+ 3000 2001 November
+ 4000 2001 October/November
+ 6000 2002 December*
+ 9000 2003 November*
+10000 2004 January*
+
+
+The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation has been created
+to secure a future for Project Gutenberg into the next millennium.
+
+We need your donations more than ever!
+
+As of February, 2002, contributions are being solicited from people
+and organizations in: Alabama, Alaska, Arkansas, Connecticut,
+Delaware, District of Columbia, Florida, Georgia, Hawaii, Illinois,
+Indiana, Iowa, Kansas, Kentucky, Louisiana, Maine, Massachusetts,
+Michigan, Mississippi, Missouri, Montana, Nebraska, Nevada, New
+Hampshire, New Jersey, New Mexico, New York, North Carolina, Ohio,
+Oklahoma, Oregon, Pennsylvania, Rhode Island, South Carolina, South
+Dakota, Tennessee, Texas, Utah, Vermont, Virginia, Washington, West
+Virginia, Wisconsin, and Wyoming.
+
+We have filed in all 50 states now, but these are the only ones
+that have responded.
+
+As the requirements for other states are met, additions to this list
+will be made and fund raising will begin in the additional states.
+Please feel free to ask to check the status of your state.
+
+In answer to various questions we have received on this:
+
+We are constantly working on finishing the paperwork to legally
+request donations in all 50 states. If your state is not listed and
+you would like to know if we have added it since the list you have,
+just ask.
+
+While we cannot solicit donations from people in states where we are
+not yet registered, we know of no prohibition against accepting
+donations from donors in these states who approach us with an offer to
+donate.
+
+International donations are accepted, but we don't know ANYTHING about
+how to make them tax-deductible, or even if they CAN be made
+deductible, and don't have the staff to handle it even if there are
+ways.
+
+Donations by check or money order may be sent to:
+
+Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
+PMB 113
+1739 University Ave.
+Oxford, MS 38655-4109
+
+Contact us if you want to arrange for a wire transfer or payment
+method other than by check or money order.
+
+The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation has been approved by
+the US Internal Revenue Service as a 501(c)(3) organization with EIN
+[Employee Identification Number] 64-622154. Donations are
+tax-deductible to the maximum extent permitted by law. As fund-raising
+requirements for other states are met, additions to this list will be
+made and fund-raising will begin in the additional states.
+
+We need your donations more than ever!
+
+You can get up to date donation information online at:
+
+https://www.gutenberg.org/donation.html
+
+
+***
+
+If you can't reach Project Gutenberg,
+you can always email directly to:
+
+Michael S. Hart <hart@pobox.com>
+
+Prof. Hart will answer or forward your message.
+
+We would prefer to send you information by email.
+
+
+**The Legal Small Print**
+
+
+(Three Pages)
+
+***START**THE SMALL PRINT!**FOR PUBLIC DOMAIN EBOOKS**START***
+Why is this "Small Print!" statement here? You know: lawyers.
+They tell us you might sue us if there is something wrong with
+your copy of this eBook, even if you got it for free from
+someone other than us, and even if what's wrong is not our
+fault. So, among other things, this "Small Print!" statement
+disclaims most of our liability to you. It also tells you how
+you may distribute copies of this eBook if you want to.
+
+*BEFORE!* YOU USE OR READ THIS EBOOK
+By using or reading any part of this PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm
+eBook, you indicate that you understand, agree to and accept
+this "Small Print!" statement. If you do not, you can receive
+a refund of the money (if any) you paid for this eBook by
+sending a request within 30 days of receiving it to the person
+you got it from. If you received this eBook on a physical
+medium (such as a disk), you must return it with your request.
+
+ABOUT PROJECT GUTENBERG-TM EBOOKS
+This PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm eBook, like most PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm eBooks,
+is a "public domain" work distributed by Professor Michael S. Hart
+through the Project Gutenberg Association (the "Project").
+Among other things, this means that no one owns a United States copyright
+on or for this work, so the Project (and you!) can copy and
+distribute it in the United States without permission and
+without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, set forth
+below, apply if you wish to copy and distribute this eBook
+under the "PROJECT GUTENBERG" trademark.
+
+Please do not use the "PROJECT GUTENBERG" trademark to market
+any commercial products without permission.
+
+To create these eBooks, the Project expends considerable
+efforts to identify, transcribe and proofread public domain
+works. Despite these efforts, the Project's eBooks and any
+medium they may be on may contain "Defects". Among other
+things, Defects may take the form of incomplete, inaccurate or
+corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other
+intellectual property infringement, a defective or damaged
+disk or other eBook medium, a computer virus, or computer
+codes that damage or cannot be read by your equipment.
+
+LIMITED WARRANTY; DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES
+But for the "Right of Replacement or Refund" described below,
+[1] Michael Hart and the Foundation (and any other party you may
+receive this eBook from as a PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm eBook) disclaims
+all liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including
+legal fees, and [2] YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE OR
+UNDER STRICT LIABILITY, OR FOR BREACH OF WARRANTY OR CONTRACT,
+INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE
+OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES, EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE
+POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.
+
+If you discover a Defect in this eBook within 90 days of
+receiving it, you can receive a refund of the money (if any)
+you paid for it by sending an explanatory note within that
+time to the person you received it from. If you received it
+on a physical medium, you must return it with your note, and
+such person may choose to alternatively give you a replacement
+copy. If you received it electronically, such person may
+choose to alternatively give you a second opportunity to
+receive it electronically.
+
+THIS EBOOK IS OTHERWISE PROVIDED TO YOU "AS-IS". NO OTHER
+WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, ARE MADE TO YOU AS
+TO THE EBOOK OR ANY MEDIUM IT MAY BE ON, INCLUDING BUT NOT
+LIMITED TO WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A
+PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+
+Some states do not allow disclaimers of implied warranties or
+the exclusion or limitation of consequential damages, so the
+above disclaimers and exclusions may not apply to you, and you
+may have other legal rights.
+
+INDEMNITY
+You will indemnify and hold Michael Hart, the Foundation,
+and its trustees and agents, and any volunteers associated
+with the production and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm
+texts harmless, from all liability, cost and expense, including
+legal fees, that arise directly or indirectly from any of the
+following that you do or cause: [1] distribution of this eBook,
+[2] alteration, modification, or addition to the eBook,
+or [3] any Defect.
+
+DISTRIBUTION UNDER "PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm"
+You may distribute copies of this eBook electronically, or by
+disk, book or any other medium if you either delete this
+"Small Print!" and all other references to Project Gutenberg,
+or:
+
+[1] Only give exact copies of it. Among other things, this
+ requires that you do not remove, alter or modify the
+ eBook or this "small print!" statement. You may however,
+ if you wish, distribute this eBook in machine readable
+ binary, compressed, mark-up, or proprietary form,
+ including any form resulting from conversion by word
+ processing or hypertext software, but only so long as
+ *EITHER*:
+
+ [*] The eBook, when displayed, is clearly readable, and
+ does *not* contain characters other than those
+ intended by the author of the work, although tilde
+ (~), asterisk (*) and underline (_) characters may
+ be used to convey punctuation intended by the
+ author, and additional characters may be used to
+ indicate hypertext links; OR
+
+ [*] The eBook may be readily converted by the reader at
+ no expense into plain ASCII, EBCDIC or equivalent
+ form by the program that displays the eBook (as is
+ the case, for instance, with most word processors);
+ OR
+
+ [*] You provide, or agree to also provide on request at
+ no additional cost, fee or expense, a copy of the
+ eBook in its original plain ASCII form (or in EBCDIC
+ or other equivalent proprietary form).
+
+[2] Honor the eBook refund and replacement provisions of this
+ "Small Print!" statement.
+
+[3] Pay a trademark license fee to the Foundation of 20% of the
+ gross profits you derive calculated using the method you
+ already use to calculate your applicable taxes. If you
+ don't derive profits, no royalty is due. Royalties are
+ payable to "Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation"
+ the 60 days following each date you prepare (or were
+ legally required to prepare) your annual (or equivalent
+ periodic) tax return. Please contact us beforehand to
+ let us know your plans and to work out the details.
+
+WHAT IF YOU *WANT* TO SEND MONEY EVEN IF YOU DON'T HAVE TO?
+Project Gutenberg is dedicated to increasing the number of
+public domain and licensed works that can be freely distributed
+in machine readable form.
+
+The Project gratefully accepts contributions of money, time,
+public domain materials, or royalty free copyright licenses.
+Money should be paid to the:
+"Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation."
+
+If you are interested in contributing scanning equipment or
+software or other items, please contact Michael Hart at:
+hart@pobox.com
+
+[Portions of this eBook's header and trailer may be reprinted only
+when distributed free of all fees. Copyright (C) 2001, 2002 by
+Michael S. Hart. Project Gutenberg is a TradeMark and may not be
+used in any sales of Project Gutenberg eBooks or other materials be
+they hardware or software or any other related product without
+express permission.]
+
+*END THE SMALL PRINT! FOR PUBLIC DOMAIN EBOOKS*Ver.02/11/02*END*
+
diff --git a/old/6494.zip b/old/6494.zip
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7496d89
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/6494.zip
Binary files differ